2020 Chatham County PD - SGT - Study Material PDF

CHATHAM COUNTY
POLICE DEPARTMENT
SERGEANT
PROMOTIONAL EXAM
2020 Edition
General Information
Chatham County Police Department
Sergeant Written Promotional Examination
Keys to a Good Test Score

You are taking this test because you "want" to be promoted. But, your "wants" aren't enough to get you a
good test score. Your effort is the main key to a good test score. The most valuable study tools are self-
discipline and just old-fashioned hard work. Plan to use them.
Start studying early. Don’t procrastinate. If you don't read fast, then allow plenty of time for reading. If you
think other candidates have better ability, then out work them.
Take control of your study habits. Be organized as you study. Plan a system of studying that works best for
you. Remember, good fortune has a way of following the prepared. You have control over how prepared you
will be when you sit down to the exam.
Below are some suggestions on how to plan your study sessions.
1. Check your resource manual. Make sure that you have all of the material you are supposed to study
for the test. All the materials are listed under the Written Test Plan in this General Information
section. If you are missing something get it. Don't let this be an excuse for not doing your best.
2. Leaf through the material. See what study material is there. Don't make the mistake of thinking that
because you have seen the material before that you actually know it. Make sure that you know it.
3. Plan the order you in which you will read the material. Make sure the order makes sense to you.
Each part should build on the last. It is easier to remember things when there is an order or an
association between them. You do not need to memorize statute or policy numbers.
4. Setup a realistic schedule to cover the material. Make sure you follow the schedule. Give yourself
study breaks, but stay on task as much as possible. Improve your concentration by eliminating
distractions before you begin studying. Suggestions on how to deal with distractions while taking the
test are presented in a later section.
5. Select a good study environment. This is discussed more fully in a later section.
6. Make sure you are using your study time wisely! Just as there is a difference between hearing
someone and really listening to them, there is a difference between looking at your resource packet
and actively studying. Keep this difference in mind.
7. Before your first study session, get all the supplies you may need. For example, you may want to get
colored highlighters to mark important information as you read. You may want to have a dictionary to
look up unfamiliar words, pads of paper or 5"x 8" cards on which to make notes, etc.
8. Review the test sample questions very carefully. Have the source material close at hand. Try to
understand how and why the questions were selected.
9. As you read the source materials, be looking for things that would make good questions in the
various forms described below. For example:
a. If the material says something like "the single most important thing is xx," you should mark
that as a possible test question.
b. Numbers make good questions. For example, you read "75 percent of interpersonal
communication is nonverbal." You should "tag" this as a possible test question.
c. Another type of question is to provide a definition from a source, but a key word or phrase is
left out. The candidate must then select the word or phrase which correctly completes it.
d. One type of question may ask, "Which of the following statements is true?" This form of a
question may include a final answer which says, "All of the above are true" or "All of the above
are false."
Remember, a boxer who always reacts will have a tough career. You don't want to just react to the
test. You want to try and anticipate as many things as possible. Good preparation builds confidence.
You can have realistic confidence if you study the sample questions and prepare carefully.
10. Be familiar with the outline of objective tests. Some hints for taking objective tests are included in a
later section.
11. Don't be afraid to use "tricks" to help improve your memory. These are often known as mnemonics.
One example of this is to use the first letter of each element of the list or to use mental associations.
Assume that you were trying to remember a sequence in handling physical evidence such as locate,
preserve, document, collect, and mark. You might use LPDCM as shorthand for this sequence. The
steps in creating a mental association are listed below.
1. Visualizing the material you are reading.

2. Using verbs or actions to connect two ideas or items.
3. Keeping the associations simple, connect only two things at a time.
4. Using exaggerations or bizarre images.
5. Practice the associations to strengthen your memory of them.
12. Make sure that you allow for plenty of time to review your notes and rehearse your memory of the
information you have learned.
1
Dealing with Distractions
Distractions are a common problem when taking tests. These distractions can reduce your test score. Below is
a list of things you can do to help avoid distractions during the test.
DISTRACTIONS CURE
Sleepiness Get a good night's sleep before the test. Avoid alcohol.
Nervousness/anxiety Study well ahead of time. Don't cram at the last minute. Cramming
leads to anxiety.
Full bladder Go to the restroom right before the test.
Tense stomach muscles, Relax stomach muscles. Consider an Alka-Seltzer, upset stomach
Tums, or Rolaids before and/or during the test.
Tense neck and shoulder Roll head clockwise, then counterclockwise, in full circle
muscles, tightness in chest (2-3 times each direction). Roll shoulders in a circle 2-3 times in one
direction. Then 2-3 times in the other direction. Do 5 deep
breathing exercises. Inhale all the air you can. Then slowly exhale.
Not having what you need Get what you need ahead of time. Bring 2 #2 lead pencils and a blue
or black pen to the test.
Tightness around neck, chest, If possible, wear loose fitting and comfortable clothes.
waist and middle, and feet
Windows Sit away from windows, if possible.
Concern about time Wear a watch. Use it to pace yourself.
Panic because you don't know Do the easy questions first.

the answer
2
Creating a Good Study Environment
There is one reason for you to make a good study environment. That reason is to increase your learning
efficiency. By doing this, you increase your chances to do well on the examination. In combination with
effective time management, high motivation, good reading and note-taking skills, and systematic test
preparation, a good study environment can be the thing that enables all of your efforts to come together in a
productive way.
A good study environment is a highly individual matter. What works for one person may not work for
another. To the fullest extent possible, you should set aside one place for study. This place should be
uncluttered with distractions. It should allow for maximum concentration. Obviously there will be some study
tasks that must be done elsewhere. But, having a study "home base" will help reinforce your self-discipline. It
will also help you to keep your source material in good order. Here are some things to think about.
In making your study environment, be aware of three things. One, your most effective and efficient learning
style. Two, the nature of the learning task. Three, the availability of source material.
1. To determine your learning style, pay attention to your senses. You know from past experience how
to use your senses to best advantage. You know what kinds of things get in the way of your
concentration. Think about the things listed below.
a. Hearing: What level of noise and what kind of noise can you tolerate? You may need total
silence to be able to concentrate. Or total silence may drive you up the wall. Maybe a low to
moderate noise level is the least distracting for you. You may be able to concentrate well with
a jackhammer right outside your window. But, a leaky faucet may be very distracting. As a
general rule, quieter is better, but decide for yourself.
b. Sight: Adequate lighting is a must. Direction and intensity of the light source are important
considerations. The light source should cover all of your study materials evenly, with a
minimum of shadows and glare. You can't study with a headache. Poor lighting is one of the
chief causes of headaches. Another thing is the level of movement in your study environment.
Too much movement may be a distraction.
c. Touch: Your environment should be good to your sense of touch. However, it should not be too
good! Don't make yourself intentionally uncomfortable. But, be sure to avoid recliners and
beds, too.
d. Taste and Smell: These senses, too, can lead to distractions. For example, studying in a kitchen
may lead to frequent interruptions to get "snacks."
2. If heavy-duty memory work is called for, such as preparation for the multiple choice test, you may
want to study alone for a while. Then get together with someone else for recall drills.
3. Some learning tasks (reading, outlining, etc.) may allow you considerable freedom in choosing your
study environment. In these cases, choose wisely, with minimum distractions.
3
4. Availability of source material is a third primary consideration. This is why each of you has been
supplied with a study packet.
5. You may be one of those people who think they can't study without junk food nearby. Constant
nibbling is bad for your waistline. Also, it can inhibit your level of energy while studying. A "sugar fix"
is a great way to get extra energy just before physical exertion. But, it can make you more drowsy
when performing a sedentary activity such as studying. It all has to do with the level of blood sugar. It
is far better to have some fresh vegetables handy (carrots, celery, cauliflower, etc.). It is also a better
idea to do your munching during a study break. This way you reward yourself for your hard work.
Also, you increase your energy with something that is good for you.
6. In summary, remember that there is no one best study environment. Have a "home base" for most of
your study activities. But, be flexible when you need to be. Do what you have to do to maximize your
concentration and to minimize distractions.
4
Hints For Objective Tests
Below are some general rules that will be helpful to you when you take the test. Remember that these hints
will only work if you have studied and learned the content of the source material. No "test-taking" strategies
can replace preparation.
1. Briefly look over the entire test to see what is ahead of you.
2. Read the directions and make sure you understand them. If in doubt, ask.
3. Determine how you will use your time. Have a watch and pace yourself. Allow time for:
a. Reading directions and previewing test.
b. Answering questions.
c. A break. (If the test is more than 1 hour in length, give yourself 5 or so minutes to clear your
mind or stretch).
d. Go back over difficult or skipped items.
e. Check to see that your responses were marked in the correct places on the answer sheet.
4. Attempt every question.
The following hints apply to multiple choice questions in particular.

1. In multiple choice questions, anticipate the correct answer before looking at the options.
2. Relate response options to the question one at a time. And be sure to read all of the options! Often
people stop with the first option that looks right.
3. Balance options against each other.
4. Have good reasons for eliminating options.
5. Familiarity with a response option does not necessarily make it the correct choice and vice versa.
Source: Counseling and Testing Center, University of Georgia, with modifications.
5
Sergeant
Written Promotional Examination Instructions and Source List
Instructions
1. The various knowledge areas represented on this examination, as well as the number of questions from
each knowledge area, were determined by a job analysis conducted by the Carl Vinson Institute of
Government (CVIOG), University of Georgia.
2. This examination has only multiple choice questions. Each question has the same weight. Each question
has four choices (A, B, C, D). If any question on your answer sheet has more than one choice marked, it
will automatically be graded as incorrect. Questions for which there is no response made by you will also
be graded as incorrect.
3. Circle and color in all of your answers in pencil or pen. When you are sure you are done with the test, go
back over your answers.
4. You will have three hours to complete this examination. Periodically the time remaining will be called
out or displayed for your information.
5. Print and sign your name and badge number in ink on your test booklet and your answer sheet.
6. You may write in your test booklet.
7. Each question has a notation above it. This notation (for example, 1-33) means that the question is
drawn from source number one, page 33 on the source list.
8. If there is a conflict between sources or if by logical argument a response other than the keyed response
could be plausible, the language of the response closest to that of the cited source shall be controlling.
We have tried to avoid questions for which conflicting responses could be found in the source material.
9. Sometimes the actual practices at a Post or Unit and the procedures outlined in the Policy Manual may
conflict. For the purpose of this test, the correct answer is always drawn from the Policy Manual.
10. All tests will be scored as they are turned in. As the tests are scored you should check to make sure that
no mistakes were made. All tests will be double checked at a later date.
11. Before you leave the test site you may review your test and answer sheet.
12. All challenges to test questions must be made in writing.
13. The passing score for this exam is __________.

14. Taking this exam is an individual effort. Cheating will not be tolerated. Cheating includes looking at
someone else’s paper and sharing information with employees who have not yet taken the exam.
Disciplinary action awaits those who ignore this policy.
15. By signing your name in the space provided on the exam you agree not to disclose inform related to the
exam in any real or implied matter.
2020 CHATHAM COUNTY POLICE DEPARTMENT SERGEANT WRITTEN TEST PLAN
K1: Basic Legal Standards (13 Questions)

• Bill of Rights
• Georgia State Statutes, Title 16. Selected Portions including: 5-20; 5-21; 5-23; 5-23.1; 5-24; 5-40; 5-41;
5-42; 5-72; 10-2; 10-20; 10-93; 10-94; 11-30; 11-31; 11-33. Title 17, 4-20.
• Peace Officer Standards and Training Council. Rules of Evidence. Pages 2.3-1-2.3-15.
K2: Correct and Safe Use of Equipment (14 Questions)

• CCPD Policies and Procedures. ADM-013 Firearms; ADM-023 Patrol Rifles; OPS-002 Police Vehicles;
OPS-004 Special Purpose Vehicles and Equipment; OPS-023 Uniforms and Appearance;
OPS-050 Infectious Disease Exposure Control Plan; OPS-058 Conducted Electrical Weapon;
OPS-067 Body Worn Camera; OPS-069 License Plate Readers; OPS-072 Naloxone Program
K3: Investigative Concepts, Principles, Methods, Procedures, and Practices (11 Questions)
• CCPD Policies and Procedures. ADM-011 Property and Evidence; OPS-001 Criminal Investigations;
OPS-004 Patrol Operations; OPS-005 Traffic Enforcement; OPS-006 Traffic Accident Investigation;
OPS-022 Tactical Investigative Techniques – Sensitive; OPS-026 Marijuana Submission & Testing;
OPS-036 Sexual Assault Investigations
K4: Interview Interrogation Concepts, Principles, and Practices (11 Questions)

• CCPD Policies and Procedures. OPS-001 Criminal Investigations; OPS-014 Crisis Intervention;
OPS-015 Arrest Protocol; OPS-060 Eyewitness Identification
• US Department of Transportation (2015). DWI Detection and Standardized Field Sobriety Tests. Session
6, pages 12-16.
K5: Chatham County Police Department Policies and Procedures (13 Questions)
• CCPD Policies and Procedures. ADM-007 Police Response to Aggression/Use of Force;
ADM-015 Outside Employment; ADM-020 Biased Based Profiling; OPS-011 Vehicle Pursuits;
OPS-012 Missing Persons; OPS-013 Escapes from Custody; OPS-015 Arrest Protocol; OPS-019 Juvenile
Operations; OPS-024 Community Oriented Policing Programs; OPS-027 Victim-Witness Assistance
Program; OPS-029 Alarm Response – Sensitive; OPS-031 Civil Disputes; OPS-037 Domestic Situations;
OPS-049 Incident Reporting; OPS-053 Problem Oriented Policing; OPS-070 Social Media
K6: Leadership and Motivation Concepts, Practices, and Principles (13 Questions)
• Miller L.S., More, H.W., & Braswell, M.C. (2017). Effective Police Supervision (8th ed.). New York, NY:
Routledge. Chapter 5.
K7: Interpersonal and Organizational Communication Concepts, Principles, and Practices (13
Questions)
K8: Counseling and Discipline Concepts, Principles, and Practices (12 Questions)
Notes:
1. Questions may be drawn from any source cited regardless of the alignment of knowledge areas and sources shown
above.
2. The number of questions drawn from each knowledge area is based on a job analysis conducted by the Carl Vinson
Institute of Government. The number of questions on the actual written promotional test may vary somewhat from the
exact number of questions shown in this test plan. Any such variation, if necessary, would be minor.
3. Total number of questions is 100.
SOURCE LIST FOR SERGEANT EXAMINATION:
1. Miller L.S., More, H.W., & Braswell, M.C. (2017). Effective Police Supervision
(8th ed.). New York, NY: Routledge. Selected portions as identified in the
Resource Manual.
2. Chatham County Police Department Policy Manual. Selected portions as

identified in the Resource Manual.
3. United States Department of Transportation (2015). DWI Detection and

Standardized Field Sobriety Tests.
4. Georgia State Statutes. Selected portions as identified in the Resource

Manual.
5. Bill of Rights.
6. Peace Officer Standards and Training Council (2003). Rules of Evidence Pp.
2.3-1 to 2.3-15.
K1
Basic Legal Standards
(including state statutes; arrest, search and

seizure laws; court procedures; warrants; rules of
evidence; legal terms and definitions; legal
rights of accused; civil liability)
t 7
AlD4md1nent I - COngress II make I W J pecting n himself, nor be deprived of life, liberty, or property,
blishme t of eligion, or r ibitin e free rOse tho t ue pr ss of la ; nor shall private property be
f; or rid log freedom of s ecb, or of the t ken for p bUc use "thout just compensation.
ress, r the . ht of the pie pe ce bly to ssemble,
to petition the emment 'for a redress of ent VI • In all crimin I prosecutions, the accused
nees.. shall enjoy the right to a speedy and public trial, by an
impartial jury of the State and district wherein the crime
AlDendment I - A well-regulated Militia, being necessary shall have been committed; which district shall have been
t e security 0 a free St te, the right of the people to previously ascertained by law, and to be informed of the
,p a r Anns, shall not be infringed. nature and cause of the accusation; to be confronted with
the witnesses against him; to have compulsory process for
AJDenamertt I - 0 Iller sh II, in time of peace be obtaining witnesses in his favor, and to have the assistance
artered in ny bouse, wi out the consent of the OWner, of counsel for his defense.
r in ti e of w r, ut i m nner to be prescribed by
Am t VII - In suits at common law, where the value
in controversy sh II exceed twenty dollars, the right of tri I
ople to be secure in by jUry shall be preserved, and no fact tried by a jury shall
rs, d eft cts, ag inst be otherwise reexamined in any Court of the United States,
than according to the rules of the common I w.
Ammament VIII - Excessive bail shall not be required, nor

excessive fines imposed, nor cruel and unusual
punishments inflicted.
Amendmelrlt V - No person shall be held to answer for a Amendment IX - The enumeration in the COnstitution of
pit 1, or oth rwise in mous crime, unless on a certain rights shall not be construed to deny or disp rage
p ntme or i .. ent f a Gran JulY, except in the othe retained by the people.. .
c e rising i the I d or n v I forces, or in the Militi ,
in ctu I servic i time of W r or public d nger; AlDeJlClD1EntX - The power not delegated to the United
n r sh I ny per on be ubject for the me offence to be St tes by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the
e in je rdy of life or limb, nor shall be States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to thf
pelled i ny criminal case to be a witness gainst people.
Georgia Statutes:
Title 16
§ 16-5-20. Simple assault
(a) A person commits the offense of simple assault when he or she either:
(1) Attempts to commit a violent injury to the person of another; or
(2) Commits an act which places another in reasonable apprehension of immediately
receiving a violent injury.
(b) Except as provided in subsections (c) through (h) of this Code section, a person who
commits the offense of simple assault shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.
(c) Any person who commits the offense of simple assault in a public transit vehicle or
station shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished for a misdemeanor of a high and
aggravated nature. For purposes of this Code section, "public transit vehicle" means a bus,
van, or rail car used for the transportation of passengers within a system which receives a
subsidy from tax revenues or is operated under a franchise contract with a county or
municipality of this state.
(d) If the offense of simple assault is committed between past or present spouses, persons
who are parents of the same child, parents and children, stepparents and stepchildren,
foster parents and foster children, or other persons excluding siblings living or formerly living
in the same household, the defendant shall be punished for a misdemeanor of a high and
aggravated nature. In no event shall this subsection be applicable to corporal punishment
administered by a parent or guardian to a child or administered by a person acting in loco
parentis.
(e) Any person who commits the offense of simple assault against a person who is 65 years
of age or older shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished for a misdemeanor of a high
and aggravated nature.
(f) Any person who commits the offense of simple assault against an employee of a public
school system of this state while such employee is engaged in official duties or on school
property shall, upon conviction of such offense, be punished for a misdemeanor of a high
and aggravated nature. For purposes of this Code section, "school property" shall include
public school buses and stops for public school buses as designated by local school boards
of education.
(g) Any person who commits the offense of simple assault against a female who is
pregnant at the time of the offense shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished for a
misdemeanor of a high and aggravated nature.
(h) Nothing in this Code section shall be construed to permit the prosecution of:
(1) Any person for conduct relating to an abortion for which the consent of the pregnant
woman, or person authorized by law to act on her behalf, has been obtained or for which
such consent is implied by law;
(2) Any person for any medical treatment of the pregnant woman or her unborn child; or
(3) Any woman with respect to her unborn child.
For the purposes of this subsection, the term "unborn child" means a member of the species
homo sapiens at any stage of development who is carried in the womb.
History
Laws 1833, Cobb's 1851 Digest, p. 787; Code 1863, §§ 4256, 4257; Code 1868, §§ 4291, 4292;
Code 1873, §§ 4357, 4358; Code 1882, §§ 4357, 4358; Penal Code 1895, §§ 95, 96; Penal
Code 1910, §§ 95, 96; Code 1933, §§ 26-1401, 26-1402; Code 1933, § 26-1301, enacted by
Ga. L. 1968, p. 1249, § 1; Ga. L. 1991, p. 971, §§ 1, 2; Ga. L. 1999, p. 381, § 2; Ga. L. 1999, p.
562, § 2; Ga. L. 2004, p. 621, § 1; Ga. L. 2005, p. 60, § 16/HB 95; Ga. L. 2006, p. 643, § 1/SB 77.
§ 16-5-21. Aggravated assault
(a) A person commits the offense of aggravated assault when he or she assaults:
(1) With intent to murder, to rape, or to rob;
(2) With a deadly weapon or with any object, device, or instrument which, when used
offensively against a person, is likely to or actually does result in serious bodily injury;
(3) With any object, device, or instrument which, when used offensively against a person, is
likely to or actually does result in strangulation; or
(4) A person or persons without legal justification by discharging a firearm from within a
motor vehicle toward a person or persons.
(b) Except as provided in subsections (c) through (k) of this Code section, a person
convicted of the offense of aggravated assault shall be punished by imprisonment for not
less than one nor more than 20 years.
(c) (1) A person who knowingly commits the offense of aggravated assault upon a public
safety officer while he or she is engaged in, or on account of the performance of, his or her
official duties shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished as follows:
(A) When such assault occurs by the discharge of a firearm by a person who is at least 17
years of age, such person shall be punished by imprisonment for not less than ten nor more
than 20 years and shall be sentenced to a mandatory minimum term of imprisonment of ten
years and no portion of the mandatory minimum sentence imposed shall be suspended,
stayed, probated, deferred, or withheld by the sentencing court; provided, however, that in
the court's discretion, the court may depart from such mandatory minimum sentence when
the prosecuting attorney and defendant have agreed to a sentence that is below such
mandatory minimum;
(B) When such assault does not involve the discharge of a firearm by a person who is at
least 17 years of age, and does not involve only the use of the person's body, such person
shall be punished by imprisonment for not less than five nor more than 20 years and, for
persons who are at least 17 years of age, shall be sentenced to a mandatory minimum term
of imprisonment of three years and no portion of the mandatory minimum sentence
imposed shall be suspended, stayed, probated, deferred, or withheld by the sentencing
court; provided, however, that in the court's discretion, the court may depart from such
mandatory minimum sentence when the prosecuting attorney and defendant have
agreed to a sentence that is below such mandatory minimum; or
(C) When such assault occurs only involving the use of the person's body, by imprisonment
for not less than five nor more than 20 years.
(2) A person convicted under this subsection shall be punished, in addition to any term of
imprisonment imposed, by a fine as provided by law which shall be at least $2,000.00. With
respect to $2,000.00 of the fine imposed, after distributing the surcharges and deductions
required by Chapter 21 of Title 15, Code Sections 36-15-9 and 42-8-34, and Title 47, it shall be
earmarked for the Georgia State Indemnification Fund for purposes of payment of
indemnification for death or disability as provided for in Part 1 of Article 5 of Chapter 9 of
Title 45.
(3) As used in this subsection, the term "firearm" means any handgun, rifle, shotgun, or
similar device or weapon which will or can be converted to expel a projectile by the action
of an explosive or electrical charge.
(d) Any person who commits the offense of aggravated assault against a person who is 65
years of age or older shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished by imprisonment for not
less than three nor more than 20 years.
(e) Any person who commits the offense of aggravated assault in a public transit vehicle or
station shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished by imprisonment for not less than three
nor more than 20 years.
(f) Any person who commits the offense of aggravated assault upon a person in the course
of violating Code Section 16-8-2 where the property that was the subject of the theft was a
vehicle engaged in commercial transportation of cargo or any appurtenance thereto,
including without limitation any such trailer, semitrailer, container, or other associated
equipment, or the cargo being transported therein or thereon, shall upon conviction be
punished by imprisonment for not less than five nor more than 20 years, a fine not less than
$50,000.00 nor more than $200,000.00, or both such fine and imprisonment. For purposes of
this subsection, the term "vehicle" includes without limitation any railcar.
(g) Except as provided in subsection (c) of this Code section, a person convicted of an
offense described in paragraph (4) of subsection (a) of this Code section shall be punished
by imprisonment for not less than five nor more than 20 years.
(h) Any person who commits the offense of aggravated assault involving the use of a
firearm upon a student or teacher or other school personnel within a school safety zone as
defined in Code Section 16-11-127.1 shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished by
imprisonment for not less than five nor more than 20 years.
(i) If the offense of aggravated assault is committed between past or present spouses,
persons who are parents of the same child, parents and children, stepparents and
stepchildren, foster parents and foster children, or other persons excluding siblings living or
formerly living in the same household, the defendant shall be punished by imprisonment for
not less than three nor more than 20 years.
(j) Any person who commits the offense of aggravated assault with intent to rape against a
child under the age of 14 years shall be punished by imprisonment for not less than 25 nor
more than 50 years. Any person convicted under this subsection shall, in addition, be
subject to the sentencing and punishment provisions of Code Section 17-10-6.2.
(k) A person who knowingly commits the offense of aggravated assault upon an officer of
the court while such officer is engaged in, or on account of the performance of, his or her
official duties shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished by imprisonment for not less than
five nor more than 20 years.
History
Laws 1833, Cobb's 1851 Digest, pp. 787-789; Laws 1840, Cobb's 1851 Digest, p. 788; Code
1863, §§ 4250, 4258, 4259, 4260; Ga. L. 1866, p. 151, § 1; Code 1868, §§ 4285, 4293, 4294,
4295; Code 1873, §§ 4351, 4359, 4360, 4361; Code 1882, §§ 4351, 4359, 4360, 4361; Penal
Code 1895, §§ 97, 98, 99, 100; Penal Code 1910, §§ 97, 98, 99, 100; Code 1933, §§ 26-1403,
26-1404, 26-1405, 26-1406; Code 1933, § 26-1302, enacted by Ga. L. 1968, p. 1249, § 1; Ga. L.
1976, p. 543, § 1; Ga. L. 1982, p. 1242, § 2; Ga. L. 1984, p. 900, § 1; Ga. L. 1985, p. 628, § 1;
Ga. L. 1991, p. 971, §§ 3, 4; Ga. L. 1994, p. 1012, § 8; Ga. L. 1994, p. 1920, §§ 1, 2; Ga. L. 1996,
p. 988, § 1; Ga. L. 1997, p. 1453, § 1; Ga. L. 1999, p. 381, § 3; Ga. L. 2000, p. 1626, § 1; Ga. L.
2003, p. 140, § 16; Ga. L. 2004, p. 1072, § 1; Ga. L. 2006, p. 379, § 4/HB 1059; Ga. L. 2010, p.
999, § 1/HB 1002; Ga. L. 2011, p. 752, § 16/HB 142; Ga. L. 2014, p. 432, § 2-2/HB 826; Ga. L.
2014, p. 441, § 1/HB 911; Ga. L. 2014, p. 599, § 3-1/HB 60; Ga. L. 2015, p. 422, § 5-19/HB 310;
Ga. L. 2016, p. 582, § 1/HB 979; Ga. L. 2017, p. 500, § 3-2/SB 160.
§ 16-5-23. Simple battery
(a) A person commits the offense of simple battery when he or she either:
(1) Intentionally makes physical contact of an insulting or provoking nature with the person
of another; or
(2) Intentionally causes physical harm to another.
(b) Except as otherwise provided in subsections (c) through (i) of this Code section, a
person convicted of the offense of simple battery shall be punished as for a misdemeanor.
(c) Any person who commits the offense of simple battery against a person who is 65 years
of age or older or against a female who is pregnant at the time of the offense shall, upon
conviction thereof, be punished for a misdemeanor of a high and aggravated nature.
(d) Any person who commits the offense of simple battery in a public transit vehicle or
station shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished for a misdemeanor of a high and
aggravated nature. For purposes of this Code section, "public transit vehicle" has the same
meaning as in subsection (c) of Code Section 16-5-20.
(e) Any person who commits the offense of simple battery against a police officer,
correction officer, or detention officer engaged in carrying out official duties shall, upon
conviction thereof, be punished for a misdemeanor of a high and aggravated nature.
(f) If the offense of simple battery is committed between past or present spouses, persons
who are parents of the same child, parents and children, stepparents and stepchildren,
foster parents and foster children, or other persons excluding siblings living or formerly living
in the same household, the defendant shall be punished for a misdemeanor of a high and
aggravated nature. In no event shall this subsection be applicable to corporal punishment
administered by a parent or guardian to a child or administered by a person acting in loco
parentis.
(g) A person who is an employee, agent, or volunteer at any facility licensed or required to
be licensed under Code Section 31-7-3, relating to long-term care facilities, or Code Section
31-7-12.2, relating to assisted living communities, or Code Section 31-7-12, relating to
personal care homes, or who is required to be licensed pursuant to Code Section 31-7-151
or 31-7-173, relating to home health care and hospices, who commits the offense of simple
battery against a person who is admitted to or receiving services from such facility, person,
or entity shall be punished for a misdemeanor of a high and aggravated nature.
(h) Any person who commits the offense of simple battery against a sports official while
such sports official is officiating an amateur contest or while such sports official is on or
exiting the property where he or she will officiate or has completed officiating an amateur
contest shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished for a misdemeanor of a high and
aggravated nature. For the purposes of this Code section, the term "sports official" means
any person who officiates, umpires, or referees an amateur contest at the collegiate,
elementary or secondary school, or recreational level.
(i) Any person who commits the offense of simple battery against an employee of a public
school system of this state while such employee is engaged in official duties or on school
property shall, upon conviction of such offense, be punished for a misdemeanor of a high
and aggravated nature. For purposes of this Code section, "school property" shall include
public school buses and stops for public school buses as designated by local school boards
of education.
History
Laws 1833, Cobb's 1851 Digest, p. 788; Code 1863, § 4262; Code 1868, § 4297; Code 1873, §
4363; Code 1882, § 4363; Penal Code 1895, § 102; Penal Code 1910, § 102; Code 1933, § 26-
1408; Code 1933, § 26-1304, enacted by Ga. L. 1968, p. 1249, § 1; Ga. L. 1987, p. 557, § 1;
Ga. L. 1991, p. 971, §§ 5, 6; Ga. L. 1992, p. 2055, § 1; Ga. L. 1993, p. 91, § 16; Ga. L. 1997, p.
907, § 1; Ga. L. 1999, p. 381, § 4; Ga. L. 1999, p. 562, § 3; Ga. L. 2000, p. 16, § 1; Ga. L. 2004, p.
621, § 2; Ga. L. 2005, p. 60, § 16/HB 95; Ga. L. 2011, p. 227, § 3/SB 178; Ga. L. 2015, p. 203, § 3-
2/SB 72.
§ 16-5-23.1. Battery
(a) A person commits the offense of battery when he or she intentionally causes substantial
physical harm or visible bodily harm to another.
(b) As used in this Code section, the term "visible bodily harm" means bodily harm capable
of being perceived by a person other than the victim and may include, but is not limited to,
substantially blackened eyes, substantially swollen lips or other facial or body parts, or
substantial bruises to body parts.
(c) Except as provided in subsections (d) through (k) of this Code section, a person who
commits the offense of battery is guilty of a misdemeanor.
(d) Upon the second conviction for battery against the same victim, the defendant shall be
punished by imprisonment for not less than ten days nor more than 12 months, by a fine not
to exceed $1,000.00, or both. The minimum sentence of ten days for a second offense shall
not be suspended, probated, deferred, stayed, or withheld; provided, however, that it is
within the authority and discretion of the sentencing judge to:
(1) Allow the sentence to be served on weekends by weekend confinement or during

the nonworking hours of the defendant. A weekend shall commence and shall end in
the discretion of the sentencing judge, and the nonworking hours of the defendant shall
be determined in the discretion of the sentencing judge; or
(2) Suspend, probate, defer, stay, or withhold the minimum sentence where there exists
clear and convincing evidence that imposition of the minimum sentence would either
create an undue hardship upon the defendant or result in a failure of justice.
(e) Upon a third or subsequent conviction for battery against the same victim, the
defendant shall be guilty of a felony and shall be punished by imprisonment for not less than
one nor more than five years. The minimum sentence provisions contained in subsection (d)
of this Code section shall apply to sentences imposed pursuant to this subsection.
(f)
(1) As used in this subsection, the term "household member" means past or present
spouses, persons who are parents of the same child, parents and children, stepparents
and stepchildren, foster parents and foster children, or other persons living or formerly
living in the same household.
(2) If the offense of battery is committed between household members, it shall

constitute the offense of family violence battery and shall be punished as follows:
(A) Upon a first conviction of family violence battery, the defendant shall be guilty
of and punished for a misdemeanor; provided, however, that if the defendant has
previously been convicted of a forcible felony committed between household
members under the laws of this state, of the United States, including the laws of its
territories, possessions, or dominions, or any of the several states, or of any foreign
nation recognized by the United States, which if committed in this state would have
constituted a forcible felony committed between household members, he or she
shall be guilty of a felony and shall be punished by imprisonment for not less than
one nor more than five years; and
(B) Upon a second or subsequent conviction of family violence battery against the
same or another victim, the defendant shall be guilty of a felony and shall be
punished by imprisonment for not less than one nor more than five years.
(3) In no event shall this subsection be applicable to reasonable corporal punishment

administered by parent to child.
(g) Any person who commits the offense of battery in a public transit vehicle or station
shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished for a misdemeanor of a high and aggravated
nature. For purposes of this Code section, "public transit vehicle" has the same meaning as
in subsection (c) of Code Section 16-5-20.
(h) Any person who commits the offense of battery against a female who is pregnant at
the time of the offense shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished for a misdemeanor of a
high and aggravated nature.
(i) Any person who commits the offense of battery against a teacher or other school
personnel engaged in the performance of official duties or while on school property shall,
upon conviction thereof, be punished by imprisonment for not less than one nor more than
five years or a fine of not more than $10,000.00, or both. For purposes of this Code section,
"school property" shall include public school buses and public school bus stops as
designated by local school boards of education.
(j) A person who is an employee, agent, or volunteer at any facility licensed or required to
be licensed under Code Section 31-7-3, relating to long-term care facilities, or Code Section
31-7-12.2, relating to assisted living communities, or Code Section 31-7-12, relating to
personal care homes, or who is required to be licensed pursuant to Code Section 31-7-151
or 31-7-173, relating to home health care and hospices, who commits the offense of battery
against a person who is admitted to or receiving services from such facility, person, or entity
shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished by imprisonment for not less than one nor more
than five years, or a fine of not more than $2,000.00, or both.
(k) Any person who commits the offense of battery against a sports official while such sports
official is officiating an amateur contest or while such sports official is on or exiting the
property where he or she will officiate or has completed officiating an amateur contest
shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished for a misdemeanor of a high and aggravated
nature. For purposes of this Code section, the term "sports official" means any person who
officiates, umpires, or referees an amateur contest at the collegiate, elementary or
secondary school, or recreational level.
History
Code 1981, § 16-5-23.1, enacted by Ga. L. 1987, p. 1010, § 1; Ga. L. 1991, p. 971, §§ 7, 8; Ga.
L. 1996, p. 449, § 1; Ga. L. 1997, p. 907, § 2; Ga. L. 1997, p. 1064, § 9; Ga. L. 1998, p. 128, § 16;
Ga. L. 1999, p. 562, § 4; Ga. L. 2000, p. 16, § 1; Ga. L. 2004, p. 621, § 3; Ga. L. 2011, p. 227, §
4/SB 178; Ga. L. 2016, p. 587, § 1/SB 193; Ga. L. 2019, p. 81, § 1/HB 424.
§ 16-5-24. Aggravated battery
(a) A person commits the offense of aggravated battery when he or she maliciously causes
bodily harm to another by depriving him or her of a member of his or her body, by
rendering a member of his or her body useless, or by seriously disfiguring his or her body or a
member thereof.
(b) Except as provided in subsections (c) through (g) of this Code section, a person
convicted of the offense of aggravated battery shall be punished by imprisonment for not
less than one nor more than 20 years.
(c)
(1) A person who knowingly commits the offense of aggravated battery upon a public
safety officer while the public safety officer is engaged in, or on account of the
performance of, his or her official duties shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished by
imprisonment for not less than ten nor more than 20 years; provided, however, that for
persons who are at least 17 years of age, a mandatory minimum term of imprisonment of
three years shall be imposed and no portion of the mandatory minimum sentence shall be
suspended, stayed, probated, deferred, or otherwise withheld by the sentencing court;
provided, however, that in the court's discretion, the court may depart from such
mandatory minimum sentence when the prosecuting attorney and defendant have
agreed to a sentence that is below such mandatory minimum.
(2) A person convicted under this subsection shall be punished, in addition to any term of
imprisonment imposed, by a fine as provided by law which shall be at least $2,000.00. With
respect to $2,000.00 of the fine imposed, after distributing the surcharges and deductions
required by Chapter 21 of Title 15, Code Sections 36-15-9 and 42-8-34, and Title 47, it shall be
earmarked for the Georgia State Indemnification Fund for purposes of payment of
indemnification for death or disability as provided for in Part 1 of Article 5 of Chapter 9 of
Title 45.
(d) Any person who commits the offense of aggravated battery against a person who is 65
years of age or older shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished by imprisonment for not
less than five nor more than 20 years.
(e) Any person who commits the offense of aggravated battery in a public transit vehicle
or station shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished by imprisonment for not less than five
nor more than 20 years.
(f) Any person who commits the offense of aggravated battery upon a student or teacher
or other school personnel within a school safety zone as defined in Code Section 16-11-
127.1 shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished by imprisonment for not less than five nor
more than 20 years.
(g) If the offense of aggravated battery is committed between past or present spouses,
persons who are parents of the same child, parents and children, stepparents and
stepchildren, foster parents and foster children, or other persons excluding siblings living or
formerly living in the same household, the defendant shall be punished by imprisonment for
not less than three nor more than 20 years.
History
Laws 1833, Cobb's 1851 Digest, pp. 786, 787; Code 1863, § 4238; Code 1868, § 4273; Code
1873, § 4339; Code 1882, § 4339; Penal Code 1895, § 83; Penal Code 1910, § 83; Code 1933,
§ 26-1201; Code 1933, § 26-1305, enacted by Ga. L. 1968, p. 1249, § 1; Ga. L. 1976, p. 543, §
2; Ga. L. 1982, p. 3, § 16; Ga. L. 1984, p. 900, § 2; Ga. L. 1985, p. 628, § 2; Ga. L. 1991, p. 971,
§§ 9, 10; Ga. L. 1994, p. 1012, § 9; Ga. L. 1996, p. 988, § 2; Ga. L. 1997, p. 1453, § 1; Ga. L.
1999, p. 381, § 5; Ga. L. 2000, p. 1626, § 2; Ga. L. 2003, p. 140, § 16; Ga. L. 2014, p. 432, § 2-
3/HB 826; Ga. L. 2014, p. 599, § 3-2/HB 60; Ga. L. 2016, p. 582, § 2/HB 979; Ga. L. 2017, p. 500,
§ 3-3/SB 160.
§ 16-5-40. Kidnapping
(a) A person commits the offense of kidnapping when such person abducts or steals away
another person without lawful authority or warrant and holds such other person against his
or her will.
(b)
(1) For the offense of kidnapping to occur, slight movement shall be sufficient; provided,
however, that any such slight movement of another person which occurs while in the
commission of any other offense shall not constitute the offense of kidnapping if such
movement is merely incidental to such other offense.
(2) Movement shall not be considered merely incidental to another offense if it:
(A) Conceals or isolates the victim;
(B) Makes the commission of the other offense substantially easier;
(C) Lessens the risk of detection; or
(D) Is for the purpose of avoiding apprehension.

(c) The offense of kidnapping shall be considered a separate offense and shall not merge
with any other offense.
(d) A person convicted of the offense of kidnapping shall be punished by:
(1) Imprisonment for not less than ten nor more than 20 years if the kidnapping involved a
victim who was 14 years of age or older;
(2) Imprisonment for life or by a split sentence that is a term of imprisonment for not less
than 25 years and not exceeding life imprisonment, followed by probation for life, if the
kidnapping involved a victim who is less than 14 years of age;
(3) Life imprisonment or death if the kidnapping was for ransom; or
(4) Life imprisonment or death if the person kidnapped received bodily injury.
(e) Any person convicted under this Code section shall, in addition, be subject to the
sentencing and punishment provisions of Code Sections 17-10-6.1 and 17-10-7.
(f) The offense of kidnapping is declared to be a continuous offense, and venue may be in
any county where the accused exercises dominion or control over the person of another.
History
Code 1873, §§ 4367, 4368; Ga. L. 1876, p. 39, § 1; Ga. L. 1880-81, p. 74, § 1; Code 1882, §§
4367, 4368; Penal Code 1895, §§ 109, 110; Penal Code 1910, §§ 109, 110; Code 1933, §§ 26-
1601, 26-1602, 26-1603; Ga. L. 1937, p. 489, § 1; Ga. L. 1953, Nov.-Dec. Sess., p. 99, § 1; Code
1933, § 26-1311, enacted by Ga. L. 1968, p. 1249, § 1; Ga. L. 1982, p. 970, § 1; Ga. L. 1994, p.
1959, § 4; Ga. L. 2006, p. 379, § 5/HB 1059; Ga. L. 2009, p. 331, § 1/HB 575.
§ 16-5-41. False imprisonment
(a) A person commits the offense of false imprisonment when, in violation of the personal
liberty of another, he arrests, confines, or detains such person without legal authority.
(b) A person convicted of the offense of false imprisonment shall be punished by

imprisonment for not less than one nor more than ten years.
(c) Any person convicted under this Code section wherein the victim is not the child of the
defendant and the victim is less than 14 years of age shall, in addition, be subject to the
sentencing and punishment provisions of Code Section 17-10-6.2.
History
Code 1873, §§ 4364, 4365; Code 1882, §§ 4364, 4365; Penal Code 1895, §§ 106, 107; Penal
Code 1910, §§ 106, 107; Code 1933, §§ 26-1501, 26-1502; Code 1933, § 26-1308, enacted by
Ga. L. 1968, p. 1249, § 1; Ga. L. 2006, p. 379, § 6/HB 1059.
§ 16-5-42. False imprisonment under color of legal process
When the arrest, confinement, or detention of a person by warrant, mandate, or process is

manifestly illegal and shows malice and oppression, an officer issuing or knowingly and
maliciously executing the same shall, upon conviction thereof, be removed from office and
punished by imprisonment for not less than one nor more than ten years.
History
4366; Code 1882, § 4366; Ga. L. 1895, p. 63, §§ 1, 2; Penal Code 1895, § 108; Penal Code
1910, § 108; Code 1933, § 26-1503; Code 1933, § 26-1309, enacted by Ga. L. 1968, p. 1249, §
1.
§ 16-5-72. Reckless abandonment
(a) A parent, guardian, or other person supervising the welfare of or having immediate
charge or custody of a child under the age of one year commits the offense of reckless
abandonment of a child when the person willfully and voluntarily physically abandons such
child with the intention of severing all parental or custodial duties and responsibilities to such
child and leaving such child in a condition which results in the death of said child.
(b) Any person who violates subsection (a) of this Code section shall be guilty of a felony
and shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished by imprisonment for not less than ten nor
more than 25 years.
History
Code 1981, § 16-5-72, enacted by Ga. L. 1989, p. 1605, § 1.
§ 16-10-2. Bribery
(a) A person commits the offense of bribery when:
(1) He or she gives or offers to give to any person acting for or on behalf of the state or any
political subdivision thereof, or of any agency of either, any benefit, reward, or
consideration to which he or she is not entitled with the purpose of influencing him or her in
the performance of any act related to the functions of his or her office or employment; or
(2) A public official, elected or appointed, or an employee of this state or any agency,
authority, or entity of the state, or any county or municipality or any agency, authority, or
entity thereof, directly or indirectly solicits, receives, accepts, or agrees to receive a thing of
value by inducing the reasonable belief that the giving of the thing will influence his or her
performance or failure to perform any official action. A thing of value shall not include:
(A) Food or beverage consumed at a single meal or event;
(B) Legitimate salary, benefits, fees, commissions, or expenses associated with a recipient's
nonpublic business, employment, trade, or profession;
(C) An award, plaque, certificate, memento, or similar item given in recognition of the
recipient's civic, charitable, political, professional, or public service;
(D) Food, beverages, and registration at group events to which all members of an agency,
as defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (a) of Code Section 21-5-30.2, are invited. An
agency shall include the Georgia House of Representatives, the Georgia Senate,
committees and subcommittees of such bodies, and the governing body of each political
subdivision of this state;
(E) Actual and reasonable expenses for food, beverages, travel, lodging, and registration
for a meeting which are provided to permit participation or speaking at the meeting;
(F) A commercially reasonable loan made in the ordinary course of business;
(G) Any gift with a value less than $100.00;
(H) Promotional items generally distributed to the general public or to public officers;
(I) A gift from a member of the public officer's immediate family; or
(J) Food, beverage, or expenses afforded public officers, members of their immediate
families, or others that are associated with normal and customary business or social
functions or activities;
provided, however, that receiving, accepting, or agreeing to receive anything not

enumerated in subparagraphs (A) through (J) of this paragraph shall not create the
presumption that the offense of bribery has been committed.
(b) A person convicted of the offense of bribery shall be punished by a fine of not more
than $5,000.00 or by imprisonment for not less than one nor more than 20 years, or both.
History
Cobb's 1851 Digest, p. 805; Code 1863, §§ 4364, 4365; Ga. L. 1865-66, p. 233, § 1; Code 1868,
§§ 4402, 4403; Code 1873, §§ 4469, 4470; Code 1882, §§ 4469, 4470; Penal Code 1895, §§
267, 268; Penal Code 1910, §§ 270, 271; Code 1933, §§ 26-4101, 26-4102; Ga. L. 1949, p. 274,
§ 1; Ga. L. 1959, p. 34, § 18; Code 1933, § 26-2301, enacted by Ga. L. 1968, p. 1249, § 1; Ga.
L. 1991, p. 1749, § 1; Ga. L. 1992, p. 1075, § 17.
§ 16-10-20. False statements and writings, concealment of
facts, and fraudulent documents in matters within
jurisdiction of state or political subdivisions
A person who knowingly and willfully falsifies, conceals, or covers up by any trick, scheme,
or device a material fact; makes a false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or
representation; or makes or uses any false writing or document, knowing the same to
contain any false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or entry, in any matter within the
jurisdiction of any department or agency of state government or of the government of any
county, city, or other political subdivision of this state shall, upon conviction thereof, be
punished by a fine of not more than $1,000.00 or by imprisonment for not less than one nor
more than five years, or both.
History
Code 1933, § 26-2408, enacted by Ga. L. 1976, p. 483, § 1; Ga. L. 1979, p. 1068, § 1; Ga. L.
1982, p. 3, § 16.
§ 16-10-93. Influencing witnesses
(a) A person who, with intent to deter a witness from testifying freely, fully, and truthfully to
any matter pending in any court, in any administrative proceeding, or before a grand jury,
communicates, directly or indirectly, to such witness any threat of injury or damage to the
person, property, or employment of the witness or to the person, property, or employment
of any relative or associate of the witness or who offers or delivers any benefit, reward, or
consideration to such witness or to a relative or associate of the witness shall, upon
conviction thereof, be punished by imprisonment for not less than one nor more than five
years.
(b) (1) It shall be unlawful for any person knowingly to use intimidation, physical force, or
threats; to persuade another person by means of corruption or to attempt to do so; or to
engage in misleading conduct toward another person with intent to:
(A) Influence, delay, or prevent the testimony of any person in an official proceeding;
(B) Cause or induce any person to:
(i) Withhold testimony or a record, document, or other object from an official proceeding;
(ii) Alter, destroy, mutilate, or conceal an object with intent to impair the object's integrity
or availability for use in an official proceeding;
(iii) Evade legal process summoning that person to appear as a witness or to produce a
record, document, or other object in an official proceeding; or
(iv) Be absent from an official proceeding to which such person has been summoned by
legal process; or
(C) Hinder, delay, or prevent the communication to a law enforcement officer, prosecuting
attorney, or judge of this state of information relating to the commission or possible
commission of a criminal offense or a violation of conditions of probation, parole, or release
pending judicial proceedings.
(2) Any person convicted of a violation of this subsection shall be guilty of a felony and,
upon conviction thereof, shall be punished by imprisonment for not less than two nor more
than ten years or by a fine of not less than $10,000.00 nor more than $20,000.00, or both.
(3) (A) For the purposes of this Code section, the term "official proceeding" means any
hearing or trial conducted by a court of this state or its political subdivisions, a grand jury, or
an agency of the executive, legislative, or judicial branches of government of this state or its
political subdivisions or authorities.
(B) An official proceeding need not be pending or about to be instituted at the time of any
offense defined in this subsection.
(C) The testimony, record, document, or other object which is prevented or impeded or
attempted to be prevented or impeded in an official proceeding in violation of this Code
section need not be admissible in evidence or free of a claim of privilege.
(D) In a prosecution for an offense under this Code section, no state of mind need be
proved with respect to the circumstance:
(i) That the official proceeding before a judge, court, magistrate, grand jury, or
government agency is before a judge or court of this state, a magistrate, a grand jury, or an
agency of state or local government; or
(ii) That the judge is a judge of this state or its political subdivisions or that the law
enforcement officer is an officer or employee of the State of Georgia or a political
subdivision or authority of the state or a person authorized to act for or on behalf of the
State of Georgia or a political subdivision or authority of the state.
(E) A prosecution under this Code section may be brought in the county in which the
official proceeding, whether or not pending or about to be instituted, was intended to be
affected or in the county in which the conduct constituting the alleged offense occurred.
(c) Any crime committed in violation of subsection (a) or (b) of this Code section shall be
considered a separate offense.
History
Ga. L. 1959, p. 34, § 24; Code 1933, § 26-2313, enacted by Ga. L. 1975, p. 34, § 1; Ga. L.
1988, p. 316, § 1; Ga. L. 1998, p. 270, § 5.
§ 16-10-94. Tampering with evidence
(a) A person commits the offense of tampering with evidence when, with the intent to
prevent the apprehension or cause the wrongful apprehension of any person or to obstruct
the prosecution or defense of any person, he knowingly destroys, alters, conceals, or
disguises physical evidence or makes, devises, prepares, or plants false evidence.
(b) Nothing in this Code section shall be deemed to abrogate or alter any privilege which
any person is entitled to claim under existing laws.
(c) Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, any person who violates subsection (a)
of this Code section involving the prosecution or defense of a felony and involving another
person shall be guilty of a felony and, upon conviction thereof, shall be punished by
imprisonment for not less than one nor more than three years; provided, however, that any
person who violates subsection (a) of this Code section involving the prosecution or defense
of a serious violent felony as defined in subsection (a) of Code Section 17-10-6.1 and
involving another person shall be guilty of a felony and, upon conviction thereof, shall be
punished by imprisonment for not less than one nor more than ten years. Except as
otherwise provided in this subsection, any person who violates subsection (a) of this Code
section involving the prosecution or defense of a misdemeanor shall be guilty of a
misdemeanor.
History
Code 1933, § 26-2510, enacted by Ga. L. 1974, p. 423, § 1; Ga. L. 2001, p. 982, § 1.
§ 16-11-30. Riot
(a) Any two or more persons who shall do an unlawful act of violence or any other act in a
violent and tumultuous manner commit the offense of riot.
(b) Any persons who violate subsection (a) of this Code section are guilty of a
misdemeanor.
History
Laws 1833, Cobb's 1851 Digest, p. 811; Code 1863, § 4400; Ga. L. 1865-66, p. 233, § 1; Code
1868, § 4441; Code 1873, § 4514; Code 1882, § 4514; Penal Code 1895, § 354; Penal Code
1910, § 360; Code 1933, § 26-5302; Code 1933, § 26-2601, enacted by Ga. L. 1968, p. 1249, §
1.
§ 16-11-31. Inciting to riot
(a) A person who with intent to riot does an act or engages in conduct which urges,
counsels, or advises others to riot, at a time and place and under circumstances which
produce a clear and present danger of a riot, commits the offense of inciting to riot.
(b) Any person who violates subsection (a) of this Code section is guilty of a misdemeanor.
History
Code 1933, § 26-2602, enacted by Ga. L. 1968, p. 1249, § 1; Ga. L. 1969, p. 857, § 20.
§ 16-11-33. Unlawful assembly
A person who knowingly participates in either of the following acts or occurrences is guilty
of a misdemeanor:
(1) The assembly of two or more persons for the purpose of committing an unlawful act and
the failure to withdraw from the assembly on being lawfully commanded to do so by a
peace officer and before any member of the assembly has inflicted injury to the person or
property of another; or
(2) The assembly of two or more persons, without authority of law, for the purpose of doing
violence to the person or property of one supposed by the accused to have been guilty of
a violation of the law, or for the purpose of exercising correctional or regulative powers over
any person by violence; provided, however, that it shall be an affirmative defense to a
prosecution under this paragraph that the accused withdrew from the assembly on being
lawfully commanded to do so by a peace officer or before any member of the assembly
had inflicted injury to the person or property of another.
History
4513; Code 1882, § 4513; Penal Code 1895, § 353; Penal Code 1910, § 359; Code 1933, § 26-
5301; Code 1933, § 26-2604, enacted by Ga. L. 1968, p. 1249, § 1; Ga. L. 1989, p. 14, § 16.
Georgia Statutes:
Title 17
§ 17-4-20. Authorization of arrests with and without warrants
generally; use of deadly force; adoption or promulgation of
conflicting regulations, policies, ordinances, and resolutions;
authority of nuclear power facility security officer
(a) An arrest for a crime may be made by a law enforcement officer:
(1) Under a warrant; or
(2) Without a warrant if:
(A) The offense is committed in such officer's presence or within such officer's immediate
knowledge;
(B) The offender is endeavoring to escape;
(C) The officer has probable cause to believe that an act of family violence, as defined in
Code Section 19-13-1, has been committed;
(D) The officer has probable cause to believe that the offender has violated a criminal
family violence order, as defined in Code Section 16-5-95; provided, however, that such
officer shall not have any prior or current familial relationship with the alleged victim or the
offender;
(E) The officer has probable cause to believe that an offense involving physical abuse has
been committed against a vulnerable adult, who shall be for the purposes of this subsection
a person 18 years old or older who is unable to protect himself or herself from physical or
mental abuse because of a physical or mental impairment; or
(F) For other cause there is likely to be failure of justice for want of a judicial officer to issue a
warrant.
(b) Sheriffs and peace officers who are appointed or employed in conformity with Chapter
8 of Title 35 may use deadly force to apprehend a suspected felon only when the officer
reasonably believes that the suspect possesses a deadly weapon or any object, device, or
instrument which, when used offensively against a person, is likely to or actually does result
in serious bodily injury; when the officer reasonably believes that the suspect poses an
immediate threat of physical violence to the officer or others; or when there is probable
cause to believe that the suspect has committed a crime involving the infliction or
threatened infliction of serious physical harm. Nothing in this Code section shall be
construed so as to restrict such sheriffs or peace officers from the use of such reasonable
nondeadly force as may be necessary to apprehend and arrest a suspected felon or
misdemeanant.
(c) Nothing in this Code section shall be construed so as to restrict the use of deadly force
by employees of state and county correctional institutions, jails, and other places of lawful
confinement or by peace officers of any agency in the State of Georgia when reasonably
necessary to prevent escapes or apprehend escapees from such institutions.
(d) No law enforcement agency of this state or of any political subdivision of this state shall
adopt or promulgate any rule, regulation, or policy which prohibits a peace officer from
using that degree of force to apprehend a suspected felon which is allowed by the
statutory and case law of this state.
(e) Each peace officer shall be provided with a copy of this Code section. Training
regarding elder abuse, abuse of vulnerable adults, and the requirements of this Code
section should be offered as part of at least one in-service training program each year
conducted by or on behalf of each law enforcement department and agency in this state.
(f) A nuclear power facility security officer, including a contract security officer, employed
by a federally licensed nuclear power facility or licensee thereof for the purpose of securing
that facility shall have the authority to:
(1) Threaten or use force against another in defense of a federally licensed nuclear power
facility and the persons therein as provided for under Code Sections 16-3-21 and 16-3-23;
(2) Search any person on the premises of the nuclear power facility or the properties
adjacent to the facility if the facility is under imminent threat or danger pursuant to a written
agreement entered into with the local enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the
facility for the purpose of determining if such person possesses unauthorized weapons,
explosives, or other similarly prohibited material; provided, however, that if such person
objects to any search, he or she shall be detained as provided in paragraph (3) of this
subsection or shall be required to immediately vacate the premises. Any person refusing to
submit to a search and refusing to vacate the premises of a facility upon the request of a
security officer as provided for in this Code section shall be guilty of a misdemeanor; and
(3) In accordance with a nuclear security plan approved by the United States Nuclear
Regulatory Commission or other federal agency authorized to regulate nuclear facility
security, detain any person located on the premises of a nuclear power facility or on the
properties adjacent thereto if the facility is under imminent threat or danger pursuant to a
written agreement entered into with the local law enforcement agency having jurisdiction
over the facility, where there is reasonable suspicion to believe that such person poses a
threat to the security of the nuclear power facility, regardless of whether such prohibited
act occurred in the officer's presence. In the event of such detention, the law enforcement
agency having jurisdiction over the facility shall be immediately contacted. The detention
shall not exceed the amount of time reasonably necessary to allow for law enforcement
officers to arrive at the facility.
History
Orig. Code 1863, § 4603; Code 1868, § 4626; Code 1873, § 4723; Code 1882, § 4723; Penal
Code 1895, § 896; Penal Code 1910, § 917; Code 1933, § 27-207; Ga. L. 1975, p. 1209, § 1;
Ga. L. 1981, p. 880, § 6; Ga. L. 1981, p. 1393, § 1; Ga. L. 1986, p. 490, § 1; Ga. L. 1986, p. 657, §
1; Ga. L. 1988, p. 1251, § 1; Ga. L. 1991, p. 624, § 1; Ga. L. 1997, p. 700, § 1; Ga. L. 2006, p.
812, § 3/SB 532; Ga. L. 2013, p. 667, § 2/SB 86.
K2
Correct and Safe Use of
Equipment
CHATHAM COUNTY POLICE DEPARTMENT
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
SOP # ADM-013: FIREARMS EFFECTIVE DATE: 02/01/18

__________________________________________________________________________________
PURPOSE:
The purpose of this General Order (GO) is to establish guidelines for the training, qualification,
and carrying of service firearms, back up and off-duty/concealed firearms, as well as the proper
use, care, and maintenance of Chatham County Police Department (CCPD) firearms.
POLICY:
Safeguards designed to enhance CCPD an Officer’s performance for the protection of citizens as
well as the Officer is of prime concern. Such safeguards may serve to reduce the probability of
criminal and civil liability that could arise from questions of competency, training, and standards.
To assure ensure their ability to perform their duties and to protect themselves and the public,
CCPD Officers are required to demonstrate reasonable proficiency in firearms use. In addition,
CCPD Officers will receive periodic retraining in the tactical use of firearms, use of force,
firearms safety, and basic marksmanship. CCPD Police Officers will only use firearms in
accordance with the guidelines outlined in the CCPD SOP regarding Use of Force.
PROCEDURE:
I. AUTHORIZATION
A. All sworn employees shall be Georgia Peace Officers and Standards Training Council (GA
POSTC) certified prior to receiving authorization to carry an approved firearm in an official
capacity or to exercise the power of arrest.
B. Official Code of Georgia Annotated (OCGA) § 16-11-123 and § 16-11-124 authorizes law
enforcement Officers to carry firearms.
C. Each CCPD Officer shall be armed with an approved handgun when on duty and are
authorized to carry the firearms and ammunition listed on Appendix 1 of this SOP.
D. All CCPD Officers will carry the issued service firearm at all times while on duty. “Service
firearm" is defined as the pistol and/or revolver issued to a Police Officer by the
CCPD.
E. All CCPD Officers while wearing the CCPD uniform and carrying the service firearm will
wear their CCPD badge or likeness thereof (i.e., embroidered badge) in obvious view on the
outermost garment.
F. All CCPD Officers will carry at least one fully loaded extra magazine. The service firearm
will be fully loaded with ammunition issued by the CCPD and carried according to CCPD
policy as outlined in Section III-C of this Order.
G. No modifications or alterations in factory specifications are permitted to the CCPD service
firearm. Any service firearm that appears to be malfunctioning will be submitted to the CCPD
Armorer for service.
CCPD SOP # ADM-013 Firearms / Page 1 of 10

H. Service firearms will be kept in a clean serviceable manner.
I. CCPD Officers, are prohibited from carrying a service firearm at any time while under
suspension; on restricted duty; or convalescent duty because of an inability to perform the
essential job functions of their position.
II. ISSUANCE
A. As part of their basic equipment, each CCPD Officer will be issued a CCPD firearm,
magazines and ammunition approved for official use, by the CCPD Armorer.
B. The Armorer who will maintain a complete record on each department issued firearm.
Department records will also indicate any additional firearm the officer is approved to carry.
C. Prior to issuing or approving the carry of a firearm the CCPD Armorer shall review, inspect,
all firearms intended for use by each employee in the performance of their duty. This includes
any off-duty weapons as well.
D. Special firearms will be temporarily issued to Officers, when necessary, for the performance
of a special task such as an emergency response incident requiring special firearms and
tactics, civil disturbances, etc.
E. All weapons and magazines that are inoperative, unsafe, or that require anything other than
routine maintenance will be turned in to the Armorer or issuing authority. [CALEA 1.3.9 d]
F. Upon termination of employment, all CCPD owned and issued firearms must be returned to
the Armorer.
III. HANDGUNS
A. Officers will successfully complete semi-automatic transition training covering the use, care
and maintenance of the CCPD primary handgun, prior to being issued the handgun. The
testing phase of this training will include practical examinations and written tests on the force
continuum, the CCPD primary handgun and the SOP in regard to Use of force.
B. The Armorer will issue, plainclothes Officers handguns appropriate for the function of their
duty assignment who meet the following criteria (if available):
1. The officer works in plain clothes on a regular basis.
2. The officer successfully completes transition training.
3. When proper concealment of the handgun is a primary concern.
4. The officer receives written permission from their Division Commander.
C. The primary handgun will be carried with a fully loaded magazine and one round in the
chamber. Each additional magazine (in the duty-belt magazine pouches) will be fully loaded.
Ammunition issued by the Armorer will be the only ammunition used in handguns issued by
the CCPD. The firearm will be carried in the holster on the shooting hand side of the belt and
must have a retention device. No cross draw or shoulder holsters will be worn.
1. The proper care and maintenance of CCPD issued handguns is the responsibility of the
Officer to whom it is issued to first line Supervisors will inspect handguns and
ammunition at least once each month.
2. Handguns and magazines that are inoperative, unsafe, or that require anything other than
routine maintenance will be turned in to the Armorer. Officers are not authorized to
disassemble their handgun any further than taught in transition training.

3. Each precinct, Property and Evidence Unit, the CNT office, and the barracks will be
equipped with a "clearing barrel" that will be supplied by the Armorer and situated in an
area designated as a safe area by the Armorer.
4. The following procedures will be adhered to when unloading and preparing the handgun
pistol for inspection:
a. Ensure that you are within the designated safe area, and that a Supervisor is present.
b. Prior to drawing your handgun, remove the magazine from your holstered pistol and
place the magazine in your offside pocket.
c. Face the clearing barrel, draw your handgun and point it into the clearing barrel, keep
your finger off the trigger.
d. Pull the slide to the rear several times, ejecting the round in the chamber, do not
attempt to catch the ejected round.
e. Lock the slide to the rear, and then visually and physically inspect the chamber to
ensure that the handgun is clear and safe.
f. Holster the handgun with the slide locked to the rear and snap it in the holster.
g. Retrieve the ejected round and place it in your offside pocket along with the magazine.
5. The following procedures will be adhered to when loading or reloading the handgun after
an inspection:
a. Return to the designated safe area; ensure that a Supervisor is present.
b. Draw your handgun, point it into the clearing barrel and insert the magazine from
your offside pocket.
c. With the handgun still pointed into the clearing barrel, close the slide.
d. Immediately re-holster your handgun, remembering to keep your finger off the
trigger, and snap the handgun into the holster.
e. Remove the magazine from the holstered pistol, replace the ejected round (from your
offside pocket). Replace into the magazine and then replace magazine into the
handgun. Perform a push, pull, and sweep to ensure that the magazine is locked in.
IV. SHOTGUNS
A. All officers assigned to the Patrol Precincts, who are qualified to carry a shotgun, may have
a department issued shotgun in their vehicle when on duty.
B. Officers will successfully complete training covering the shotgun's use, care, and
maintenance prior to being allowed to carry one. Training will include classroom instruction,
a written test and a practical course.
C. When carried in the car, shotgun magazines will be loaded to their capacity with CCPD issued
ammunition regardless of whether the firearm is equipped with a standard magazine or an
extended magazine.
D. The chamber of the shotgun will be empty; the firearm's safety will be in the OFF position
and the trigger pulled.
E. Supervisors driving marked police units may carry the shotgun in its case in the passenger
compartment of the marked unit.
F. Shotguns carried by officers below the rank of sergeant and those carried by officers driving
unmarked police units will be carried in the trunk of their vehicle unless otherwise authorized.

G. In all cases where a police vehicle is left unattended, the shotgun will be secured in the trunk.
H. The shotgun will not be displayed for intimidating purposes. It will be drawn only in extreme
situations where the issued sidearm would be inadequate for the circumstances.
I. Each precinct will have a secure area to store a minimum of three CCPD issued shotguns.
J. The areas will be identified by the Precinct Commander and approved by the Armorer.
K. Access to the storage area will be limited to Supervisors.
L. Each precinct shotgun storage area will additionally contain extra shotgun ammunition, extra
handgun ammunition, and a logbook to maintain a record of the disposition and location of
each shotgun. This logbook will have an entry completed each time a shotgun is removed
from or replaced in the cabinet. The Armorer, on a quarterly basis, will inspect this logbook.
M. The proper care and maintenance of the shotgun is responsibility of the officer to whom it is
issued.
N. Shotguns will be checked at the beginning of each shift to ensure proper loading, as well as
to ensure the firearm is free of moisture, dirt, or rust.
O. Shotguns requiring maintenance will be removed from service and turned into the Armorer.
P. Quarterly inspections will be conducted by the Armorer to ensure compliance with this
directive.
V. OFF DUTY AND BACKUP FIREARMS
A. A CCPD Officer may carry, or have in their immediate presence, a handgun and their CCPD
identification at any time while off-duty and in accordance with federal law (Title 18, Chapter
44, section 926B).
1. Prior to carrying off duty firearms in accordance with Title 18, Chapter 44, Section 926B,
the firearm will be inspected and approved by the CCPD Armorer.
B. Should an officer desire to carry a non-approved firearm, or a personal firearm while they are
on Administrative Leave they do so as a private citizen and must have a Georgia Firearms
License. Officers considering purchasing a firearm are encouraged to coordinate with the
Armorer prior to making the purchase.
C. Off duty Officers, while functioning in a police capacity (working extra -duty jobs), will be
armed with the CCPD issued primary handgun.
D. Off duty Officers operating a CCPD vehicle must be armed with an approved firearm.
E. Off duty Officers consuming alcoholic beverages while visiting bars, taverns, or nightclubs
will not carry a firearm.
F. Officers wishing to carry a second firearm on duty may do so after adhering to the following
criteria:
1. The firearm will be of .380 caliber or greater.
2. They must document their request to carry a second firearm on CCPD Form 1197 and
meet the requirements on this form. This form will be completed yearly and list the
following:
a. Identify the employee and current assignment.
b. Complete description of the backup firearm.
c. The firearm must obtain a satisfactory inspection by the Armorer.

d. The officer must qualify with a passing score yearly with the firearm listed on this
form.
e. Must be approved by the Chief of Police or his designee.
f. The original copy of this form will be maintained by the armorer and a copy will be
maintained by the officer’s unit.
3. The ammunition used in the back-up firearm must be approved by the armorer.
4. The firearm will remain concealed on the officer’s body.
VI. FIREARMS QUALIFICATIONS
A. The Armorer will serve as the CCPD Range Master and will schedule re-qualification and
annual training.
B. PROFICIENCY TRAINING
1. CCPD Officers will receive proficiency training and, at a minimum, must qualify.
2. This training will be monitored and documented by a Certified Firearms Instructor.
3. Officers who are unable to attend normal qualification courses due to physical limitations
(i.e., light duty, extended injury, or extended illness) will not attend.
4. Officers who are unable to attend qualification courses due to excused absences will
attend an open range session and be rescheduled to attend a later scheduled qualification.
5. Officers with unexcused absences will be required to successfully complete two
qualification rounds at the next scheduled annual qualification or successfully complete
a make-up qualification course on an open range day, if available, at the discretion of the
Armorer.
6. Division Commanders will decide if the absence will be excused or not.
C. REMEDIAL TRAINING
1. Officers who attend range training and fail to qualify with the primary duty handgun at
any of the required qualifications will attend remedial training and will be placed on
restricted duty.
2. The Armorer will notify Division Commanders of any officer who fails to qualify as soon
as possible.
3. Remedial training will be scheduled by the Armorer for those Officers failing to qualify
and will be conducted within two weeks of the end of the failed qualification course.
4. The Armorer will conduct the remedial training course and afford the non-qualifying
officer the opportunity to qualify at the end of the remedial training. Officers who qualify
through remedial training will be immediately returned to full duty.
5. Officers failing to qualify after remedial training will be instructed, by the Armorer, that
they prepare for another chance at qualification.
6. Preparation and training, during this two-week period, will be conducted on their own
time and at their own expense.
7. Officers who qualify at the second remedial qualification will immediately be returned to
full duty.
8. Officers who fail to qualify at the second remedial qualification will be referred to their
Division Commander for further action.

VIII. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ARMORER
A. The Armorer will:
1. Serves as the department range master, supervises, schedules all firearms training, and
range qualifications.
2. During training, review and discuss policies such as Use of force, Use of Deadly Force,
and all other high-liability policies relating to use of force.
3. Maintain all pertinent qualification records and information, to include:
a. Officers who qualified.
b. Officers who failed to qualify.
c. Officers who failed to attend qualification, whether excused or unexcused.
4. Conduct remedial training as necessary.
B. Precinct and Unit Commanders will ensure that:
1. All assigned personnel are scheduled for and attend the required annual firearms
qualifications, to include those requiring modified, make-up, or remedial qualification
courses.
2. Written reports concerning those Officers, under their command, who have not qualified
or who have failed to qualify are submitted through the chain-of-command, to the Chief
of Police.
3. Police Officers attend and successfully complete range qualification annually, in
accordance with this SOP.
IX. FIRING RANGE OPERATIONAL RULES
A. All personnel scheduled will be present at least fifteen (15) minutes prior to the hour
scheduled, unless otherwise directed. Any latecomers will be rescheduled.
B. Any personnel who cannot keep their scheduled day and time should contact their scheduling
Supervisor for reassignment who will then notify the Armorer about the schedule change.
C. All personnel will UNLOAD their firearms at the firearms clearing barrel at the entrance to
the range.
D. All personnel must have CCPD issued gun belt and holster and will wear their gun belt with
firearm holstered and their issued body armor on the Range. The firearm will not be removed
unless directed to by the Range Master.
E. There will be no smoking or unnecessary talking while on the firing line.
F. No one will move from one firing station to another until the command has been given.
G. All personnel will wear eye and ear protection while on the firing range.
H. Anyone entering the range with a loaded firearm or not having the proper equipment (gun
belt, holster, and CCPD issue and eye protection) will be disqualified by the Range Master
and referred back to their Commanding Officer for CCPD disciplinary action and
rescheduling.
X. EMERGENCY PROTOCOL
A. Serious injuries or emergencies will be defined as (but not limited to) gunshot wounds,
incapacitating illnesses (such as heat stroke, heart attack, stroke), snake bites, shock or any
incident of a life threatening or health threatening nature, or any incident that a Line Coach,

Range Instructor, Range Master, or CCPD Supervisor or Instructor perceives as a serious
injury or emergency.
B. The following procedures will be adhered to in the event of a serious injury or emergency.
1. All personnel will immediately cease any firing on the range.
2. The Range Master will immediately check on the condition of the person and designate
range personnel to notify the Communications Center (Dial 911) to dispatch Emergency
Medical Personnel. The Range Assistant will inform both entities that they are declaring
an emergency and describe the type of emergency or injury. The Range Master will
remain with the victim until relieved.
3. Range personnel will provide first aid to the victim to the best of their ability and cease
all training until EMS personnel arrive and the emergency is resolved.
4. After medical personnel arrive and are treating the victim, the Range Master will notify
the Communications Center and request that they: a. Notify the CCPD Watch
Commander.
b. Notify the Chief of Police.
c. Notify the victim’s Division Commander.
d. Notify the Regional Police Academy Director (if the class is an academy class).
e. Notify the CCPD Training Unit Commander and request a Supervisor at the scene
(This Supervisor will remain with the victim until relieved by the victim’s Division
Commander or his designee).
5. The Range Master will retain control over all personnel who witnessed the incident until
the Internal Affairs Unit (or the Chief’s designee) takes control of the investigation.
Witnesses will complete written statements prior to leaving the range.
6. The Range Master will complete a detailed report of the incident.
X. ARMORY
A. There will be three (3) sets of keys to the armory and will be issued to, and maintained by the
Armorer, and the CCPD alternate Armorer.
B. The Armorer is subject to immediate recall twenty-four hours per day, seven days per week.
C. In the event that the Armorer is unavailable, the Armorer will ensure that at least one of the
alternates is available for immediate call, and that appropriate personnel are notified of the
change of status.
D. Access to the CCPD Armory will be limited to the Armorer and the alternate Armorer unless
escorted by the Armorer; the CCPD alternate Armorer.
E. The Armorer will be responsible for the issue of all CCPD firearms.
2. The Armorer will maintain records of the assignment of firearms.
3. The records will be maintained electronically and by hard copy.
4. Officers will be required to sign hard copy records for all issued firearms.
F. The Armorer will store all firearms and related equipment in a secured area and conduct a
periodic inventory to assure readiness.

XI. SAFETY GUIDELINES
SECURITY
1. Each Officer is ultimately responsible for their issued firearm(s).
2. Officers will never loan their issued firearm(s) or allow it to be used by any unauthorized
person.
B. All weapons and magazines that are inoperative, unsafe, or that require anything other than
routine maintenance will be turned in to the Armorer or issuing authority.
C. HOME SAFETY AND STORAGE
1. It is each Officer's responsibility to assure that members of their household are instructed
in the safety aspects of the firearm.
2. The CCPD realizes that each Officer's household is different and is not dictating
procedure to be strictly adhered to, but rather suggesting guidelines to secure the firearm
while at home and off duty.
3. Firearms should be stored in a manner so they are inaccessible to, or inoperable by, others
who should not have access to them.
4. The following methods have proven effective and are just a few of the many acceptable
ways to secure the firearm at home:
a. High location such as a shelf or a closet.
b. Locked cabinet or drawer.
c. Gun safe or receptacle.
d. Trigger lock or a set of handcuffs placed between the rear of the trigger and the trigger
guard is a viable alternative.
XII. RECORDS
A. The CCPD Armorer shall maintain a record on each firearm approved by the CCPD for
official use to include, but not be limited to:
1. Make.
2. Model.
3. Serial Number.
4. To whom issued,
5. Date of Issuance.
6. Date of Return.
7. Any maintenance.
B. The CCPD Armorer will record and maintain all firearms training and qualification records
and make them available to the CCPD Training Unit when necessary.
C. The Training Unit Commander will ensure that Division Commanders are notified of
performance deficiencies of Officers under their command.
D. No later than January 15th of each year, the Training Unit Commander will submit to the
Chief of Police a list of Officers who failed to qualify with their service firearm during the
previous calendar year.

BY ORDER OF:
Original Signature on File
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

Appendix 1
Chatham County Police Department APPROVED FIREARMS
AND AMMUNITION
DEPARTMENT ISSUED ON DUTY FIREARMS:

Sworn Uniform Personnel: Glock Models 19 (9mm) and 21 (.45 cal.)
Sworn Plainclothes Personnel: Any 9mm, 40 cal., or 45 cal. Glock model (approved by unit
commander) TACTICAL WEAPONS:
• Colt M4, 223 cal. • H & K MP5, 9 mm
• Colt Rifle, M16 • Bennilli M4, 12 gauge
• Remington 870, 12 gauge • Penn Arms Multi Launcher, 37 mm
• Remington 700, 308 cal./300 cal. • Berrett .50 cal
• Pepper ball Launcher
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CURRENT AMMUNITION ISSUED TO CCPD OFFICERS:
• Department issued 45 cal., 175-250 grain
• 9mm cal.
• 00 Buckshot 12 gauge, 2 ¾ inch Shotgun Shells
• 1 oz. Slug Hollow Point 2 ¾ inch 12 gauge Shells
• .308 cal. Match 168 or 175 grain bullets
• .223 cal. 55-77 grain Hollow Tip FMJ bullets
• .50 cal., 650 grain ball/700 grain match
• Impact Rounds/Super Sock
• 68 cal. Pepper ball
From the following manufacturers:
DEPARTMENT APPROVED OFF DUTY / BACK UP FIREARMS:
Off Duty / Back up weapons must be approved by the Armorer / Certified Weapons Instructor and may
be manufactured by one of the following manufacturers (other manufacturers may be approved at the
Armorer’s discretion). It must also be .380 Caliber or larger. Contact the Armorer when considering
the
purchase of a firearm.
• Accu-Tek • Dan Wesson • Kahr • Sig Sauer
• Auto-Ordinance • Desert Eagle • Kel-Tec • Smith Wesson
• Baer • EAA • Kimber • Spring Field Armory
• Beretta • Ed Brown • LLama • Steyr
• Bersa • Enterprise • N. American Arms • Taurus
• Browning • Erma • Olympic Arms • Walter
• Charles Daly • FEG • Para-Ordnance
• Colt • Glock • Rossi
• CZ •H&K • Ruger

SOP # ADM-023 EFFECTIVE DATE: 03/26/19

POLICE PATROL RIFLES
PURPOSE
The purpose of the rifle program is to give officers the ability to more effectively perform their
sworn duty to protect the citizens and people of Chatham County from the most violent and
dangerous criminals. Rifles allow the officer to make more accurate shots; therefore, reducing the
liability from missed shots and reducing the number of total shots fired during an armed encounter.
POLICY:
In performing its mission to protect the citizens of Chatham County, CCPD equips officers with
weapons sufficient to control most field situations. In determining the type of weapons and
ammunition routinely carried by officers, a careful balance must be achieved between our threat
levels and authorized countermeasures. For anticipated events, which pose a higher degree of
danger, special units such as SWAT are equipped and trained to use specialty countermeasures
consistent with the anticipated threat level. However, unanticipated situations occasionally arise
which require immediate access to specialized weapons in order to control the situation and protect
the community as well as the officers responding to the incident. For this reason the department
has authorized the deployment of police patrol rifles (PPR). Only specially trained officers may
deploy these weapons. Each deployment will be in accordance with departmental policy. Before
an officer deploys a rifle, his/her supervisor will be notified via radio, and in plain language.
Supervisory acknowledgment is required prior to deployment of the patrol rifle unless an
immediate threat of death or serious bodily injury exists that precludes immediate supervisory
notification. The intent of this notification is to establish a time stamp within the communications
network. In exigent circumstances wherein notification is not reasonable, the deploying officer is
responsible for notifying the appropriate supervisor at a reasonable time after the deployment.
I. PROCEDURE
A. No member of this department may carry the patrol rifle on duty unless they have been
approved, trained, and qualified with that specific weapon.
1. The rifle will be approved and issued by the department armorer or designee.
2. Rifle ammunition will be approved and issued by the department armorer or designee.
3. Currently approved training courses are the Patrol Rifle Class offered at GPSTC,
Chatham County SO or Chatham County PD.
4. Officers will at all times comply with directives related to firearms and use of force as
promulgated by the Chatham County Police Department. Officers will conform to all
applicable local, state and federal laws.
B. Rifle Deployment
1. Each deployment shall be in accordance with departmental policy.
CCPD SOP-ADM-023 Patrol Rifles / Page 1 of 4

2. When an officer deploys the rifle, the supervisor will be notified via radio.
a. Unless it is not prudent or safe to do so.
3. Officers should use discretion prior to deploying the patrol rifle. Examples, which may
justify deployment include, but are not limited to, incidents in which a suspect is
actually armed with a firearm or when there is reason to believe a suspect is:
a. Wearing protective body armor; or
b. Armed with or has immediate access to a high-powered weapon which surpasses
the capability of the weapons normally carried by field personnel; or
c. Armed and situated in a distant or fortified location, which affords the suspect(s)
a tactically superior position, in which the deployment of a patrol rifle reasonably
appears necessary, to counter the threat posed by the suspect(s).
II. ELIGIBILITY
A. Prior to carrying a department issued rifle on duty, sworn personnel must meet the following
to be considered eligible:
1. Must successfully complete their probationary status.
2. Must achieve a pistol qualification score of a 240 or higher on the State Qualification
course on back to back attempts.
a. Officers not meeting this standard may attempt the qualification course again after
a thirty day waiting period and at their own expense.
3. Must have no adverse disciplinary actions in their personnel file resulting in a
suspension of more than three (3) days within the last three years, and
4. Must have approval of chain of command to attend training.
III. TRAINING
A. It shall be the responsibility of the member to be trained and qualified with the rifle.
B. Officers must successfully pass the Police Patrol Rifle Course offered by the Chatham County
PD with a passing score of 90% and no misses.
1. Any other patrol rifle course must be approved, in writing, by the Training Unit prior
to attending.
2. Any remedial training will be at the direction for the CCPD Training Unit.
C. Officers must meet all practical and written standards of the Police Patrol Rifle Course they
attend.
IV. QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Officers must successfully pass the GA POST Patrol Rifle Qualification course annually to
maintain authorization to carry a patrol rifle.
B. Officers are required to pass the qualification course with iron sights and department issued
optics with a qualification score of 90% or better and no misses.
V. RIFLE SPECIFICATIONS
A. Authorized rifle is listed in Appendix 1. Patrol rifle will be issued to all sworn personnel
approved to carry a patrol rifle while on duty. No other type of rifle is authorized.
B. The rifle and related items shall not be modified in any way. Officers may choose to use a
different style sling so long as it does not require modification of the sling mounting points.
C. The officer shall make the weapon immediately available to any and all
inspections/proceedings in which the weapon may be required to be viewed by members of
the department.

D. Additional Issued Items:
1. Sling
2. Carrying Case
3. Electronic Optical Sights
a. NOTE: Iron sights must remain in place and functional even with optical sights
in place.
4. Three Magazines
a. One 30 Round Magazine
b. Two 20 Round Magazines
VI. AMMUNITION
A. Authorized ammunition is listed in Appendix 1. Patrol rifle ammunition (70 rounds) will be
issued to all sworn personnel approved to carry a patrol rifle while on duty. No other type of
ammunition is authorized.
VII. RIFLE CARRY MODE/STORAGE
A. The Police Patrol Rifle should be carried with an empty chamber when not in actual use.
B. Upon deployment, a round may be chambered.
C. While on-duty, the rifle will be kept in the electronic locks, inside the passenger compartment
of the police vehicle.
VIII. INSPECTIONS AND REMOVAL OF WEAPONS FROM SERVICE
A. No officer shall carry a patrol rifle that is functionally unreliable, damaged or unsafe.
B. If the officer finds that there is a problem with the rifle, the officer must take it to a
departmental armorer as soon as possible.
C. Patrol rifles must be inspected by an authorized armorer upon initial qualification and then
annually thereafter at the time of qualification.
BY ORDER OF:
Approved on 03/26/19
In PowerDMS
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

Appendix 1

APPROVED PATROL RIFLES AND AMMUNITION
DEPARTMENT APPROVED MANUFATURES:
Patrol rifles must be an AR-15 5.56x45mm caliber semi-automatic rifle. The rifle will be
manufactured by one of the following manufacturer(s).
 Windham Weaponry
SPECIFICATIONS FOR AMMUNITION:

 Hornaday TAP Urban 60 grain .223 Rem

________________________________________________________________________________
SOP # OPS-002: POLICE VEHICLES EFFECTIVE: 02/01/18
________________________________________________________________________________
PURPOSE
The purpose of this General Order is to establish guidelines for the use and care of Chatham County
Police Department (CCPD) vehicles.
POLICY
All CCPD employees who operate a Departmental vehicle must adhere to statutory restrictions
and Departmental policy dealing with the operation of motor vehicles. Authorized emergency
vehicles and emergency vehicular warning devices will be employed only as directed by
circumstances that constitute an emergency and in ways that will minimize the risk of accidents or
injuries to employees and the public. All vehicles used for routine or general patrol duties will be
equipped with operational emergency lights and a siren and will be conspicuously marked with
decals identifying it as a CCPD vehicle. Department members may be issued a vehicle
commensurate with their rank or assignment. The Chief of Police has the authority to establish a
personally assigned patrol vehicle program to allow officers to have an assigned police vehicle for
their use.
PROCEDURE
I. EMERGENCY VEHICLE OPERATION
A. Routine Call Response
1. Routine response is the operation of a police vehicle, without activating emergency
equipment, in response to a situation of a nature which does not pose an immediate
threat to human life and does not require extraordinary measures.
2. Under normal, non-emergency operating conditions and while responding to
routine calls for service, operators of Department vehicles shall not use any
emergency equipment and shall strictly adhere to all traffic laws while responding
without any unnecessary delay by using the most direct route.
3. Officers will not utilize emergency equipment to get through traffic when they are
dispatched to a call that would not normally entail utilizing emergency equipment.
B. Emergency Call Response
1. Department personnel may engage in emergency vehicle operations in accordance
with Georgia law when responding to an emergency or when in pursuit. The
provisions of this order do not relieve the operator of a police vehicle from the duty
to drive with due regard for the safety of all persons, nor shall such provisions
CCPD SOP # OPS-002 Police Vehicles / Page 1 of 8

protect the operator of a police vehicle from the consequences of careless disregard
for the safety of others.
2. Department vehicles engaged in emergency operations shall utilize emergency
lights (blue lights). The siren shall be used to warn vehicular and pedestrian traffic
along the emergency route. Hazardous warning lights (wig wags), the spotlight,
take-down lights, and the public address system may be used as additional safety
measures during emergency operations.
3. Generally, only units that have been dispatched to an emergency call will engage in
an emergency response; however, supervisors are authorized to respond in an
emergency response mode on their own initiative, but must advise the dispatcher.
4. Use of CCPD vehicles to protect crash scenes or injured persons shall be signaled
by the activation of emergency lights, flares, or other appropriate warning devices.
5. Vehicles will be parked strategically to alert traffic of a hazard and to block access
to a dangerous area. Vehicles will not be parked in a manner that causes a greater
hazard by blinding drivers with flashing lights.
6. CCPD vehicles shall be removed from the roadway as soon as practical after the
placement of traffic cones or other appropriate warning devices, and parked on the
shoulder of the road or off the road. Emergency lights and/or hazardous warning
lights may be used when necessary or appropriate.
7. When engaged in emergency operations, Officers shall exercise extreme care.
8. In accordance with Georgia law, emergency vehicle operators may:
a. Exceed the maximum speed limits so long as the operator does not endanger
life or property.
b. Proceed past stop signal or sign, but only after slowing or stopping as necessary
for safe operation. Officers shall not enter controlled intersections against the
flow of traffic at an unsafe speed and shall be sure that cross-traffic flow has
yielded in each lane before attempting to cross that lane.
c. Disregard regulations governing direction of movement or turning in specified
direction, so long as life or property is not endangered.
d. Disregard regulations governing parking laws under normal circumstances,
except that a Department vehicle shall not block access to a fire hydrant at the
scene of a fire or in any way obstruct fire apparatus.
9. Officers shall immediately terminate emergency operation when ordered to do so
by a supervisor.
II. EQUIPMENT
A. Drivers will ensure that the following items are carried in their assigned vehicle at all
times:
1. Small first aid kit.
2. Blood-borne pathogens protective kit.
3. Latex gloves.

4. Antibacterial disinfectant.
5. Fire extinguisher.
B. In addition to the items required by all drivers, sworn supervisors are required to have
the following items in their vehicles:
1. Crime scene tape.
2. Large first aid kit.
C. Any equipment or supplies needing to be replenished shall be brought to a supervisor’s
attention.
D. Supervisors shall conduct monthly line inspections to ensure compliance with the
standard. These inspections will be documented on a Police Vehicle Inspection Sheet
(CCPD form 1108) and maintained on file in the precinct.
E. All required equipment may be issued or replenished through a routine request to the
Quartermaster.
III. SAFETY RESTRAINTS
A. All persons will use the occupant safety restraints devices (seatbelts) while operating
and/or riding as a passenger in a Departmental vehicle, while the vehicle is in motion.
B. Children must be restrained in a United States Department of Transportation (DOT)
approved child passenger restraining system in compliance with O.C.G.A. §40-8-76.
IV. DAMAGE TO VEHICLES
A. Precinct and Unit Commanders shall assign a supervisor to conduct and coordinate the
daily inspection of vehicles to ensure they are clean, free of trash, and that all damage is
reported.
B. When damage to a CCPD vehicle is discovered, the supervisor shall complete a City of
Savannah Incident/Accident Report Form. A copy of this report form shall be forwarded
to the Division Commander and Vehicle Coordinator within 24 hours, detailing the
following:
1. The vehicle operator.
2. The vehicle number.
3. Unit the vehicle is assigned to.
4. Date and time the damage occurred or was discovered.
5. If an official report was made a copy will be attached.
6. Case report number and remarks describing how damage occurred.
C. An investigation shall be conducted by the Precinct or Unit Commander, or designee, to
determine if the vehicle damage was due to negligence by the officer assigned to operate
the vehicle or as a result of an accident.
D. A copy of the Chatham County Incident/Accident Report Form shall be forwarded to
Risk Management and the Vehicle Coordinator.

E. If an investigation determines that any damage to the vehicle is the result of negligence
on the part of the employee, the employee will be required to repair the damage or replace
the damaged part at their expense, lose their personally assigned police vehicle and face
disciplinary action.
F. If the damage is a result of a vehicle accident, both the accident report and the City of
Savannah Incident/Accident Report Form shall be completed and copies submitted to
Risk Management and the Vehicle Coordinator.
V. VEHICLE OPERATOR’S RESPONSIBILITY
A. All CCPD employees who operate a motor vehicle will maintain a valid Georgia Driver’s
License and operate departmental vehicles in a lawful manner. Employees will
immediately notify their unit commander of any change in the status of their license.
B. Prior to the start of each shift, vehicle operators will inspect the exterior and interior of
the vehicle for any damage.
C. Vehicle operators will immediately notify a supervisor any time a CCPD vehicle is
damaged. Vehicle operators will provide a detailed written statement describing how the
damage occurred.
D. All employees are responsible for keeping either fleet or assigned vehicles in clean and
serviceable condition.
1. Employees may be subject to disciplinary action if their vehicle is found to be more
than five hundred miles over due for its scheduled service.
2. When vehicles are dead lined for service or post-accident, the operator will
complete the CCPD Deadline Form (1186) documenting the necessary repairs or
maintenance issues and leave it with the vehicle.
3. All vehicles involved in an accident will immediately be returned to the appropriate
vehicle repair facility for inspection, and maintenance of the vehicle. If the damage
occurs after hours and is relatively minor, the supervisor may authorize the vehicle
to be driven until 0730 the next business day of the appropriate facility.
4. Any vehicle that appears unsafe will be towed.
E. CCPD employees are prohibited from transporting non-employees in police vehicles
unless for a police purpose and only with prior permission of a supervisor.
VI. ASSIGNED POLICE VEHICLES
A. Officers are assigned police vehicles based on their assignments and unit availability.
Generally, most officers will have a vehicle assigned to them on permanent basis.
B. The Patrol Division will maintain a pool of marked police vehicles designed for patrol
purposes. Officers will normally be assigned a vehicle from their precinct’s pool to
operate during their shift.
C. The Personally Assigned Police Vehicle Program (PAPV) is designed to allow patrol
officers who are not normally issued a permanently assigned police vehicle under other
programs the opportunity to be issued an assigned vehicle. This program is designed to

improve the Department’s response to emergencies, increase police visibility, reduce
maintenance costs, and instill a sense of pride among officers in their equipment.
1. The assignment of a personal vehicle is a privilege extended by the Chief of Police
to employees who have a fulltime need for a police vehicle and may be withdrawn
at any time.
2. All sworn officers of CCPD with at least two years of service, and who have no
record of at fault accidents, are eligible to be assigned a permanent police vehicle.
Officers who have an at-fault accident will be moved to the bottom of the waiting
list behind the most recent graduating class.
a. Sworn officers that have completed their one (1) year probationary status,
currently assigned to a Specialized Assignment, and meet the no at fault
accidents criteria outlined above are eligible to be assigned a permanent police
vehicle.
3. Employees may apply for a personally assigned vehicle by completing the
Personally Assigned Vehicle Request Form (1079) and submitting it through their
Division Commander.
a. All information requested must be accurate and correct. Providing inaccurate
or incomplete information on any part of the form will be grounds for
disciplinary action and loss of this privilege.
b. The Division Commander will review and act on the request. If approved, a
copy of the request will be forwarded to the Support Services Division
Commander who will have the CCPD Vehicle Coordinator process the
request. Employees who are approved will be assigned a vehicle or placed on
a waiting list, according to vehicle availability and seniority.
D. Employees who are assigned personal vehicles under this program may drive them to
their place of residence during off-duty hours provided they live in Chatham County or
within 26 miles (driving miles) of the Chatham County line.
E. Employees who are assigned a vehicle, but reside greater than 26 miles from the
Chatham County line, may park their assigned vehicle at government location that is
within the parameters outlined above. In such cases the following provisions will be
adhered to:
1. The property owner or manager must be contacted by the officer and acknowledge
in writing that the Department vehicle may be parked there prior to parking it.
2. Each officer who wishes to park their assigned police vehicle at a government
location must first complete the CCPD Form 1140 and submit it through their
chain of command for approval. The Precinct Vehicle Coordinator will ensure the
precinct maintains a copy of the agreement on file and the original is forwarded to
the Department Vehicle Coordinator.
3. Any government location where a Department vehicle is vandalized, stolen, or
broken into, will immediately be discontinued as an authorized location for parking
Department vehicles.

4. If an employee changes their place of residence, they must reapply for the PAPV
(1140) program permission within five working days by submitting a new request
with the new address.
5. If an employee is assigned a new fleet vehicle, they must complete a new CCPD
form 1140 within five working days.
F. Employees who are on a light duty status will not be allowed to operate a police vehicle.
1. A vehicle will not be assigned as a take home vehicle through the fleet coordinator
for employees in a light duty status.
G. Personally assigned vehicles may be used for the following purposes:
1. To travel to and from regular and overtime shift assignments.
2. To appear in court or other job related legal proceedings.
3. To attend job related training, including college courses.
4. To attend out of county training sites when assigned, in accordance with the
Chatham County policies.
5. To perform off duty employment in a police capacity approved by the Department.
6. To participate in physical fitness training in Chatham County.
7. To attend other events specifically authorized or directed by the Department.
H. CCPD employees with personally assigned vehicles under any program will not:
1. Loan or trade their vehicle to other officers
2. Transport family members or non-department personnel in their police vehicle,
except in emergencies. Should an emergency arise, an on-duty supervisor will be
made aware of the emergency immediately, if possible.
3. Alter the vehicle in any manner including adding bumper stickers, decals, license
plates and additional emergency lights. Requests to install additional equipment,
i.e. inverters, flashlight chargers, stereos etc. will be approved by the Division
Commander prior to installation. No officer will alter, reprogram, or rewire any
equipment installed on the vehicle to operate in a different manner. Prior
approvals, in writing, through the chain of command to the Support Services
Commander and Vehicle Coordinator in order to add or change vehicle equipment.
4. Any additional authorized equipment will become the property of the CCPD.
5. Perform any maintenance on the vehicle beyond checking the appropriate fluid
levels and tire pressure.
6. Use the vehicle for transportation to and from non-police related employment.
7. Consume alcohol prior to or while driving a police vehicle.
8. Purchase while driving or have in the police vehicle any alcoholic beverage, except
that which is evidence.
9. Park their assigned vehicle and utilize a pool vehicle while training new officers.
I. When driving the vehicle during off-duty hours, employees may be dressed casually, but
appropriately, and be in possession of a department radio, badge, and firearm in order to

respond to any call for service. Appropriate clothing will be neat, clean, and free of holes.
Cut-off shorts, tank tops, half-shirts, and bathing suits are inappropriate. Gym type
clothes will not be worn (i.e. warm-up suits and sweat pants).
1. The police radio will be monitored by the officer in case of an emergency.
2. Any easily removable equipment not attached to the vehicle will be secured in the
trunk of the vehicle when officers are off-duty.
J. Employees who are on suspension or approved leave who plan to be out of town totaling
more than five days will park their vehicle at their assigned duty location and leave the
keys available to the Precinct or Unit Commander.
1. Any absences greater that six months requires the vehicle to be returned to the
Vehicle Coordinator for reassignment.
K. Employees may have their personally assigned vehicle privileges suspended or revoked
for any of the following reasons:
1. Violating any provision of this policy or any Departmental policy, rules and
regulations, as well as Chatham County policies or rules pertaining to the use and
care of vehicles.
2. Failing at least three vehicle inspections in a one-year period.
3. In conjunction with Departmental discipline.
4. Not keeping the vehicle properly maintained (i.e. wipers, fluid levels, air pressure
in tires).
5. Being five hundred miles or more past a required service.
6. Being involved in an at fault accident.
7. Falsifying any information concerning their actual primary residence.
8. Poor driving habits as evidenced by multiple citizen complaints or a pattern of at
fault crashes.
L. Officers will be assigned a vehicle that is appropriate for their assignment.
M. If an officer transfers to an assignment requiring a different type of vehicle, they will
apply for one and be placed on a waiting list according to seniority. Until a vehicle is
assigned, the officer will have to drive a pool vehicle.(i.e., If an officer transfers from a
patrol shift to another Unit they will take their vehicle, while an officer transferring from
a patrol shift to the Criminal Investigation Division will be reassigned an unmarked
vehicle. If an officer transfers from one precinct to another, they will retain the same
vehicle.)
N. The Chief of Police has the authority to reassign any vehicle that he feels would be better
utilized in another capacity.
O. Employees are responsible to keep all vehicles clean and in a good state of repair.
Supervisors will conduct documented monthly inspections to ensure that officers are
complying with the provisions of this policy and all maintenance is current.

P. Should a permanently assigned vehicle become disabled or “dead lined” for repairs, the
employee will draw a vehicle from the precinct or unit pool while at work until their
vehicle is returned. Pool vehicles will not be driven home.
Q. In specific cases, the Chief of Police may make documented exceptions to the provisions
of the PAPV Program. This authority may not be further delegated.
VII. POLICE VEHICLE ACCIDENTS
A. All accidents involving a CCPD vehicle shall be reported on Chatham County Risk
Management Forms by a supervisor.
B. Accidents involving a CCPD vehicle will generally be investigated by the Patrol Division
Officers. (see SOP OPS-006)
1. A supervisor from the officer involved unit will be summoned to the scene of the
accident.
a. If the officer’s supervisor is off duty and no supervisor from the same division
is working, the patrol supervisor will handle the investigation.
b. He or she is responsible for ensuring all paperwork is done and the requirements
of this policy are met.
C. Supervisors of employees who may be at fault will follow the protocol pursuant to the
Chatham County Alcohol and Chemical Drug Use Policy.
D. Any CCPD employee involved in an accident that results in the death of another
individual will immediately be placed on administrative leave and offered the services of
the Chatham County Employee Assistance Program (EAP).
1. The involved employee will be required to undergo a debriefing with a Department
appointed psychologist prior to returning to work. The purpose of this debriefing
will be to allow the employee to express their feelings and to deal with the moral,
ethical, and psychological after effects of the incident. The debriefing will not be
related to any department investigation of the incident, and nothing discussed in the
debriefing session will be reported to the department. The debriefing session will
remain protected by the privileged physician-patient relationship.
2. If the employee is injured, injury leave or worker’s compensation may take
precedence over this requirement.
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

______________________________________________________________________________
SOP # OPS-004: SPECIAL PURPOSE VEHICLES & EQUIPMENT
EFFECTIVE: 02/01/18
______________________________________________________________________________
PURPOSE
The purpose of this General Order is to establish guidelines for the maintenance and
operation of Special Purpose Vehicles and Equipment maintained by the Chatham County
Police Department (CCPD).
POLICY
Sworn employees of the CCPD may be assigned to a specialized unit or team that utilizes
Special Purpose Vehicles and Equipment. With the privilege of being assigned to a
specialized unit or team comes the responsibility to operate, maintain, and care for a Special
Purpose Vehicle and/or Equipment. CCPD employees shall follow the guidelines set forth
in this directive pertaining to Special Purpose Vehicles and Equipment.
DEFINITIONS
SPECIAL PURPOSE VEHICLE – A vehicle used because of considerations of weather,
terrain, or the need for inconspicuous appearance, quietness, storage requirements, special
operational needs, etc. (Includes SWAT trucks, bomb disposal vehicles, mobile command
posts, all-terrain vehicles (ATVs), boats, aircraft, prisoner transport vehicles, motorcycles,
bicycles, and animals)
PROCEDURE
I. MOTORCYCLES
A. The CCPD will maintain a fleet of patrol motorcycles to be used for traffic enforcement
and parade purposes
B. Patrol motorcycles will be deployed in accordance with the orders of the Precinct
Commander or the Patrol Division Commander. Deployment will be based on daily
patrol requirements, specific crime problems, special events, and other events as
needed.
C. CCPD motorcycles shall not be used to pursue any violator who is attempting to elude
the Officer.
D. CCPD motorcycles shall not be driven to an Officer’s residence during off duty hours
without the permission of their Unit Commander (LT) or Unit Supervisor (SGT).
CCPD GO # OPS-003 Special Purpose Vehicles and Equipment / Page 1 of 6

E. A CCPD motorcycle is a single passenger vehicle that requires a motorcycle endorsed
driver’s license to operate. Officers must possess a valid Georgia Driver’s license with
a motorcycle endorsement and complete both a motorcycle safety and familiarization
course conducted by the CCPD Training Unit utilizing an instructor approved by the
Driver Training Unit prior to operating a Patrol motorcycle.
F. Every Officer assigned a motorcycle is responsible to keep the motorcycle in a clean and
presentable condition. Officers shall inspect the motorcycle at the start of operation for each
shift to ensure it has a proper oil level, fuel, tire pressure, and no loose or missing parts.
G.
II. SPEED MEASURING AND RADAR TRAILER (SMART)
A. A SMART vehicle is a small enclosed trailer equipped with a functional, calibrated radar
unit that displays the moving speed (miles per hour) of approaching vehicles for the
purpose of alerting motorists of their actual speed versus the posted speed limit and for
recording statistical data of all approaching vehicles such as the high and low speeds, the
average speed, and the times that the data was recorded.
B. SMART vehicles shall only be utilized to alert motorists of their moving speed (MPH)
versus the posted speed limit and to record statistical data concerning the moving speed
of approaching vehicles for analytical purposes.
C. No special qualifications or training are needed for the operation of a SMART vehicle.
D. The Traffic Unit Enforcement Sergeant will be responsible for ensuring each trailer
receives regularly scheduled maintenance in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
1. Officers will ensure each SMART vehicle is operational prior to deployment.
2. The Officer deploying the SMART vehicle will ensure the vehicle’s tires are
properly inflated and there are no loose or missing parts.
3. Any deficiencies or maintenance issues must be brought to the attention of a Traffic
Unit supervisor prior to deployment.
E. All SMART vehicles will be outfitted with radar, a tuning fork, a properly marked speed
limit sign, and an illuminated numerical display.
F. Officers are authorized to operate a SMART vehicle and its equipment.
III. MOBILE COMMAND CENTERS
It is the policy of the Chatham County Police Department (CCPD) to have the Mobile Command
Center (MCC) available for use at any emergency, special operation, special event or other
event requiring the use of an on scene ICP.
EMEGENCY RESPONSE: The response of MCC to events of a critical or of an emergency
nature, i.e. Special Weapons and Tactics (SWAT) operations, natural disasters, public
disturbances, etc.
A. The CCPD Emergency Management Coordinator (EMC) will be responsible for the
operation and ensure scheduled maintenance of the Unit is completed on time.
B. Maintenance of the vehicle will be performed by the County Maintenance Garage
CCPD SOP # OPS-003 Special Purpose Vehicles and Equipment / Page 2 of 6

C. Maintenance of the communications equipment will be performed by the County Radio
shop.
D. The EMC will be responsible for the training of both driving and the operation of the
equipment of the MCC.
E. A contact list of all trained personnel will be maintained and updated in the 911 Center.
F. A Weekly Vehicle Checklist will be completed and filed in MCC.
G. An Inventory List detailing all equipment housed on the MCC will be maintained and
an updated inventory will be done quarterly on the calendar year and filed in the MCC.
H. Non-emergency use and response of the vehicle will be under the authority of the
Emergency Management Coordinator
1. Emergency response will be coordinated through the 911 Center.
2. The requesting division or precinct will provide a trained driver for response and
be responsible for returning the MCC to 295 Police Memorial Drive in a clean,
serviceable condition and full fuel tank.
I. Setup and Use of MCC - All systems will be operated according to the Mobile Command
Center Operational Manual which is kept in the vehicle.
J. Return of the vehicle- The division using the vehicle will be responsible for returning
the vehicle to the Annex and restoring it to a clean and response ready condition
including:
1. Empty trash
2. Clean all white boards
3. Refuel the vehicle
4. Complete the vehicle log and checklist
IV. BICYCLES
A. Precincts and specialized units are authorized to maintain a fleet of bicycles for
deployment at special events and for general patrol.
B. Bicycles shall not be used to pursue vehicles or be used in any situation that would be
exceptionally hazardous to the rider.
C. Safety helmets and eye protection shall be worn by Officers at all times when riding a
bicycle.
D. While riding bicycles, Officers shall obey all traffic rules and Department policies
pertaining to the operation of bicycles.
E. Only Officers who have completed the Department’s approved training program on the
operation of a bicycle are authorized to ride CCPD bicycles.
F. Minor maintenance such as tire repair, chain maintenance, nut and bolt maintenance, and
other minor day-to-day items will be performed as a part of routine maintenance by

individual Officers to ensure proper performance of their bicycles as needed. Major
maintenance operations shall only be performed by an authorized bicycle mechanic and
when authorized in advance by the Unit Supervisor.
G. All CCPD bicycles will be equipped with a visibility light (firefly).
V. PRISONER TRANSPORT VANS (CRUISERS)
A. Cruisers are marked vans that have been specially designed for the purpose of
transporting prisoners.
B. The CCPD Patrol Division utilizes “Cruisers” on each shift to alleviate the amount of
time responding patrol units are out of service on calls.
C. Any CCPD Officer may operate a cruiser if authorized to do so as part of their duty
assignment.
D. Officers assigned to cruiser duty shall be responsible for the condition and maintenance
of the vehicle.
E. Officers assigned to Cruiser duty shall be responsible for keeping handcuffs and other
necessary equipment to appropriately restrain prisoners during transport.
VI. UNDERWATER SEARCH AND RECOVERY TEAM TRUCK
A. The Underwater Search and Recovery Team truck (36 Foot Cab over) is to be used by
CCPD Underwater Search and Recovery Team personnel to transport equipment and
supplies to the locations of drowning, underwater evidence recovery, and other water
related operations.
B. Generally, the Underwater Search and Recovery Team truck and trailer will be kept in
stand-by status at 295 Police Memorial Dr..
C. The Underwater Search and Recovery Team truck is authorized for use in Underwater
Search and Recovery Team operations and training. The Underwater Search and
Recovery Team Unit Commander may authorize the use of the truck in other situations
and by other sworn CCPD personnel to fulfill the mission of the CCPD.
D. Only licensed personnel are allowed to operate the truck
E. The Underwater Search and Recovery Team Unit Commander is responsible for the
condition and maintenance of the truck.
F. The truck will be supplied with specialized equipment used in underwater search and
recovery operations such as SCUBA equipment, compressed air tanks, dry suits, wet
suits, stokes basket, flashlights, weights, body bags, generator, air compressor, and other
expendable supplies.
G. The Underwater Search and Recovery Team Unit Commander may authorize the
operation of the truck by other sworn CCPD personnel in order to fulfill the mission of
the CCPD.
VII. CCPD BOMB SQUAD BOX TRUCK AND CONTAINMENT VESSEL
A. The CCPD Bomb Squad response truck and containment vessel trailer are to be utilized
by the CCPD Bomb Squad to transport technicians and equipment to the scene of

suspected explosive devices. The containment vessel trailer is to be used to transport
suspected explosive devises.
B. The response truck and containment vessel trailer may only be used for EOD related calls
and shall be kept in stand-by status when not in use.
1. The containment vessel trailer may be used in other jurisdictions by CCPD Bomb
Squad personnel under mutual aid requests.
2. The containment vessel trailer is for the transporting of suspected explosive devices
and will not be utilized to counter-charge or dispose of explosive devices.
C. Use of the truck or trailer must be authorized by the team commander or designee.
D. Bomb squad members shall receive on-the-job training in the proper use and operation
of the response truck and containment vessel trailer and must successfully complete the
Department’s vehicle operator course given by the Chatham County Drivers Training
Unit prior to operating the response truck.
E. The team supervisor is responsible for care of the vehicle and equipment and will conduct
quarterly inspections of the vehicle.
F. The response truck will be equipped with a bomb suit, explosives, X-ray machine, basic
hand tools, disrupter, bomb disposal robot, first aid trauma kit, flashlights, and fire
extinguisher.
G. Only bomb squad members and other personnel as authorized by the team commander
are authorized to operate the response truck and containment vessel.
XII. BOMB DISPOSAL ROBOT
A. The Bomb Squad robot is to be utilized by the CCPD Bomb Squad for the remote access
to a potential hazardous device. The robot may also be utilized for Hostage, Barricaded
Subject, or other situations where it is deemed safer to keep Officers behind cover or at
a distance.
B. Use of the robot is guided by current industry standards.
C. CCPD certified bomb squad technicians shall receive on-the-job training in the proper
use and operation of the bomb disposal robot.
D. The bomb squad commander is responsible for care and maintenance of the bomb
disposal robot. Any damage or maintenance problems shall be reported to the bomb
disposal team commander and division commander.
E. The bomb disposal robot may only be used by certified bomb disposal technicians on
actual calls for service. The bomb disposal robot may be used by a non-certified bomb
disposal technician in training exercises, but only under the immediate supervision of a
certified bomb disposal technician.

XIII. FORENSIC UNIT MOBILE LAB
A. The Forensic Unit Mobile Lab is to be used by CCPD Forensic Unit personnel to transport
equipment and supplies to the scene of Major Crime Scenes that may result in serious
injury or death and other related functions and provide a climate controlled base of
operations.
B. Generally, the lab will be kept in stand-by status at the Chatham County Administrative
Annex.
C. The lab is authorized for use in forensic operations and/or training. A forensic unit
supervisor may authorize the use of the lab other situations and by other sworn CCPD
personnel to fulfill the mission of the CCPD.
D. No special qualifications or training are needed to operate the forensics’ lab.
E. The Forensic Unit Sergeant or designee is responsible for the condition and maintenance
of the van.
F. The Forensic Unit lab will be supplied with specialized equipment used in Forensic
operations such as, flood lights, and generator.
G. All sworn personnel assigned to the Forensic Unit are authorized to operate vehicles
assigned to the Forensic Unit. The Forensic Unit Sergeant or Forensic Unit Commander
may authorize the operation any vehicle by other sworn CCPD personnel in order to
fulfill the mission of the CCPD.
XIV. FORENSIC UNIT RESPONSE VEHICLES
A. The Forensic Unit Response Vehicles are to be used by CCPD Forensic Unit personnel
to transport equipment and supplies to crime scenes that may result in the collection of
evidence and other related functions.
B. The vehicles will be assigned to particular officers assigned to the unit at the Chatham
County Administrative Annex.
C. The vehicles are authorized for use in forensic operations and/or training. A Forensic
Unit supervisor may authorize the use of the vehicles in other situations and by other
sworn CCPD personnel to fulfill the mission of the CCPD.
D. No special qualifications or training are needed to operate a Forensics’ Unit vehicle.
E. The Forensic Unit officer assigned will be responsible for the condition and maintenance
of the vehicle.
F. The Forensic Unit response will be supplied with specialized equipment used in Forensic
operations such as for latent print retrieval, evidence collection, and photographic
equipment.
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

GO # OPS-023: UNIFORMS AND APPEARANCE EFFECTIVE DATE: 02/01/18
PURPOSE
The purpose of this General Order is to provide a dress code and appearance standard for uniformed and
plainclothes personnel in the Chatham County Police Department (CCPD).
POLICY
Personal appearance and self-respect enhance the effectiveness of any police department and determines,
in large part, how the public perceives the proficiency of the police department's personnel. Employees
of the Chatham County Police Department (CCPD) shall maintain a clean, neat, and well-groomed
personal appearance in accordance with rules and regulations which pertain to departmental status and/or
assignments. All uniform items will be worn in the manner designed by the manufacturer. In addition
to the procedures outlined in this order, employees of CCPD shall adhere to Chatham County Standards
of Dress and Uniform Policy.
I GENERAL
A All personnel of CCPD are expected to maintain a high standard of dress and personal hygiene.
B Uniforms will be properly fitted, clean, and pressed. While absolute uniformity of appearance may
not be achieved, all personnel must project an image that leaves no doubt they are professionals.
C It is the responsibility of commanders and supervisors to ensure that all personnel under their
command present a neat and well-groomed appearance, and the duty of each officer to take pride
in their appearance.
D Supervisors at all levels will hold periodic inspections and make other periodic checks to ensure
that the high standards of dress and hygiene required by the CCPD are maintained by personnel
subordinate to them.
E Civilian employees may wear clothing that displays the CCPD logo patch. However, for their
safety, it must be clear to others that they are not police officers.
F The police uniform will only be worn when the officer is on duty, in route to or from duty, engaged
in or in route to or from authorized extra-duty employment, or an authorized training session.
G The CCPD issues all officers the necessary uniforms and equipment needed in carrying out their
duties. In addition to providing the uniforms, the Department also provides funding toward the
upkeep of the uniforms.
H Officers assigned to plainclothes duty will be issued uniform apparel and equipment, as well as a
quarterly clothing allowance for plainclothes.
CCPD SOP OPS-023 Uniforms and Appearance Page 1 of 12

I All issued uniforms, badges, and equipment are the property of the CCPD and shall be returned to
the Department upon termination of employment. Failure to do so will result in the officer being
charged for missing items.
J All uniforms must be laundered before they will be accepted by Quartermaster to complete the
separation process. Failure to do so will result in the officer being charged a cleaning fee for
unlaundered uniforms.
II UNIFORMS
A Uniform: Officers will be issued one long sleeve, three short sleeve, and three pants, as the initial
order.
B Replacement uniforms will be obtained through Quartermaster.
1 The replacement of uniforms will be replaced on an as needed basis due to wear and tear or
operational loss.
a The cost of replacing uniforms that are determined to be a result of damages due to
negligence or lost uniforms will be the responsibility of the individual.
2 When obtaining replacement uniforms, personnel must exchange the worn or operational loss
uniform for the new uniform. If the uniform is unavailable due to operational loss then a
completed CCPD Form # 614 will suffice.
C Dress Uniform (Class A) - Special Orders or Memorandums will prescribe when the Class A
uniform is to be worn.
1 Shirt - Long sleeve navy uniform shirt with hash marks (one hash mark for every five years
of service with continuous service with the Chatham County Police Department hash mark
placement, style, and color will be determined by the Chief of Police and affixed to the
uniform shirt by an authorized vendor).
2 Pants – Navy, standard issue uniform pants.
3 Shoes – Department issued/approved boots, shoes, and low-quarter dress shoes are
authorized.
4 Campaign Hat - Wearing of the Campaign hat is optional with the Class A uniform. It may
be mandated by a special order on occasion.
6 Collar Insignia: - Collar insignias will be worn parallel and 3/4 of an inch below the top of
the collar. It will also be 3/4 of an inch from the front edge measured with the collar buttoned.
7 Tie - The tie Badge will be attached to the tie on a line centered between the points of the
bottom of the shirt pocket flaps.
8 Awards - Only Department issued award ribbons may be worn. If more than one of the listed
awards is worn, the awards will be worn two abreast, above the nameplate. A maximum of
four awards in two rows of two are allowed.
9 Unit Pins - Only unit pins approved by the Chief of Police may be worn on the uniform. Unit
Pins may only be worn by officers while actively assigned to those units.
a. No pin(s) will be issued without written authorization from the Chief.

E Standard Duty Uniform (Class B)
1 Shirt - The Standard Duty Shirt will be light blue. Either a long sleeve shirt with hash marks
or a short sleeve shirt may be worn at the Officer’s discretion. Shirt sleeves shall not be rolled
up and cuffs on the long sleeve shirt will remain buttoned.
2 Pants – Only Department issued Pants will be worn. Pants will be navy blue with the light
blue stripe and properly creased and hemmed to the appropriate length.
3 Shoes –Department issued/approved boots or low-quarter are authorized. Shoes will be kept
in good condition, clean, free of tears or blemishes, and neatly shined.
4 Tie - Ties are not authorized to be worn with the Class B uniform.
5 A White T-shirt may be worn as an undergarment with the class B uniform. T-shirt sleeves
are not to be visible and should not extend beyond uniform sleeve. During periods of cold
weather, Officers may wear a white dickey or mock turtleneck under the long sleeve shirt
with the collar open. The only logos that may be visible are the letters “CCPD”, which may
be embroidered on the collar in silver or gold according to rank.
6 Duty Belt (sworn personnel only) - Only the CCPD issued duty belt and accessories will be
worn.
a Officers may wear optional equipment provided it is of the same material and finish as
the issued web gear and has been approved by the Chief of Police.
b Officers may wear an additional set of handcuffs, to include case.
(1) The handcuffs will be of the same quality as Department issued handcuffs.
(2) The handcuff’s locking mechanism must be able to be locked and unlocked by the
handcuff keys currently issued.
(3) Additional handcuffs must be approved by the Precinct or Unit Commander prior
to wearing.
c All additional items will be purchased at the officer’s expense.
d Spare magazine pouches for the Glock pistol may be worn horizontally or vertically on
the gun belt, at the Officer’s discretion.
(1) When worn horizontally on the gun belt, the flap (open ends) will face toward the
belt buckle.
(2) If worn vertically on the gun belt, the flap (open end) will face upward.
(3) The magazine pouch will never be worn inverted.
7 Officers assigned primarily to street duty shall wear the following at a minimum:
a Service weapon and holster
b Magazine pouches
c Handcuffs and case
d ASP and holder
e Pepper Spray and holder
f Radio and case

g Four belt keepers
h Placement of gear on the belt will be determined by the individual Officer’s comfort,
safety, and training provided the placement does not impede the Officer’s ability to
perform their required duties.
i Duty gear for Officers working primarily in an Office may be reduced to the service
weapon and holster, handcuffs and case, and four belt keepers.
j Officers will not wear a knife or knife case attached to their duty belt.
(1) If an Officer elects to carry a knife for general use or rescue purposes, it shall only
be carried in a manner that would keep it completely concealed from public view
when not in use, such as in the officer’s trouser or jacket pocket.
(i) The knife will be non-mechanical in nature and the blade length shall not
exceed three and one half (3 ½) inches.
8 Badge - The CCPD badge will be worn in the allotted space on the uniform shirt or jacket.
Officers wearing tactical uniforms may wear their badge either hanging around their neck or
attached to their belt.
9 Collar Insignia - Collar insignias will be worn horizontal and centered on the collar, with the
bottom of the insignia resting on the bottom seam of the collar.
10 Insignia – The CCPD patch will be sewn to each sleeve on the uniform.
11 Commissioned Officers will wear the insignia of rank on both shoulders centered on the “X”
seam of the epaulets.
12 Sergeants and below will wear the insignia of rank on both their shirt sleeves.
13 Name Plate - The name plate will be worn centered, butting against, and parallel with the top
edge of the right breast pocket.
14 Campaign Hat - Wearing of the hat is optional with the duty uniform. It may be mandated
by a special order on or occasion.
15 Radio - Patrol Officers will wear the Department approved shoulder microphone attached to
their radio at all times while in uniform.
16 Whistle - Patrol Officers will have access to a whistle at all times when in uniform. The
whistle will not be worn on any SCMPD CCPD uniform.
III ACCESSORIES [CALEA 41.3.4]
A Jacket - The jacket is an optional item, which may be worn at the discretion of each individual
Officer. The Department issued jacket is the only jacket that may be worn with the uniform. When
the jacket is worn, the badge will be displayed on the appropriate tab.
B Nylon windbreakers of any style are NOT authorized.
C Rain Coats – The Department issued lime/black two-sided high visibility rain coat.
D Reflective Vest - The Department issued reflective vest will be worn while conducting traffic
control and direction assignments and may be worn during other special operations for visibility.
E Investigator Jacket: The CCPD Investigator Jacket is to clearly identify non-uniformed sworn
personnel as Police Officers while they are engaged in official police duties. The Jacket will be
worn in any situation that requires a plain-clothes Officer to be readily identifiable as an Officer of

the CCPD. THE INVESTIGATOR JACKET WILL NOT BE WORN WITH THE
STANDARD ISSUE CLASS A OR CLASS B UNIFORM.
F The CCPD Investigator Jacket will be the standardized, Department issued jacket. It will be
adorned with the badge, patch on the left breast, and “POLICE” on the back.
G Wearing of the CCPD Investigator Jacket will be limited to officers who are actually on duty.
H The investigator jacket shall not be worn while off duty or by persons other than a sworn member
of the CCPD.
I The investigator jacket shall not be worn with the class A or class B uniform.
J Plain-clothes officers may wear the reflective vest over the investigator jacket in situations where
their duties expose them to hazards from vehicular traffic and increased visibility is needed.
K Sweaters – An officer may wear a department authorized sweater in cold weather. The sweater
will have a badge sewn on left breast and CCPD shoulder patches. Rank may be sewn or pinned
at shoulders. The sweater will be purchased by the officer.
L Knit Cap – Knit caps purchased at officer’s expense may be worn in cold weather. Caps should be
black in color. The only authorized logos are “CCPD.”
M Cellular Phones - Officers may wear cellular phones on their duty belt. However, earpieces or
microphones for cellular phones will not be worn while dealing with members of the public. They
may be worn during a tactical situation and will be worn while operating the phone when the patrol
vehicle is being driven.
N Jewelry - Any jewelry worn by CCPD Officers, while in uniform or on a plain clothes assignment,
will be as inconspicuous as possible, and will not interfere with the performance of their official
duties. Large or gaudy jewelry or jewelry that exhibits a lack of professionalism will not be worn
while in uniform. Nose rings, tongue rings, or any other visible body piercings, other than the ears,
is prohibited.
O Glasses and Safety Straps - Frames of glasses, worn while in uniform, will be of a dark color which
generally matches the police uniform. Bright day glow type of colors and mirror glasses will not
be worn.
P Retention straps and ropes attached to glasses are prohibited. These items may be used to
overpower and choke an Officer. Retention straps will have a break away "weak link" to prevent
the safety strap from endangering the Officer.
Q Gloves - Black or navy blue gloves may be worn while in uniform during cold weather. Gloves
will not be worn as a part of an Officer’s general apparel.
1 "Fingerless" gloves will be worn only while riding department bicycles.
2 Gloves displaying insignias or names or logos are prohibited.
3 Kevlar Protective Gloves - may be worn only while searching suspects.
4 First Aid Gloves - may be worn when the situation dictates.
IV UNIT SPECIFIC UNIFORMS
A HONOR GUARD – The Honor Guard Class A uniform consist of the following accessories:
1 Pants – Navy with gold piping.
2 Shoulder Cord - Gold and white.
3 Belt - Pistol Belt with Buckle.

4 Hat – Campaign
5 Weapon - As designated by the Honor Guard Commander.
B FORENSICS
1 Shirt – The uniform shirt will be a Dark Grey performance polo. All departmental insignias
and rank will be worn on the uniform in accordance with SCMPD CCPD uniform standards.
2 Pants – Pants will be navy blue TDU made of poly/cotton material.
3 Caps – A ball cap matching the uniform may be worn. The cap will be embroidered with
“CCPD” on the front. The cap will only be worn in the manner designed and will never be
turned backwards.
4 Duty gear – Department issued nylon gear with accessories.
C TRAFFIC UNIT
1 Shirt – Department issued uniform shirt with shoulder patches
2 Pants – Department issued jodhpurs; navy in color
3 Jackets – Department issued leather jacket will only be worn when on motorcycle
4 Shoes – Department issued black leather knee boots
5 Helmets – White in color with approved insignia
6 Duty gear – Department issued duty gear
D HOSTAGE NEGOTIATION TEAM
1 Shirt- Grey Polo Shirt with badge sewn of left breast and the word “NEGOTIATOR” across
the upper back.
2 Pants- Department issued BDU’s
3 Shoes- Department issued/approved boots
E PROPERTY ROOM PERSONNEL
1 Shirt - The uniform shirt will be a department issued polo style shirt (navy blue) with the
department and unit’s name embroidered on the left breast side and the employee’s name on
the right breast side.
2 Pants - Uniform pants will be khaki in color BDU or TDU type pants.
F CHAPLAINS- Chaplain’s uniforms will look distinctively different from Police Officer
Uniforms.
1 Badge – Department issued Chaplain’s badge.
2 Utility Jacket – Department issued with Chaplain’s badge on left breast and “CHAPLAIN”
on back.
3 At the Chaplain’s discretion a cross may be worn on the collar.
G SWORN OFFICERS ASSIGNED TO CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION POSITIONS
1 While certain members of the department assigned to plain clothed positions may not
frequently wear the regular police uniform they will however at all times maintain a
professional business appearance that allows them to adorn the standard uniform with short
notification while being in full compliance with this policy.

2 Sworn officers assigned to plain-clothed duty will wear professional business attire.
a Appropriate dress for men will be business suits, or sports coats and slacks with ties.
b Appropriate dress for women will be business suits, slacks with blouses or sweaters and
a blazer or jacket.
c Officers in plain clothes will wear dress shoes that do not impair their ability to carry
out the normal duties of police officers. This includes any type of leather business dress
shoes, except sandals, flips flops, open shoes, cowboy boots or shoes that lace up the
leg.
3 Criminal Investigations Bureau Commander has the authority to allow deviation from these
standards in the interest of a specific assignment.
4 All sworn personnel assigned to non-uniformed positions will wear business professional
attire when appearing in court or any legal proceeding.
5 If it is determined that an employee is dressed inappropriately, the employee may be asked to
leave work to change clothing (vacation leave will be charged for the missed time).
Progressive discipline may be administered for employees who dress inappropriately.
V APPEARANCE
A There are many hairstyles acceptable to this Department. As long as the officer’s hair is kept clean,
neat, and well groomed, the acceptability of the style will be judged solely by the criteria listed
below. Cleanliness and neatness are essential to the favorable and professional appearance of a
police officer.
B To ensure the safety of the officer and others, officer’s fingernails will be no longer than 1/4 inch
from the tip of the finger. This also ensures adequate handling and functioning of Department
issued equipment (i.e. service weapons, O.C. Spray, baton, latex gloves, and handcuffs).
C Accessories such as earrings and other jewelry worn will be in good professional taste.
1 Females may wear only one pair of earrings.
2 While studded earrings are recommended for officer safety, small-hooped earrings that sit
close to the earlobe are permitted.
3 Wearing earrings and other jewelry that dangle from the body is prohibited.
4 Nose rings, eyebrow rings, and tongue rings are prohibited from being worn by all employees
because they pose safety hazards.
5 Male officers are prohibited from wearing earrings and other visible pierced jewelry.
6 Special Unit Commanders may authorize officers to wear an earring during special
investigations.
D It is the responsibility of each officer to ensure they are in compliance with policy regarding
hairstyles, earrings, and accessories.
E The immediate supervisor will determine if the style is appropriate and professional.
1 Exceptions will only be granted by written order of the Chief of Police.
F Male Officers:
1 Hair Grooming - The hair on top of the head will be neatly groomed. The length and/or bulk
of the hair will not be excessive or present a ragged, unkempt, or extreme appearance. The
hair will present a tapered appearance and, when combed, will not fall over the ears or

eyebrows or touch the collar except for the closely cut hair at the back of the neck. The so
called “block cut” fullness in the back is permitted in moderate degree. In all cases, the bulk
or length of hair shall not interfere with the normal wear of all standard police headgear.
a. Employees assigned to a Special Investigations Unit will be exempt from policy covering
hair while in their assignment and acting in a plainclothes position. However, they must
conform to this policy once relieved from their assignment or on official duty for the
police department such as attending court
2 Sideburns - If the individual desires to wear sideburns, they will be neatly trimmed. The base
will be a clean-shaven horizontal line. Sideburns will not extend downward below the lowest
part of the ear and will be no wider that one inch.
3 Mustaches and Beards - The face will be clean shaven; however, mustaches are permitted. If
a mustache is worn, it will be kept neatly trimmed and tidy. No portion extending beyond
the corners of the mouth will fall below a line parallel with the bottom of the lower lip.
Goatees and beards are not authorized except with the permission of a Unit Commander for
a special purpose, but never with a uniform.
4 Wigs - The wearing of a wig or hairpiece by male personnel, while in uniform or on duty, is
prohibited except to cover natural baldness or physical disfigurement caused by accident or
medical procedure. When worn, it will conform to the standard haircut criteria as stated in
this procedure.
G Female Officers:
1 Hair Grooming - Female Officers will keep their hair well-groomed and neat. Hair may be
styled so that it meets but does not fall below or touch the top rim of the back of the collar of
the shirt. No adjustments need be made when wearing a closed collar (tie) or a jacket. Hair
bulk will be such that it does not interfere with the proper wearing of approved police
headgear. When wearing police headgear, the hair will not protrude over the hatband.
a Employees assigned to a Special Investigations Unit will be exempt from policy
covering hair while in their assignment and acting in a plainclothes position. However,
they must conform to this policy once relieved from their assignment or on official duty
for the police department such as attending court
2 Cornrows and braids are acceptable female hairstyles; however, beads or similar ornamental
items are prohibited. The “cornrows” are to be worn pinned up in a manner that conforms to
the shape of the head and will not dangle from the head.
a Braids must not touch the top rear rim of the collar of the shirt.
3 The hair, if dyed, will be natural looking. It will not be dyed an unusual or unnatural shade.
4 Wigs - Wigs, hairpieces, and haircuts will conform to the same standards as natural hair.
These items may be worn when necessary to maintain a neat, well-groomed appearance.
5 Hairpins - Functional items such as hairpins and bands may be worn when necessary to secure
one’s hair if the need arises. These items will be neutral colored, or match the officer’s hair
color as closely as possible. Ornamental and brightly colored hair accessories will not be
worn.
6 Make-up - Extreme shades of make-up are prohibited while in uniform.
H Tattoos and Body Art – The purpose of this section is to establish policy and procedure regarding
tattoos and body piercing for all members of the agency, to include sworn and non-sworn.
1 Definitions:

a Inappropriate Tattoo: A tattoo is considered inappropriate if it depicts gang related
images, racially inappropriate images, sexually suggestive or explicit images, is
extremist or any tattoo that undermines CCPD or any government entity in images or
words.
b Offensive Tattoo: A tattoo is considered offensive if it depicts, describes or refers to
intolerance of, or discrimination against any race, color, creed, religion, gender, national
origin, sexual orientation, or it is commonly associated with any organization or group
which advocates such intolerance or discrimination; or it brings discredit upon this
department or violates a reasonable person’s standard of decency or morality.
c Tattoo: Includes any tattoo, scar branding, mark, or other permanent or temporary body
art or modification deliberately placed on the body for purposes of decoration,
ornamentation, or adornment. The term tattoo shall not apply to medically necessary
procedures or with written permission from the Chief of Police for cosmetic procedures
such as permanent eye liner or lipstick.
d Visible tattoo: Visible tattoos on any portion of the face, neck, head, or hands are not
allowed, unless specifically approved in writing by the Chief of Police. In such
instances the Administrative Commander will cause every approval to be kept on file.
2 Any member discovered to be in violation of this policy will be subject to disciplinary action,
up to and including termination.
3 Applicants seeking employment with the CCPD sworn and non-sworn, who has visible
tattoos, as described in section 1; a Will be allowed to begin the selection process, as
described in CCPD Policy PNL-011 Recruitment and Selection (sworn personnel), Civil
Service Act, and HR-002 Qualification of Applicants (non-sworn).
b If the applicant is successful in completing all of the requirements of the selection process
and moves to final selection process, the applicant’s visible tattoos will be examined
and each tattoo will be documented. Once the tattoos are documented, the Chief of
Police or designee will determine if the tattoo(s) are offensive. If the tattoo(s) are
determined to be inappropriate or offensive, the applicant will be disqualified from the
final selection process.
4 No member may have a tattoo(s), whether covered or not, that is considered inappropriate or
offensive.
5 Current members of this department acquiring additional visible tattoo(s) shall be in
compliance with this policy.
6 Members shall not wear any item of ornamentation in their nose, eyebrow, tongue or any
other location of their body that is visible while functioning in a law enforcement capacity,
with the exception of earrings permitted for female personnel. Female personnel may wear
one earring per ear, and that earring will be a small stud or loop not larger than one-half (1/2)
inch in diameter, unless authorized by the Chief of Police. Male personnel are prohibited
from wearing any earrings while on duty, unless authorized by the Chief of Police or designee.
a Ornamentation shall include body piercing, jewelry, intentional body mutilation or
scarring, or foreign objects inserted in/under the skin.
b Ornamentation of your teeth by the use of removable gold, platinum, or other veneers
(which includes grills or caps) are prohibited.
7 Intentional body mutilation, piercing, branding, or intentional scarring is prohibited.
Examples of prohibited intentional mutilation include: split or forked tongues, foreign objects

inserted under the skin to create a design or pattern, enlarged or stretched out holes in the ears
(other than normal piercing), and intentional scarring that is visible.
8 Contact lenses, if worn on duty, shall be in a natural eye color. Red, orange, silver and other
unnaturally colored contact lenses or colors, when worn, that create an unnatural eye color
and contact lenses with graphic designs of any kind are prohibited.
9 Employees assigned to a Special Investigations Unit will be exempt from covering tattoos
while in their assignment and acting in a plainclothes position. However, they must conform
to this policy once relieved from their assignment or on official duty for the police department
such as attending court.
10 Command staff personnel retain final discretion when determining the appropriateness of
exposed tattoos.
11 Command staff personnel also are directly and individually responsible for enforcement of
this policy within their command as well as the appropriate compliance with the overall
written directive system’s policies and procedures.
12 The CCPD Office of Professional Standards Recruiting Unit will ensure that all applicants
are aware of this policy and are able to comply with this policy prior to acceptance of their
application.
13 Supervisors and Managers are also responsible for ensuring employees comply with this
directive.
VI BODY ARMOR
A Department issued body armor will be worn by SCMPD personnel below the rank of Sergeant
assigned to uniform street duty at all times when on duty. This includes:
1 All precinct officers regardless of assignment
2 All Traffic Officers assigned to street duties
B Sworn personnel above the rank of Corporal, criminal investigation personnel, and other units who
do not normally wear uniforms are strongly encouraged to wear body armor but will have it readily
available for immediate use when responding to hazardous situations.
C Personnel assigned to an undercover investigation where the wearing of the body armor may
compromise the investigation may, with permission of the supervisor, forgo the wearing of the
body armor.
D All sworn personnel will wear body armor while employed in an off-duty capacity regardless of
rank.
E An exemption to the wearing of the body armor may be granted for officers who are determined
by a city approved physician to have a medical condition that would be aggravated by wearing the
armor.
F Soft body armor will be worn by all sworn when officers are engaged in pre-planned, high-risk
operations such as:
1 SWAT call-outs.
2 Warrant service.
3 Executing search warrants.
4 Special operations.

5 As directed by Supervisors or Command Officers.
G The Quartermaster is responsible for issuing soft body armor to all sworn officers. CCPD will only
purchase body armor that meets or exceeds National Institute of Justice Standards.
H Officers are responsible for maintaining their body armor in good condition. Officers are
responsible for contacting quartermaster 60 days prior to expiration date of their body armor to
arrange for a replacement
I Damage, loss, or theft will be reported to a supervisor. A police report will be completed including
the serial number for theft or loss of Department issued body armor.
J Supervisors will conduct inspections to ensure compliance with this directive.
VII CIVILIAN DRESS CODE
A Employee dress and overall appearance should present a business-like image to the public by
demonstrating a professional image to visitors and customers.
B For non-sworn employees not issued uniforms, business casual attire will be worn while on duty.
C Non-sworn uniformed employees are expected to wear their designated attire while on duty.
D If uniforms are provided, employees must wear them in accordance with Department guidelines.
The following standards apply:
1 Maintenance of the uniform will be the responsibility of the person to whom they are issued.
Uniforms will be maintained and of tidy appearance at all times.
2 Employees will present themselves in an orderly and professional manner. Uniforms will be
clean, pressed, and worn neatly at all times. Faded, worn, damaged, or tight fitting articles
are not acceptable.
3 Worn out or unkempt shoes will not be permitted.
4 Deviation from the CCPD issued uniform is at the discretion of the Division Commander.
E Civilians are strictly prohibited from wearing or displaying any items that represent law
enforcement.
F Radical departures from conventional dress or personal grooming and hygiene standards are not
permitted. This includes visible body piercings, other than conservative ear piercings or cultural
markings.
G Supervisors are fully responsible and accountable for ensuring employees are appropriately dressed
based on this policy.
H Supervisors may require business attire be worn in instances where employees are expected to
appear in a formal setting such as a hearing, tribunal, or professional community meeting.
I Questions by employees concerning appropriate dress and appearance should be directed to
supervisors.
J If it is determined that an employee is dressed inappropriately, the employee may be asked to leave
work to change clothing (vacation leave will be charged for the missed time). Progressive
discipline may be administered for employees who dress inappropriately.
K Business Casual - While standards of formality in dress are somewhat relaxed, employees are
expected to present a professional and business-like appearance. The following standards apply:

1 Slacks – Khakis, cotton, and other slacks are acceptable if clean and wrinkle free. Denim is
not acceptable. Other inappropriate items include sweatpants, stretch pants, shorts, bib
overalls, stirrup pants, and spandex and other form fitting pants.
2 Shirts – Casual shirts with collars, golf shirts, capped sleeved shirts, sweaters, non-collared
fitted shirts and turtlenecks are acceptable. Shirts with small trademarked logos placed on the
front pocket area of the shirt are acceptable. Tee-shirts, tank tops, spaghetti strap shirts, tube
tops, halter-tops, midriff tops, shirts with lettering, cartoon characters, phrases, pictures or
any tops with bare shoulders (unless worn under another blouse or jacket) are unacceptable.
3 Skirts and Dresses – Casual dresses and skirts that are no higher than 2 inches from the knee
are acceptable. Spaghetti strap dresses and mini-skirts are not acceptable.
4 Footwear – Dress boots, loafers, flats, dress sandals, and leather deck shoes are acceptable.
Athletic shoes, hiking or climbing boots, tennis shoes, thongs, casual sandals, slippers, and
flip flops are not acceptable.
5 Hair – Should be clean, combed, and neatly trimmed or arranged. Shaggy, unkempt hair is
not permissible regardless of length. Sideburns, mustaches, and beards should be neatly
trimmed.
L Court Room Attire
1 Non-sworn, non-uniformed employees shall wear professional business attire when appearing
in court. The following standards apply:
2 Men shall wear a professional suit and tie or sports coat, tie, and business slacks.
3 Women shall wear a professional suit consisting of a skirt or slacks, blouse, and jacket.
4 Non-sworn, uniformed employees shall wear their assigned uniform or professional business
attire when appearing in court.
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

SOP # OPS-050: INFECTIOUS DISEASE EXPOSURE PLAN EFFECTIVE: 02/01/18
PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to standardize guidelines for limiting potential employee
exposure to infectious air-borne and/or blood-borne pathogens and also to provide guidance
in the event an employee has either come into contact with materials and/or substances
containing known or suspected pathogens.
POLICY
Due to the nature of law enforcement, Officers and support personnel may work in
environments that could lead to exposure to blood-borne pathogens/communicable diseases.
It is the policy of the Chatham County Police Department (CCPD) to continuously take every
precaution to minimize potential exposure, while increasing employee understanding of the
nature and potential risks of communicable diseases. CCPD employees shall treat all bodily
fluids and associated materials as potentially infectious and shall utilize Universal
Precautions.
DEFINITIONS
Bodily Fluids - Blood, semen, and vaginal fluids or other secretions that might contain fluids
such as saliva, vomit, urine or feces.
Exposure Control Plan - A written plan developed by this agency and available to all
employees that details the steps taken to eliminate or minimize exposure and evaluate the
circumstances surrounding exposure incidents.
Personal Protective Equipment - Specialized clothing or equipment worn by members for
protection against the hazards of on. This does not include standard issue uniforms and work
clothes without special protective qualities.
Universal Precautions - Procedures promulgated by the Centers for Disease Control (CDC)
that emphasize precautions based on the assumption that all blood and bodily fluids are
potentially infectious of the AIDS (HIV) and Hepatitis B (HBV) viruses.
PROCEDURE
I. RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Communications Officers shall advise over the radio whenever information is received
that dictates the need for the utilization of universal precautions for blood-borne or
airborne pathogens or communicable diseases.
CCPD SOP # OPS-050 Infectious Disease Exposure Control Plan / Page 1 of 6

B. Each Officer will be responsible for exercising Universal Precautions when placed in an
environment conducive to exposure to contaminants.
1. Officers are to use Department issued Blood-Borne Pathogen Protective Kits.
2. Under no circumstances will any components of the kits be reused.
3. All used items will be replaced through Quartermaster.
C. Precinct Captains will select a Safety Officer for each Precinct.
1. Safety Officers shall be responsible for ensuring that all Officers have access to
protective equipment, disposal procedures, and decontaminating supplies.
2. Safety Officers shall coordinate and oversee all safety related concerns of their
respective area of assignment.
D. Safety Officers will ensure that Precincts have an adequate amount of bio-hazard
equipment and supplies of bleach, latex or vinyl gloves, face shields, plastic gowns, shoe
coverings, and hair nets readily assessable for Officers use. Supplies should be procured
from Quartermaster prior to them being totally depleted.
E. Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that this policy is enforced.
F. Universal Precautions will be taken whenever personnel are placed in an environment
where there may be an expectation of exposure to HIV or HBV contamination.
1. Personnel will have access to and utilize personal protective equipment such as latex
or vinyl gloves, eye protection, protective gowns, and footwear.
2. Antibacterial solutions will also be used when washing hands in all cases.
3. All blood and bodily fluids will be assumed to be infectious.
G. During “pat downs” and searches, extreme caution will be exercised to avoid cuts and
punctures by hidden needles or knives.
1. The subject’s clothes should first be felt by the back of the hand for obvious concealed
weapons.
2. Officers should never place their hands directly into the pockets of an individual
without conducting a cursory search first.
3. To the greatest extent possible, Officers shall wear protective gloves while
conducting searches.
H. Officers will refrain from smoking, eating, drinking, applying cosmetics or lip balm, and
handling contact lenses within the perimeter of a crime scene, particularly when blood
and/or bodily fluid is present.
I. Disposable latex or vinyl gloves will always be worn when in contact with any person,
prisoner, witness, or victim, known to have AIDS, HIV, HBV, or any person with
exposed blood or other body fluids.
1. Gloves contaminated with body fluids will be placed in bio-hazard bags or
receptacles.
2. These bags and receptacles along with “sharps” containers are located in all cruisers
and precincts.
J. All bio-hazard waste will be properly disposed of in the bio-hazard receptacle located in
each Precinct.

1. The on-duty supervisor will be responsible for overseeing that bio-hazard waste is
collected at each scene.
2. If gloves are not contaminated, they may be discarded in a regular trash receptacle.
K. Officers will carefully wash their hands with an antibacterial soap and warm water or an
antiseptic hand cleaner after contact with a suspected AIDS or other communicable
disease carrier and after handling articles contaminated with blood or bodily fluids, even
when gloves are used.
L. All open wounds, scratches, and/or cuts will be properly bandaged and covered prior to
reporting for duty or immediately after the injury has occurred on-duty.
M. Persons under arrest claiming to have a communicable disease will be transported to the
jail as soon as practical.
N. Officers dealing with a person suspected or known to have a communicable disease will
notify other responders upon their arrival.
O. Universal Precautions and Blood-Borne Pathogen Protection Kits shall be used when
dealing with deceased bodies, gathering possible contaminated evidence, and while on
accident or other emergency scenes. Items used from the Blood-Borne Pathogen
Protection Kits shall be discarded as hazardous waste and never reused.
P. Employee’s clothing stained with blood shall be considered contaminated and shall be
removed as soon as feasible and discarded as bio-hazard waste. The employee shall notify
their supervisor of the occurrence, complete a CCPD Operational Loss Form, and seek
medical attention or testing, if applicable.
Q. All contaminated evidence shall be packaged according to CCPD evidence procedures.
R. When performing CPR, employees shall use gloves and a CPR mask. CPR masks shall
be destroyed after use and replaced.
S. Officers shall utilize Universal Precautions when entering apparent unsanitary
environments.
T. Officers shall utilize Universal Precautions when interacting with known prostitutes, drug
users, and homeless individuals.
U. In the event an employee may not be sure of exposure, but wishes to be tested, they may
do so by notifying their supervisor.
II. FIRST AID AND TREATMENT

A. In the event that an employee is exposed to blood-borne pathogens, they will:
1. Immediately cleanse the affected area with warm soapy running water and squeeze
around the wound to encourage it to bleed.
2. Flush the affected area with running water for at least 15 minutes and seek further
medical attention.
3. Report the occupational exposure incident to their supervisor immediately.
4. Complete a CCPD Injury on Duty (IOD) Form and a CCPD First Aid Form.
5. Attempt to test the source individual’s blood for HIV and HBV as soon as possible.
(Voluntary testing is conducted at the Chatham County Health Department)

6. Contact the Chatham County’s Risk Management to obtain further instructions on
documenting the exposure and testing procedures.
B. In the event that a blood-borne pathogen exposure occurs, the Officer will seek treatment
at the Chatham County Health Department located at 2011 Eisenhower Dr. After 5 p.m.,
the Officer will be treated at Candler Hospital’s Emergency Room under Worker’s
Compensation.
III. THIRD PARTY TESTING

A. When an Officer is injured by another person or a significant exposure occurs in a manner
conducive to the spread of hepatitis, HIV, or other sexually transmitted diseases, the Officer
will request an examination of the individual. B. The Officer must:
1. Document the possible exposure in the Incident Report.
2. Advise their Supervisor.
3. Obtain written consent from the individual.
4. Provide transportation of individual to testing facility (Department of Health).
C. Official Code of Georgia §17-10-15 Subsection (b) grants Law Enforcement Officers the
right to force persons suspected of having HIV, and possibly infecting an Officer, to
submit to an HIV test by petitioning Superior Court, with the following provisions:
1. There must be a documented attempt to obtain consent to test the potential carrier.
This can be done in a supplemental report.
2. There must be sufficient probable cause for the crime committed, meaning the person
tells you that he has HIV, or another reliable person advises you of such.
3. There must be a sufficient reason to believe that a “significant exposure” has
occurred. This is usually proven by broken skin and/or contact will bodily fluids of
the carrier. “Significant exposure” is defined in Subsection (g) of the Official Code
of Georgia §17-10-15.
D. Once consent has been denied and the above criteria have been met, the Chatham County
District Attorney’s Office shall be notified. The Chatham County District Attorney’s
Office will begin the process of petitioning Superior Court for the blood of the suspected
carrier.
IV. BIO-HAZARD DISPOSAL

A. All disposable items used in an environment conducive to the exposure of blood-borne
or air-borne pathogens will be considered bio-hazard waste.
1. These items include, but are not limited to, soiled or bloody latex gloves, uniforms,
or other cloth, paper, or plastic items.
2. Other equipment such as handcuffs, batons, flashlights, etc. may be decontaminated
with water and bleach.
B. The following procedures set forth by federal regulations will be adhered to at all times:
1. All bio-hazard waste will be handled with latex or vinyl gloves.

2. Every Officer will be responsible for gathering bio-hazard waste at each
incident/accident scene.
3. Bio-hazard waste will be placed in designated bio-hazard bags and sealed
immediately.
4. Bio-hazard waste will be transported in the trunk of the police unit.
C. Each Precinct or Unit will have a receptacle for short-term storage of bio-hazard waste.
The receptacle should be placed in a secured area.
D. The designated Precinct Safety Officer will be responsible for notifying the Precinct
Commander, or designee, of the receptacle being in need of replacement.
1. Each Precinct will be equipped with a large, red bio-hazard receptacle designated for
the storage of bio-hazard waste by public safety personnel.
2. The Precinct Commander, or designee, will contact the bio-hazard waste disposal
company to dispose of the receptacle once it full.
3. The bio-hazard waste disposal company will replace the used receptacle with a new
bio-hazard waste receptacle.
V. DECONTAMINATION
A. It is essential to decontaminate all objects and equipment whenever an exposure is
suspected.
1. All items will be decontaminated will 10 parts warm water to 1 part household bleach.
2. This solution is effective for only 24 hours; therefore, the solution will be mixed on
an as needed basis.
B. When a vehicle becomes contaminated with blood or other body fluids, the vehicle
operator will be responsible for decontamination.
1. The vehicle will then be taken to a carwash and cleaned thoroughly.
2. The interior may require the carpet to be shampooed and the seats, dash, and other
vinyl covering to be cleaned with a solution of bleach and water. Latex or vinyl
gloves, face shields, plastic gowns, shoe coverings, and hair nets will be worn during
the decontamination process.
C. In the event that a vehicle is contaminated with large amounts of blood or other body
fluids, the vehicle will be towed to the Old Louisville Road garage for decontamination.
D. The driver of the contaminated vehicle will use a solution of bleach and water to
decontaminate the vehicle.
1. A large chemical sprayer filled with the solution will be used to saturate the
contaminated area.
2. The decontaminating Officer will ensure that cross-contamination does not take place
by using proper decontamination and disposal procedures, along with proper
protective gear.
3. Any individual coming in contact immediately after decontamination has taken place
should be made aware of the initial contamination.

4. Clothing that may have been exposed to blood-borne pathogens will be removed from
the wearer as soon as feasible. The clothing will be placed in a bio-hazard bag and
discarded as bio-hazard material.
5. Equipment, (e.g., flashlight, handcuffs, and baton) which may become contaminated
will blood or other potentially infectious materials, will be decontaminated will a 10:1
bleach solution.
6. All articles used in the decontamination process will be discarded as bio-hazard
waste.
VI. HANDLING CONTAMINATED EVIDENCE

A. Officers handling evidence or any other items believed to be contaminated with bodily
fluids will use precautions to prevent exposure or contamination. When packaging
contaminated items, personnel will wear face shields with masks, latex gloves, plastic
gowns, and hair, and shoe coverings.
B. All packaged items will be labeled as a “bio-hazard”.
C. Contaminated cloth and paper items collected as evidence will be secured in a drying
area.
D. The drying area will be defined as that area designated by the Criminal Investigations
Division Commander to be utilized for air drying articles that have been exposed to
moisture.
E. These items will not be stored in any type of plastic bag or receptacle, but will be placed
in paper bags or wrapped in paper.
F. All other items such as guns, knives, bullets etc. that may have been exposed to
contaminants may be placed in plastic bags.
G. All evidence that may have been in contact with potential contaminants will be
labeled accordingly and disposed of as bio-hazard waste.
VII. DRYING AREA
A. Contaminated items that need to be dried will be taken to the Forensic Office at the
Chatham County Administrative Annex.
B. Personnel not assigned to the Criminal Investigations Division who require access to the
drying area, unless accompanied by an investigator, must:
1. Obtain written permission from the Criminal Investigations Division Commander.
2. Wear a bio-hazard suit.
C. All personnel entering the drying area will wear bio-hazard clothing.
D. Investigators and Forensic Investigators will have a minimum of three complete
biohazards suits available for immediate use at all times.
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

SOP # OPS-058: CONDUCTED ELECTRICAL WEAPON/EFFECTIVE DATE: 02/01/18
PURPOSE:
The purpose of this General Order is to establish policy and practices which govern the
utilization of department issued Conducted Electrical Weapon (CEW) in the form of a
TASER.
POLICY:
The Chatham County Police Department (CCPD) will employ an electronic control device
as an additional force option in order to temporarily incapacitate and permit control over a
violent or potentially violent individual, or an individual demonstrating the intent to harm
himself/herself or others.
The CEW is a hand held battery operated unit designed to immobilize a subject by means of
an electrical current. The CEW may be used when a subject is displaying active resistance,
or assaultive behavior to an officer attempting to conduct legal law enforcement activities.
Deployment of the CEW will be evaluated using the criteria in the directive and within the
framework of the Chatham County Police Department Use of Force policy. Officers must
assess the effectiveness of each application and determine whether further applications are
warranted or a different tactic should be employed. The decision to use the CEW will be
dependent upon the actions of the subject, the threat facing the officer, and the totality of
circumstances surrounding the incident.
Conducted electrical weapons will only be used in accordance with this policy and approved
training. It will never be used recklessly or as torture, or punitively. The actual use of a CEW
will be dependent upon the actions of the subject, the threat facing the officer, and the totality
of circumstances surrounding the incident.
I. AUTHORIZED DEVICE
A. TASER X2 distributed by TASER International.
II. AUTHORIZED USERS
A. Only officers who have received and successfully completed the required departmental
CEW training taught by a certified instructor are authorized to carry and employ a
CEW.
1. All officers issued a CEW must complete the annual recertification training.
Failure to do so will require you to return the CEW to the Training Unit.
B. All Officers issued the CEW must also have been issue a body worn camera system.
CCPD SOP #OPS-O58 Page 1 of 5

1. Whenever you are wearing the CEW during duty hours and in uniform you must
also be wearing your body worn camera. This includes while working in an extra
duty capacity.
a. Whenever you intend to deploy the CEW you must ensure that you have
activated your body worn camera.
C. Electronic Control Devices will primarily be distributed throughout the SCMPD CCPD
Patrol Bureau.
III. DEVICE READINESS
A. The TASER X2 will be inspected and arc tested prior to each tour of duty. This test
will be done in a weapons clearing barrel.
B. Uniformed officers will carry the CEW in a department issued holster. The holster will
be carried on the duty belt, on the side opposite the duty firearm, cross draw position is
not optional. Non-Uniformed officers will carry the CEW in an approved holster on
the side opposite the duty firearm.
C. The CEW shall be carried fully armed (2 live cartridges) with the safety on in
preparation for immediate use.
D. After any deployment the officer shall make contact with the CEW Coordinator (with
the Training Unit) to obtain a new cartridge.
1. The device will be downloaded prior to putting the CEW back into service. E.
Only agency approved/issued battery power sources will be used in the CEW.
IV. DEPLOYMENT
A. The CEW may only be used under the following circumstances:
1. To overcome active resistance or assaultive behavior or its threat;
2. To subdue persons in order to prevent them from harming themselves or others.
B. A supervisor will be summoned immediately after the use of a CEW.
C. When the CEW is deployed, the suspect should not be read their Miranda Warning or
questioned for a minimum of one (1) hour after deployment.
1. GA Implied Consent Notice should also be delayed for a minimum of one (1)
hour after CEW deployment but only if it does not jeopardize the prosecution of
the suspect.
D. Use of the CEW under the following circumstances is prohibited, unless exigent
circumstances are present (exigent circumstances will be clearly be articulated within
the police report):
1. Against handcuffed subjects;
2. Against subjects fleeing on foot;
3. At or from a moving vehicle;
4. Against subjects known to be or reported to be pregnant;
5. Against children under 14 years of age and/or weighing less than 90 pounds;
6. Against subjects who are visibly elderly or physically disabled and/or suffering
from a known debilitating illness;

7. Against subjects with known neuromuscular disorders such as a muscular
sclerosis, muscular dystrophy or epilepsy;
8. In a situation where deadly force is clearly justifiable unless another officer is
present and capable of providing deadly force to protect the officers and/or
civilians;
E. The CEW will not be used under the following circumstances:
1. Punitively;
2. To escort or prod subjects;
3. To awaken unconscious or intoxicated subjects;
4. Against subjects who are offering only passive resistance;
5. When the officer knows the subject has come in contact with flammable liquids
or is in a flammable atmosphere;
6. When the subject is in an elevated position where a fall may cause substantial
injury or death;
F. In preparation of firing, when reasonable, the CEW shall be pointed in a safe direction,
taken off safe and then aimed.
G. Below the neck of the subject’s back is the primary aiming point and just below center
mass of the chest or legs are the secondary targets;
H. Prior to use, when practical, a warning to the subject and other officers should be given;
I. Fixed sights should be used as the primary aiming device and the laser dots as the
secondary aiming device;
J. CEW probes may not be intentionally fired at the face, head, neck or groin, unless the
use of deadly force would be justified;
K. Use of the “Drive Stun” is prohibited without the cartridge except when exigent
circumstances are present. The exigent circumstances must clearly be stated in the
report.
L. The use of an “angle stun” is acceptable in situations where the “probe “deployment is
ineffective. If a subsequent application is ineffective, officers will reassess the situation
and consider other available options.
M. The CEW shall be pointed at the ground in a safe direction with the safety on during
loading, unloading, or when handled in other than an operational deployment. 1.
During routine inspection a clearing barrel will be used, when available.
V. REPORTING USE OF THE CEW
A. A Use of Force report shall be completed when:
1. The CEW is removed from the holster and displayed in such a manner as to
control the subject.
2. The CEW is deployed as outlined above.
B. The use of force report shall contain at a minimum:
1. The officer’s approximation of the range at which the unit was employed.
2. The point(s) of impact on the subject;
3. The number of five-second cycles used;

4. The type of clothing the probes encountered;
5. The type of discharge (probe, drive stun, or both);
6. Evaluation of the effectiveness of the device;
7. After-discharge actions taken by the officers;
8. Any injuries that the officer is aware suffered by the subject as a result of the use
of the device;
C. When the CEW has been used operationally, a forensics officer will be requested for
the purpose of collecting the air cartridge, wires leads, and darts. When a forensic
officer is unavailable the air cartridge, wires leads, and darts will be collected and
logged into evidence by an officer not involved in the Taser deployment.
D. Unintentional discharge will be reported to a supervisor and will be treated the same as
the unintentional discharge of a firearm.
E. The Training Unit shall:
1. Download the data record of each CEW annually regardless of reported use.
a. This will be done during the annual recertification training.
2. Prepare a semi-annual and annual report of the CEW use, which will be forwarded
to the Chief of Police.
3. The downloaded data shall be tabulated and a summary prepared for inclusion in
the department annual use of force report.
VI. NEGLIGENT DISCHARGES

A. Negligent discharges are defined as accidently firing the device without meaning to do
so either during spark tests, or while handling the device.
B. Negligent discharges will be reported immediately and documented on the TASER
form unless a person is struck in which case a full report will be completed.
C. All protocol will be followed except for the spent cartridge, which will be delivered to
the CEW Coordinator (with the Training Unit), to be issued a new cartridge as soon as
possible and before the device is put back into service.
D. The following actions will be taken relative to negligent discharges:
1. First offense - Recommendation of a minimum of a Counseling Form and pay for
replacement cartridge.
2. Second Offense – Recommendation of a minimum of Written Reprimand and pay
for replacement cartridge. The officer’s supervisor will complete a written
evaluation on the officer’s TASER abilities with recommendations.
3. Third Offense – a minimum of the loss of the use of a TASER and pay for the
replacement cartridge. The Board will make a consensus recommendation on
disciplinary action.
4.
VII. AFTER CARE
A. If the probes are embedded in non-sensitive areas, a trained CEW officer may remove
them.

B. Emergency Medical Personnel will be summoned as a cold call, for cardiac evaluation
in order to assess the subject’s vital signs and overall medical conditions.
C. If the person refuses medical treatment on scene they will be transported to an
emergency room in a police vehicle where they will be offered medical care a second
time. There is no obligation to force a person to receive any medical care.
1. All attempts to provide medical care will be documented in the police report.
D. If the TASER probes have penetrated the skin in a sensitive area (head, neck, groin, or
breast of a female), or CEW officers have difficulty removing the probes (i.e. probe /
barb separation) the subject will be conveyed to an emergency medical center for
removal.
E. After the TASER device is used, probes should be removed from the subject as soon as
the subject is handcuffed:
VIII. CEW ACCOUNTABILITY

A. When an officer retires or terminates employment with CCPD he/she will turn the CEW
into the CEW Coordinator or designee (with the Training Unit) prior to out processing.
B. When an officer that is issued an CEW is transferred from the Patrol Division
(uniformed assignment) to a non-uniformed assignment or another Division he/she will
turn the CEW into the CEW Coordinator or designee (with the Training Unit)
prior to or immediately after reporting to the new assignment
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

SOP - OPS-067: EFFECTIVE DATE: 02/01/18

BODY WORN CAMERA REVISION: 11/19/19
PURPOSE
The purpose of this directive is to establish a policy regarding the use of department issued
body worn cameras and to establish a policy regarding the storage, release, and retention of
information captured by the BWC.
POLICY:
It shall be the policy of the Chatham County Police Department to utilize the Body-Worn Camera
(BWC) equipment to document law enforcement interaction with the public with video and audio
recordings. Such documentation serves many benefits to include documentary evidence to an arrest
or citation, resolution of allegations of officer misconduct and support for officer training. Through
the use of mobile recording systems, this agency will better protect the rights of citizens and police
officers while balancing privacy interests. [CALEA 41.3.8 a]
DEFINITIONS:
Body-Worn Camera (BWC): A recording system that captures audio and video that is
individually worn by officers.
Buffering: Is the thirty seconds of video prior to activation of the BWC event mode held in
temporary storage.
Program Manager: Is CCPD’s Training Coordinator.
Mobile Video System Administrator(s): Department member(s) with full administrator rights
who assigns and tracks equipment, controls passwords, acts as liaison with the BWC
representatives and is the department’s subject matter expert on all body-worn devices.
Meta Data: This is information that is typed in by the officer that identifies each recording. This
information at a minimum consists of the ID Number (CRN), Title and Category.
I. PROCEDURE
A. Objectives:
1. Enhance officer safety.
2. Accurately capture statements and events during the course of an incident.
3. Enhance the officer’s ability to document and review statements and actions for
both internal reporting requirements and for courtroom preparation and
presentation.
4. Provide an impartial measurement for self-critique and evaluation during field
training.
CCPD SOP # OPS-067 Body Worn Camera Page 1 of 6

5. Capture visual and audio evidence/information for use in current and future
investigations.
B. Officer Responsibilities:
1. Officers under the rank of Lieutenant while working “Under the Color of Law”
per the authority of the CCPD shall wear their BWC. Said Officer will activate
the BWC for all incidents involving citizen contacts.
2. Officers assigned a BWC shall fully charge their BWC system prior to their tour
of duty.
3. Inspections and maintenance of the BWC shall be the responsibility of the
officer assigned that system. [CALEA 41.3.8 e]
4. Only authorized personnel to whom a recording system is assigned may use,
touch or handle that recording system.
a. Unauthorized personnel shall not use, touch or handle any recording
system.
5. If any part of the BWC is lost, broken or becomes non-functional it shall be
reported to their supervisor immediately. This information will be documented
on CCPD Form 2020 to include any troubleshoot measure used to get the BWC
functional. The BWC and form will be brought to Quartermaster as soon as
possible, to get device functional. [CALEA 41.3.8 e]
a. Quartermaster will maintain the inventory of unissued equipment and
exchange damages equipment with the vendor, as needed.
6. If the BWC connectivity to the County network becomes non-functional it shall
be reported to their supervisor, Program Manager (or designee), and County IT
immediately.
7. In order to best capture that which is observed by an officer using a BWC, the
camera should be located as close to the eyes as possible, using an approved
BWC mounting option.
8. At the end of an officer’s tour of duty, the recording system will be placed into
the assigned docking station slot on the Evidence Transfer Station located
within their assigned Pct./Unit; or, recordings shall be uploaded as otherwise
directed by authorized personnel.
9. The recording system should not be removed from the Evidence Transfer
Station until all of the data has been uploaded and the battery has been fully
charged.
10. Any functionality or serviceability problem shall be reported to the Mobile
Video System Administrator immediately.
C. Activation and Deactivation of BWC [CALEA 41.3.8 b]
1. The BWC will be activated for all incidents involving citizen contacts. This would
include, but is not limited to calls for service, traffic stops, activation of
emergency equipment, suspicious person(s), vehicle contacts, use of force
situations, warrant service, pursuits, arrests, if a pending citizen complaint is

likely or any other significant event that would require supervisory notification.
[CALEA 41.3.8 c]
a. Any reason for failing to activate the BWC will be reviewed by a supervisor.
It must be articulable and meet the standard of being thoughtful, reasonable
and prudent.
b. Officers are encouraged, but not required, to narrate events so as to
provide the best documentation for pretrial and courtroom presentation.
c. With the exception of police radios, officers shall ensure that the volume
from other electronic devices within the police vehicles does not interfere
with the BCW recordings.
2. The BWC may be activated whenever the officer feels its use would be
beneficial to his/her police duties.
3. Officers are encouraged, but not required to advise citizens that they are being
recorded.
a. In deciding whether or not to advised citizens, officers should consider
whether advisement is likely to better serve the handling of the incident.
4. Once the camera is activated to the “event” mode, it shall remain on until the
police action is complete.
a. Just prior to deactivation of the BWC the officer will make a brief audio
statement (so that it is recorded by the BWC) explaining the reason for
deactivation of the BWC.
b. Any premature deactivation (intentional or unintentional) of the BWC
during citizen encounter shall be reported to a supervisor.
(1) Failure of the officer to record citizen encounters may create the
perception of officer misconduct. Proper documentation must be
shown during times of equipment failure.
D. Documentation
1. The officer shall input the Meta Data to identify each recording immediately
after each call or criminal investigation. All recorded evidence must have the
appropriate Meta data added prior to docking the BWC for upload. The Meta
Data includes at a minimum:
a. ID Number, CRN or type “No CRN”.
b. Title (Same as the Incident Report “Nature of Call”)
c. Category (choose appropriate choice from drop down menu)
2. The Meta Data information window may be accessed by attaching the camera to
any of the following devices by auxiliary cable (supplied with system) or
accessing the information after it has downloaded:
a. Smart Phone
b. MDT
c. Pct./Unit PC

3. When an officer activates the BWC it shall be documented in the Incident
Report, Supplemental Report, Accident Report, Citations or any other written
documentation required by this department, where knowledge of the activation
of the BWC is pertinent.
a. Officers may review the BWC footage prior to documenting the incident.
b. In use of force incidents and prior to documenting the incident officers are
authorized to review only their BWC footage and not footage generated by
other officers.
E. Restrictions
1. Using a mobile video recording system to take a statement in lieu of a sworn
written statement, unless approved by a supervisor.
2. Video-recording undercover officers or confidential informants.
3. Duplicating or distributing recordings for other than official law enforcement
purposes.
4. Permitting citizens to review recordings for other than official law enforcement
purposes.
5. Altering captured data.
6. Accessing recordings for other than case-related purposes, responses to
resistance, formal or informal complaints, legal review, pursuant to established
policy or as directed by the Chief of Police or designee.
7. Making or creating, by separate device or otherwise, a copy of any recording
except as directed by the Chief of Police or designee.
8. Posting to social media sites without approval by the Chief of Police.
9. Monitoring officer performance through random review
10. Unless authorized by the Chief of Police or designee, employees will not record
other employees who are performing administrative or non-enforcement
activities/actions without their knowledge. [CALEA 41.3.8 c]
a. Examples of such administrative or non-enforcement activities/actions
include, but are not limited to:
(1) Meetings/roll calls (strategy, tactics, etc...), supervisor directives,
disciplinary actions or topics of a confidential nature are discussed.
b. Any violation of this section of the general order will result in disciplinary
action, as directed by the Chief of Police or designee.
11. Officers utilizing audio/video recording devices will not activate or otherwise
use the device to record activities in the courthouse or courtrooms without
express permission of the presiding Judge or authorized court personnel.
a. The audio/video recording devices, if mounted or openly displayed, shall be
removed from the mount or pointed in a direction so it is apparent the device
is not in use.
12. In the event a recording is captured that is considered to be an invasion of privacy,
personal, or sensitive in nature the officer may request to have that recording

redacted. When an officer believes such an event has occurred the following
procedures will be followed;
a. The recording will be reviewed by appropriate Commander Staff personnel to
ensure there is no; evidentiary value to the recording, possibility of a citizen
complaint related to the recording or policy violations has occurred that is
related to the recording.
b. Once it has been determined none of the above applies the Command Staff
person will forward an e-mail to the BWC Administrator requesting the
recording to be redacted as soon as possible.
c. The BWC Administrator will redacted the recording and document the
justification for the redaction of the recording.
F. Dissemination
1. All digital media collected using the mobile video recording systems is public
record as defined in O.C.G.A. 50-18-1 EA AL.
a. Public records requests shall be handled pursuant to ADM-003 Public
Records.
b. Accessing, copying, or releasing any recordings for other than official law
enforcement purposes is strictly prohibited, except as required by law.
c. Only the following will be granted duplication rights, as authorized the
Chief of Police (or designee):
(1) Mobile Video System Administrator(s) - (for training purposes)
(2) Specific personnel within the Criminal Investigation Division (CID),
to be identified by the CID Bureau Commander.
(3) Specific personnel within the Internal Affairs Unit, to be identified
by the Internal Affairs Commander
(4) Specific personnel within the District Attorney’s Office, to be
authorized by Chief of Police (or designee).
(5) Specific personnel within the County Attorney’s Office, to be
authorized by Chief of Police (or designee).
G. Retention [CALEA 41.3.8 d]
1. Recordings shall be retained as established in Georgia public records retention
laws, federal, state or local laws.
2. Retention lengths will be displayed in the drop down menu of Category section
of the Meta Data.
H. Supervisor Responsibility [CALEA 41.3.8 g]
1. Supervisors shall review and include BWC footage in the course of their
investigation as it relates to any citizen complaint, pursuits or use of force
incident.
I. Review of Captured Video Data
1. At a minimum every first line supervisor assigned in each Precinct/Unit that is
issued BWCs will be authorized administrative rights for review purposes.

2. Each Precinct/Unit with BWCs is separated into individual groups within the
Mobile Video Recording system.
a. Each Precinct/Unit is responsible for reviewing their group’s videos.
3. The review will adhere to the following time constraints and process. The
review:
a. Will be done weekly.
b. Will consist of a minimum of 5 videos each week by each first line
supervisor assigned in each Precinct/Unit that is issued BWCs.
(1) If a citizen complaint, pursuit, or use of force is viewed, that will be
considered 1 of the 5 videos that need to be reviewed weekly.
4. Any video which contains criminal violations by CCPD personnel will be
immediately brought to the attention of the viewer’s Chain of Command.
a. Those videos that contain policy violation will be handled appropriately.
b. Those videos that could be used for training purposes will be brought to
the attention of the Training Unit.
J. Mobile Video System Administrator(s)
1. The Mobile Video System Administrator(s) is responsible for overall
maintenance, management, training and retention, and acts as a liaison to
Chatham County’s ICS Department, CID/Forensics Unit and associated
vendors.
2. The Mobile Video System Administrator(s) is also responsible for ensuring that
the BWC program, as well as this policy, is reviewed annually (at a minimum)
to ensure that it meets Departmental needs, public expectations and current
legislative rulings.
K. Training [CALEA 41.3.8 f]
1. The Training Unit will be responsible for training and the issuing of the Body
Worn Camera system.
2. Officers shall be trained and instructed prior to being assigned a Body Worn
Camera system.
a. After receiving the training and the Body Worn Camera System the
receiving officer is no longer permitted to utilize personally owned
equipment that performs a similar function as the BWC, while in the
performance of their duties.
3. All supervisors will receive training and instructions on the Body Worn Camera
system.
BY ORDER OF:
Electronically Approved in PowerDMS on 11/19/2019

________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

SOP # OPS-069: LICENSE PLATE READERS EFFECTIVE: 02/01/18

PURPOSE:
The purpose of this general order is to establish guidelines for CCPD employees for the
deployment, maintenance, training, data storage, and associated uses of automated License
Plate Readers (LPR) used by CCPD. It is the purpose of these procedures to serve as a guide
for the use of LPRs which collect and store large amounts of data (license plates, dates, times,
and locations of vehicles) for future records management, and analysis.
POLICY:
LPR technology automates a process that, in the past, was conducted manually by officers,
tag by tag, with much discretion. LPR is an information technology system with the capability
for quick scanning and matching capabilities. In addition to recovering stolen vehicles, LPR
data can be used to confirm a suspect's alibi or whereabouts at a particular date and time. Data
may also be used for predictive purposes, i.e., to scan and record vehicular activity in high
risk/crime locations and unusual patterns of traffic by one or multiple vehicles resulting in a
heightened risk or concern that emerges from analyzing the data.
DEFINITIONS:
License Plate Recognition (LPR) system: Equipment consisting of camera(s), computer,
and computer software used to automatically recognize and interpret the characters on vehicle
license plates. Digital images captured by the cameras are converted into data, which is
processed through the LPR system. This data is then compared against a list of license plates
bearing some significance to the CCPD. If the information supplied via the LPR system alerts
LPR Operators to an offense or relevant intelligence on a vehicle, the vehicles may be stopped
to allow further investigation. Stored data may also be analyzed at a future date for
investigative purposes.
Program Manager: Command officer of the traffic section is designated by the Chief of
Police with the responsibility for the management of the LPR program including its
administration, troubleshooting, training, repairing, and coordinating all aspects of the LPR
system.
Precinct/Unit Coordinator: Each Precinct Commander is responsible for designating an
appropriate staff member for the LPR program including its administration, troubleshooting,
training, repairing and coordinating all aspects of the LPR system.
LPR-Generated Data: All information including GPS coordinates, date and time of a
license plate reading, the optical character recognition interpreted data, and any LPR
generated digital photographic image(s) of the license plate and vehicle generated entirely
through the use of and by the LPR equipment.
CCPD SOP # OPS-069 License Plate Readers / Page 1 of 5

LPR Operator: A sworn employee properly trained in the use of the CCPD LPR system.
Crime Analyst: The Command of SARIC shall designate a crime analyst to specifically
develop the full analytical capacity of CCPD LPR program including appropriate and proper
searches, data/information attainment, dissemination, etc.
Download: The transfer of hot list data from NCIC, GCIC, or other data sources consisting
of license plates and associated data.
External Hot List: A database populated with items of specific concern to the investigative
and/or enforcement interests within the CCPD’s jurisdiction. External hot lists originate from
sources other than CCPD such as NCIC data.
Local Hot List: An addition to the LPR server database that is appended to the External Hot
List. The local hot list consists of license plates of local investigative significance entered
into the server hot list by personnel in SARIC.
Alert: A positive indication, by visual and/or audible signal, of a potential match between
data on the hot list and a license plate scanned by the LPR system. An alert is not conclusive
confirmation that a license plate is wanted. Additional investigation is always warranted when
an alert is indicated.
I. DAILY CHECKLIST
A. Officers will visually inspect the exterior cameras on mobile LPR systems to ensure the
lenses are clear and the cameras have not been altered in any way.
B. Download the most current data file of stolen and "areas of interest" vehicles containing
all of the current NCIC information, as well as “attempt to locate” types of searches.
C. Manually add any license plate numbers of interest that warrant law enforcement related
alert (SARIC).
D. Officers using the LPR should leave the LPR system operational while patrolling during
the duration of the shift. The LPR screen can be minimized in the background and can
be constantly operational even when on other calls or conducting preventative patrol.
E. LPR Operators can adjust the manner in which they drive to maximize the number of
tags being read.
1. The rear facing camera allows for tags to be read at a further distance in relation
to the camera and is designed to capture tags on vehicles traveling the opposite
direction of the police vehicle.
2. The side facing camera allows for tags to be read on vehicles in a parked position.
This function is best utilized when driving in parking lots with a high volume of
vehicles.
II. PATROL PROCEDURES

A. Use crime analysis to accurately target patrols in areas specifically related to crime
trends where the collection of this data will benefit future and current investigations.
B. “Directed Patrol” target areas should be established by the Precinct Command and be
small enough (usually less than a half mile wide) for patrol units to drive through every
street within the hotspot in less than 30 minutes.
C. Staying in strategic locations for 30 minutes or less LPR Operators would be more
effective in deterring criminal activity.

D. Officers assigned to use the LPR should be given 3-5 small crime Directed Patrol
strategic locations to patrol in a shift.
E. To maximize effectiveness, LPR operators should move from strategic location to
strategic location in a completely random fashion.
F. LPR Operators should use "sweep and sit" scheme.
1. "Sweep" each strategic location at least once for parked and moving vehicles.
2. "Sit" at certain locations, at the discretion of the Officer, in which the probability
of a suspect vehicle traveling by would be the greatest.
III. RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Officers using the LPR shall receive formal training prior to using the LPR system.
B. Officers shall exercise safe driving practices when operating the LPR system.
1. Use of any device during the operation of a motor vehicle must comply with
current State law including Chatham County Policies and CCPD Directives.
2. Officers will pay careful attention to driving and will not use the LPR system in
any manner that would endanger or distract them, resulting in an accident.
C. It shall be the responsibility of each LPR operator to ensure the download of the most
recent hot list occurs on the mobile computer prior to deployment of the LPR
equipment. Precinct Commander shall direct random weekly inspections of the LPR
systems under his/her command.
D. When using an LPR-equipped vehicle, users should have the system in operation to
include a connection to the LPR server so as to maximize the opportunity to scan
vehicles, compare them to the hot list and collect LPR data in a central repository.
E. Upon receiving an alert, the LPR user will use the displayed information to determine
the accuracy and nature of the alert. The user will visually verify that the subject tag
and the actual read on the LPR screen are the same (i.e. correct letters, numbers, state
and any other information that can be matched).
F. Once the LPR Operator has confirmed that the alert is valid, he or she shall take
appropriate action based on the type of alert in accordance with training.
1. If the alert is for a stolen or felony vehicle, the LPR user will confirm the alert
is still active by running a check on the information through NCIC.
a. Receipt of a stolen or felony vehicle LPR alert may rise to the level of
articulable suspicion but is certainly not sufficient probable cause to arrest
without confirmation that the vehicle is still wanted.
b. The appropriate Communications Center Records Channel Operator must be
notified of the Hit, and a Hit Confirmation Request sent to the entering
agency in accordance with GCIC/NCIC policy. The entering agency must
confirm or deny the validity of the Hit before further action can be taken by
the officer making the Hit Confirmation Request.
c. If the alert is for another type of want, the LPR user will read the description
of the alarm and use the appropriate action or reporting method per law.
Confirmation of the alert is essential prior to the stop of any person, if the
alert is the only articulable suspicion.

G. Some LPR Users may assist with the training of Operators, troubleshooting problems
with the LPR system, helping their co-workers understand the value of the LPR system,
and improving the operations of the LPR system.
H. Any data or information obtained from the LPR system shall be for criminal justice
purposes only and must not violate GCIC/NCIC standards and policies. Any data or
information obtained from the LPR system for personal use or gain is strictly
prohibited.
IV. SUPERVISORS/UNIT COORDINATORS

A. The Precinct Commander and supervisors will monitor the use of LPR systems and
ensure they are being deployed regularly.
B. Supervisors will ensure LPR systems are deployed during the shift by trained operators.
C. The LPR systems should be deployed to maximize its ability to prevent crime and
particularly Part 1 crimes.
D. The supervisor shall investigate any damage to LPR's in accordance with established
Chatham County and CCPD policies and procedures. Damage and any reports or
documentation will be forwarded to the LPR Manager.
V. LPR PROGRAM MANAGER

A. The LPR Manager will make written recommendations to the Patrol Major and Special
Operations Manager regarding how the LPR system should be integrated into SCMPD
patrol function to maximize utilization. The two Police Majors will determine any
restrictions for the use of the LPR system.
B. The LPR Manager will validate training for LPR Operators to ensure LPR Operators are
properly trained before accessing LPR data or participating in LPR field operations, to
ensure training is timely and adequate, to ensure proper operations in accordance with
this Standard Operating Procedure, and to ensure all training is documented.
1. The LPR Manager will cause all training documents to be forwarded to and
maintained by the Professional Development and Training Center in either a paper
or electronic format.
VI. DATA STORAGE, RETENTION AND SECURITY
A. Data will be stored in two different locations.
1. Locally, the data will be stored on the MDT that is connected to the LPR.
2. Externally, the data may be shared with other law enforcement entities.
B. All LPR-generated data will be automatically purged after the following designated time
periods.
1. Locally, the data will automatically be purged from the MDT after 30 days.
2. Any data that has evidentiary value must be downloaded and exported to an
agency approved data storage device or printed immediately and retained in
accordance to the rules of evidence and SCMPD policy. The operator at the time
of evidence collection is responsible this storage completion.
C. Access to LPR data is restricted to CCPD personnel, in furtherance of a criminal justice
purpose. Any other use of this data is strictly forbidden.

1. Users will be able to access the LPR data by providing the established user name
and password. This access will allow for the user to query information as it
pertains to vehicle tags read by the tag reader cameras.
2. The LPR manager as well as the Police Majors and above will determine the
personnel to have access to the database for investigative queries and reports. Any
requests for database access will be handled on a case by case basis and those
granted access will be provided the user name and password for access.
3. Information stored includes a photo of the registration plate showing the rear of
the vehicle, a date and time stamp of when the registration plate was read by the
LPR and a GPS coordinate to identify the exact location the registration plate was
read by the LPR.
VII. LPR MAINTENANCE

A. Neither the LPR equipment nor the software operating system shall be modified without
direction from the LPR Manager.
B. Under no circumstances shall an LPR unit be connected to or removed from the vehicle
while the LPR unit is powered up. Connection or disconnection of the camera unit from
the LPR system when powered will result in significant damage to the LPR system.
C. Any time the LPR unit is disconnected or removed from the vehicle, it shall be placed
in a protective storage case or the LPR's original packaging and secured to prevent
damage.
D. LPR camera lenses may be cleaned with glass cleaner or mild soap and water and a soft,
non-abrasive cloth.
E. Damage to LPR equipment shall be immediately reported to your supervisor. The
supervisor shall document (and investigate, if necessary) any damage in accordance with
established procedures. Damage will also be reported to the supervisor's Captain and the
LPR Manager.
F. The LPR Manager shall be notified immediately of any LPR equipment needing
maintenance or repair and ensure that all maintenance and repair of LPR equipment is
completed.
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

SOP - OPS-072: EFFECTIVE DATE: 08/12/19

NALOXONE PROGRAM REVISION:
PURPOSE:
The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines and regulations governing the lawful use
and administration of Naloxone (Narcan) by personnel of the Chatham County Police
Department (CCPD). The objective is to treat and reduce the injury and fatality from opiate
overdoses.
POLICY:
It is the policy of CCPD that personnel receiving a Naloxone Kit be trained in lawful use and
administration of Naloxone; in accordance with mandated guidelines set forth by Georgia law.
The Georgia 911 Medical Amnesty Law O.C.G.A. 16-15-3 states that persons seeking medical
assistance for a drug overdose for themselves or another shall not be arrested, charged, or
prosecuted for any of the violations outlined within the Law.
DEFINITIONS:
Naloxone – Naloxone is an opioid antagonist’s type drug administered for the sole purpose of
treating narcotic opioid overdoses. The drug works by blocking the opioids from bonding to
the body’s receptors. This drug can be administered via intra-nasal or intra-muscular injectors.
CCPD will administer the drug intra-nasal.
Naloxone Kit – A Naloxone Kit refers to the package containing the intra-nasal Naloxone.
Naloxone Program Coordinator – The Naloxone Program Coordinator refers to the
individual who shall be responsible for ordering, assigning, replacing, maintenance, and record
retention for the program.
I. TRAINING
A. CCPD personnel who are responsible for the lawful use and administration of an opioid
antagonist (such as Naloxone) will receive initial training that will include, at a
minimum, an overview of O.C.G.A. 16-13-5 which covers immunity from arrest or
prosecution of persons seeking medical assistance for drug overdose, victim assessment
(e.g., signs/symptoms of overdose), universal precautions, rescue breathing, seeking
medical attention, etc.
B. Officers will also receive annual refresher training on the lawful use and administration
of Naloxone.
C. Employees should also review and familiarize themselves with of O.C.G.A. 31-11-55.1.
II. PROCEDURES
A. Naloxone Use
CCPD OPS-072 NALOXONE PROGRAM / Page 1 of 2

1. The Chatham County Police Department will assign Naloxone Kits to personnel
who have received Department-authorized training on its use.
2. When administering the Naloxone Kit, officers will:
a. Maintain universal precautions (glove, etc.).
b. Perform victim assessment.
c. Speak with bystanders, if appropriate, and scan the area for indications of
opiate use by the patient.
d. Determine unresponsiveness/drowsiness, absence of breathing and/or no/faint
pulse/blood shoot eyes.
e. Update Communications that the victim is in a potential overdose state and
that Naloxone is being administered. Communications personnel will then
notify or update EMS and other responding personnel with this information.
f. Notify supervisor that Naloxone was administered.
B. Maintenance and Replacement
1. An inspection of the Naloxone Kit shall be the responsibility of the personnel to
which the kit is assigned and will be completed at the beginning of each shift.
2. Missing or damaged Naloxone Kits will be reported to the Naloxone Program
Coordinator.
3. Where any condition necessitates, the Naloxone Kit shall be taken out of service
and be submitted for replacement to the Department's Naloxone Program
Coordinator.
4. Each Naloxone kit should be stored in the driver’s side door compartment of their
vehicle. This storage location will allow consistent access for retrieving the kits
from another officer’s vehicle.
5. Naloxone stored in high temperatures may lose some of its effectiveness but can
still be used in an emergency, therefore a second dosage may be required.
6. Upon administering Naloxone, a new kit shall be ordered and replaced.
C. Documentation
1. Officers will submit an incident report detailing the nature of the incident, the care
the victim received, and the fact that the Naloxone was administered. A copy of the
report will be forwarded to the Department's Naloxone Program Coordinator.
2. The Department's Naloxone Program Coordinator is responsible for compiling all
Naloxone Data.
3. The Department's Naloxone Program Coordinator will provide an annual report to
the Office of the Chief of Police summarizing departmental Naloxone use.
BY ORDER OF:
Approved and Signed in PowerDMS on 08/12/2019
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police
CCPD OPS-072 NALOXONE PROGRAM / Page 2 of 2

K3
Investigative Concepts,
Principles, Methods, Procedures,
and Practices
(including crime scene search, physical

evidence, and modus operandi of criminals)
SOP # ADM-011 EFFECTIVE: 11/19/19

PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE REVISION:
PURPOSE:
To establish guidelines for receiving, processing, storing, securing, safeguarding, readily
retrieving, and disposing of all property and evidence seized or found, as well as maintaining
the integrity of the evidentiary Chain of Custody.
POLICY:
The integrity and efficiency of property and evidence control is vital to the success of the
Chatham County Police Department (CCPD). The CCPD shall ensure the integrity of the
evidentiary Chain of Custody and that property and evidence in its custody is properly
collected, received, processed, stored, secured, safeguarded, readily retrieved, disposed of
and that any changes in its custody have been properly and fully documented. An Incident
Report will be completed detailing how property or evidence came into the custody of the
CCPD, as well as describing each item of evidence obtained. Once evidence has been cleared
for release by the court, every reasonable effort will be made to identify and notify the
owner/custodian and inform them when and where the property may be released. Property
will only be disposed of in accordance with State law and local ordinance(s).
DEFINITIONS:
Evidence - Anything that tends to assist in ascertaining the truth of matter, or furnishes proof
of a fact. Normally, evidence is classified as either physical or testimonial. [GA 6.2 d]
Found Property - Any item, not considered physical evidence, acquired by employees of
the CCPD, which appears to have been misplaced, lost, or for which ownership cannot be
established. This classification of property is maintained for a minimum of 90 days. [GA
6.2 c]
Safekeeping – Any item, not considered physical evidence, seized by employees of CCPD
that is retained for safekeeping purposes. The owners (or person designated by the owner)
have 90 days to pick up their property. A Hand Receipt Form 201 will be given to the owner
when we seize custody of their property. [GA 6.2 c]
Repository - A storage room in which items of evidence and property are secured by the
Primary Property and Evidence Custodian or Alternate Property and Evidence Custodian;
also known as the Property Room.
Depository – A storage vault in which items of evidence and property are deposited when
the Repository is closed and from which the Primary Property and Evidence Custodian or
Alternate Property and Evidence Custodian shall retrieve items of property and evidence for
storage in the Repository. [CALEA 84.1.3]
SOP-ADM-011 Property and Evidence / Page 1 of 14

Chain Of Custody - A chronological, written record of those individuals who have had
custody of the evidence from its initial acquisition (actual name of individual or place from
whom or where the property was received by an employee of the CCPD) until its final
disposition.
Property and Evidence Unit Commander –Support Services Division Captain having
oversight of the Property and Evidence Unit.
Property and Evidence Unit Supervisor/Primary Property and Evidence Custodian –
A sworn or non-sworn employee of the CCPD assigned the duty and responsibility of
management of the Repository and who is accountable for control of all property accepted
by or stored in the property storage areas. [GA 6.10]
Alternate Property And Evidence Custodian - An employee of the CCPD, sworn or non-
sworn, assigned to act in the capacity of the Primary Property and Evidence Custodian during
temporary absences of the Primary Property and Evidence Custodian.
Hand Receipt Form (Form 201) - The form used by employees of the CCPD to record the
acquisition of property or other items considered evidence during the course of their
official/assigned duties.
Request For Exceptions - Any request for an exception to the prescribed requirements
concerning evidence or procedures shall only be approved by the Office of the Chief of
Police. These requests must be in written form.
PROCEDURE:
I. RECEIVING PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE
A. All property and evidence received by the CCPD, pursuant to the legal process, will be
accounted for in CCPD records.
B. Items seized as property or evidence will be logged into agency records as soon as
possible after seizure, and prior to the seizing Officer ending their tour of duty.
[CALEA 84.1.1 a] [GA 6.9]
1. Agency records consist of the log book at the SPD Evidence Processing Room, the
Chatham County log book at the Repository, the Property Evidence Electronic
Inventory System in SSI and CCPD Form 1024Aw (and if needed 1024Bw, which
is the continuation of Form 1024Aw).
C. All property must be submitted to the Property and Evidence Room before Officers
complete their tour of duty. Forensic investigators may keep evidence needing further
processing in the Forensics Lab until completion but will log it into Property Evidence
Electronic Inventory System. [CALEA 84.1.1 b]
D. If an Officer takes evidence directly to the Crime Lab, they will forward the original
Property and Evidence Form 1024Aw to the Repository and document their actions in
the chain of custody portion of form 1024Aw and in the incident report. This is
imperative so that it may be properly accounted for when it is returned. [CALEA 84.1.1
b]
CCPD SOP-ADM-011 Property and Evidence / Page 2 of 14

E. The impounding Officer will write an Incident Report detailing the circumstances by
which the property came into CCPD possession and describing each item of property
obtained where it was obtained, the person from whom it was obtained, and any other
pertinent information specific to the property. [CALEA 84.1.1 c]
II. PACKAGING AND LABELING PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE PRIOR TO STORAGE
[CALEA 84.1.1 d]
A. Logging Property Procedures
1. The Property and Evidence Unit will ensure that the following guidelines will be
adhered to when packaging and labeling property and evidence prior to storage.
2. All items of Evidence, Safekeeping and Found Property received by members of
the CCPD will be recorded on a Property & Evidence Form 1024Aw, (and if needed
1024Bw) and recorded in the Property Evidence Electronic Inventory System.
3. All property/evidence to be logged into the Repository will be clearly marked either
on the property/evidence bag or on an attached property/evidence tag with the CRN,
the seizing Officer's name and payroll number, and a description of the item(s). The
name of the suspect or the victim, if known, will also be marked on the evidence
bag.
a. Bar code labels will be affixed to the, evidence sheet and packaging/tags by
property room personnel.
1. The bar code label will be placed in such a location as not to obscure any
vital information.
4. The Property & Evidence Form 1024Aw will be fully completed and recorded in
the Property Evidence Electronic Inventory System to include:
a. The quantity of each item.
b. Description of each item (including color, make, model and any other
identifying feature).
c. The serial number of each item.
5. A Hand Receipt Form 201 will be attached when applicable.
a. The owner of the property will be given a Hand Receipt Form 201, if present.
6. All items submitted to the Repository will be clearly labeled (use Dept issued
stickers) “To Be Processed for Prints” or “Bio Hazard”, as applicable.
a. Stickers will be placed in such a location that will not obstruct any vital
information (ex: Do not put the stickers anywhere in the Chain of Custody
portion of the form).
b. “Warning” stickers (for glass, needles and blades) may be placed on the
package only.
B. Evidence, found property, and property held for safekeeping are separate classifications
of the many items logged into the Repository. Items of these different classifications
will be documented on separate Property & Evidence Forms 1024Aw. (e.g., evidence
will not be listed on the same Property & Evidence Form 1024Aw with found property).
[GA 6.2 c, d]

C. Seized property and evidence will be logged into agency records as soon as possible
and will be logged and submitted prior to the end of the seizing Officer’s tour of duty.
All seized property or evidence must be documented on a Preliminary and/or
Supplemental Report.
D. During regular business hours, property and evidence will be placed in the storage
lockers or other storage location/containers. Property and Evidence Unit staff will be
available to assist, if needed.
E. All evidence is to be submitted to the property room and logged into agency records as
soon as practical, but no later than the officer’s shift, to preserve the chain of evidence.
No evidence will be placed in personal lockers or desk at any time.
F. All evidence that must be taken to the Crime Lab will be double bagged and separated
from all the other evidence that is seized.
III. EXCEPTIONAL, VALUABLE, OR SENSITIVE ITEMS OF PROPERTY AND
EVIDENCE [CALEA 84.1.1 e]
A. External Storage
1. The external storage area is located in the rear parking lot (Eastside) at the West
Chatham Precinct.
a. The key will be secured in the intake area and you must sign the key out and in
on the key log.
2. Bicycles that have been seized will be secured in the outside storage fenced in
area. Property receipts will be placed in the drop box, in intake room.
a. The Repository will not accept bicycle frames or parts unless they are crucial
evidence to a case.
3. Volatile materials will be secured in the outside fenced in area, in the rear parking
lot (Eastside) at the West Chatham Precinct.
4. Small, gas powered engines such as mopeds, go-carts, lawn mowers etc., will be
placed in the outside storage fenced in area. Property receipts will be placed in the
drop box, in intake room.
B. Property and evidence subject to spoilage (e.g., blood, urine, rape kits, perishables, etc.)
will be placed in the refrigerated lockers in the intake area.
C. Food and Drinks (consumables) will not be accepted by the Property Room unless it is
related to a serious incident and has evidentiary value to the case. Found or
Safekeeping food or drink will not be accepted at any time.
D. During normal business hours, precious items (e.g. cash, bonds, and jewelry) will be
transported to the Repository and logged in with the Property and Evidence Unit staff.
NOTE: Drugs, cash, and firearms evidence will be secured in a separate locked room
or container, located in the Property/Evidence Room, as an extra security measure.
1. The precious items to be logged will be:
a. Placed inside an evidence bag (clear plastic) and sealed with evidence tape,.
b. Surrendered to the Property and Evidence Unit staff for storage.

2. When the Repository is not open, the transporting Officer will:
a. Count the money in the presence of a credible witness.
1. The credible witness’s name must be documented on the package and in the
incident report.
b. Place precious items into a tape-seal evidence bag (marked with pertinent
information).
c. Seal the bag.
d. Evidence Money that should not be deposited in the County’s Escrow Account
will be clearly marked on the Property & Evidence Form 1024Aw and on the
Money Bag “DO NOT DEPOSIT”. (Examples of money not to be deposited
are: when particular denominations or serial numbers are needed for
prosecution.)
e. Log the items in the Evidence Processing Room logbook.
f. Place the sealed evidence bag into the Repository drop slot.
3. The Primary Officer's Incident Report will specify the amount of precious items
logged.
4. When currency is turned into the Property Room after normal business hours, two
Property Room staff will count the currency on the following business day to verify
the amount listed is correct. When the currency is turned in during business hours, one
Property Room member will count the currency with the officer turning in the seized
currency to verify the amount is listed is correct.
5. Money to be deposited will be counted by two members of the CCPD, not including
the Property and Evidence Unit staff. The count will be made of all seized monies
available to be deposited and will be performed in the presence of the Primary
Evidence Custodian. This count will be done every 90-120 days or when the total
amount available to be deposited exceeds $5,000. All necessary documentation and
deposit paperwork will be forwarded to the County Treasurer. If any overage or
shortage is noted during the count, it will be noted on the Property & Evidence
Form 1024Aw, and reported immediately to the Administrative Services Director.
a. Seized money that is identified as “Contaminated” or “Bio Hazard” requires
special handling. This money will be deposited annually or when the total
amount available to be deposited exceeds $5,000.
E. Drugs in pill, capsule, rock or powder form will be:
1. Counted by the seizing Officer.
2. Field-tested by the seizing Officer (Crack/Cocaine & Ecstasy). The test results will
be recorded in the incident report, the Property Evidence Electronic Inventory
System and on the Property & Evidence Form 1024Aw. The recorded information
will include:
a. Testing officer’s name, date tested and results of the test.
3. Placed inside a clear evidence bag.
4. Sealed with evidence tape and then placed in a second plastic evidence bag.

a. Marked with the CRN, the seizing Officer's name and payroll number, and a
description of the item(s).
b. Name of the suspect or the victim, if known, will also be marked on the
evidence bag.
c. The evidence tape will be initialed and dated for integrity.
5. Detailed on the Property and Evidence Form 1024Aw, recorded in the Property
Evidence Electronic Inventory System and in the Officer's incident report.
6. Attach a completed GBI Submission Form to the Property and Evidence Form
1024Aw.
a. Suspect name (John/Jane Doe will not suffice) must be recorded before the GBI
Lab will accept substance for testing.
7. Transported weekly to the Crime Lab by Property Room personnel. Officers who
need the test results for court will request them from the Property Room personnel
well in advance of court. [CALEA 83.3.2 a]
8. Inspected for any evidence tampering by Property and Evidence Unit staff when
such pills or capsules are released from the Repository.
F. Drugs in vegetation form will be:
1. Described as thoroughly as possible in the seizing Officer's Incident Report and on
the Property & Evidence Form 1024Aw.
2. Field tested by seizing officer, if a suspect is to be charged. If marijuana seized is
either found property or there is to be no charges, the marijuana does not need to
be fielded tested. The test results will be recorded in the incident report, the
Property Evidence Electronic Inventory System and on the Property & Evidence
Form 1024Aw. The recorded information will include:
a. Testing officer’s name, date tested and results of the test.
3. Placed vegetation inside a clear plastic evidence bag and then inside a 6x9 evidence
envelope and sealed with evidence tape. Note: Live plants will be stored in paper
and never in plastic.
4. During normal business hours, drugs will be transported to the Repository. During
non-business hours, the sealed evidence bag will be logged in by the transporting
Officer at the Evidence Processing Room, and placed in the Repository drop slot.
5. Vegetation drug evidence requiring official identification will be weighed and
tested by the GBI Crime Lab.
a. This evidence will be tested at the request of the District Attorney’s Office on
a case by case basis.
G. All weapons will be unloaded and rendered safe prior to being submitted to the
Repository.
1. All weapons (handguns, knives, etc.) will be placed in a gun or knife box. All
information (Make, Model, Type, Caliber & Serial Number) will be filled out on
the boxes and the items secured with zip ties.

2. Ammunition will be removed from the weapon and/or magazines, then placed in
an evidence envelope and placed in the same box.
3. Weapons will be taken to the Repository during business hours or secured in
evidence lockers (outlined previously) after business hours.
4. If for some reason a weapon cannot be unloaded, it will be clearly marked in an
unmistakable manner that the weapon is unsafe.
H. Volatile Fluids: Volatile Fluids of evidential value should be stored by the fire
department in approved containers. A maximum of one gallon will be stored. Excess
volatile fluid will be disposed of in accordance with EPA and Fire Department
procedures for hazardous waste materials.
I. Explosives: No explosives, dangerous chemicals, nuclear material or ammunition
greater than .50 caliber will be submitted to the Property/Evidence Room. Contact will
be made by the supervisor, investigation officer or Property/Evidence Custodian with
an Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD) Team or other specialized agency when such
material is recovered.
1. Descriptions and disposition of such material thoroughly documented in the
incident or supplemental report.
IV. IDENTIFYING AND NOTIFYING PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE OWNERS [CALEA
84.1.1 f]
A. Officers must make a documented effort to identify and notify the owner or custodian
of property in CCPD custody in order to release property to its rightful owner as
promptly as possible. [GA 6.13 d]
1. The Property Room will be notified (e-mail or memo) of any attempt to contact
owners, to prevent duplication.
B. The Property and Evidence Unit will send a certified letter of notification to known
victims to retrieve property within sixty days of a disposition.
C. The property owner, or a person with Power of Attorney, will personally appear at the
Repository to sign for the item(s) being released. The person to whom the property is
released will sign the Property and Evidence Form 1024Aw and the Property Release
Form. In addition, the Property Receipt Form will only be used when ownership is in
question or the actual owner is not present at the time the property is released.
D. CCPD employees will not retrieve items from the Repository for the purpose of
delivering them to the owner, except when special circumstances exist. An approval
from the Primary Evidence Custodian or the Property and Evidence Unit Commander must
be obtained, prior to releasing the items.
E. When an Officer logs property belonging to a deceased person in the Repository, that
property will not be released without an investigator’s approval.
1. All reasonable efforts will be made to determine if the person is the actual owner
or the legal next of kin.
2. All documents supporting the person’s identity and rights to the property will be
photocopied and kept in the case file.

V. TEMPORARY AND FINAL RELEASE OF PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE [CALEA
84.1.1 g]
A. The temporary and final release of property items from the control of the property and
evidence function requires seizing Officer, case Detective, or Supervisory approval.
B. If an Officer needs to release any evidence or property prior to it being logged into the
Repository, Officers must have the appropriate supervisor’s approval as per the chain
of command.
C. A photograph shall be taken of evidence that is transferred to any person or entity and
maintained as part of the permanent record or case file (17-5-55(a)).
D. In cases where a citizen's property may be needed as evidence in court, Officers will
consult with the District Attorney’s Office and, if approved by the District Attorney’s
Office, will arrange for the property to be photographed. In such cases, the photographs
will be preserved as evidence and the property will be released to the citizen.
VI. PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE CUSTODY AND STORAGE [CALEA 84.1.2]
A. Property and evidence in the custody of the CCPD shall be stored within designated,
secure areas.
1. The Property and Evidence Unit Supervisor is the Primary Property and Evidence
Custodian and reports to the Property and Evidence Unit Commander. Other CCPD
employees, sworn or non-sworn, assigned to the Property and Evidence Unit may
be designated as Alternate Property and Evidence Custodians.
2. Property and Evidence Personnel will:
a. Ensure the operation and security of the Department's Property and Evidence
Room.
b. Account for all property and evidence received for storage.
c. Record all property and evidence received for storage.
d. Ensure a separate, secure area for property which requires added protection
such as money, precious metals, jewelry and gemstones, weapons, narcotics,
and dangerous drugs.
e. Maintain personal possession of the Repository keys.
f. Ensure that all items that are logged are packaged correctly and in the
appropriate manner, to include exercising the right to refuse items not properly
packaged or logged.
g. Ensure that all evidence is purged in accordance with the applicable time frame.
B. CCPD employees acquiring property and evidence must place the property and
evidence under the control of the Property and Evidence Unit before the end of their
tour of duty. This will also be documented in the narrative portion of their report.
[CALEA 84.1.3]
1. During regular business hours, physical property and evidence will be released to
the Property and Evidence Unit. The business hours will be clearly posted on or
near the front door of the Repository.

2. If property and evidence is obtained during non-business hours or on
weekends/holidays, the employee acquiring the property and evidence will deposit
the marked and tagged property and evidence in the Depository of the CCPD before
the end of their tour of duty. [CALEA 84.1.3]
C. Access to the Repository is restricted to:
1. Sworn and non-sworn employees assigned to the Property and Evidence Unit.
2. Authorized employees, accompanied by a Property and Evidence Unit employee,
who have legitimate business in the Repository that cannot be conducted at the
Repository window.
3. Authorized maintenance personnel accompanied by a Property and Evidence Unit
employee.
D. All persons entering the Property and Evidence Room will be escorted by a member of
the Property and Evidence Room staff.
1. The Primary Property and Evidence Custodian or designee will maintain a logbook
of all persons entering. The entry logbook will list:
a. The time of entry, and the reason for the entering the Repository.
b. The Property and Evidence Unit staff member who escorted the visitor and the
time of departure.
2. Completed log books will be maintained on file in the Primary Property and
Evidence Custodian or designee’s office in a secured area.
E. Repository storage building and outside material storage shed will be kept locked at all
times except when property/evidence is actually being placed into or removed from
those locations for storage. [CALEA 84.1.3]
VII. REMOVING ITEMS OF PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE FROM THE REPOSITORY
A. All evidence that is removed or signed out from the Repository will be documented in
the Property Evidence Electronic Inventory System. The only exceptions will be older
property not previously recorded in the Property Evidence Electronic Inventory
System.
B. When removing items for court:
1. The Officer under subpoena in a case which requires the exhibition of evidence will
personally log the item(s) out of the Repository.
2. Officers not directly involved in a case will not retrieve evidence for that case from
the Repository.
3. The Officer retrieving evidence for court is responsible for returning the evidence
to the Repository immediately after court. If the case is continued until the next
day, Officers will return the evidence to the Repository and then retrieve it the next
day for court, unless the evidence has been tendered as evidence during trial.
C. When removing items for delivery to the Crime Lab: [CALEA 83.3.2 a]
1. Officers delivering evidence to the Crime Lab will sign the chain of custody portion
of the Property & Evidence Form1024Aw.

2. Transfers of drugs and blood test kits by Property Room personnel will be
documented in the chain of custody portion of the Property and Evidence Form
1024Aw, Property Evidence Electronic Inventory System and on the GBI Property
Release Form. [CALEA 83.3.2 c]
D. When removing cash for deposit at the bank:
1. The seized money will be counted by two members of the CCPD, not including
Property and Evidence Unit staff. The Primary Evidence Custodian will be present
to observe the counting of the currency.
2. The money in each evidence bag for each CRN shall be counted and verified as
correct and shall be placed in a money tray. The evidence bag shall be discarded.
3. When the total cash on hand matches the total documented on the Property and
Evidence Form 1024Aw, the chain of custody portion of the Property and
Evidence Form 1024Aw will be signed to indicate the property (cash) is
relinquished by the Primary Evidence Custodian and received by both individuals
who counted the cash.
4. The counted CRN amounts will be documented on a Cash Deposits spreadsheet
which shall be prepared by the Primary Evidence Custodian and shall display the
names and signatures of the individuals who counted the cash.
5. Once all CRN amounts are counted and the chain of custody has been properly
signed and completed on each Property and Evidence Form 1024Aw, the currency
in the money tray is recounted by denominations of bills and coins. The Property
and Evidence Form 1024Aw shall be retained in the Repository until final
disposition of currency.
6. The total for the denominations count shall be documented on the Cash Deposits
spreadsheet and will be compared to the CRN amount total to ensure an accurate
count. Any difference between the two totals shall be investigated and rectified.
7. The bank deposit slip shall be completed and identified as coming from the
Repository by writing “Property Room” on the deposit slip.
8. The currency shall be placed in a bag, along with the completed deposit slip and a
copy of the signed Cash Deposits spreadsheet. One of the individuals who
counted the money shall promptly bring the deposit bag to the bank and shall be
accompanied by the Primary Evidence Custodian.
9. Both parties shall remain at the bank teller window until the transaction is
completed and the bank teller has issued the deposit receipt.
10. A copy of the deposit slip, the deposit receipt and the Cash Deposits spreadsheet
shall be maintained at the Repository. The original documents shall be promptly
delivered to the CCPD Budget Office on the same day of the deposit.
11. Within one business day of receiving the original documents, the Police Budget
Administrator shall forward the documents to the Finance Department, requesting
Finance to create a journal entry crediting the Police Escrow Unclaimed Property
account #101-0000-21229.

E. Any property that is physically handled (other than by Property Room Personnel) and
not removed from the Property Room by authorized individuals (Detective, Forensic,
DA, etc...) will be noted on the Chain of Custody portion of the Property and Evidence
Form 1024Aw and the Property Evidence Electronic Inventory System indicating “In
House” handling.
1. A reason for this examination will be noted on the Property and Evidence Form
1024Aw (example: Take Pictures, Investigation, Process Evidence, Victim
Identification, etc…).
F. If in the event any property cannot be located and disposition cannot be determined,
the following procedure will be followed: [GA 6.11]
1. The Property and Evidence Custodian will document his/her efforts to locate the
missing property. This information will be forwarded to the Administrative
Services Director.
2. If the incident related to the property has not been adjudicated the Property and
Evidence Custodian will also notify the primary officer or detective, if there is one
assigned.
3. The Administrative Services Director will notify the Division Commander.
Depending upon the nature of the property, offense and circumstance behind the
missing property the Division Commander may forward the incident to (OPS)
Office of Professional Standards.
4. Upon the conclusion of any in-house investigation or investigation conducted by
OPS the Administrative Services Director will review policy and procedures to
determine if any changes are warranted to prevent such incidents in the future.
VIII. RETENTION PERIODS FOR PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE
A. State Court and Recorders Court will provide the Primary Property and Evidence
Custodian with a weekly/monthly printout of case dispositions for misdemeanor cases
from which decisions to retain or destroy evidence will be made.
B. Upon receipt of the case disposition, the Primary Property and Evidence Custodian will
maintain the evidence for a period of four (4) years for felony cases (except death
sentence cases) or two (2) years for misdemeanor cases (Habeas Corpus 9-14-42). If
at the end of the above time periods the District Attorney’s Office has not notified the
Primary Property and Evidence Custodian to retain the evidence, it will be disposed.
C. Evidence in misdemeanor cases where dispositions have not been made will be
maintained for a maximum period of twenty-four (24) months, at which time it will be
disposed.
D. Evidence in misdemeanor cases where no suspect is identified or a case filed will be
disposed of in twenty-four (24) months from original log in date.
E. The Criminal Investigations Division’s Case File Coordinator will provide the
Primary Property and Evidence Custodian with copies of all victim/witness
disposition forms.
F. Evidence in felony cases will be disposed of according to the following guidelines:

1. Evidence in all felony cases (except homicide, rape, and sexual assault) in which a
disposition has been received will be held for a period of four (4) years from the
date that the final appeal has been finalized. If at the end of the four (4) years the
District Attorney’s Office has not notified the Primary Property and Evidence
Custodian to retain the evidence, it will be disposed.
2. Evidence in felony cases (with the exception of homicide, rape and sexual assault)
in which no suspect is indicated will be disposed of after the statute of limitations
for that crime has occurred.
3. Crimes carrying a possible life sentence (with the exception of murder [no statute
of limitations] or Forcible Rape fifteen (15) years) have a seven (7) year statute of
limitations. Therefore, all evidence of crimes carrying a possible life sentence must
be kept a minimum of seven (7) years.
4. Prosecution for Armed Robbery, Kidnapping, Rape, Aggravated Child
Molestation, Aggravated Sodomy or Sexual Battery may be commenced at any
time when deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) evidence is seized. Evidence in felony
cases in which no disposition is received will be held for a maximum of five (5)
years with the exception of the evidence related to Armed Robbery, Kidnapping,
Rape, Aggravated Child Molestation, Aggravated Sodomy or Sexual Battery.
5. Evidence in homicide, rape, and sexual assault will be held for a minimum of
twenty (20) years. At the end of twenty (20) years, the District Attorney’s Office
will be notified in writing and permitted thirty (30) days to respond before disposal.
a. Sexual Assault kits will be maintain for 50 years.
6. In cases of sexual assault where a suspect is known, but the victim declines to
prosecute, a copy of the appropriate form will be sent, by the SVU supervisor, to
the Primary Property and Evidence Custodian notifying them that all evidence may
be disposed of, except for the rape kit, which will be sent to the GBI Crime Lab.
G. If the disposition was a guilty verdict in a trial, the evidence will be held until the
completion of the appeal process.
H. On a death penalty case, the evidence will be held until the completion of the sentence.
I. All biological evidence will be retained until the completion of the sentence.
J. In cases that involve prosecution of a serious violent felony as defined by O.C.G.A.
Section 17-10-6.1 (Murder or Felony Murder, Armed Robbery, Kidnapping, Rape,
Aggravated Child Molestation, Aggravated Sodomy, Aggravated Sexual Battery), the
evidence that contains biological material, including but not limited to, stains, fluids,
or hair samples that relates to the identity of the perpetrator of the crime shall be
maintained for at least ten (10) years from date of final judgment (which includes the
appeals process).
IX. RECORDS [CALEA 84.1.5]
A. Information from the Property & Evidence Form 1024Aw will be entered into the
Property Evidence Electronic Inventory System by CCPD Personnel seizing the
property and prior to the property being delivered for storage. The Property Evidence
Electronic Inventory System will list:

1. The date and time the property was seized or obtained, the CRN, and the offense
(if applicable).
2. A notation made indicating whether the property may be released, or, if approval is
required prior to release of the property and the Officer who must give that
approval.
3. The classification (evidence, found, safekeeping) of the property.
4. The name, address, and phone number of the victim in the case, owner of the
property, or the person who found the property.
5. The name, date of birth, and address of the suspect(s) in the case, if applicable.
6. The name of the seizing Officer.
7. The location where the property was obtained.
8. A description of each item of property logged, including serial numbers.
9. The location where the property is stored in the Property Room (this will be
completed by Property Room Personnel).
B. Bar code labels will be affixed to the evidence sheet and packaging/tags by property
room personnel
X. DISPOSITION OF PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE [GA 4.7]
A. Final disposition of found, recovered, and evidentiary property will be conducted as
specified in O.C.G.A. 17-5-54.
B. Unclaimed property that has been authorized for sale/auction will be sold or auctioned
utilizing the services of an approved online auction service.
C. Drugs whether found, safekeeping or evidence, will be disposed of by fire in an
incinerator at a CCPD approved location. This destruction will be monitored / observed
by the Primary Property and Evidence Custodian and a witness.
1. All evidence drugs must have been adjudicated or exceeded statute of
limitations prior to destruction.
D. Money which was evidence and is no longer needed for prosecution will be returned to
the proper owner or disposed of in accordance with O.C.G.A. 17-5-54.
E. Money which is held for safekeeping or found property will be returned to the owner
or disposed of in accordance with O.C.G.A. 17-5-54 if the owner cannot be located.
F. Guns that are found property will be disposed of if not claimed within ninety (90) days.
They may, with the approval of the Chief of Police or other executive Officer, be
converted to Department use as set forth in O.C.G.A. 17-5-54.
G. Guns that are authorized to be returned to the rightful owner will meet the following
guidelines:
1. Evidence: Proper documented authorization to release the firearm must be
obtained prior to releasing the firearm. This documentation will be maintained
with the original Property & Evidence Form 1024Aw and scanned according to
department policy.

2. Found and Safekeeping: The firearm will be released after ownership has been
established. Documentation of ownership can include Hand Receipt Form 201,
Incident Report, Sales Receipt, E-Trace or other recognized forms of ownership.
3. Prior to returning any firearm to the owner or their designee, the Property Room
will run a Purpose Code F (Criminal History) through NCIC on the recipient of
the weapon. The recipient must legally be allowed to possess a firearm before the
firearm will be released.
H. Bicycles held as evidence will be disposed of according to the guidelines of this SOP.
I. Bicycles that are found property or held for safekeeping will be released to the owner,
if known.
J. Unclaimed money, guns, and bicycles will be classified as abandoned property after
ninety (90) days.
K. Prior to disposal, the Primary Property and Evidence Custodian will notify the owner,
if known, by certified mail that the property will be disposed of after ninety (90) days.
If no response is received, the Primary Property and Evidence Custodian will dispose
of the property as the sale of unclaimed property.
XI. INSPECTIONS, INVENTORIES, AND AUDITS
A. Semi-annually, the Property and Evidence Unit Commander will conduct an inspection
of the Repository to ensure adherence to procedures used for the control of property
and evidence. [CALEA 84.1.6 a]
B. Whenever a new Primary Property and Evidence Custodian is appointed, an inventory
will be conducted jointly by the incoming and outgoing Primary Property and Evidence
Custodian. If the outgoing Evidence Custodian is unavailable a designee will be
assigned by the Chief of Police (or designee). This inventory will ensure all property
and evidence records are correct and properly annotated. All locks and codes to locks
or security devices will be changed. [CALEA 84.1.6 b]
1. This audit will done in compliance with Appendix I of the CALEA Accreditation
Law Enforcement Standards.
C. An audit of the Repository will be conducted annually on security procedures and
random comparisons of property records. This audit will seek to ensure the overall
integrity of the system. [CALEA 84.1.6 c]
1. This audit will done in compliance with Appendix K of the CALEA Accreditation
Law Enforcement Standards.
D. Unannounced inspections of property storage areas will be conducted as directed by
the Chief of Police or designee. [CALEA 84.1.6 d]
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

SOP # OPS-001: EFFECTIVE: 02/01/18

CRIMINAL INVESTIGATIONS REVISION DATE: 12/11/19
PURPOSE
The purpose of this directive is to provide policy and general procedures for the conduct of the
investigative function.
DISCUSSION
The investigative function is a necessary requirement to solving crime. Investigations begin upon
the first notification that a crime may have or has been committed and ends when the case is solved
and the perpetrator(s) is/are arrested and prosecuted or otherwise satisfactorily resolved.
Cooperation is vital to effective investigative efforts.
POLICY
It is the policy of the Chatham County Police Department (CCPD) to apply proactive investigative
methods and to fully investigate, if possible, all reported crimes to the extent necessary to support
prosecution and to comply with the highest standards of legal and professional conduct when
conducting a criminal investigation involving persons suspected of violating the law. CCPD officers
will conduct all investigations in a professional manner utilizing all approved training and in
accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia, the Constitution of the United States and the
polices of the CCPD.
PROCEDURE
The following procedures are guidelines to be followed by officers and investigators conducting
criminal investigations. These procedures should not be considered restrictive or all inclusive in
nature.
I. PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATIONS [CALEA 42.1.4]
A. A preliminary investigation shall be conducted by the primary Patrol officer dispatched
to the call for service. This preliminary investigation may constitute the entire
investigation of the crime and therefore should be completed in a thorough manner as
outlined below. At a minimum, the uniformed patrol officer will conduct the preliminary
investigation to a point where a lapse in the investigation will not hamper or jeopardize
the outcome of the case nor prohibit the officer’s return to service without undue delay.
In circumstances that require notification of and an initial response from an investigator,
the investigator will assume responsibility for ollow-up investigations (i.e. homicide,
armed robbery, etc.), but the primary uniformed patrol officer will still be responsible for
preparing the preliminary investigative report.
B. Preliminary Investigations include:
1. Observing all conditions, events, and remarks surrounding the crime scene.
[CALEA 42.2.1 a]
CCPD SOP # OPS-001 Criminal Investigations / Page 1 of 19

2. Locating and identifying witnesses. [CALEA 42.2.1 B]
3. Maintaining the crime scene and protecting evidence. [CALEA 42.2.1 C]
4. Conducting an area canvass.
5. Interviewing the complainant and/or victim(s) and witnesses. [CALEA 42.2.1 d]
a. Special Circumstances
(1) Child sexual assault victims should only be interviewed in accordance
with Chatham County Child Abuse Protocol.
(2) Homicide victim(s) names, when available and confirmed, will be
documented in the original report. If the homicide victim’s name is not
available at the time the initial report is written, the immediate
supervisor of the officer writing the report will ensure that the name is
added to the report as soon as it is determined.
(3) Contact information for a homicide victim’s next of kin will be included
in the original report, if available. If the information is not available at
the time of the original report, the investigator assigned to the case will
ensure that the information is added to the report (by supplemental
report) and transferred to the Records Management System within four
hours of the homicide or as soon as it is discovered.
6. Obtaining a suspect description and issuing a BOLO.
7. Interviewing the suspect, except in homicide, rape, kidnapping, and child abuse
cases. [CALEA 42.2.1 D]
8. Collecting or preserving evidence or arranging for the collection and/or
preservation of evidence. [42.2.1 c]
9. Conducting a “show-up” as an immediate identification method in accordance with
CCPD SOP OPS-060. [CALEA 42.2.10]
10. Affecting the arrest of the criminal.
11. Reporting the incident fully and accurately.
C. A sound preliminary investigation is essential for the successful completion of a case.
Therefore, the officer should include as many useful details as possible in the preliminary
report in order for the investigator to begin a follow-up investigation. The below
information should be included at a minimum, if applicable:
1. Witnesses to the crime.
2. Identification of the suspect(s) if known.
3. Description of the suspect.
4. Information concerning the location of the suspect.
5. Existence of a significant Modus Operandi (MO).
6. Results from a crime scene evidence search.
7. Statements made by victims, witnesses or suspects.
8. Presence of physical evidence.

9. Description of stolen property including identifiable characteristics marks or
numbers.
10. Description of any automobiles involved in the crime.
11. Description of the scene.
12. Identification of the availability of video evidence at the crime scene, or adjacent
properties that may contain video evidence, and if viewable on-scene, a description
of what the video evidence illustrates.
13. Any other significant details or information.

II. FOLLOW-UP INVESTIGATIONS
A. With supervisory approval, uniformed officers may conduct limited follow-up
investigations when there is a reasonable chance of immediate apprehension of the
suspect, a need for obtaining additional information for the preliminary investigation
report, or there are other compelling circumstances. Absent the foregoing criteria,
follow-up investigations are the responsibility of CID.
B. When a case is assigned to an investigator for a follow–up, they will review the
preliminary investigation report to determine if any leads or suspects exist. If so, the
investigator will: [42.2.2]
1. Read and become thoroughly familiar with the incident report. [GA 5.20 a]
2. Contact the victim within twenty-four (24) hours to clarify facts of the case and
ensure the victim knows how to contact the investigator.
3. Contact witnesses and arrange for interviews. [GA 5.20 b]
4. Determine if there is any additional information via the originating officer or
uniformed officers, informants, witnesses, and/or neighborhood interviews. [GA
5.20 c]
5. Disseminate information relative to crimes and suspect(s), if any, throughout the
CCPD and other concerned agencies in the form of written alerts.
6. Conduct a search for witnesses, evidence, victims, or suspects, including an area
canvas around the scene of the crime. [GA 5.20 d]
7. If necessary, use surveillance to apprehend suspects or gain additional information.
8. Utilize CCPD records, Crime Analysts, laboratories, Crime Intelligence Center
(GCIC/NCIC), pawn files, and field interview reports to develop and identify
suspects. [GA 5.20 a]
9. Utilize outside support facilities (i.e. utility checks, driver's license checks, vehicle
registration checks, criminal history checks, and probation and parole checks).
[GA 5.20 g]
10. When deemed beneficial, check with the department’s Crime Analysts to determine
if they have access to any information that could assist with the identification of
the suspect, the suspects possible involvement in other crimes.
11. Review social media accounts and/or other electronic data collection mediums
(obtain a warrant when required).

12. Conduct the proper collection, preservation, and submission of evidence. [GA 5.20
d]
13. Examine physical evidence, review all statements and make a determination if there
is sufficient evidence to charge a person with the crime.
14. Obtain warrants for the suspect.
15. Enter appropriate information into GCIC and validate it as required. Information
will be removed when it no longer needs to be in GCIC
16. Review all results from lab exams. [GA 5.20 a]
17. Identify and apprehend all suspects. [GA 5.20 e]
18. Utilize a photographic or physical line-up in eyewitness identification in
accordance with CCPD SOP OPS-060. [CALEA 42.2.9]
19. If a suspect is established, attempt to secure a documented confession through a
thorough interview/interrogation and also determine the existence and identity of
any co-defendants. [GA 4.2 a, 5.20 b]
20. If an accomplice or co-defendant is developed, proceed with other investigative
steps outlined in this procedure regarding this subject(s).
21. Determine if the suspect’s vehicle or other property is subject to forfeiture under
Georgia law and, if so, seize the vehicle or property initiate condemnation
procedures, in accordance with CCPD Policy OPS-021 Asset Forfeitures.
22. Notify the proper law enforcement agency if a suspect indicates involvement in
other jurisdictions.
23. Conduct background investigations on suspect(s) via criminal records checks,
criminal history files, and other established sources.
24. Determine if the suspect(s) is involved in other crimes. [GA 5.20 f]
25. Determine if the suspect(s) can be utilized as a confidential informant.
26. If necessary, use a search warrant, or in approved instances, the consent to search
form to legally recover items of evidentiary value or stolen property.
27. Indicate the disposition and status of any property or evidence in CCPD custody in
a supplemental report.
28. Keep the victim aware of any change in the case status.
29. If information is developed that indicates the suspect is a habitual/serious offender,
contact the Crime Analyst for identification as a habitual/serious offender and
ensure the District Attorney’s Office is made aware of this fact. [CALEA 42.1.5]
30. Criminal Investigators will make periodic appearances at precinct roll calls to
exchange and solicit information regarding cases. Investigators should attend roll
call once a month in order to maintain contact with field officers and coordinate
efforts. [CALEA 42.2.3]
31. Organize, in an orderly fashion, all notes, evidence, photographs, supplements, and
lab findings for court presentation, and make the prosecutor aware of all pertinent
facts of the case and of criminal history background of the defendant. [GA 5.20 h]

32. Complete a detailed investigative report documenting all activities including a time
line of activities associated with case.
III. ADMINISTRATION
A. 24-Hour Coverage [GA 5.22], [CALEA 42.1.1]
1. The Criminal Investigation Division (CID) will provide a list investigators for
emergencies occurring during non-duty hours.
2. Unit Supervisors will ensure the on-call list is published and furnished to the
Communication Center and the Uniform Patrol Division. .
3. The on-call investigator will have a phone with them to facilitate recall.
4. Requests for the on-call investigator will be made by the on scene supervisor to the
appropriate CID supervisors.
5. The on-call investigator will respond to the following:
a. Homicide Investigations.
b. Kidnappings
c. Armed Robberies.
d. Sexual Assaults (juvenile & adult victims).
e. Missing Persons with unusual circumstances as per OPS-012: Missing
Persons.
f. Death investigations having suspicious circumstances or apparent suicides.
g. At the request of the on-duty Lieutenant.
B. Case Screening and Assignment [CALEA 42.1.2]
1. Case screening shall be employed to apply available manpower to those
investigations which have the best chance of being successful and shall be based
on solvability factors, specific criteria for continuing the investigative process,
available manpower, and current departmental policy.
2. Solvability factors are workable leads and shall include, but are not limited to:
a. Perpetrator’s name(s).
b. Aliases or “street” names.
c. Vehicle description/tag information.
d. Physical evidence.
e. Seriousness of the crime.
f. Injury to the victim.
3. All felony crimes against persons will be assigned to an investigator for a follow-
up investigation if the appropriate solvability factors exist.
4. Felony domestic violence cases will be assigned to an investigator for a follow up
investigation.
5. Property crime cases (Burglary, Theft, etc.) will be assigned to a CID investigator
for a follow-up investigation based upon the following guidelines:

a. The degree of seriousness of the incident.
b. The frequency of occurrence of similar crimes in the same proximity.
c. Estimated range of time of occurrence.
d. Traceable stolen articles.
e. Witness's report of offense (if observed).
f. Physical evidence.
g. Suspect information developed (description or name).
h. Vehicle description.
i. Property loss greater than $1000.00.
6. Misdemeanor and juvenile property crimes will be assigned for a follow-up
investigation at the discretion of the CID Supervisor.
C. Case File Management [CALEA 42.1.3 b]
1. To ensure a timely and complete investigation, supervisors shall assign cases for
follow-up through the SSI Records Management System to maintain a record of
the following:
a. Case number.
b. Investigator assigned.
c. Date assigned.
d. Date that a follow-up report is due.
e. Case status:
(1) Open-Active - an open case. The following shall apply:
(a) The victim/complainant will be contacted as soon as reasonable,
preferably in person, but phone contact is permissible.
(b) The investigative status shall be updated to “Open-Active”.
(c) At a minimum, each subsequent report status update will be filed
every thirty (30) days, as long as the case is active.
(2) Open-Inactive. Indicates all available leads have been exhausted, but
the case has not been brought to a conclusion, or the case is suspended
and investigative efforts may be resumed. Used when arrest warrants
have been secured against a suspect, but have not yet been served upon
the suspect.
(a) OI- Open-Inactive.
(b) AW - Obtained Arrest Warrant (pending arrest).
(c) The investigative status shall be updated to “Open-Inactive”.
(3) Closed The case has been resolved.
(a) AR- Arrest
(b) EC – Exceptionally Cleared.

(c) CS – Service.
(d) UF – Unfounded.
(e) The investigative status shall be updated to “Closed” and one of
the above codes shall be appropriately applied.
f. Case Clearance
(1) The method of case clearance outlined in this directive is an internal
procedure to assist in case management and will not interfere with the
Uniform Crime Report methods of clearance.
(2) A case will be cleared by Arrest when at least one person is arrested
and charged with the commission of the offense. Multiple arrests in one
case only count as one case cleared arrest, but one arrest in multiple
cases count as multiple cases cleared (example: Two people arrested for
the same burglary equals one case cleared, but one person arrested for
three separate burglaries equals three cases cleared).
(3) A case may be Exceptionally Cleared if the responsibility for
prosecution is transferred to another agency or there is some reason
beyond law enforcement control that stops an officer from arresting and
charging the offender, such as:
(a) Suicide of the offender.
(b) Double murder (Two persons kill each other).
(c) Deathbed confession (The person who committed the offense dies
after making the confession).
(d) Offender killed by police or citizen.
(e) Confession by an offender who is already in law enforcement
custody or serving a sentence (This is actually a variation of a true
clearance by arrest—the offender would not be “apprehended” but
in most situations would be prosecuted on the new charge).
(f) Offender is prosecuted by state or local authorities in another city
for a different offense or is prosecuted in another city or state by
the federal government for an offense which may be the same
(Law enforcement makes an attempt to return the offender for
prosecution, but the other jurisdiction will not allow the release).
(g) Extradition denied.
(h) Victim refuses to cooperate in the prosecution.
(i) Warrant is outstanding for felon, but before being arrested, the
offender dies (The method of death is irrelevant).
(4) A case may be closed by Service if there is nothing of a criminal nature
that needs to be investigated (i.e. natural death investigation, etc.).
(5) A case will be cleared Unfounded if the investigation reveals a crime
was not committed or the actual facts of the crime cause it to be
reclassified as non-criminal (civil tort).

2. Reclassification of Reports:
a. Upon assignment, all investigators will ensure that the narrative of the report
supports the incident title.
b. If the information on the report is correct, the investigator will follow through
with their investigation.
c. If the narrative of the report does not coincide with the titled incident, the
investigator will investigate the incident and determine the correct criminal
statute/title for the report.
d. Once the investigator concludes their investigation of the incident and
determines that the preliminary incident report needs to be reclassified, the
investigator will include in a supplemental report in reference to the
investigation and the reasons why he or she thinks the report should be
reclassified.
e. The supervisor will review the report for completeness, and notify the
Records Unit and/or a Crime Analyst for reclassification.
3. Criminal Investigators conducting active investigations will maintain current
documentation of activities for each case. A case file shall contain copies of the
following: [CALEA 42.1.3 c]
a. Initial (preliminary) and supplemental reports, whether prepared by
uniformed officers or investigators.
b. Recorded audio and video statements and interviews. Electronic files shall be
uploaded to Evidence.com as part of the case file.
c. Photographs, crime scene sketches and electronic files collected by the Crime
Scene Unit shall be electronically uploaded to the case file on Evidence.com.
d. Results of tests pertaining to physical evidence.
e. Any other reports or records needed for investigative purposes.
4. Case files for active cases shall be maintained by the lead investigator and reviewed
every ten thirty days by the investigator’s supervisor, and will be accessible to other
investigators and supervisors. [CALEA 42.1.3 d]
a. Files involving active investigations are not accessible to the public.
b. When a case file is worked to completion, the entire case file shall be
presented to the supervisor sergeant for initial approval.
c. Upon initial supervisor approval, the case file will be returned to the
investigator for scanning and uploading to the Evidence.com system. The
investigator will be responsible for creating an electronic case file on
Evidence.com and ensuring the proper loading of all material.
d. When a case file is completed and uploaded by the assigned investigator, it
will be returned the unit supervisor sergeant for their approval, regardless of
status. The sergeant will confirm the creation of an electronic case file on
Evidence.com as a condition of approval. The sergeant will forward the case
file to the captain for final approval.

e. The file will be reviewed for accuracy, completeness, and legality and will be
approved by the captain. The captain will then forward the file to the CID
Administrative Assistant for secure storage.
f. The CID Administrative Assistant is responsible for the handling, processing,
and storing of completed case files. All completed case files will be
maintained in the office of the CID Administrative Assistant The CID
Administrative Assistant is responsible for ensuring that all case files
submitted are properly scanned and uploaded to the electronic database.
g. When it is necessary for a case file to be removed from the CID
Administrative Assistant’s Office during normal duty hours, 0800 to 1630
hours, Monday through Friday, the requesting investigator will contact the
CID Administrative Assistant.
h. After normal duty hours, the ranking investigative supervisor is authorized to
have access to the CID Administrative Assistant’s Office.
i. The case file will be retrieved and furnished to the requesting investigator
who will sign a log indicating that they received the case file.
j. It will be the responsibility of the receiving investigator to return the case file
to the CID Administrative Assistant.
k. A file will be established for the purpose of maintaining a signature log of
signed out cases. A monthly audit of case files signed out will be conducted
by the unit commander to ensure the integrity of the file.
l. When a file is removed for court purposes, the disposition will be entered on
the case file folder, as well as brought to the attention of the CID
Administrative Assistant.
m. While a case file is signed out by an investigator; nothing will be removed
from the case file unless directed to do so by the CID Commander, District
Attorney, or other approved designee.
n. The CID Administrative Assistant will be responsible for complying with the
state issued retention schedules for local governments as it pertains to
criminal case files (in either format, paper or electronic). [CALEA 42.1.3 e]
IV. OPERATIONS
A. Interviews and Interrogations: [CALEA 1.2.3 a, b & 44.2.3 ]
1. All investigative personnel will conduct themselves in a manner as to not
intentionally cause anyone being interviewed or interrogated into giving an
involuntary statement of confession. [GA 4.2 a]
2. Investigative personnel will not deprive persons to the right of counsel nor
contribute to any pretrial publicity that would tend to prejudice a jury.
3. Prior to a custodial interview/interrogation, the individual will be advised of their
Constitutional rights warnings. [GA 4.2 a]
4. After the warning, the individual may waive his/her rights or refuse same. The
rights form will be initialed and signed by the suspect indicating his or her choice.
5. If a suspect requests legal council, the investigator will stop all attempts at an
interview until their legal counsel (Lawyer) is present.

6. Although not always possible, admissions or confessions should be reduced to
writing. Written confession will be read and signed by the person making the
confession. [CALEA 1.2.3 c] [GA 4.2 a]
7. Whenever possible, interviews/interrogations will be conducted in the Interview
Room or audio recorded when in the field.
8. The interviewing of persons speaking languages other than English will be
videotaped in its entirety, when feasible.
B. Interview Safety [CALEA 42.2.8]
1. Officers and investigators will secure their weapons in an appropriate manner prior
to commencing an interview or interrogation and will not take weapons into the
interview rooms. Suspects will be Terry Frisked for weapons prior to entering the
interview room.
2. No more than two investigators will be present in an interview during an interview
or interrogation.
3. Another investigator will monitor the interview through the video surveillance
system as a coach to the interviewer. He or she will also monitor for the safety of
officers in the room and summon help if needed. Officers may take their portable
radio into the interview in order to call for help if needed.
4. Activation of video and audio recording equipment will be the responsibility of the
lead investigator conducting the interview.
5. Suspects or potential suspects will be kept under direct supervision and will not be
left alone while in the interview room.
6. During interviews the officers will provide individuals with water, and access to
restrooms if requested. At no time will a suspect of potential suspect be allowed to
enter the restroom unescorted.
7. The only items allowed in the interview room are the necessary documents needed
and a writing instrument as well as a recording device.
8. Any investigator or officer who feels uncomfortable with the arrangements
concerning the interview should express them to the CID supervisor prior to
commencement of the interview.
C. Background Investigations
1. Criminal investigations frequently involve background investigations of persons,
particularly as they relate to white collar crime, organized crime and vice activities.
2. The CCPD will conduct background investigations of persons only in correlation
with an ongoing criminal investigation.
3. This Directive does not apply to background investigations in the selection process.
4. Various sources of information are available in conducting a background
investigation. Some potential sources include, but are not limited to:
a. Financial institutions.
b. Business associates.
c. Former employers.

d. Informants.
e. Utility companies.
f. Public records.
g. Social Media
h. Intelligence reports.
i. Criminal history.
j. Other law enforcement agencies.
k. Pawn shops.
l. Neighbors.
m. Family / Relatives.
n. Credit Bureau.
o. Schools and/or colleges
5. At the conclusion of the background investigation, the investigating officer shall
complete a synopsis of the findings to be placed in the investigative file along with
the supporting documentation.
D. Surveillance
1. The CID will be responsible for coordinating and planning surveillance operations
that are long term, labor intensive, and require investigative funds.
2. Guidelines for planning operations include:
a. Crimes and victims will be analyzed to determine the nature and scope of
personnel and equipment and activities required to safely and effectively
conduct the operation.
b. Probable offenders and their habits, associates, vehicles, methods of
operation, or any other pertinent information which will affect the manner of
surveillance and potential prosecution will be identified and analyzed.
c. Officers involved in the surveillance operation will be familiarized with the
neighborhood or suspect(s) area.
d. Operational procedures will be determined for observation, arrests, and "tails"
to insure the continuity between the planning and the conduct of the
surveillance operation.
e. Required expense funds will be afforded to officers in accordance with
Section V, Subsection C (Investigative Funds), within this policy.
f. Means for routine and emergency communication will be established.
g. Equipment and/or vehicles appropriate for the operation will be provided.

h. Officers involved in the operation are to be relieved periodically so
surveillance may continue over an extended period of time, if necessary.
3. Officers will complete a supplemental report at the end of their shift detailing the
observations that were made and submit the report to the case investigator to be
filed in the case file.
E. Investigative Task Force [CALEA 42.2.4]
1. An investigative task force may be established when normal resources are unable
to cope with the problem.
2. The decision to establish an investigative task force must be approved by the Chief
of Police or designee.
3. Once the decision to form a task force has been made, a Task Force Commander
will be appointed. The Task Force Commander will be of the rank of Lieutenant
or higher, depending on the scope of the investigation, and will be responsible for
establishing accountability for all facets of the operation, including identifying
resources and periodically briefing the Chief of Police or his designee on the
progress of the task force.
4. An after-action report detailing expenditures, man-hours used, and arrests made as
a result of the operation will be completed and forwarded to the Chief of Police or
his designee.
F. Truth Verification Devices [CALEA 42.2.5]
1. The use of truth verification devices such as the Polygraph can be useful as
investigative aids. Due to the complexity of the examination process, these types
of interviews/examinations shall only be conducted by qualified examiners whose
training in the use of such devices is documented.
2. A CID Unit Supervisor shall approve the use of truth verification devices for
criminal investigations.
3. The following criteria must be met before seeking approval to use truth verification
device examinations:
a. The investigation is as complete as circumstances reasonably permit.
b. The examination subject is believed to have knowledge of or is involved in
the matter under investigation.
c. The examination subject has been interviewed by detectives.
4. The following is required of polygraph examiners who administer polygraph
examinations:
a. Successful graduation from a polygraph school approved by the Georgia
Secretary of State.

b. Satisfy the requirements of the Georgia Secretary of State.
c. Attend retraining seminars/courses on a reoccurring basis to maintain
professional proficiency.
5. The following information shall be provided to the truth verification device
examiner prior to administering an examination:
a. All reports, statements, physical evidence, etc. relating to the matter under
investigation.
b. The existence of any prior truth verification device examinations pertaining
to the investigation, including the reported results.
c. A waiver for minors signed by a parent or guardian giving Parental Consent
for a Polygraph Examination.
d. Any mental or physical health conditions which the subject to be examined
may have.
e. Security provisions to prevent escape by examination subjects who are in
custody.
6. The truth verification device examiner shall make the ultimate determination on the
suitability of a subject for an examination.
7. Truth verification device examinations shall not be administered to subjects with
the following conditions:
a. A physical condition which could be endangered by the administering of the
detection-of-deception device examination unless a release is obtained from
the subject's medical doctor.
b. Obvious fatigue.
c. Obvious intoxication.
d. Professed mental condition unless examined by a medical doctor. This doctor
shall determine subject's suitability in a written report prior to administering
a truth verification device examination.
8. Polygraph examinations shall be administered using accepted question techniques,
as recognized by the polygraph profession.
9. Accepted polygraph examination question techniques are relevant/irrelevant, peak
of tension, modified general question test, and zone of comparison.
a. The subject for examination shall sign a polygraph examination consent form
prior to submitting to a polygraph examination.
b. Subjects for examination who are possible under arrest/in-custody shall be
advised of their right to counsel and their right to remain silent prior to being
administered a polygraph examination.

10. Truth verification device examinations may be administered to substantiate
information furnished by citizens and informants. The use of truth verification
device examinations shall not replace or be used as an expedient substitute for
investigation by conventional methods.
11. Truth verification device examination results shall only be released to those persons
having a lawful interest in the same which include, but is not limited to Criminal
Investigators, District Attorney, Assistant District Attorneys, and Investigators for
the District Attorney, Defense Attorneys upon subpoena, and Judges.
V. INFORMANTS [CALEA 42.2.6]
A. Informants
1. A Confidential Informant (CI) is an individual who is providing information and
investigative leads to a CCPD officer for the first time or who has provided
information in the past which did not turn out to be totally accurate.
a. A confidential informant may or may not receive financial compensation for
the information provided.
2. A Confidential Reliable Informant (CRI) is an informant who has provided
accurate information in the past which led to the successful completion of an
investigation.
a. In order to qualify an informant as a CRI and to use information provided by
the CRI as supporting probable cause for a search warrant, the CRI and past
information provided must be documented .
b. CRIs are informants who are used for information on a regular basis and are
financially compensated for their information.
3. Informants providing information to police personnel (excluding citizens providing
information as witnesses and who would be subject to testify in criminal
proceedings) will be documented in an informant file assembled by the controlling
officer and consisting of:
a. Completed Informant Checklist (CCPD Form 1028).
b. Completed Personal History Sheet (CCPD Form 1029).
c. Three current photographs of the informant.
d. Completed Fingerprint cards.
e. Criminal History, including NCIC.
f. Completed Informant Agreement and Advisory Form (CCPD Form 1030).
g. Documentation of all payments made to the informant (CCPD Form 1031).
h. The case number of any case(s) cleared through information furnished to the
controlling officer by the informant.
4. After completion of informant documentation, the controlling officer will forward
the informant file to their immediate supervisor for approval. Upon approval, the
file will be forwarded to the CID Assistant Division Commander or the Informant

Files/Funds Custodian who will assign an Informant Code Number to the file and
record the number in the Master File Ledger.
5. The Informant Master File Ledger will be maintained by the Informant Files/Funds
Custodian. The Informant Files/Funds Custodian will be a Sergeant or a
Commissioned Officer who will be responsible for the security of the Master File
Ledger, as well as the Informant Files. Only the Division Commander, Assistant
Division Commander, and the Informant File/Funds Custodian will have access to
the Informant Files which are maintained in a locked file cabinet in a secured area.
6. For their protection, informants will only be identified in CCPD investigative
reports by code number.
7. The Master File Ledger will contain the following information on all informants:
a. Informant Control Number (e.g., CCPD 04-001).
b. The controlling officer's name.
c. A record of payments made to the informant with the date, the case number,
and the amount.
d. The dates, times, and signature of the controlling officer whenever the
informant's file was viewed or removed from the file for any reason.
B. Utilizing Informants
1. The following guidelines concerning the use of informants will be observed by all
CCPD personnel.
2. The same criteria apply to both juvenile and adult informants. However, in
accordance with Georgia Law 16-11-66 no person under the age of 18 will be
recruited as a Confidential Informant without the knowledge and written consent
of the juvenile’s parent or legal guardian and the knowledge and approval of the
CID Commander or his designee. The use of a juvenile as a Confidential Informant
is discouraged except under the most extreme circumstances where other
investigative means are unavailable.
3. Except in emergency situations, a confidential informant shall not be used in any
capacity until such time as they have been properly documented.
4. Whenever practical, controlling officers will not meet with informants alone unless
they have approval from their supervisor. In those cases where a supervisor allows
the controlling officer to meet alone with an informant, a backup officer will be
located in close proximity to the controlling officer during the meeting and the
controlling officer will carry a concealed, operable recording device to record the
conversation. Juvenile Informants will be met by no less than two officers.
5. When investigators meet with an informant of the opposite sex, at least two
investigators shall attend the meeting. In addition, investigators dealing with
informants that exhibit abnormal sexual preferences shall follow the same
procedure.
6. Contacts with confidential informants will be for official purposes. No relationship
will be developed which may be construed as “social” in nature.

7. Confidential informants will not be a party to any information concerning
investigations conducted by this or any other Department and will only be party to
that information/investigation which directly concerns them.
8. When using informants who are on probation or parole, it will be the responsibility
of the controlling officer to contact the agency and request permission of the
informant's parole or probation officer prior to utilizing a parolee or probationer as
an informant. If a prior request may jeopardize the sensitivity of the intended
operation the CID Commander may approve that the probation or parole officer not
be contacted. [GA 5.27 g]
9. When utilizing and informant who has pending charges or is awaiting sentencing
the District Attorney will be contacted prior to utilization. CCPD officers will not
offer leniency, or a reduction of charges in return for information. Any offers may
be made by the District Attorney’s Office.
C. Investigative Funds [GA 5.27 d]
1. The Informant Funds Custodian, or a designated Sergeant, will be responsible for
dispensing funds for the payment of informants. In the absence of the Informant
Files/Funds Custodian, the Assistant Informant Files/Funds Custodian designated
by the Criminal Investigation Division Commander will assume the responsibility.
2. For the purpose of fiscal accountability, the Informant Files/Funds Custodian will
maintain records of all payments made from informant funds to informants.
3. Classification of Informant payments:
a. P/S - Payment of Services: Payment of P/S expenses will be approved by
the Lieutenant of Supervisor provided they are reasonable and under $200.
The guidelines for expenditures for informants would suffice for
authorization. This category includes:
(1) Travel or transportation of an officer or an informant; the lease of an
apartment, business front, luxury-type automobiles, aircraft, boat, or
similar effects to create or establish the appearance of affluence.
(2) Meals, beverages, entertainment, and similar expenses for undercover
purposes, within reasonable limits.
b. P/E - Payment for Evidence: This category is for the purchase of evidence
and/or contraband such as narcotics and dangerous drugs, firearms, stolen
property, counterfeit tax stamps, etc., required to determine the existence of a
crime or to establish the identity of a participant in a crime.
c. P/I - Purchase of Specific Information: This category includes the payment
of monies to an informant for specific information.
d. All other informant expenses will be classified under P/S and charged
accordingly.
4. Accounting procedures for P/S, P/E, or P/I payments:
a. An Informant Payment Sheet (IPS) will be signed by the informant and the
witnessing officer upon receipt of payment. This IPS will be placed in the
informant's file by the controlling officer.

b. The amount of payment will be determined by the controlling officer subject
to the approval of their supervisor and the Division Commander.
(1) The Supervisor (Sergeant or Lieutenant) is authorized to spend up to
$200.
(2) The Division Commander and assistant Division Commander is
authorized to spend up to $500.
(3) The Chief of Police or designee must approve all informant payments
in excess of $500.00.
5. Generally, only informants who have been documented by CCPD and assigned a
code number will receive payments from CCPD funds. Informants who have not
been documented may be reimbursed for information with the approval of the
Informant Files/Funds Custodian provided the informant is not to be used on a
regular basis.
6. The Informant Files/Funds Custodian will log each transaction on a Custodian's
Activity Ledger.
7. Investigative funds will be audited annually by the County’s Management and
Auditing Department or upon request of the Chief of Police.
VI. COLD CASE INVESTIGATIONS [CALEA 42.2.7]
A. From time to time, inactive cases may be reexamined to determine if there is any new
information that may further the investigation. The primary investigator shall locate and
review the case file completely and ensure that all known investigative leads were
properly investigated.
B. Locate and review all evidence. Ensure that the evidence is still maintained by the
department and that all evidence that may be compared to database evidence has been
submitted to the appropriate lab(s).
C. Confer with the victim’s family for any new information and review previously obtained
information.
D. Locate any previously identified persons of interest or suspects and review their history
since the original investigation.
E. Evaluate the physical evidence in order to determine if scientific evaluation methods
would be available to preserve or enhance its usefulness.
F. Utilize all investigative techniques including social media, Internet resources, other local,
state, federal law enforcement agencies, and publishing requests for information with the
media.
G. Conduct a peer review of the case facts and investigative actions with other subject matter
experts to include supervisors within Violent Crimes, Robbery, Special Victims, and
Forensics Units.
H. The primary investigator shall look for any gaps of information within the case, including
people mentioned and statements that do not have a corresponding interview report in
the case file, undocumented investigative actions such as search warrants without
documentation of service, etc.
I. After re-interviewing significant witnesses and working all viable leads, if no suspect can
be identified, the assigned investigator will write a summary, documenting the follow-up

investigation and recommending either further investigation or inactivation identify the
case status as “Abeyance” case inactive, as outlined in CCPD Policy OPS-001 Criminal
Investigations.
J. If the assigned investigator is able to obtain enough evidence to establish probable cause
for an arrest, the case will first be presented to The Chatham County District Attorney’s
Office for review.
K. A case may be closed by Exceptional Clearance as defined in CCPD policy OPS-001
Criminal Investigations.
VII. IDENTITY THEFT
A. CCPD will complete a Preliminary Report on all reports of identity theft cases regardless
of the jurisdiction in which the crime is alleged to have occurred.
B. Officers investigating identity theft crimes will provide a CRN pamphlet to the victim.
C. Additionally, officers and investigators will encourage and assist victims to contact
financial intuitions immediately to restrict activity on their accounts.
D. Investigators will provide the best possible assistance to victims of identity theft while
investigating the crime.
1. Information will be shared with the victim about possible ways to restore their
credit and re-establish their identity.
2. Investigators will cooperate with financial institutions and other law enforcement
agencies in the investigation of identity theft crimes.
E. If the crime is determined to have occurred outside of the CCPD jurisdiction investigators
will:
1. Notify the victim that the investigation will be referred to the appropriate agency.
2. With the victim’s approval, forward all case information the agency with
jurisdiction over the case.
VIII. DETECTIVE SELECTION AND TRAINING GUIDELINES
A. The following procedures shall establish guidelines for the selection of criminal
investigators seeking assignment in the Criminal Investigations Division (CID).
1. Upon the decision by Command Staff to fill an open create a position(s) in CID, a
Special Assignment Announcement will be published listing the position, division,
application period, job summary duties and minimum qualifications.
2. Potential applicants must receive a positive recommendation from their current
Unit Commander.
3. Applicants who receive Supervisor recommendation and submit an updated
professional resume, POST training transcript and cover letter shall appear before
a structured interview board consisting of three (3) Supervisors at the rank of
Sergeant or above.
4. The structured interview board will consist of a fixed questionnaire administered
equally to all applicants. The questionnaire will be prepared by the CID
Commander or designee.

5. Candidates will be recommended or not recommended by the board.
Recommended candidates will be ranked in order decided upon by the Interview
Board members.
6. The resulting list of candidates shall remain in effect for one (1) year or until such
time as the list is exhausted.
B. Upon assignment to CID, new detectives will be enrolled in the Detective Training
Program. The purpose of this training is to continue the growth and education of newly
appointed detectives with a focus on ensuring competency in their investigative roles
within the unit. The Detective Training Program shall be administered by experienced
detectives who are GA POST certified Field Training Officers. Supervisory oversight of
the Detective Training Program shall rest with the Sergeants assigned to CID.
1. Successful completion of the Detective Training Program shall be required for
permanent assignment to CID as a criminal investigator.
2. Detective Training Recruits (DTR) who fail to adequately complete the Detective
Training Program will be evaluated for remedial training status for a period to be
decided by both Detective Training Officers (DTO) and Sergeants.
3. DTR’s entering remedial training status shall be re-evaluated by CID Supervisors.
4. Failure to adequately complete the assigned remedial training period will result in
termination from the Detective Training Program and reassignment to Uniform
Patrol Division.
BY ORDER OF:

________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

______________________________________________________________________________
GO # OPS-004: Patrol Operations EFFECTIVE: 02/01/18
______________________________________________________________________________
PURPOSE
The purpose of this directive is to outline policy and procedure for the operations of the Patrol
Division.
POLICY
It is the policy of the Chatham County Police Department (CCPD) to provide patrol service in the
unincorporated areas of Chatham County. The Patrol Division will provide quality services in
partnership with the community, which promotes safe and secure neighborhoods.
PROCEDURE
1) COMMAND
a) The Patrol Division operates under the direct command of the Patrol Division Commander.
b) The management of the Patrol Division is divided into three precincts. Each precinct serves
a geographical boundary determined through the analysis and planning unit and approved
by the Chief of Police.
c) Each precinct will be commanded under the authority of a Police Captain who will have
twenty-four-hour, seven day a week responsibility for its operation.
i) The Captain is assisted by a Lieutenant who serves as his/her Executive Officer.
ii) The Executive Officer assists the Captain with operating the precinct, managing
Alpha, Bravo, Charlie and Delta watches, also serving as the day shift Watch
Commander.
2) WATCH COMMANDERS
a) The Patrol Division Commander will appoint a Lieutenant as the Evening Shift
Commander.
i) The Evening Commander will be responsible for serving as a field representative for
Police Administration after hours by responding immediately to all major police
operations or events, especially those involving more than one precinct or division.
ii) The Patrol Division Commander will coordinate the leave time of evening lieutenants
to ensure at least one is on duty.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CCPD SOP # OPS-004 Patrol Operations / Page 1 of 13
b) Each precinct will have a Lieutenant permanently assigned to either 0530-1800 or 1730-
0600.
c) For Weekend Day Shift Coverage, The Patrol Division Commander will maintain a
rotation list of lieutenants assigned to cover Saturday and Sunday day shift as the Watch
Commander.
3) SHIFT ASSIGNMENT
a) The Patrol Division of the CCPD will provide twenty-four-hour continuous police patrol
coverage to the unincorporated Chatham County.
b) CCPD Officers will be assigned to precincts and units based on the needs of the
Department. Precinct Captains have the discretion to assign Officers to shifts as they deem
necessary.
c) The precinct manpower will be divided accordingly to provide adequate coverage.
(1) The Alpha shift and Charlie shift will rotate on a six-week basis the first day of
each month between midnight and day shift.
(2) Bravo Shift and Delta shift will cover the opposing shift, again with a six-week
rotational basis.
4) STAFFING LEVELS
a) Precinct Captains are ultimately responsible to ensure that enough Officers are on duty to
respond to calls for service.
b) Each Precinct Commander is responsible for devising plans to ensure that all beats are
staffed during each shift while accounting for regular days off, leave time and the number
of calls for service and any special events. The Patrol Division Commander may set
minimum staffing criteria for events, holidays etc.
c) Every three years, the department will conduct a manpower allocation study of the
precincts to ensure a balance of the workload to avoid over or under staffing which would
conflict with efforts designed to meet the department goals and service demands.
[CALEA16.1.2]
(1) The study will review calls for service, average travel times, and average response
times, compared to goals and staffing levels set by the department.
(2) The results will be presented to the Command Staff along any recommendations
for changes in manpower or beat structure.
(3) All methods of calculations and research used to make decisions will be included
in the presentation.
5) DUTY ROSTERS
a) Each precinct or unit will create a daily duty roster which will include the assignment of
each Officer, to include their days off, payroll number, call sign, and any specialized skills
(i.e. language skills, intoxilyzer operator, FTO, etc.).
_____________________________________________________________________________________
6) VI. ASSIGNMENT OF BEATS
a) If practical, newer, less experienced Officers will rotate beat assignments within a precinct
on a regular basis to ensure familiarity with precinct boundaries, beat plans, and other
geographic and demographic characteristics of the precinct.
b) Officers will be assigned to permanent beats based on competence, work ethic, and
performance. With all other considerations being equal, seniority will be considered.
c) Officers wishing to change beats within a precinct must submit a written request to the shift
supervisor. No officer has an exclusive right to have a permanent beat.
(1) Periodic monitoring of officer’s activities by supervisors will determine whether or
not the officer maintains a permanent beat.
7) ASSIGNMENT OF DAYS OFF FOR PATROL OFFICERS

a) All officers assigned to the Patrol Division will work an 84-hour bi-weekly schedule from
Saturday through Friday.
b) No officer is entitled to any specific days off.
c) Days off will be assigned according to the following protocol;
(1) The number of persons scheduled for regular days off each day will be
proportionate to the number of personnel needed to provide adequate staffing. The
actual numbers each day may vary with the number of available personnel while
accounting for manpower shortages, and leave time. I.e. more personnel are needed
during peak times and days therefore more personnel may have regular days off
scheduled on days with lower service demands. There is no requirement that the
same number of officers be off each day.
(2) Seniority – Generally, officer’s days off are assigned with first consideration being
given to seniority but not exclusively. For the purpose of this directive, Department
seniority shall be service time computed from the employee's most recent
advancement or promotion date or, if a conflict exists between employees with the
same date of advancement or promotion, service time computed from the
employee's last date of employment with the former Savannah and Chatham
County Police Department. or the SCMPD.
(3) Requests - Officers may request specific regular days off. If the request can
be accommodated without disparity to other officers or minimum standards and is
not in conflict with seniority supervisory personnel may approve the request.
8) NUMBER OF OFFICERS ASSIGNED TO CALLS

a) Part I, “In-Progress” calls will require two (2) or more Officers, and in most cases, a
supervisor.
b) The Communications Center will alert all channels of any felony “Crime in Progress” call
by preceding the call announcement with alert tones. These calls include, but are not
limited to, Stabbings, Shootings, Burglary in progress, Officer needs assistance, and Armed
Robbery.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
c) Calls involving “shots fired” will require the dispatching of at least two (2) Officers to the
reported area. These transmissions will be broadcasted on all primary talk groups.
d) Upon the initial unit’s arrival, a request will be made to have Officers not responding to
refrain from broadcasting radio transmissions until the level of threat has been determined.
Responding Officers shall continue to proceed to the scene.
e) All support units will use the primary talk group of the precinct handling the incident.
Upon release from the assignment, or when the scene is secure and the Officer’s safety is
ensured, all support personnel shall return to their primary talk group.
f) In the event it takes substantial time to facilitate a call involving multiple units, affected
units shall use an alternate talk group for communications with each other, the Incident
Commander/Supervisor, and the Communications Center.
g) In addition to “in progress” calls, the following calls for service will require the presence
of more than one (1) Officer: (“*” denotes calls that require a supervisor’s presence on
scene. Discretion will always be used by the Communications Specialist when
dispatching or not dispatching a supervisor. However, supervisors shall monitor all
applicable radio traffic to ensure adequate responses to calls that may require a
supervisor’s presence.)
(1) Accident w/injuries. *
(2) DUI.
(3) Shooting. *
(4) Officer in trouble. *
(5) Threatening of life. (if the suspect is still present)
(6) Alarm.
(7) Person with a gun. *
(8) Drunk.
(9) Fight.
(10) Cutting. *
(11) Traffic stop. (At the Officer’s request or automatically after dark.)
(12) Suspicious vehicle.
(13) Disorderly person.
(14) Domestic trouble.
(15) Loud party.
(16) Injured person. (only if the result of a crime)
(17) Homicide. *
(18) Open door.
(19) Death Investigation. *
(20) Purse snatching. *
(21) Mental patient. *
(22) Discharging firearms. *
(23) Bomb threat. *
(24) Crowd/riot control. *
(25) Warrant service.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
(26) Check subject.
(27) Child abuse. *
(28) Sexual assault. *
(29) Suicide. *
9) PRECINCT ROLL CALL

a) Roll call will be conducted by a sergeant or a designated acting supervisor at the beginning
of each shift and will include at a minimum;
(1) Notification of beat assignments.
(2) Notification of schedule or assignment changes.
(3) Daily patrol activity.
(4) Unusual situations.
(5) New directives or changes in existing directives training on an as needed basis.
(6) Directed patrol assignments.
(7) Dissemination of critical information such as lookouts / BOLOs.
(8) Threats against law enforcement personnel.
(9) Periodic inspections as required by policy.
b) Supervisory personnel will ensure that:
(1) Roll call is conducted in accordance with this general order.
(2) All subordinate personnel are present and fit for duty.
(3) All subordinate personnel are properly uniformed and equipped.
(4) Personnel resources are effectively, efficiently, and properly assigned.
(5) Roll call is conducted as expeditiously as possible.
(6) All personnel review precinct crime spot maps to discern changes in crime
patterns/trends.
(7) All Officers utilize Community Oriented Policing to develop strategies to reduce
or eliminate problematic or recurring crime patterns/trends.
c) The supervisor will notify the Communications Center to log Officers ending their tour of
duty out of service in a staggered method. The notifications should take place from three
(3) to seven (7) minutes apart. To the greatest extent possible, Officers assigned to odd
numbered beats will be notified first on odd dates and even numbered beats on even dates.
d) Roll call training will be conducted at the precinct level to supplement annual and in-
service training and to update Officers on procedures, policies, and legal decisions. This
will include, at a minimum, training on Use of Control, Biased Based Profiling, and Pursuit
Driving.
e) An on-duty supervisor shall be responsible for facilitating shift changes after roll call has
been completed.
10) NEIGHBORHOOD POLICING

a) All active neighborhood associations and their geographic boundaries will be identified
and made known to each Officer and support staff member.
b) All other neighborhood boundaries will be identified using Neighborhood Crime
_____________________________________________________________________________________
c) Statistics as a guide.
d) The boundaries for each neighborhood will be clearly delineated. All geography must
belong to some neighborhood area.
e) Neighborhoods will be grouped together to form beats. No beat boundaries should cross
neighborhood boundary lines.
f) Beat boundaries will attempt to equalize workloads among beats in terms of calls for
service. Some beats may contain only one neighborhood while others may have several.
g) Each beat will have a designated Patrol Sergeant responsible for monitoring crime data in
each assigned neighborhood to identify crime issues, develop responses to those issues,
and implement solutions that will reduce crime problems.
h) Each Officer will have a working knowledge of crime issues, community issues, and
neighborhood concerns as they relate to their assigned beat. Each Officer will also take a
proactive approach to alleviate crime problems. The Officer may also make referrals
regarding non-police related issues.
i) The Patrol Division Commander is responsible for setting direction for the Patrol Division
and for providing support to assure effective operation of the Neighborhood Beat
Approach.
j) Precinct Lieutenants are responsible for ensuring, through training and observation, that
the duties of the Patrol Sergeants and Beat Officers are accomplished as outlined below,
and will be held accountable for achieving results in their assigned areas using planned
strategies.
i) Sergeants will attend neighborhood/association meetings within their assigned beat and
will work to identify and address issues within their community between meetings.
ii) Officers will maintain inter-departmental dialogue and cooperation with CID, and other
support units, as well as with other local, state and federal agencies to address crime
and quality of life issues in assigned neighborhoods.
iii) Sergeants and beat officers shall work together with neighborhoods to monitor criminal
activity, to identify maintenance and quality of life issues, to develop responses to
issues, and to implement solutions that will reduce crime problems. Solutions may be
accomplished by implementing proactive, problem-solving approaches at specific
locations, conducting special operations, assigning directed patrol activities to beat
officers, or any other creative means of achieving results.
iv) A record of meetings attended will be maintained at each precinct by the sergeants and
submitted as part of a monthly report.
v) Sergeants will ensure that beat officers have access to the most current information.
vi) Beat officers will be responsible for learning about the people, places, and crime issues
unique to each of their assigned neighborhoods and for taking proactive steps during
their discretionary time to minimize crime problems.
11) FIELD INTERVIEWS

a) Justification
_____________________________________________________________________________________
i) CCPD Officers may stop individuals for conducting a field interview only when
reasonable suspicion is present and justifying the stop can be articulated. Officers must
be able to point to specific facts which reasonably warrant the stop. Such facts include,
but are not limited to the following:
ii) The appearance or demeanor of an individual suggests participation in a criminal
enterprise or a criminal act.
iii) The actions of the person suggest criminal activity.
iv) The hour of day, or night, or location is inappropriate for the person's presence in the
area.
v) The person is carrying an object that alerts the suspicion of trained Police Officers.
vi) The person's clothing bulges in a manner that suggests a weapon.
vii) The person is seen near a recently reported crime.
viii) The person attempts to conceal an object or flees upon the approach of a Police
Officer.
ix) The person’s description fits a recent police BOLO bulletin.
x) The person is acting in an unusual manner.
b) Initiating A Field Interview
i) The following guidelines will be followed when making a valid stop to conduct a field
interview:
(1) Officers will observe the person’s activity and reaction to police observation.
(2) Officers will look for activity that reinforces the Officer's decision to stop the
person initially, as well as signs the person may be armed.
(3) After calling for a backup, Officers should choose a location advantageous for
conducting the interview.
(4) The interview location should be lighted so the person(s) can be seen clearly,
contain a minimum of escape routes and hazards should they decide to run, and be
away from areas where other citizens might be jeopardized, provide distractions, or
inhibit the interview.
(5) When approaching a person, Officers will display CCPD identification. If not in
uniform, the Officer will announce his identity and display CCPD identification.
(6) Before approaching more than one person, Officers shall determine whether the
circumstances warrant a request for backup assistance and whether the contact can
and should be delayed until such assistance arrives.
c) Conduct During the Field Interview
i) Officers should be direct in their line of questioning, but not overbearing or abusive.
ii) If practical, the interview should begin with a brief explanation of why the person was
stopped.
iii) Officers should request specific, documented identification from the person (driver's
license or other photo identification) and have the person remove the identification
from their wallet. Officers will not handle the person’s wallet.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
iv) If the person claims to have no identification, Officers will visually check for bulges
which might reveal a hidden wallet and if such bulges are apparent, challenge the
person's truthfulness.
v) A records check should always be conducted to determine if the person is wanted for
any crimes.
vi) Officers should attempt to gain as much information about the person as possible, but
should not make accusations of misconduct unless there is sufficient reason to do so.
vii) Officers will confine their questions to those concerning the person’s identity, place of
evidence, and other inquiries necessary to resolve the Officer's suspicions. However,
in no instance will an Officer detain a person longer than is reasonably necessary to
make these limited inquiries.
viii) Officers are not required to give persons Miranda warnings in order to conduct field
interviews, unless or until additional information is available and are sufficient to
establish probable cause for arrest.
ix) Persons are not required, nor can they be compelled, to answer any questions posed
during field interviews. Failure to respond to an Officer's inquiries is not, in and of
itself, sufficient grounds to make an arrest, although it may provide sufficient
justification for additional observation and investigation.
x) If the situation warrants, Officers may conduct a, “pat-down frisk" for their own
protection. It is not permissible to conduct a further search for contraband without
reasonable cause or voluntary consent of the person.
xi) If an Officer’s suspicion is resolved as a result of the interview process, a brief
explanation of the reason for the stop will be provided to the person, followed by their
release.
d) Field Interview Report
i) Following the field interview, Officers will complete a Field Interview Report.
ii) If the officer does not have access to an MDT, a paper copy will be completed.
(1) The Field Interview Report will be submitted to their Supervisor who will review
the report then route it to the Customer Service Desk.
(2) The Criminal Investigations Division is responsible for ensuring the information is
entered into the SSI Records Management System.
12) FIRST RESPONDER TO EMERGENCY INCIDENTS

a) The first Officer responding to an emergency will advise the Communications Center upon
their arrival on the incident scene.
b) The First Responder shall conduct a primary survey of the incident scene for potential
hazards to ensure Officer Safety and ascertain the exact nature or type of incident. C. The
officer will render all assistance he or she may be able to.
c) The Officer shall request back-up to assist in the restoration of order or assurance of safety
where applicable.
d) The first Officer shall make the following requests for services or assistance through the
Communications Center:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
i) Police Supervisory Personnel.
ii) Investigative, Support, and Technical Personnel.
iii) Fire and Emergency Services Personnel.
iv) Emergency Medical Services Personnel.
v) Towing Services.
vi) The First Responder shall establish crime scene security and be responsible for
identifying and detaining all parties involved.
13) NON-EMERGENCY ESCORTS

a) Routine escort services will only be performed by the CCPD for public officials and
dignitaries with the approval of the Chief of Police or Designee.
b) Funeral Escorts will only be done with the approval of the Precinct or Traffic Unit
Commander.
14) EMERGENCY ESCORTS

a) Escorting civilian vehicles under emergency circumstances is extremely dangerous and
should be avoided, if possible. In medical emergencies, the patient should be transported
by ambulance whenever possible.
b) In life-threatening situations when an ambulance is not available within minutes and
immediate action is imperative, escorts may be provided with a supervisor’s approval.
c) The Officer will lead the civilian vehicle with the police unit. The patient will not be
removed from the civilian vehicle to the police unit, since this would increase the chance
of further injury.
d) The civilian driver will be instructed to maintain close contact with the police unit. Should
the Officer observe the civilian vehicle lagging behind, the Officer should adjust speed and
allow the vehicle to close the gap.
e) The Officer will utilize all emergency equipment on the police unit (Flashing headlights,
blue lights, and siren) and advise the Communications Center that they will be driving
using lights and siren).
f) The Officer leading the escort will not, under any circumstances, exceed the posted speed
limit on the street being traveled and will obey all traffic control devices.
15) ASSISTANCE TO HIGHWAY USERS

a) General Assistance to Motorists
i) Because of the overall danger to the stranded motorist, and also to the motorist on the
roadway potentially affected by the stranded motorist, the CCPD will offer reasonable
assistance at all times to a motorist who appears to be in need of aid. This will apply
at all hours of the day, but particularly during the night time hours when the hazards
are higher.
ii) Officers should be constantly alert for roadway users who appear to need assistance.
(1) Officers shall not ignore roadway users who appear to need assistance.
(2) Officers should freely provide information and directions upon request.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
iii) If towing services are required, Officers will assist citizens in contacting the towing
service of the citizen’s choice or request a Head Out wrecker in accordance with the
Department’s Towing Vehicles policy.
b) Stranded Motorists
i) Officers may, at their discretion, transport stranded motorists to the nearest convenient
location where assistance may be obtained; however, Officers should ensure assistance
is provided.
ii) When transporting stranded motorists of the opposite sex, Officers shall give the
Communications Specialist their starting and ending mileage.
iii) Stranded motorists should not be ignored.
(1) Consideration should be given to traffic hazards, location, time of day, weather
conditions, and priority of calls for service.
(2) This does not preclude placing devices to warn oncoming traffic and clearing the
scene if conditions are such that this can be done safely.
(3) Officers should periodically check to ensure the condition does not deteriorate.
iv) Officers who assist stranded motorists should remain alert to the following
possibilities:
(1) The vehicle in the possession of the motorist has not been authorized for their use.
(2) The vehicle is in unsafe operating condition.
(3) The motorist is unlicensed to drive.
(4) The motorist is incapable of safely operating the vehicle.
(5) The vehicle's occupants have engaged in criminal activity.
(6) Officers may aid motorists in obtaining tow services, if needed.
c) Non-Medical Emergency Assistance
i) Officers will render all practical assistance to users of the roadway who are involved
in emergency situations.
ii) Vehicle Fires:
(a) Officers will immediately advise the Communications Center of the location,
type of vehicle, location of fire, and cargo (if applicable) upon discovery of a
vehicle fire.
(b) The Communications Officer will notify the appropriate Fire Department.
(c) Since patrol vehicles are equipped with fire extinguishers, the Officer may
attempt to extinguish small fires which pose no potential for danger to the
Officer; however, safety will remain the number one consideration.
d) Medical Emergencies
i) Upon discovery of a medical emergency, the Officer will request Emergency Medical
Services to respond. (EMS).
ii) When requesting EMS, the following information will be given to Communications
Personnel:
(1) Type of emergency.
(2) Location.
(3) Condition of patient.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
(4) Any other information available regarding the emergency.
16) HAZARDOUS ROADWAY CONDITIONS

a) Hazardous roadway and/or environmental conditions are defined as:
i) Defects in the roadway itself (holes, ruts, or dangerous shoulders).
ii) Lack of, or defects in, highway safety features (center and roadside striping and
reflectors) or improper, damaged, destroyed or visually obstructed traffic control and
information signs.
iii) Lack of traffic control and information signs (curve and hill warnings, stop and yield
signs, speed limit signs, street and highway identification), or improper, damaged,
destroyed, or visually obstructed traffic control or information signs.
iv) Lack of mechanical traffic control devices or improperly located or malfunctioning
traffic control devices.
v) Lack of roadway lighting systems or defective lighting systems.
vi) Natural or man-caused obstructions (fallen trees and rocks, litter, debris, parts of
vehicles, broken water mains and electrical wires).
vii) Accumulations of ice or heavy snow on roadway surfaces.
viii) Fire and/or smoke in areas adjacent to the highway.
ix) Vehicles parked or abandoned on or near the roadway.
b) The term "roadside hazard" will refer to all physical features of the roadside environment
which are such that a vehicle leaving the road surface for any reason, even momentarily,
can impact with them, resulting in unnecessary injury to people or damage to property.
c) The following procedure will be followed in identifying, reporting, and correcting
hazardous roadway, roadside, or environmental conditions.
i) When a hazard is identified and requires immediate correction (such as a fallen tree or
electrical wire across or on any part of the traveled portion of the roadway), they will
immediately inform the Communication Specialist of this situation and identify the
assistance or special equipment required. The Officer will protect the scene and
bystanders, and direct traffic or take any other action deemed necessary to correct the
situation.
ii) When a hazard is detected that represents a potential accident situation, but the threat
of such is not imminent, as in the case of a discarded muffler, the Officer will pass this
information on to Communications Personnel.
iii) Communication Specialists will notify the appropriate road maintenance agency or
other proper authority to have the situation corrected.
iv) If the Officer can correct the situation, they will take appropriate action.
d) It is the responsibility of officers to ensure the roadway is properly cleared as quickly as
possible of all debris that may cause a hazard or close a roadway. This includes debris from
motor vehicle accidents as well.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
17) RESPONSIBILITIES AT FIRE SCENES
a) The CCPD and local fire departments often respond to incidents requiring mutual services.
In most cases, the CCPD will provide support services to the fire department.
b) Officers responding to fire incidents shall secure the scene upon arrival, which includes:
i) Directing and controlling pedestrian and vehicular movement.
ii) Safeguarding fire hoses from vehicle traffic or other possible dangers.
iii) Safeguarding fire apparatus and other equipment from theft or damage.
iv) Crime scene security and evidence protection.
c) Responding Officers shall not intercede in any fire services operations, unless otherwise
directed by fire personnel or CCPD supervisors.
d) As a matter of information, Officers should be aware that all fire related incidents will be
divided into the following control work zones, which will be determined by the Fire
Services Incident Commander:
i) Hot Zone (Exclusion Zone): The hot zone is the area where the actual incident occurred
and/or contamination exists. All individuals entering the hot zone must wear the
prescribed levels of personal protection equipment (PPE) and may need to be
decontaminated before leaving. Entry and exit check points will be established at the
outer boundary of the hot zone to regulate the entry and exit of personnel and
equipment.
ii) Warm Zone (Contamination Reduction Zone): The warm zone is the transitional area
between the hot zone and the cold zone. This zone generally contains the
decontamination area and access control points through which personnel and
equipment enter and exit. Personnel authorized inside this area must wear the
appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)
iii) Cold Zone (Support Zone): The cold zone is the outermost part of the site and is
considered non-contaminated. This is where the command post is located, along with
support equipment. Normal work clothes are acceptable in this area.
18) CRUISER PROTOCOL

a) Cruisers are marked vans for transporting prisoners.
b) The Chatham County Police Department (CCPD) Patrol Division utilizes “Cruisers” on
each shift, County wide to alleviate the amount of time responding patrol units are out of
service on calls.
i) In the event of a violent, combative prisoner, any available cruiser will respond. This
would be the exception for transport outside of a one's own precinct.
ii) The Patrol Division will not transport prisoners from headquarters for the Criminal
Investigations Division (CID), but will transport prisoners from the street to
headquarters for the Criminal Investigations Division (CID). If a situation occurs that
may require transport from headquarters, a street Supervisor must approve the request.
c) Any CCPD Officer may operate a Cruiser if authorized to do so as part of their duty
assignment.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
d) Officers assigned to Cruiser duty shall be responsible for the condition and maintenance of
the vehicle.
e) Officers assigned to Cruiser duty shall be responsible for keeping handcuffs and other
necessary equipment to appropriately restrain prisoners during transport.
19) TACTICAL ALERT

a) A Tactical Alert is an operating condition set in place by a Patrol Watch Commander,
Captain, or Sergeant when conditions tax the ability of the Patrol Division heavily and an
altered call response or redistribution of units is necessary.
b) When a Tactical Alert is implemented the following may occur:
i) If called for by a Sergeant, the on-duty Lieutenant will be notified immediately to
assume command.
ii) The Commander will notify the Communications Center to broadcast his directive to
all precincts.
iii) The Commander and affected supervisor on scene will determine the exact needs.
iv) The Commander of the Tactical Alert will have full authority to direct units from all
precincts to an appropriate assignment to include:
(1) Assigning Units to respond to the scene of an emergency;
(2) Assigning Units to cover affected precincts;
(3) Having precinct supervisors deliver physical resources;
(4) Advising the Communications Center Supervisor to alter the response to
nonemergency calls.
v) The supervisors of each precinct will immediately abide by the conditions.
vi) The Commander will maintain contact with the Communications Center to stay aware
of the impact of the Tactical Alert.
vii) The Commander will return units to a regular status as the need resolves.
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police
_____________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
SOP # OPS-005: Traffic Enforcement EFFECTIVE: 02/01/18
______________________________________________________________________________
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for the administration of all traffic related activities and establish the proper
procedure for taking enforcement action applicable to traffic law violations within the
unincorporated Chatham County. The goal of the Chatham County Police Department (CCPD) is
to prevent crashes and facilitate the smooth and efficient movement of traffic.
POLICY
It is the policy of the Chatham County Police Department (CCPD) to enforce all applicable laws
relating to the movement of motor vehicles, bicycles, and pedestrians. Officers will enforce traffic
laws fairly and with an impartial approach to achieve voluntary compliance. Traffic enforcement
is the responsibility of both Patrol and Special Operations. Each precinct will maintain traffic
enforcement units whose responsibilities include the investigation of accidents and enforcement
of traffic laws.
PROCEDURE
I. TRAFFIC OPERATION
a. Data: All pertinent data pertaining to traffic collisions, DUI enforcement, and
citations will be retained in the Records Management System.
b. Reports: Prior to January 30th the Traffic Unit Commander, will prepare an
enforcement/accident data report and review spanning the previous calendar year.
The report will include the following information:
i. An evaluation and analysis of the following accident causation factors;
location (identifying top ten accident intersections), day of week (highest
frequency), time of day (highest frequency), violation leading to accident,
and injuries.
ii. A review and analysis of traffic enforcement activities data.
iii. A comparison of collision data and enforcement activities data,
c. All reports completed regarding traffic accidents will be distributed department
wide.
______________________________________________________________________________
CCPD SOP # OPS-005 Traffic Enforcement / Page 1 of 22

i. The Public Information Officer will disseminate to the public reports of top
ten accident intersections.
d. Monthly Citation Analysis - The Traffic Unit Commander will prepare a monthly
report detailing the number of traffic citations written, the number of traffic arrests
made, and the locations of citations issued.
e. Traffic Safety Education Reports - The Traffic Safety Officer will submit a monthly
report enumerating the number of presentations made, subjects presented, locations
of presentations, and approximate number of participants.
f. Traffic Enforcement Activity Reports - Each Officer assigned to traffic
enforcement will submit a daily activity report enumerating enforcement time, non-
enforcement time, and productivity. The format will be developed by the traffic
unit. This report will be forwarded to the traffic unit on the first day of each month.
The Traffic Unit Commander will submit a monthly traffic enforcement activity
report enumerating manpower utilization, traffic violation enforcement data, and
DUI enforcement data.
g. Personnel Deployment - The deployment of traffic enforcement personnel will be
based on an analysis of traffic accidents and traffic related calls for service covering
the most recent 3-month period. Traffic enforcement personnel will be deployed to
areas which have shown the greatest number of accidents or calls for service during
the times when these accidents occur. Enforcement personnel should act to enforce
any violation that is known to cause accidents. Quarterly data may be drawn by
Commanders from RMS data to formulate enforcement plans.
II. TRAFFIC LAW ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS

a. Enforcement action is necessary whenever an Officer observes a serious or overt
traffic violation or a violation which places others in immediate or near danger.
b. Traffic violations of a routine nature will not be the subject of enforcement action
by off duty personnel. Only those violations which pose an immediate threat to the
safety of the public, in which an "on duty" Officer cannot be summoned, shall be
authorized for off duty stopping/enforcement.
c. Officers responding to a previously dispatched call for service will balance the
seriousness of the traffic violation against the urgency of the call for service to
which he is responding.
d. Officers shall use discretion about the type of enforcement action to take for traffic
violations. When deciding the level of enforcement action to take, the type and
severity of the violation committed shall be considered. There are three general
levels of enforcement action available to Officers:
______________________________________________________________________________

i. Warning - Warnings may be either verbal or written. Warnings may be
given for minor traffic infractions when the Officer feels the warning is
sufficient to correct the violation.
ii. Citation – Uniform Traffic Citations (UTC) will be issued to violators who
jeopardize the safe and efficient flow of vehicular and pedestrian traffic
including hazardous moving violations and operating unsafe and/or
improperly equipped vehicles.
A. The driver’s license of all violators will be returned to the
violator, except for violations listed in O.C.G.A. § 40-5-54,
violations of O.C.G.A. § 40-6-391, § 40-5-121, and § 40-5-72.
B. The citing officer will not accept cash bonds or any gratuity from
a violator.
C. Citation books will be kept in a secured cabinet at each precinct
and issued by supervisors only.
D. The name of the officer to whom the citation book is issued,
along with the corresponding citation numbers, will be recorded
in the records management system by the supervisor.
E. The Office of Internal Affairs will conduct periodic,
unscheduled audits of all citation logbooks to assure compliance
with the policy.
F. A uniform traffic citation may be voided for the following
reasons:
a. The charge cited on the Uniform Traffic Citation to be
voided was incorrect, and a new citation is to be issued.
b. The citation form has been altered or damaged in some way.
G. When voiding a Uniform Traffic Citation that has not been sent
to Recorder's Court, a Uniform Traffic Citation Void Slip will
be completed and signed by a commissioned officer and voided
citation and approval slip will be sent to the Traffic Unit office.
H. Citations that have sent to Recorder’s court can only be voided
in open court
I. A parking citation written by a CCPD officer may be voided by
the Chief of Police, Assistant Chief, a Division Commander, or
the Unit Commander.
c. When voiding a parking citation, the word "VOID" will be
written on the outside of the hard copy along with the reason
for voiding the citation.
______________________________________________________________________________

d. The individual voiding the citation will sign and date the
citation and turn it in to the Traffic Unit Commander to be
forwarded to Parking Enforcement.
J. Parking citations written by Parking Enforcement personnel will
not be voided by CCPD personnel.
iii. Physical Arrest - Physical arrest may be made for most misdemeanor and
all felony criminal violations of the traffic laws. All arrests will be in
accordance with current Georgia law.
1. Misdemeanor traffic violations may be handled:
a. By the issuance of a Uniform Traffic Citation with
mandatory court appearance.
b. By the arrest and release upon issuance of a Uniform Traffic
Citation.
c. Through arrest, issuance of a Uniform Traffic Citation, and
completion of an Arrest Report followed by processing the
offender into the County Jail.
d. Issuing a verbal warning or a written warning citation.
2. Felony violations may be handled by the issuance of a Uniform
Traffic Citation and physical arrest of the offender or by obtaining
an arrest warrant from the proper Court, followed by processing into
the County Jail.
3. In all cases, Officers will exercise sound judgment and discretion
when deciding what level and type enforcement action to take.
4. Officers will not arrest persons who choose to not sign a Uniform
Traffic Citation.
5. Persons who are not United States citizens or Georgia residents shall
not be afforded special considerations and shall be warned, cited, or
arrested as appropriate.
6. A juvenile traffic offense as defined by Section 16 of the Official
Georgia Code consists of a violation of any law or ordinance
The highlighted governing the operation of a moving vehicle upon the streets or
section reflects the highways of this state by anyone sixteen years old or younger. The
verbiage from OPS- summons or citation used will notify the juvenile to appear on a
019. OPS-005 and Wednesday (date set by the Officer) at 1345 hrs. at the Juvenile
OPS-017 were in Court on Carl Griffin Drive. A court date will be set by the Juvenile
conflict.
Court. Officers are not required to attend the first hearing. If the case
is contested, the Officer will be subpoenaed later.
______________________________________________________________________________

7. All legislators, state or federal, have immunity from arrest when
traveling to and from legislative sessions or committee meetings.
Citations or physical arrests will only be initiated when the
legislature is not in session or the offense is of a serious nature such
as driving under the influence, fleeing an Officer, vehicular
homicide, hit and run, or driving without a valid license.
8. The Diplomat/Consular will have in their possession an
identification card which will have the level of immunity of the
person printed on the back. The United States State Department
should be contacted anytime an Officer plans to issue a citation or
make a physical arrest of a violator that is in possession of a State
Department Identification card.
9. The members of National Guard and Reserve military forces are in
all cases, except treason, a felony, or a breach of peace, privileged
from arrest during their attendance at drills, parades, meetings,
encampments, elections of Officers, and going to, during, and/or
returning from their performance of any active duty as such
members in accordance with OCGA § 17-4-2. Whenever an Officer
stops a National Guard and Reserve member on active duty, they
may make an arrest if the offense involves treason, a felony, or a
breach of peace.
10. Driving Under the Influence of Alcohol /Drugs.
III. UNIFORM TRAFFIC LAW ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS

a. Reasonable Suspicion: Officers will establish reasonable suspicion that the
violator might be under the influence through erratic driving, the detection of
the odor of an alcoholic beverage on or about the suspect, and other "classic"
indications of intoxication such as reddened eyes, flushed face, slurred speech,
etc.
b. Field Sobriety Tests: Upon establishing reasonable suspicion of alcohol related
impairment, Officers will administer sufficient field sobriety tests to determine
if the violator's driving ability is impaired to the extent that would make the
suspect a "less safe driver." Should the suspect fail to perform the administered
field sobriety tests in a satisfactory manner, probable cause has been established
to place the violator under arrest for D.U.I.
c. Arrest of the Suspect: Officers will advise violators that they are under arrest
for driving under the influence.
______________________________________________________________________________

1. The violator will be secured so as prevent possible escape or injury to
the suspect, Officer, or bystanders.
2. The Georgia Implied Consent Warning (OCGA § 40-5-55 and § 40-
6-392) will be read to the violator at the scene, immediately after being
placed under arrest. Even if there are more serious charges, the driver
must be told that they are under arrest for DUI prior to having the
implied consent read to them.
3. OCGA § 40-5-55 provides that the chemical test to be administered is
the Officer's choice; any person who is deceased, unconscious, or
otherwise in a condition rendering them incapable of refusal will be
deemed as having given consent to testing.
4. Security of Suspect's Vehicle: The arresting Officer will ensure that a
second Officer remains with the suspect's vehicle for security while
the suspect is transported for testing. The arresting Officer may
release the vehicle to a sober, licensed driver at the request of the
owner or impound the vehicle in accordance with the Department
policy on Towing Vehicles. If the arresting Officer has not already
done so, the stand-by Officer will run registration (10-28) and stolen
(10-29) checks on the suspect's vehicle.
5. Prisoner Transport: The arresting Officer will search, handcuff, and
transport the suspect to any CCPD facility equipped with testing
devices, the Chatham County Detention Center, the Thunderbolt
Police Department, or the Military Police Desk at Hunter Army
Airfield for the administration of the breath test.
6. Each Precinct Captain and the Traffic Commander will designate a
secure area or room to be utilized for the testing of persons suspected
of driving under the influence. This area will provide security for the
equipment as well as safety of officers and suspects.
7. Administration of Chemical Test for Alcohol or Drugs:
a. Breath Tests - Should a breath test with an intoxilyzer be
utilized, the test must be administered by an individual
possessing a valid permit issued by the State of Georgia
Division of Forensic Sciences for the intoxilyzer [OCGA §
40-6-392 (a) (1)]. The arresting Officer must annotate the
intoxilyzer operators name on the citation, give the violator
a copy of the intoxilyzer printout along with a copy of the
citations, and attach a copy of the intoxilyzer printout to the
court copy of the D.U.I. citation.
______________________________________________________________________________

b. Blood Test - Should a blood test be utilized, OCGA § 40-6-
392 (a) (2) provides that only a physician, registered nurse,
laboratory technician, or other qualified person may
withdraw the blood. The arresting Officer will witness the
collection of the blood.
c. Urine Test - Should a urine test be utilized; the arresting
Officer will witness the collection of the sample. Note
Exception: Male Officers will call for the assistance of a
female Officer to witness the collection of the urine sample
from a female suspect, and female Officers will call for the
assistance of a male Officer to witness the collection of the
urine sample from a male suspect. The arresting Officer will
deliver and log into evidence all samples of blood, urine, etc.
with the SCMPD Property Room. Property Room personnel
will be responsible for delivering all evidence samples to the
State Crime Lab for analysis.
d. Refusal to Submit to Chemical Testing - Upon the request of
the suspect submitting to the chemical test designated by the
Officer, full information concerning the test will be made
available to the suspect or their attorney. The arresting
Officer will complete a suspension affidavit (DMVS Form
1205) if the violator refuses to submit to a test specified by
the Officer. The arresting Officer, under oath and in the
presence of a notary public, must sign the affidavit. The
violator will be charged with D.U.I. and the words, “Refused
Test" noted on the citation in the test results section.
e. Right to an Independent Test - Every driver arrested for DUI
who has completed the state test(s) has the right to additional
chemical tests of their blood, breath, urine or other bodily
substances at their own expense and by qualified personnel
of their own choosing. Should the violator express a desire
to exercise their right to additional chemical testing, it is the
duty of the arresting Officer to provide the person with
access to communication and transportation, within reason,
so that the additional testing may be obtained. The arresting
Officer will make every effort to ensure that any additional
chemical tests performed on the suspect, at their request and
by personnel of their own choosing, are done at the suspect's
expense.
8. Charging the Suspect with D.U.I.:
______________________________________________________________________________

a. If the test results were less than 0.05 grams %, it will be
presumed that the suspect was not under the influence of
alcohol, unless the person was operating a commercial
vehicle as defined in OCGA § 40-5-151 or under the age of
21.
b. If test results are in excess of 0.05 grams % but less than 0.08
grams %, this will not give rise to any presumption that the
suspect either was or was not under the influence of alcohol
unless the violator was operating a commercial vehicle or
under the age of 21. This fact may be considered with other
competent evidence in determining whether the person was
under the influence of alcohol to the extent that the person
was a “less safe driver” and may be charged.
c. If the blood alcohol content is 0.08 grams % or more, it will
be presumed that the suspect is under the influence of
alcohol and will be charged as violating O.C.G.A. § 40-6-
391. (If the suspect is 20 years of age or younger, the
percentage will be 0.02 grams %.)
d. All suspects who have chemically tested at 0.08 grams % or
more will be charged by the arresting Officer with D.U.I.
(0.02 grams % if 20 or under; 0.04 grams % if a commercial
vehicle.)
9. Automatic License Suspension Procedures:
a. If the violator registers 0.08 grams % or more on the
chemical test (0.02 grams % or more if 20 or under; 0.04
grams % if a commercial vehicle), the arresting Officer will
request a driver’s history from the Communications Center.
b. If the suspect has a previous D.U.I. arrest within the last five
years, the Department of Motor Vehicle Safety (DMVS)
form 1205, "Notice of Intent to Suspend License" will be
completed to suspend their license for one year. The suspect
and the Officer will sign the DMVS 1205, and the suspect
will be given the violator's copy.
c. If the suspect refuses to sign the DMVS 1205, the Officer
will write "Refused" in the suspect's signature block. The
Officer, in the presence of a notary public, must sign the
DMVS 1205. The arresting Officer will mail the
Department of Public Safety copies and the violator’s
______________________________________________________________________________

driver’s license to the address on the DMVS form 1205
within five days of the arrest.
d. The stand-by Officer will inventory and tow the suspect's
vehicle in accordance with the Department’s policy for
towing of vehicles, unless the vehicle is released to a
licensed driver of the suspect’s choosing.
e. The arresting Officer will write a detailed incident report on
the arrest and the circumstances leading up to the arrest. At
a minimum, the report will describe the reason for contact
with the suspect, the detection of alcohol or drugs
establishing reasonable suspicion of intoxication, the field
sobriety test(s) used to establish probable cause, a statement
that the suspect was advised he/she was under arrest for DUI,
a statement that the current version of the implied consent
was read and from what, the violator's demeanor, the charges
against the violator, the names and addresses of any
passengers or witnesses, and the status of the suspect’s
vehicle.
O. Suspended/Revoked Driver's License/Habitual Violators (HV).
1. Any Officer who suspects that a driver is a Habitual Violator (HV),
as defined in O.C.G.A. 40-5-58, will obtain a computer printout
from the Communications Center verifying the driver’s license has
been suspended/revoked. The computer verification should have a
revocation date indicating the driver has been declared a HV. The
HV will be properly served with notice of such
suspension/revocation before affecting an arrest.
2. If less than five years has elapsed since the revocation date, the
driver will be charged with a felony count of, “Driving After Having
Been Declared a Habitual Violator,” in violation of O.C.G.A. §40-
5-58. For a felony count of “Driving after Having Been Declared a
Habitual Violator”, the Field Arrest Report will be properly
completed listing all charges made against the driver.
3. If more than five years has elapsed since the revocation date, and the
driver has not applied for reinstatement, the driver will be cited for
“Driving on a Revoked License” in violation of O.C.G.A. §40-5-58
which is a misdemeanor. The Officer should use the same code
section, 40-5-58, on the citation, but use the same processing
procedures as for a violation of O.C.G.A. §40-5-121, Driving on a
Suspended/Revoked License.
______________________________________________________________________________

4. If the driver has not been properly served notice of the
suspension/revocation, the Officer should serve the driver notice
using the proper forms from the Department of Motor Vehicle
Services. No case should be made for violating O.C.G.A. 40-558
(the driver may be cited for driving on a suspended license or no
license on person if applicable). The driver may not operate a motor
vehicle until such time as the Department of Motor Vehicle Services
Safety has issued a valid driving permit.
5. The arresting Officer will forward the Officer’s copy of any
citations, the computer verification, arraignment forms, and any
other documentation applicable to this case to the Criminal
Investigations Division Case Management Officer.
6. The Case Management Clerk will create a Criminal Investigation
Case File, which will contain the above documentation, as well as
the Officer’s arrest report and other documentation.
7. The Case Management Clerk will request a certified copy of the
defendant’s service as a Habitual Violator from the Department of
Public Safety, add this to the case file, and be the custodian for the
case file.
P. Speed Violations
1. Speed detection devices will only be used in clearly marked police
vehicles as outlined in O.C.G.A. § 40-8-91 and in accordance with
Title 40, Chapter 14.
2. The speed detection devices of the Department will be assigned to
the Traffic Unit and precincts.
3. CCPD Officers will not utilize speed detection equipment without
being currently certified by the Georgia P.O.S.T. Council as a radar
operator. This provision excludes Officers who are conducting their
practical exercise for certification in accordance with P.O.S.T rules.
4. Prior to using a speed detection device, the unit will be tested in
accordance with the manufacturer’s guidelines. The operator will
maintain a log sheet of the testing.
5. All speed detection devices will be stored in a secured area and
operational readiness ensured through periodic inspections when not
routinely used. The Precinct Commander or a designee will conduct
inspections monthly.
______________________________________________________________________________

6. Officers using speedometers to establish probable cause to issue
speed violation citations must pace the violator for an adequate
distance to ensure an accurate reading prior to the stop.
Q. Hazardous and Non-Hazardous Traffic Violations
1. Traffic citations shall be based on lawful authority and probable
cause which satisfies the elements of the specific violation being
charged. Discretion may be used by Officers enforcing hazardous
and non-hazardous violations when appropriate.
1. Hazardous violations expose a person or property to risk,
loss, or damage (i.e., running a red light/stop sign,
careless driving, and reckless driving).
B. Non-hazardous violations are violations which are not likely to
involve or expose persons and/or property to risk, loss, or
damage.
R. Off-Road Vehicles
1. Officers shall enforce all traffic laws as they apply to off-road
recreational vehicles.
2. Written warnings and Uniform Traffic Citations shall be issued to
operators who violate traffic laws, with attention being paid to the
following offenses: Unlicensed vehicles operating on the roadway,
misuse of public trails and improper crossing of traffic way. Officers
shall immediately remove or cause unlicensed vehicles to be removed
from the traffic way
3. For violators 14 years of age or older, the Officer shall use discretion
when deciding to issue a Uniform Traffic Citation, a written
warning, or a verbal warning.
4. First time violators under 14 years of age may be issued a verbal or
a written warning. If a written warning is issued, the Officer shall
obtain the violator's parent's name, address, and zip code and write
this information on the citation.
5. Warning citations shall be forwarded to the Traffic Unit.
6. For serious violators and repeat offenders under the age of 14, the
Officer should use discretion when deciding to issue a Uniform
Traffic Citation, a written warning, or a verbal warning.
7. Officers shall advise Communications of off-road recreational
vehicle violations and the action taken.
______________________________________________________________________________

S. Equipment Violations
1. Officers shall consider using written warnings for minor equipment
violations in lieu of traffic citations.
T. Public Carrier/Commercial Vehicle Violations
1. Public carriers and commercial vehicles must comply with all
applicable laws, rules, and regulations.
2. Officers may summon assistance from the traffic unit, Georgia State
Patrol or Department of Transportation for special equipment needs.
3. School buses must comply with Federal laws as well Georgia
Statutes.
U. Multiple Violations
1. Officers shall exercise discretion when dealing with multiple
violations. Consideration should be given to issuing citations for
charges encompassing multiple lesser violations (i.e., running a stop
sign and speeding can be cited as reckless driving).
V. Newly Enacted Laws and/or Regulations
1. Officers shall be notified of newly enacted laws or regulations via
legal bulletins from the Department’s Legal Advisor or the Training
Unit.
2. When considering enforcement action in the above listed situations,
the Officer shall evaluate:
a. The actual or potential danger to persons and property.
b. The seriousness of the violation.
c. The degree or excessiveness to which the motorist violated
the law.
d. The attitude of the motorist. The urgency of calls for service
to which the Officer may be responding.
W. Violations Resulting in Traffic Collisions
1. See General Order OPS-006 Traffic Accident Investigation.
X. Bicycle/Pedestrian Violations
1. Written warnings and Uniform Traffic Citations may be issued to
bicycle operators and pedestrians who violate traffic laws, with
particular attention being paid to the following offenses:
______________________________________________________________________________

A. Riding on the wrong side of the road, against traffic.
C. Improper lights during night riding.
D. Failure to obey traffic signs or signals.
E. Failure to yield to on-coming traffic when exiting residential
driveways.
F. Soliciting a ride (hitchhiking), employment, or business from an
occupant of any vehicle.
G. Crossing an intersection at other than right angles.
f. Traffic citations or warnings for bicycle/pedestrian
violations may be issued under the following guidelines:
i. For violators 14 years of age or older, the Officer
shall use discretion when deciding to issue a Uniform
Traffic Citation, a written warning, or a verbal
warning. First time violators under 14 years of age
should be issued a verbal or written warning. If a
written warning is issued, the Officer shall obtain the
violator's parent's name, address, and zip code and
write this information on the citation.
i. Warning citations shall be forwarded to the Traffic
Unit.
ii. For serious violators and repeat offenders under the
age of 14, the Officer should use discretion when
deciding to issue a Uniform Traffic Citation, a
written warning, or a verbal warning.
iii. Bicycle/pedestrian safety pamphlets shall be
available in all precincts.
IV. TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT PRACTICES
A. Visible Traffic Patrol
1. Area Patrol - Units may be deployed to a specific geographical area to enforce the
traffic laws. Normally, Officers will be assigned to particular areas for events or circumstances to
conduct highly visible preventative patrols.
2. Line Patrol - Units are stationed on particular roads or highways, either in stationary
observation or moving patrol. Line patrols will be conducted when specific roads or highways are
identified as having unusually high crash or fatality rates. Rigorous enforcement of all traffic laws
should be employed. An example calling for line patrol would be heavy beach traffic on a specific
roadway.
______________________________________________________________________________

3. Directed Patrol - Directed patrols should be employed to tackle specific problems
or complaints. Officers are directed in their enforcement actions toward those violations identified
as contributing to the crashes or specific complaints. Officers assigned directed patrols shall
document the actions taken during the detail in an incident report. The data contained in the report
will be forwarded to the Traffic Unit.
B. Stationary Observation – Stationary observation may be covert or overt and employed for
the operation of radar, detection of defective equipment violations, surveys, and the enforcement
of other traffic violations.
1. Overt - Highly visible stationary observation may be employed to slow traffic,
remind citizens of their responsibility to obey the traffic laws, or observe, identify, and target
particular problems. Officers should park vehicles so as to avoid presenting a roadway or visibility
obstruction. Radar may be effectively employed during overt observation in accordance with
Georgia law governing speed detection devices.
2. Covert - Covert observation is normally employed to conduct surveys or detect
those violations of traffic laws which would not occur if the Officer's presence was known.
Officers may use covert observation to detect and enforce any violation of the laws of the State of
Georgia. Covert observation of intersections, roadways and school crossings are recommended
during traffic surveys.
C. The use of unmarked police vehicles for traffic law enforcement is prohibited.
D. Plain-clothes sworn personnel shall not conduct traffic stops whether in a marked or
unmarked police vehicle; however, an exception would be violations or circumstances which
expose the public to danger.
1. In the event that a Plain-clothes Officer must conduct a traffic stop, the Officer shall
advise the dispatcher of the stop, the location, the tag number, the description of
the vehicle, and the fact that they are in plain clothes.
2. The dispatcher shall immediately dispatch a uniformed Officer to the location.
3. Plain-clothes Officers shall clearly identify themselves to the violator and advise
the violator to stand-by until a uniformed Officer arrives.
4. The Officer stopping the violator shall appear in court for any enforcement actions.
E. Traffic Checkpoint Operations: Traffic check points may be used as an enforcement
measure to ensure that motorists are adhering to all Georgia Traffic Laws.
1. All checkpoints will be conducted under the authority and presence of a Supervisor
in accordance with current constitutional rulings. All checkpoints will have signs
displayed indicating that a police checkpoint is in operation. Only marked vehicles,
to include motorcycles, will be used at checkpoints, and only uniformed Officers
will conduct checkpoint operations.
______________________________________________________________________________

2. Each Officer will wear a reflective vest or garment. Safety and environmental
conditions must be evaluated when selecting a location for a checkpoint, and
Officers will position themselves so that vehicles would not be encouraged to evade
or avoid checkpoints.
3. The “screening” Officer’s training and experience should be sufficient to qualify
him to make a determination as to which motorists should be given field tests for
intoxication.
4. The supervisor approving and monitoring the checkpoint will complete an after-
action report stating the reason for the checkpoint, the methods used, included
personnel and the results. This will be forwarded to the appropriate precinct
commander and the Traffic Unit Commander for retention.
V. STOPPING AND APPROACHING THE TRAFFIC VIOLATOR
A. Officers will stop and approach a traffic violator in a manner designed to provide maximum
safety for the Officer, the violator, and other users of the roadway. Varying conditions
regarding the engineering of the particular traffic artery, the urgency to stop the violator,
or the existing volume of traffic may dictate adjusting or altering this procedure.
Nevertheless, these procedures are to be followed whenever possible.
B. The Officer will notify Communications of the radio signal, the intended location of the
traffic stop, the license number, and the visual description of the vehicle and occupants.
Using descriptions such as, “occupied x 2, etc.” are prohibited.
C. The violator should be signaled using the vehicle’s emergency equipment and directed to
the right side of the roadway close to the curb or onto the shoulder.
D. On multi-lane roadways, the Officer should ensure the safety of the violator during lane
changes by gradually changing from lane to lane with the violator until the right side of the
roadway is reached.
E. If the driver is suspected of being impaired or physically ill to the extent that their driving
ability is impaired, they will not be allowed to move the vehicle once it has been stopped.
F. Once the violator has stopped in an appropriate location, the Officer should position the
police vehicle approximately one-half to one car length behind the violator’s vehicle.
G. The police vehicle should be positioned at a slight angle so the left front is offset
approximately two feet to the left of the violator’s vehicle and the right rear is near the
curb.
H. The Officer should approach from the rear of the violator’s car, check the trunk to ensure
that it is closed and locked, look into the rear seat area, and stop at a point to the rear of the trailing
edge of the left front door.
______________________________________________________________________________

I. The Officer should conduct dialogue with the violator while maintaining a safe location,
slightly behind the driver. If the situation dictates, the Officer can approach from the right
side of the vehicle.
J. This procedure will remain the same for stops conducted at night; however, Officers should
attempt stops at locations with sufficient lighting.
VI. STOPPING A FELONY SUSPECT
A. When an Officer has the occasion to stop a suspected felon, the Officer will request “back-
up” and then notify Communications of the reason (signal) and location of the stop and the
description of the vehicle and occupants.
B. The Officer will keep the suspect vehicle in view while awaiting assistance from support
units. The vehicle should not be stopped before assistance arrives, unless absolutely
necessary.
C. When stopping the vehicle, Officers will:
1. Plan to stop the suspect in a location which presents minimal danger to other
citizens and have their firearm ready for immediate use.
2. Turn off all unnecessary equipment and activate the public address system.
3. Park their vehicle approximately one car length behind at an angle slightly to the
left of the suspects. This is for the Officer to utilize the firewall and engine as
cover. At night, focus all lights on the interior of the suspect’s vehicle, assume a
position in the door frame while utilizing the public address system to give voice
commands to the occupants, and direct each occupant to exit the vehicle one at a
time, starting with the driver.
D. The support Officer will maintain a position at the back of the first police vehicle covering
the right side of the stopped vehicle. The Officer will not give any commands to the occupants
unless necessary for the Officer’s protection.
E. Once the occupants are removed, the primary Officer will either search the suspects or
direct a third Officer to search the suspects.
F. The occupants may be handcuffed for the Officer’s protection if the situation warrants,
however, once the situation is controlled and the person is no longer a suspect, the handcuffs will
be removed.
VII. OFFICER/VIOLATOR RELATIONS
A. When approaching a violator, CCPD Officers will:
1. Be courteous, polite, and professional.
2. Provide name and agency credentials if not in uniform.
______________________________________________________________________________

3. Explain to the citizen the reason for the stop as soon as practical, unless providing
this information will compromise personal safety or the safety of another person.
4. In vehicle stops, this information shall be provided before asking the driver for their
license and registration.
5. Appropriately explain to the violator when to appear in court and whether a court
appearance is optional or mandatory, whether the violator is allowed to enter a plea
and/or pay a fine by mail or in person at Recorder’s Court, what the options are
prior to court, and other information located on the back of the citation, prior to
release. [CALEA 61.1.4 a,b,c,d]
B. Officers must maintain a professional demeanor, avoiding rudeness or discourtesy,
regardless of provocation.
C. Officers should assist the violator in safely maneuvering the vehicle back into the traffic
flow.
VIII. TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT ACTION
A. Responsibility: All uniformed personnel share the responsibility for enforcement of traffic
laws.
1. CCPD Officers will exercise discretion as to enforcement action for each violation
of the law witnessed by them.
2. All traffic stops will be based on sound principles of the law as applied to the
violations as observed by the Officer. Such action will be accomplished in a
business-like, firm, fair, impartial, and courteous manner.
B. Insurance: Chatham County Police officers will check for proof of insurance during each
traffic stop.
1. Proof of insurance may be the actual insurance policy, policy binder issued by the
agent, (good for 30 days after purchase), or an affirmative response pursuant to an
inquiry of the Department of Motor Vehicles database.
2. If a violator’s vehicle is self-insured, a proof of insurance card or self-insurer card
issued by the company in accordance with Georgia law will suffice.
3. A copy of the rental agreement will suffice as proof for rental vehicles.
4. Officers will cite individuals who are in violation of Georgia Insurance laws, but
will not remove license plates.
5. Vehicles that are not covered by insurance and/or have a suspended license tag will
be towed.
6. Individuals in violation of O.C.G.A. § 40-6-15, in regard to driving a motor vehicle
with invalid registration, will be arrested and charged with a misdemeanor, if the
person has been served notice.
______________________________________________________________________________

C. Speed Enforcement: The use of speed measuring devices in traffic law enforcement is
governed by O.C.G.A. § 40-8-91 and O.C.G.A § 40-14.
1. Electronic or mechanical devices used to measure speed will meet the following
requirements:
a. The device must be approved for use by the Georgia Department of Public
Safety;
b. The device must have been calibrated by a licensed technician within the
previous year. A certificate, signed and witnessed, showing the device was
tested within the required test period and that the device was in proper
working order will be kept on file and ready for court presentation.
2. The use of radar/lidar speed measuring devices require the following:
a. The operator must have successfully completed the radar/lidar certification
course(s) established by the Georgia Peace Officer Standards and Training
(POST) Council;
b. The operator will have an independent visual determination that the vehicle
is operating in excess of the posted speed limit.
c. The operator will issue a citation only where conditions permit a clear
assignment of speed to a single vehicle.
d. The device shall have no automatic locking device or audio alarm, unless
said device is deactivated or disconnected.
e. The audio Doppler will be engaged.
f. The radar/lidar unit must be approved by the Georgia Department of Public
Safety.
g. The operator will maintain a citation log and conduct tests in accordance
with the O.C.G.A. § 40-14-5.
h. The operator will follow the manufacturer’s recommended methods of
checking calibration.
3. Officers may use police vehicle speedometers that have certified calibration to pace
clock vehicles for speed enforcement. Officers shall follow the target vehicle at a
safe distance for the length of time necessary to accurately establish the target
vehicle’s speed.
4. Only Officers certified in the use of Visual Average Speed Computers (VASCAR)
are authorized to deploy this technique to measure a target vehicle’s speed for
traffic law enforcement purposes.
5. It shall be the responsibility of the Traffic Unit Commander to:
______________________________________________________________________________

a. Ensure that all devices utilized are in compliance with Georgia Statutes and
Administrative procedures.
b. Determine the proper assignment of speed measuring devices.
c. Ensure that all devices are properly maintained.
d. Notify Precinct Commanders and Traffic Unit Supervisors of radar/lidar
units in need of recertification.
e. Maintain documents and certification on all radar/lidar units.
IX. RE-EXAMINATION OF LICENSED DRIVERS
A. Requests for Licensed Drivers to submit to a license re-examination will be made through
the Georgia Department of Motor Vehicles.
B. Law enforcement Officers can require a re-examination of a licensee upon showing that
the licensee is mentally or physically incompetent to operate a motor vehicle.
C. An Officer, having good cause to believe that a licensed driver has a mental or physical
impairment or is otherwise not qualified to be licensed, will request the licensee to be re-
examined.
D. A licensee may be deemed incompetent/incapacitated by reason of disease, mental or
physical disability, or chemical dependencies to the extent that such person is incompetent
to operate a motor vehicle. This directive does not pertain to DUI offenders.
E. When an Officer encounters a licensee suspected of being mentally or physically
incompetent to safely operate a motor vehicle, a citation for the initial offense(s) may be
issued. The Officer will then:
1. Print, “Driver Must Appear In Court-Request That Driver Be Re-examined” in the
remarks section of the citation(s).
2. Make transportation arrangements for the licensee (relative, public transportation,
or other).
3. Arrange for securing the vehicle with towing as a last option.
4. Complete an incident report detailing the observed behavior that justifies the
request for a driver’s license re-examination.
5. Complete in triplicate the Request for Driver Evaluation (DDS-270). The Officer
will mail the original copy to the Georgia Department of Driver Services Customer
Services, License and Records Division, 2206 East View Parkway, Conyers,
Georgia 30013. One copy will be forwarded to the Traffic Unit, and one copy will
be issued to licensee. Both the Officer and the licensee will sign the Request for
Driver Evaluation Form at the time the citation(s) is issued. In the event the licensee
refuses, the Officer will print the word, “Refused” on the line designated for the
licensee’s signature.
______________________________________________________________________________

F. The licensee will retain possession of the license until the Department of Public
Safety has determined otherwise.
X. PARKING ENFORCEMENT
A. CCPD Officers will be responsible for enforcing all parking regulations in accordance with
Georgia Law or County Ordinance.
B. Officers will not be responsible for installing vehicle-restraining devices such as the
“Boot,” a device used to immobilize a vehicle, but will accompany the Parking
Enforcement Division when requested.
C. When an Officer finds a vehicle that is improperly parked, he may issue a citation and place
a copy on the windshield. If the vehicle must be towed, the Officer may impound
the vehicle according to procedures described in the directive pertaining to towing vehicles.
XI. TRAFFIC CONTROL
A. Manual Traffic Control: When emergency situations, critical incidents or other conditions
dictate, CCPD Officers will perform manual traffic direction and control (Point Traffic Control)
to ensure safe and efficient movement of both vehicular and pedestrian traffic. Manual traffic
direction and control will be performed when necessary for safety and efficiency of traffic flow,
when necessary to preserve a crime or crash scene, or at special events involving the large flow of
vehicular or pedestrian traffic to facilitate the safe passage of the public.
1. When a traffic signal malfunction occurs, personnel will be dispatched for traffic
control at the affected intersection. Additional assistance will be dispatched if the
traffic volume exceeds the safe control of a single manual traffic controller or the
intersection requires more personnel. The Communications Center will
immediately notify the County Traffic Engineer, during regular business hours, or
GA Depart of Transportation (GA DOT), after regular business hours, of all traffic
signal malfunctions.
2. Personnel will be equipped with a whistle and a reflective vest when performing
manual traffic control. At night, personnel directing traffic will also be equipped
with a flashlight. CCPD officers will wear their issued uniform and a reflective
vest while directing or controlling traffic.
3. Personnel will select a safe position, which provides a full view of the intersection
and permits motorists and pedestrians the best view of the manual traffic controller.
4. Whistle signals will be coordinated with hand signals in order to command the
attention of drivers and pedestrians, as well as to clearly indicate the manual traffic
controller’s commands.
a. For STOP, one short whistle blast; arm extended, hand up and palm
outward, pointed toward oncoming traffic.
______________________________________________________________________________

b. For GO, two short whistle blasts; point at the driver/pedestrian who is to
proceed and establish eye contact, bend arm at the elbow indicating
"proceed" in the intended direction of travel.
c. For ATTENTION, a series of short whistle blasts.
d. For TURNS, ensure conflicting traffic is stopped; point toward the driver,
who is to turn, to establish eye contact; indicate the turn by exhibiting a GO
signal while pointing in the direction of the turn.
5. Temporary traffic control devices such as traffic cones, barricades, and temporary
road signs are available from County Public Works if needed and approved by a
Supervisor.
B. Traffic Control at Fire Scenes: Officers will assume the responsibility for traffic control at
fire scenes as soon as possible. Traffic will be routed around the fire scene so that hoses are not
driven over by vehicles or firefighters interfered with by vehicles or onlookers. Officers will carry
out all instructions given to them by police or fire Supervisors on the scene.
C. Traffic Control during Adverse Road and Weather Conditions: When the normal control
of traffic is impaired during adverse road or weather conditions (e.g., fog, rain, snow or ice,
flooding, downed power lines, etc.), greater consideration will be given to Officer Safety which
may be jeopardized by the adverse conditions. The same procedures outlined in this directive for
other conditions will be utilized during adverse conditions. Officers will make every effort to
protect the general public from hazards.
D. Traffic Control for Special Events: A contingency plan for special events will be prepared
at the direction of the Chief of Police on an individual basis.
1. The Traffic Unit or a commissioned Officer designated by the Chief of Police will
be responsible for devising a contingency plan for traffic control during special events.
2. The designated commander will be responsible for internal and external
coordination of resources, as well as completing after-action reports.
3. Each contingency plan will address, as applicable, the following ingress and egress
of vehicles and pedestrians; written estimates of vehicular and/or pedestrian traffic;
potential crime problems; special personnel needs (mounted units, motors, ERT,
Communications Specialists, etc.); provisions for parking; crowd control; logistical
requirements; relief of Officers assigned point traffic control duties; news media
releases and relations; alternate traffic routes; temporary traffic controls and
parking prohibitions, and emergency vehicle access.
BY ORDER OF:
______________________________________________________________________________

________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police
______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________
SOP # OPS-006: Traffic Accident Investigation EFFECTIVE: 02/01/18
______________________________________________________________________________
PURPOSE
The purpose of this directive is to outline procedures for traffic accident investigations.
POLICY
The investigation of traffic accidents is necessary, not only to determine traffic law violations,
but also to obtain engineering data, protect the rights of the individuals involved, and assist in
traffic education. The Chatham County Police Department (CCPD) shall conduct proper and
complete investigation of accidents in a professional manner absent any indications of bias on
the part of investigating officers.
PROCEDURE
I. GENERAL
A. All reports of a vehicular accident received by the CCPD shall be answered, an
investigation conducted, and a report written provided it falls within CCPD jurisdiction
and meets the following guidelines:
1. Death or injury to one or more persons.
2. Evidence that a vehicle left the scene.
3. Collision due to alcohol or drugs.
4. Hazardous materials.
5. Damage to public vehicles or property.
B. All reports of a vehicular accident received by the CCPD shall be answered and a report
may be written provided it falls within CCPD jurisdiction and meets the following
guidelines:
1. Disturbance between involved persons.
______________________________________________________________________________
CCPD SOP # OPS-006 Traffic Investigations / Page 1 of 11

2. Major traffic congestion as a result of the collision.
3. Property damage to vehicles or other property.
C. Accidents that occur on private property may be reported on a State of Georgia approved
accident report unless the accident involves one of the guidelines listed under Section A
of this directive or a serious traffic offense as defined by Georgia Traffic Law.
II. TRAFFIC ACCIDENT RESPONSE
A. Officers shall respond to all traffic accidents that occur within the limits of the
unincorporated Chatham County.
B. Officers responding to the scene of a traffic accident shall drive in a safe manner so as
not to endanger themselves or the public.
C. The first officers at the accident scene shall take the following action:
1. Place the patrol vehicle in a manner to protect the accident scene and alert other
traffic of a roadway danger.
2. Search for any injured and summon an emergency medical service unit if needed
3. Call for additional assistance as needed.
4. Protect the scene and preserve evidence.
5. Establish traffic patterns around the scene.
6. Locate persons involved in the accident.
7. Locate and identify witnesses.
8. Maintain peace and order at the scene.
9. Summon a vehicle tow service if needed.
10. Clear the roadway as soon as practical.
D. If a fire hazard or other hazard exists on the scene, the first Officer shall:
1. Take immediate action to clear the area of all persons.
2. Direct the communications center to dispatch the fire department or other
appropriate agency to contain and control the hazard.
3. Direct the communications center to notify a supervisor.
4. Request additional police assistance, if necessary, to make a perimeter around the
scene.
______________________________________________________________________________

E. The responsibility of the accident scene remains that of the primary officer until relieved
of the responsibility by an investigator (in cases of hit and run or a traffic fatality) or a
supervisor.
III. DUTIES OF INVESTIGATING OFFICER

A. The investigating officer shall properly report any traffic accidents meeting CCPD
guidelines that occur within the jurisdiction of the CCPD.
B. Officers shall also be familiar with the driver’s responsibility as outlined in O.C.G.A 40-
6-273 which states the duties of the drivers to report traffic accidents involving injury to
or death of any person or property damage to an apparent extent of $500.00 or more.
1. CCPD personnel shall adhere to the following guidelines as they pertain to the
distribution of the Personal Report of Accident Form (aka SR-13) to parties involved in
traffic accidents:
a. Personal Report of Accident Form (aka SR-13) shall not be given out
when:
(1) Any party involved (including occupants) in an accident request a
police report.
(2) The accident is Hit & Run (no matter when the damage is
discovered.)
(3) There is serious bodily injury person(s) involved in the accident,
(4) There is moderate to extensive damage to a vehicle.
b. Personal Report of Accident Form (aka SR-13) may be given out when:
(1) Requested by the parties involved in the accident.
This does not mean that CCPD personnel will encourage the use
of the form in lieu of an accident report.
(2) Both parties refuse a report at the time of the accident, then change
their mind(s) at a later date,
(3) Both parties have agreed to handle the accident amongst
themselves, as a civil matter, then change their mind(s) at a later
date.
C. The traffic accident shall be reported on a state of Georgia approved accident report form.
______________________________________________________________________________

D. The investigating officer shall be responsible for the following on-scene duties:
1. Interviewing drivers/witnesses and including their comments in their report.
2. Examining/recording vehicle damage.
3. Recording accident information.
4. Determining damage, if any, to the roadway and reporting it to the appropriate
agency.
5. Taking measurements, when appropriate.
6. Requesting the forensics unit for scene photography, if necessary.
7. Collecting/preserving, properly identifying, and securing evidence.
8. Ensuring the Exchange of Information Form among parties involved (SCMPD
Accident Information form 66)
10. Checking for valid driver's license and insurance for each driver.
11. Checking for possible impairment cause by being under the influence.
12. Use of Body Worn Camera (BWC) will be indicated in the accident report
narrative.
E. Follow-up activities may be conducted away from the accident scene after the normal
flow of traffic is resumed.
F. The investigating officer shall be responsible for follow-up on accidents, when necessary,
which include:
1. Collecting off-scene data (includes locating hit and run vehicles, talking to other
witnesses who are not present at the scene).
2. Obtaining/recording witnesses statements.
3. Specially trained investigators from.
4. Completion of accident report and an incident report, if necessary, to support
criminal charges arising from the incident.
IV. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES AND ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION EQUIPMENT
A. Each marked police vehicle shall be equipped with a fire extinguisher for emergency use.
Re-supply may be obtained at Quartermaster.
B. All Supervisors shall carry crime scene protection tape in their vehicles for traffic
accidents.
______________________________________________________________________________

C. All marked patrol units shall be equipped with at least four traffic cones.
D. The Accident Investigator shall have an investigation kit consisting of, but not limited to,
one 100 foot measuring tape, one 50 foot measuring tape, one roller tape, yellow marking
crayons or fluorescent spray paint, traffic template, and evidence collection bags.
V. ENFORCEMENT ACTION
A. When an officer investigating a traffic accident, which occurred on the public
streets/highways, can reasonably determine the cause of the accident, the at-fault
person(s) will be issued an appearance citation(s) for related violation(s). If an officer
cannot reasonably determine that a clear violation has occurred, the officer shall indicate
such in their report.
B. Investigating Officers may issue citations on private property in accordance with OCGA
§ 40-6-3.
C. In order to make the accident report more understandable, the last sentence of the
narrative section should read as follows:
1. The driver(s) of vehicle(s) number _____ is at fault for ____________ .(insert the violation)
VI. CONTROL OF PROPERTY BELONGING TO ACCIDENT VICTIMS
A. The investigating Officer shall remove any valuable property at the scene or from the
vehicle(s) being towed if the person(s) involved are unable to care for the property and
take the property to the CCPD property room for safekeeping.
B. The property shall be noted in the property log and may be released to the owner.
C. The officer shall notify the owner and advise of the location of the removed property.
D. In the event of a fatality, the property may be released by the Accident Investigator to the
next of kin.
VII. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AT ACCIDENT SCENES
A. Officers responding to accident scenes suspected to involve hazardous materials shall
immediately:
1. Notify the communications center for fire department assistance.
2. Immediately request a supervisor at the scene.
3. Move and keep people away from the accident scene.
4. Request additional police assistance to establish a safe perimeter around the
scene.
______________________________________________________________________________

5. Complete an accident report. Notify the Georgia State Motor Carrier Compliance
Division (MCCD) of any Haz-Mat spills involving Commercial Vehicles. At the
discretion of the MCCD, they may respond to conduct a Commercial Vehicle
Inspection.
B. When approaching the scene of an accident involving any cargo, Officers shall:
1. Not walk into or touch any spilled material.
2. Avoid inhalation of all gases, fumes, and smoke, even if no hazardous materials
are involved.
3. Not assume that gases or vapors are harmless because of a lack of odor.
C. A supervisor must be dispatched to all hazardous material accident scenes, and upon arrival,
the supervisor shall establish an incident command post at a safe location away from the accident
scene and coordinate activities.
VIII. HIT AND RUN INVESTIGATIONS
A. Officers who conduct the initial investigation of a hit and run traffic accident shall, within
the constraints of duty assignment, time, distance, and jurisdiction, investigate the hit and
run accident to the fullest extent possible.
B. Officers shall collect and preserve latent and physical evidence. All evidence collected
shall be noted on the original report.
1. If private video data is available, the primary officer will review said video and
forward information to the Hit and Run Investigations Unit.
C. Officers shall also interview witnesses, drivers and passengers and report any significant
statements in their report.
D. In the event a Hit and Run Investigator responds to the scene of a hit and run, the
Investigator shall assume command of the scene and shall direct scene activities.
E. The Hit and Run Investigator is responsible for the accident investigation, the
apprehension of suspects, and the disposition of all investigations referred by Patrol
Division personnel. The Investigator shall receive Hit and Run reports daily from the
GEARS Portal. Reports shall be sorted and assigned to Hit and Run Investigators based
on the degree of information available for investigation.
F. All reports received for hit & run investigations shall be logged by:
1. Date of incident
2. Case report number (CRN)
______________________________________________________________________________

3. Assigned date
4. Investigator’s name
5. Victim’s vehicle
6. Suspect’s vehicle
7. Location of wreck
8. Case status
9. Date closed
10. Comment.
G. A case file shall contain all investigative information that is generated by the
investigation and shall consist of:
1. Original report & supplemental(s)
2. Investigator’s supplemental
3. File check list
4. Investigator’s case log
5. Copies of letters, citation(s), photographs, tow form, driver’s license & tag print
out
6. Additional data generated by the investigation
H. Case investigation files shall be filed in case-report number sequence, after disposition.
1. Those cases that are current and under investigation shall be stored in the cabinet
designated for that purpose and shall be organized as:
a. Closed cases that shall be retained on file for three years and then
destroyed.
b. Current investigations pending charges that shall remain in storage until
the statute of limitations expires
2. In cases involving out-of-jurisdiction vehicles or stalemated cases, the complete
case file shall be placed in a Closed Charge File, Closed by Administrative Action
File, or a Case Pending File.
a. Closed by Charge or Administrative Action reports shall be removed from
files and stored for three years at which time they shall be destroyed
______________________________________________________________________________

b. Cases pending arrest shall be retained in file until the statute of limitations
expires, at which time they shall be destroyed
3. A supplement report shall be completed on each case investigation conducted by
the Investigator.
a. The supervisor, before final disposition of a file, shall approve all cases
from the investigative file
I. It is the responsibility of the Hit and Run Investigator to explore every avenue available
to solve a case.
1. Each step shall be recorded in the case investigation file
2. Cases under current investigation that are not in the office file and are carried to
the field shall be placed in the front of the "pending" case file folders at the end of
each tour of duty as a “Working File”
3. The "Working File” shall be available to Investigators and Supervisors at all times
when the assigned Investigator is off duty for any reason
J. Each Investigator shall keep the following information and submit it on the monthly
report:
1. Number of cases assigned
2. Number of cases closed by arrest
3. Number of cases closed for lack of evidence
4. Current cases under investigation
5. Number of uniformed citations issued
6. Time in court
7. Sick and other leave
8. Training time
K. It is the responsibility of the Investigator to respond to all telephone inquiries about
investigations. The time and dates that calls are returned shall be logged on the
Investigator’s case log.
L. The Hit and Run Investigators shall review and analyze all hit and run reports submitted
and shall conduct follow-up investigations in all cases having sufficient
information/evidence for the identification of the offender.
______________________________________________________________________________

M. The investigator shall:
1. Respond to telephone calls
2. Review and analyze all hit & run reports and conduct follow-up investigations,
including all hit and run accidents resulting from pursuit driving by a police
officer (Once the pursuing officer develops information on the suspected driver
of the hit and run vehicle, this information shall be forwarded to Traffic
Investigations.
3. Conduct follow-up interviews and take written statements of witnesses, victims,
and suspects as appropriate.
4. Submit all evidence collected when applicable to the appropriate crime lab, and
review all results.
5. Utilize any investigative resources available when appropriate, and make every
effort to identify and charge the offender.
6. Charge and process identified offenders, prepare final investigative reports, assist
the District Attorney when necessary, and present the case in court.
N. The Hit and Run Investigators shall submit a monthly report to the Traffic Unit
Commander reporting all investigations conducted each month and results of the
investigations.
IX. TRAFFIC FATALITY INVESTIGATIONS
A. Traffic fatality investigations shall be the responsibility of those investigators specially
trained to investigate fatal or serious accidents and assigned the duties. They shall be
available 24 hours a day.
B. Officers responding to an accident scene and discovering a fatality, a serious injury which
is likely to become a fatality, shall immediately:
1. Notify their immediate supervisor of the fatality or potential fatality. A Patrol
Supervisor shall respond to the scene and, if necessary, call for a Accident
Investigator and forensics officer. If the supervisor believes the injuries to be
serious, but unsure if a fatality is pending should still notify the Traffic supervisor
who may arrange for a follow-up but not an immediate response.
2. Protect the accident scene and all evidence which includes:
a. Requesting additional officers if needed for scene protection.
b. Treating the accident scene as a crime scene.
______________________________________________________________________________

c. Securing the scene from unauthorized entry and removing non-essential
emergency personnel.
d. Ensuring that evidence is not disturbed without the permission of the
investigator.
3. Locate and assemble all witnesses.
4. Record the name, address, telephone number, etc. of all witnesses and record any
spontaneous statements made by them.
5. Direct traffic around the accident scene.
6. Control any crowds that may gather.
7. Assist and remain with the Accident Investigator until released.
8. Primary patrol officer is to complete the initial accident report.
9. As soon as practical, officers are to complete a supplemental accident report
detailing their involvement in this investigation.
10. Not release the name of any deceased victims to anyone.
C. The supervisor responding to the scene shall:
1. Coordinate responding and on-scene units.
2. Preserve the accident scene until the arrival of the accident Investigator by
ensuring evidence is left in place to the greatest extent possible.
3. Make all necessary preliminary notifications
D. The Accident Investigator responding to the scene shall:
1. Assume the responsibility of the accident investigation upon arrival.
2. Be responsible for the investigation of traffic accidents involving serious injury,
fatality or potential fatality.
3. Be responsible for the collection of blood samples or other DUI tests of involved
drivers if evidence of impaired driving is present.
4. Interview drivers and witnesses and take formal statements.
5. Take measurements as appropriate.
6. Collect and preserve evidence.
7. Request wreckers, coroner services, and funeral homes.
______________________________________________________________________________

8. Request and direct the use of expert or technical assistance, if necessary
(surveyors, mechanics, physicists, physicians, etc.).
9. Reconstruct the accident, if necessary.
10. Prepare follow-up reports based upon the results of the investigation.
11. Prepare formal charges against the offender and process the offender when
appropriate.
12. Assist the district attorney in the preparation of the case for trial, when
appropriate.
13. Present the case in court.
E. Accident Investigators are responsible for ensuring the deceased's next of kin is notified;
1. They shall utilize the services of a department chaplain;
a. When available and time permitting.
b. When the notification is within Chatham County or
c. Nearby counties, with supervisor approval.
2. Send a fatality teletype if the deceased is an out of town resident, or
3. Use any other resources available to the department for notification.
The Accident Investigators will provide the Public Information Officer (PIO) with essential
information for a press release at the appropriate time or personally make the press release if a
PIO is not available.
BY ORDER OF:
________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police
______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________
SOP# OPS-022: Tactical Investigative Techniques EFFECTIVE: 02/01/18
______________________________________________________________________________
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for all units of the Chatham County Police Department who may
employ tactical investigative techniques. These operations may include, but are not limited
to, search warrants, raids, decoy operations, or any special operation or event which requires
special skills and/or equipment.
POLICY
The CCPD is dedicated to the safety of all citizens, the health and well-being of every
employee, and providing quality police services to the total community. This necessitates
adherence to basic tactical investigative techniques guidelines to ensure this effective delivery
of police services. CCPD personnel shall follow the tactical investigative techniques
guidelines described in this order as circumstances will permit.
PROCEDURE
I. SURVEILLANCE OPERATIONS
A. Surveillance operations shall be well planned prior to implementation.
B. Guidelines for planning operations include:
1. Crimes and victims shall be analyzed to determine the nature and scope of personnel
and equipment and activities required to safely and effectively conduct the operation.
2. Probable offenders and their habits, associates, vehicles, methods of operation, or any
other pertinent information which will affect the manner of surveillance and potential
prosecution shall be identified and analyzed.
3. Officers involved in the surveillance operation shall be familiarized with the
4. Operational procedures shall be determined for observation, arrests, and "tails" to
insure the continuity between the planning and the conduct of the surveillance
operation.
5. Required expense funds shall be afforded to Officers in accordance with SOP# OPS-
001 Criminal Investigations.
6. Means for routine and emergency communication shall be established.
7. Equipment and/or vehicles appropriate for the operation shall be provided.
8. Officers involved in the operation are to be relieved so surveillance may continue over
an extended period of time, if necessary.
CCPD SOP # OPS-022 Tactical Investigative Techniques / Page 1 of 5

C. Unit Supervisors shall review and consider the legal ramifications of the surveillance.
D. The prosecutor may be consulted if determined necessary and appropriate by Unit
Supervisors.
E. Officers shall complete an Investigative Follow-up Report (CCPD) either during or at the
end of each operation detailing the results of the surveillance.
II. UNDERCOVER OPERATIONS

A. Undercover operations shall be planned in accordance with the following guidelines:
1. All persons that are a suspect(s) or become the suspect(s) of the undercover operation
shall be identified, if possible.
2. This identification and analysis may include a determination of their criminal history,
known associates, weapons proficiency, and any other available background
information.
3. Contact with a suspect shall be made when it has been determined appropriate, only
after all necessary and reasonable precautions have been taken.
4. The neighborhood or suspect(s) area where Officers conduct the operation shall be
analyzed and/or surveyed prior to infiltration to determine and identify hazardous and
potentially dangerous areas.
5. Locations for surveillance points shall also be identified.
6. Officers involved in the operation may be provided with a false identity as necessary.
The confidentiality of Officer’s false identity shall be maintained in the following
manner:
a. Only the Chief of Police, Criminal Investigations Division Commander, Counter
Narcotics Team (CNT) Commander, and Officers involved in the operation shall
have the information on the Officers false identity.
b. Copies of the credentials provided to the Officers shall be kept in a safe in the
Criminal Investigations Division.
7. Officers involved in the operations shall be provided necessary funds in accordance
with GO # OPS-001 Criminal Investigations.
8. Officers involved in the operation shall be provided necessary equipment to include:
a. Vehicle.
b. Weapons.
c. Surveillance equipment.
d. Video equipment and cameras.
e. Communications equipment.
9. Means for routine and emergency communications shall be established on a case by
case basis. Body mikes, monitors, and radios shall be made available for this purpose.

B. Unit Supervisors shall review and consider the legal ramifications of the operation. A
prosecutor may be consulted if determined necessary and appropriate.
1. Depending on the purpose of the undercover operation, arrests may be made when all
the legal requirements to substantiate a legal arrest have been met.
2. Arrests will depend upon the purpose of the undercover operation. No arrest is to be
made without the backup of one other Officer or the assistance of another Officer
readily available.
3. Officers involved in undercover operations shall be closely supervised by the Division
Commanders and/or Supervisors.
4. Officers engaging in undercover activities shall have a "Backup" Officer when making
"hand to hand" purchases of contraband.
a. The Backup Officer shall either be in visual contact with the undercover Officer or
be able to hear the transaction via a body wire or other device.
b. The Backup Officer shall be in a position to respond to assist the undercover
Officer, if necessary.
c. Officers engaging in undercover activities are not permitted to consume illegal
narcotics.
5. Undercover Officers may consume alcohol when necessary to maintain their
"cover.”
a. Officers shall exercise good judgment and discretion in the consumption of alcohol.
b. Officers shall be held accountable for their actions and at no time during an
undercover operation shall they permit their judgment or physical dexterity to
become substantially impaired by the consumption of alcohol.
III. DECOY OPERATIONS

A. Victims, crimes, and crime locations shall be analyzed with the assistance of the Criminal
Investigations Division Unit Commanders and the Intelligence Unit to determine the
modus operandi of the perpetrators.
B. When appropriate, Officers shall disguise themselves to resemble victims.
C. A determination shall be made based on the analysis of the situation to deploy an adequate
number of Backup Officers for security and protection.
D. Operational procedures for each operation shall be developed to determine appropriate
locations for observation and arrest.
E. The District Attorney’s office may be consulted as needed to determine the legal
ramifications.
F. Communications shall be established through the use of body mikes, radios, and/or
recording devices.
G. Whenever and wherever possible, decoy equipment and cameras shall be used to record
the decoy operation.

H. Participating personnel shall be identified beforehand with a complete description of their
vehicles and clothing provided to all personnel.
I. The Patrol Watch Commander and the Communications Center shall be advised about the
operation and location so appropriate support is available.
J. Officers involved in the decoy operation shall be closely supervised by a Division
Commander and/or Supervisor.
IV. RAIDS AND SEARCH WARRANTS

A. A Unit Supervisor must review the probable cause for and authorize the execution of a raid
and/or a search warrant.
B. Division Commanders and Supervisors are responsible for supervising and coordinating
any raid.
C. In a Division Commander's absence, a Command Officer may be appointed.
D. Strategies and tactics for approaching, entering, securing, and leaving the suspect(s) of the
raid shall be developed prior to the raid. These strategies and tactics shall include analyzing
the suspect(s) to be raided, considering Officer safety, and determining the appropriate
manpower needed.
E. When conducting raids and search warrants, non-uniformed personnel shall be required to
wear police raid jackets. These jackets shall clearly identify the wearer as a Police
Officer. Deviation from this rule may be granted by a Division Commander and
subsequently articulated in the written report.
F. Uniformed Police Officers shall be utilized and, if possible, should be the first Officers in
view when the subjects of the raid are made aware of the operation.
G. A search for any evidence which is the suspect(s) of the raid shall be thorough and
systematic.
H. Evidence and contraband shall only be seized in accordance with the law.
I. Whenever and wherever possible, video equipment and cameras shall be used to record the
raid operation.
J. Appropriate equipment to successfully and safely complete the raid shall be issued,
including:
1. Weapons.
2. Bulletproof Vests.
3. Vehicles.
4. Undercover or decoy supplies.
5. Communications audio and visual monitoring equipment.
K. Specialized support units, such as, Counter Narcotics Team (CNT), Special Weapons and
Tactics (SWAT), evidence technicians, etc., may be selected to participate.
L. Appropriate communications shall be established and maintained with any support units.

M. Suspects arrested shall be transported to the Chatham County Jail to be processed.
N. If necessary, arrangements shall be made for detaining and processing arrested suspects at
the scene if mass arrests are anticipated.
O. The use of force to gain entry shall be authorized only after reasonable efforts to gain entry
without the use of force have failed.
P. The use of force in confronting suspects shall be made in accordance with the General
Order regarding “Use of Force.”
Q. If medical assistance is required, Officers shall render first aid, if practical, and utilize
Emergency Medical Services (EMS).
R. Documentation of all activities associated with the raid shall be required. This
documentation should be in the form of incident reports where violations of law are
observed or arrests are made, and supplemental reports by all Officers involved.
S. A summary of any raid activity shall be submitted to the Chief of Police by the raid
Supervisor through appropriate Division Commanders.
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

______________________________________________________________________________
GO # OPS-026: MARIJUANA SUBMISSION & TESTING EFFECTIVE: 02/01/2018

______________________________________________________________________________
PURPOSE
The purpose of this Stand Operating Procedure is to establish guidelines for the submission
and in house testing of marijuana (cannabis) and the reporting of said test results.
POLICY
It is the policy of the Chatham County Police Department (CCPD) to conduct in-house
marijuana (Cannabis) testing within the guidelines of this General Order.
DEFINITION(S)
MARIJUANA - Marijuana is controlled as an illegal drug under the Georgia Controlled
Substance Act, Title 16, Chapter 13 and is defined under 16-13-21 (16) as all parts of the
plant genus Cannabis, whether growing or not, the seeds thereof, the resin extracted from
any part of such plant, and every compound, manufacture, salt, derivative, mixture, or
preparation of such plant, its seeds, or resin; but shall not include samples as described in
subparagraph (P) of paragraph (3) of code Section 16-13-25 and shall include the completely
defoliated mature stalks of such plants, fiber produced from such stalks, oil, or cake, or the
completely sterilized samples of seeds of the plant which are incapable of germination.
Marijuana can be controlled as a Schedule I compound under 16-13-25 (P) if the samples
contain large amounts of the active ingredient Tetrahydrocannabinols or THC.
PROCEDURE
I. SUBMISSION OF EVIDENCE
A. When applicable, requests for marijuana testing shall be conveyed by means of a
completed Technical Services Work Request Form (CCPD Form 1086w), fax or email.
1. However, if the case is a misdemeanor, there is no need to submit a Technical
Request. Should the case be passed to a higher court, the District Attorney’s Office
will submit a request for testing prior to trial.
2. If there is no arrest associated with the marijuana, the “found property” shall be
submitted to the Property Room Custodian and marked “To Be Destroyed.”
CCPD SOP # OPS-026 Marijuana Submission & Testing / Page 1 of 4

B. Arresting Officers may submit properly packaged Marijuana to either the Drop Box (after
business hours) or the Property Room Custodian (during business hours), along with a
completed Property Receipt to maintain chain of custody.
1. Officers seizing marijuana as evidence shall field test the marijuana prior to logging
it into the Property and Evidence Unit.
C. Confiscated drugs shall be placed in designated evidence envelopes and sealed to
preclude tampering.
1. If samples are small enough, submission in evidence envelopes will be adequate.
2. Large quantities of suspected marijuana shall be packaged in a way to assure that
the integrity of the material is contained and tamper proof.
II. TESTING OF EVIDENCE AND REPORTING OF RESULTS

A. Drug testing will be accomplished in accordance with State prescribed methods of the
Georgia Bureau of Investigation Department of Forensic Science.
B. Testing shall only be done by designated CCPD personnel who are certified in testing
marijuana and who have completed the prescribed State requirements for certification.
C. Prior to testing, the Marijuana Examiner shall weigh all of the suspected marijuana in
accordance with the following procedures:
1. Accuracy of the scales shall be verified by the Marijuana Examiner conducting the
tests before and after each test by using ASTM class 4 weights (or equivalent), which
accompany the scales.
a. All scales have to be calibrated and affixed with a current Certificate of
Calibration that shows the expiration date of calibrations.
b. If the scales or weights have expired certificates the test cannot be performed until
new certificate of calibration is obtained from a certified technician
c. The results of the accuracy test shall be logged into a Scale log book.
(1) Each entry will include date, initials of examiner, the scale reading of the
lowest weight, and the scale reading of the highest weight that is greater than
the sample to be tested.
(2) This is to be documented before the first sample and after the last sample to
be tested by the same examiner for that day.
(3) The scale log book is to be kept near the scales and weights.
2. Suspected marijuana should be removed from the original packaging without
breaking the tamper proof seal of the arresting Officer.
3. The contents shall be placed on a clean, dry container that has been previously
weighed on calibrated Department scales.
4. All packaging shall be removed, leaving only the questioned substance to be weighed.
D. For testing minute amounts of marijuana, the Marijuana Examiner may have to break the
sample into a minimum of three smaller samples for chemical testing.
1. Microscopy

a. A small amount of the green leafy material shall be placed on a clean slide for
examination under a microscope.
b. The power of the microscope should be adequate to differentiate the top of the
leaf has non-glandular single-celled cystolithic hairs, “bear claws,” that point to
the tip of the leaf and that the bottom of the leaf has thin abundant hairs
approximately one tenth the width of the hairs on the top surface.
c. If these two characteristics are visible on the same leaf fragment, return the
contents of the slide to the rest of the sample. If the characteristics are not visible,
discontinue testing.
2. Duquenois - Levine Chemical Test
a. A small amount of the sample of marijuana (4 to 6 leaf particles of ¼ inch in
length, or equivalent) shall be placed in the test pouch and resealed. Be sure that
you save enough specimen to allow a second test in case the ampoules have been
inadvertently switched at the assembly plant.
b. Break the ampoules in the order from left to right, agitate, and wait one minute
between the first and second ampoule.
c. When the second ampoule is broken, watch as the test material turns purple (this
may take a minute or two).
d. Break the third ampoule (chloroform solution) and observe the purple fluid from
step two. If the purple fluid floats to the top of the pouch and remains separated
the test indicates the substance is positive for marijuana.
e. Once the test has been performed, the chloroform alters the THC of the test
sample and no further tests can be performed on that particular sample.
3. KN Reagent (Fast Blue B Test)
a. A small amount of the sample of marijuana (same as in § II, D, 2 above) should
be placed in the tube, shaken to the bottom, and the cap replaced.
b. The bottom ampoule must be broken and the sample agitated.
c. Allow a few seconds for the sample to get saturated, then break the ampoules in
the cap of the tube and observe the color of the material in the tube.
d. Positive test results should indicate an orange to red color.
E. After completion of the tests, the remaining untested sample shall be returned to its
original container and resealed with tamper proof evidence tape.
1. If the original package is unusable, the original packaging shall be returned to the
evidence envelope and an additional container shall be used to secure the sample.
2. The new container shall be sealed by the Marijuana Examiner prior to being placed
in the second evidence envelope.
3. When all samples are in the evidence envelope, the Marijuana Examiner shall reseal
the original container with tamper proof evidence tape and write the date and
signature/initials across the tape to ensure the chain of custody integrity.
F. A complete written report of the findings of the test(s) shall be prepared in the format
prescribed by the Georgia Bureau of Investigation’s Department of Forensic Science.

1. Additionally, the findings shall be recorded in the Marijuana Tests logbook/ computer
log. Each entry will be recorded in chronological order by CRN, name, results,
weight, and Marijuana Examiner accomplishing test.
2. The original report shall be maintained in the back of the Marijuana Test logbook.
3. Upon completion of the marijuana test, a copy of the report shall be scanned into
Tiburon System by the marijuana examiner.
4. A copy of the report shall be forwarded to other agencies, upon receipt of the
requesting agency’s signature.
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

______________________________________________________________________________
SOP # OPS-036: SEXUAL ASSAULT INVESTIGATIONS EFFECTIVE: 02/01/2018
______________________________________________________________________________
PURPOSE
The purpose of this General Order is to establish procedures that guide both Patrol Officers
and Investigators during sexual assault investigations.
POLICY
For the purpose of this policy, the term “sexual assault” is generic for all sex crimes. It
is the policy of the Chatham County Police Department (CCPD) to investigate sexual assault
cases with the highest standards of legal and professional conduct in a sensitive, supportive
attitude intended to instill trust with the victim, the general public, and facilitate proper
information gathering.
PROCEDURE
I. INITIAL RESPONSE
A. When a sexual assault complaint is received in the Communications Center, the
Communications Specialist receiving the call shall request the following information:
1. Victim's name.
2. Location of caller.
3. Where the attack occurred.
4. When the attack occurred.
5. Name and/or description of perpetrator(s).
6. Direction and means of perpetrator’s flight, if applicable.
B. The Communication Specialist shall make every effort to keep the victim on the phone
line until the first Officer arrives on the scene.
C. The Communication Specialist shall obtain authorization from the or the Detective Unit
Supervisor prior to notifying Rape Crisis to send a volunteer and a Sexual Assault Nurse
Examiner (S.A.N.E.) to an authorized medical facility. Unless medical needs dictate
otherwise, all sexual assault cases shall be investigated in an appropriate setting to
ensure the medical needs, privacy and comfort of the victim.
D. All biologic evidence will be collected up to a minimum of 120 hours (5 days) after
assault. In addition, cases should be evaluated on an individual basis as the medical
forensic examination may be completed beyond 120 hours.
CCPD SOP # OPS-036 Sexual Assault Investigations / Page 1 of 4

E. The responding Officer shall assess the victim's well-being and let the victim know they
are there to help.
F. An Officer shall:
1. Secure the scene of the attack and begin a Crime Scene Access Log (CCPD Form
#1181), provided the crime scene is located.
2. Locate and identify witnesses.
3. Conduct an area canvass.
4. Obtain suspect information and issue a BOLO.
G. The responding Officer should explain to the victim each step of the investigation,
including the S.A.N.E. examination.
1. The Officer should explain that the SANE examination is a free forensic procedure
designed to identify, document, and collect evidence.
a. O.C.G.A. 17-5-72 states: A victim shall have the right to have a forensic
medical examination regardless of whether the victim participates in the
criminal justice system or cooperates with law enforcement in pursuing
prosecution of the underlying crime. A victim shall NOT be required to pay,
directly or indirectly, for the cost of a forensic medical examination. The
cost of a forensic medical examination shall be paid for by the Georgia
Crime Victims Emergency Fund, as provided for in Chapter 15 of this title.
NOTE: A victim has the right to stop the SANE examination at any time for
any reason. Law enforcement shall not encourage a victim to stop a SANE
examination.
2. At no time shall the victim be misled concerning the purpose of the SANE
examination.
3. If possible, the victim should take a change of clothing to the authorized medical
facility and the need to keep crime scene clothing as evidence should be explained.
H. Anonymous Reporting: the reporting of a sexual assault without providing personal
information or facts about the case to law enforcement. As much as possible, all other
initial response procedures will be followed:
1. Under certain circumstances, a victim can have a Forensic Exam completed
without reporting the nature of the crime committed.
a. A CRN will be pulled, however no information pertaining to the
complainant or the facts of the case will be written in the report.
b. The report will state the officer responded to the authorized medical facility
in reference to an anonymous report of sexual assault. A sexual assault kit
was collected and logged into the property room.
2. A sexual assault kit will be completed by the SANE nurse when authorized by the
victim. A CRN will be assigned to the Sexual Assault kit, which will be logged
into the property room.
a. The victim’s information will not be put on the Sexual Assault Kit. Use the
words “Anonymous Reporting” for identification purposes.
3. A Detective or Detective Sergeant will be notified.

4. The victim will be advised they have up to one year to change their mind and add
the relevant facts and personal information to the report.
5. Forensic evidence for anonymously reported sexual assaults will be maintained
for not less than 12 months. The victim must also be informed, at the time of the
anonymous reporting, that after twelve months the evidence may be destroyed,
per O.C.G.A. 17-5-71 (b) Preservation of Evidence.
6. The case detective is responsible for contacting the victim (patient) every three
(3) Months regarding the timeframe remaining to file a report.
I. The victim should be transported to the authorized medical facility’s Quiet Room.
1. Victims with life threatening or major trauma injuries will be taken an authorized
medical facility. This decision will be made by medical personnel.
2. The victim should not be transported in the rear seat of marked unit with a cage,
unless no other means of transportation exists.
J. Once at the hospital, the Officer should never leave the victim alone and should take
the victim to a private waiting room, if the Quiet Room is unavailable.
K. Officers shall not discuss the investigation openly or within hearing distance of the
victim or others not associated with the investigation (i.e. other patients, hospital
employees, etc.).
II. FOLLOW-UP INVESTIGATION

A. When conducting sexual assault investigations, Detectives will:
1. Ensure the victim understands the investigation process and who each person is
that will be involved, to include the S.A.N.E. Nurse, Rape Crises or appropriate
medical personnel.
2. Ensure that evidence at the scene is collected.
3. Ensure information about the perpetrator has been sent to nearby agencies, if
appropriate.
4. Explain the investigator’s role and how the interview is conducted and why certain
sensitive questions have to be asked, as well as the importance of the modus
operandi and the necessity of providing details.
5. Interview the victim with the SANE Nurse, Rape Crisis or appropriate medical
personnel, if circumstances allow.
6. Allow the victim to first tell what happened in their own words with no
interruptions prior to asking specific questions.
7. Make notes of the victim's condition.
a. If there is any likelihood that a “date rape” drug was used, the Officer shall
obtain a blood or urine sample from the victim. The sample shall be logged
into evidence and placed in the evidence refrigerator until it can be
transported to the GBI Crime Lab for analysis.
b. Photographs of the victim’s injuries should be taken by the SANE Nurse
during the examination.
(1) If the examination is conducted by a physician, a Forensics Officer
shall photograph the victim’s injuries, if any.

(2) Photographs may be taken the following day to show the extent of any
bruising. Following day photographs will be taken by a Forensics
Officer.
8. Ensure that medical evidence and the victim's clothing are obtained in a legal
manner (Sexual Assault kit used, Sexual Assault Data Form completed by the
S.A.N.E. Nurse, physician or appropriate medical personnel).
9. Ensure that the victim has a means of transportation from the hospital.
10. Brief the victim on next contact, judicial process, and other information.
11. The case detective will ensure the medical evidence (Sexual Assault kit) is
obtained from the authorized medical facility as soon as possible. Said evidence
must be retrieved within 96 hours to comply with O.C.G.A. 17-5-72. The case
detective will also ensure the kit is submitted to the GBI within 30 days to comply
with O.C.G.A. 17-5-72.
a. Submit it to GBI Crime Lab through the SCMPD Property Room.
(1) All Sexual Assault kits except cases that are unfounded or
anonymously reported will be submitted to the GBI for processing.
i. Anonymously reported kits will only be sent to the GBI Crime Lab
with the victim’s approval and request.
12. Conduct a subsequent in-depth interview, if appropriate.
13. Show photo line-ups, if appropriate.
B. The Investigator shall notify the victim of the outcome of the investigation (i.e. type of
closure and reason, Grand Jury no-bill or true-bill, and whether or not the case will be
presented for prosecution).
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

K4
Interview and Interrogation
Concepts, Principles, and
Practices

CRIMINAL INVESTIGATIONS REVISION DATE: 12/11/19
PURPOSE
The purpose of this directive is to provide policy and general procedures for the conduct of the
investigative function.
DISCUSSION
The investigative function is a necessary requirement to solving crime. Investigations begin upon
the first notification that a crime may have or has been committed and ends when the case is solved
and the perpetrator(s) is/are arrested and prosecuted or otherwise satisfactorily resolved.
Cooperation is vital to effective investigative efforts.
POLICY
It is the policy of the Chatham County Police Department (CCPD) to apply proactive investigative
methods and to fully investigate, if possible, all reported crimes to the extent necessary to support
prosecution and to comply with the highest standards of legal and professional conduct when
conducting a criminal investigation involving persons suspected of violating the law. CCPD officers
will conduct all investigations in a professional manner utilizing all approved training and in
accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia, the Constitution of the United States and the
polices of the CCPD.
PROCEDURE
The following procedures are guidelines to be followed by officers and investigators conducting
criminal investigations. These procedures should not be considered restrictive or all inclusive in
nature.
I. PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATIONS [CALEA 42.1.4]
A. A preliminary investigation shall be conducted by the primary Patrol officer dispatched
to the call for service. This preliminary investigation may constitute the entire
investigation of the crime and therefore should be completed in a thorough manner as
outlined below. At a minimum, the uniformed patrol officer will conduct the preliminary
investigation to a point where a lapse in the investigation will not hamper or jeopardize
the outcome of the case nor prohibit the officer’s return to service without undue delay.
In circumstances that require notification of and an initial response from an investigator,
the investigator will assume responsibility for ollow-up investigations (i.e. homicide,
armed robbery, etc.), but the primary uniformed patrol officer will still be responsible for
preparing the preliminary investigative report.
B. Preliminary Investigations include:
1. Observing all conditions, events, and remarks surrounding the crime scene.
[CALEA 42.2.1 a]

2. Locating and identifying witnesses. [CALEA 42.2.1 B]
3. Maintaining the crime scene and protecting evidence. [CALEA 42.2.1 C]
4. Conducting an area canvass.
5. Interviewing the complainant and/or victim(s) and witnesses. [CALEA 42.2.1 d]
a. Special Circumstances
(1) Child sexual assault victims should only be interviewed in accordance
with Chatham County Child Abuse Protocol.
(2) Homicide victim(s) names, when available and confirmed, will be
documented in the original report. If the homicide victim’s name is not
available at the time the initial report is written, the immediate
supervisor of the officer writing the report will ensure that the name is
added to the report as soon as it is determined.
(3) Contact information for a homicide victim’s next of kin will be included
in the original report, if available. If the information is not available at
the time of the original report, the investigator assigned to the case will
ensure that the information is added to the report (by supplemental
report) and transferred to the Records Management System within four
hours of the homicide or as soon as it is discovered.
6. Obtaining a suspect description and issuing a BOLO.
7. Interviewing the suspect, except in homicide, rape, kidnapping, and child abuse
cases. [CALEA 42.2.1 D]
8. Collecting or preserving evidence or arranging for the collection and/or
preservation of evidence. [42.2.1 c]
9. Conducting a “show-up” as an immediate identification method in accordance with
CCPD SOP OPS-060. [CALEA 42.2.10]
10. Affecting the arrest of the criminal.
11. Reporting the incident fully and accurately.
C. A sound preliminary investigation is essential for the successful completion of a case.
Therefore, the officer should include as many useful details as possible in the preliminary
report in order for the investigator to begin a follow-up investigation. The below
information should be included at a minimum, if applicable:
1. Witnesses to the crime.
2. Identification of the suspect(s) if known.
3. Description of the suspect.
4. Information concerning the location of the suspect.
5. Existence of a significant Modus Operandi (MO).
6. Results from a crime scene evidence search.
7. Statements made by victims, witnesses or suspects.
8. Presence of physical evidence.

9. Description of stolen property including identifiable characteristics marks or
numbers.
10. Description of any automobiles involved in the crime.
11. Description of the scene.
12. Identification of the availability of video evidence at the crime scene, or adjacent
properties that may contain video evidence, and if viewable on-scene, a description
of what the video evidence illustrates.
13. Any other significant details or information.

II. FOLLOW-UP INVESTIGATIONS
A. With supervisory approval, uniformed officers may conduct limited follow-up
investigations when there is a reasonable chance of immediate apprehension of the
suspect, a need for obtaining additional information for the preliminary investigation
report, or there are other compelling circumstances. Absent the foregoing criteria,
follow-up investigations are the responsibility of CID.
B. When a case is assigned to an investigator for a follow–up, they will review the
preliminary investigation report to determine if any leads or suspects exist. If so, the
investigator will: [42.2.2]
1. Read and become thoroughly familiar with the incident report. [GA 5.20 a]
2. Contact the victim within twenty-four (24) hours to clarify facts of the case and
ensure the victim knows how to contact the investigator.
3. Contact witnesses and arrange for interviews. [GA 5.20 b]
4. Determine if there is any additional information via the originating officer or
uniformed officers, informants, witnesses, and/or neighborhood interviews. [GA
5.20 c]
5. Disseminate information relative to crimes and suspect(s), if any, throughout the
CCPD and other concerned agencies in the form of written alerts.
6. Conduct a search for witnesses, evidence, victims, or suspects, including an area
canvas around the scene of the crime. [GA 5.20 d]
7. If necessary, use surveillance to apprehend suspects or gain additional information.
8. Utilize CCPD records, Crime Analysts, laboratories, Crime Intelligence Center
(GCIC/NCIC), pawn files, and field interview reports to develop and identify
suspects. [GA 5.20 a]
9. Utilize outside support facilities (i.e. utility checks, driver's license checks, vehicle
registration checks, criminal history checks, and probation and parole checks).
[GA 5.20 g]
10. When deemed beneficial, check with the department’s Crime Analysts to determine
if they have access to any information that could assist with the identification of
the suspect, the suspects possible involvement in other crimes.
11. Review social media accounts and/or other electronic data collection mediums
(obtain a warrant when required).

12. Conduct the proper collection, preservation, and submission of evidence. [GA 5.20
d]
13. Examine physical evidence, review all statements and make a determination if there
is sufficient evidence to charge a person with the crime.
14. Obtain warrants for the suspect.
15. Enter appropriate information into GCIC and validate it as required. Information
will be removed when it no longer needs to be in GCIC
16. Review all results from lab exams. [GA 5.20 a]
17. Identify and apprehend all suspects. [GA 5.20 e]
18. Utilize a photographic or physical line-up in eyewitness identification in
accordance with CCPD SOP OPS-060. [CALEA 42.2.9]
19. If a suspect is established, attempt to secure a documented confession through a
thorough interview/interrogation and also determine the existence and identity of
any co-defendants. [GA 4.2 a, 5.20 b]
20. If an accomplice or co-defendant is developed, proceed with other investigative
steps outlined in this procedure regarding this subject(s).
21. Determine if the suspect’s vehicle or other property is subject to forfeiture under
Georgia law and, if so, seize the vehicle or property initiate condemnation
procedures, in accordance with CCPD Policy OPS-021 Asset Forfeitures.
22. Notify the proper law enforcement agency if a suspect indicates involvement in
other jurisdictions.
23. Conduct background investigations on suspect(s) via criminal records checks,
criminal history files, and other established sources.
24. Determine if the suspect(s) is involved in other crimes. [GA 5.20 f]
25. Determine if the suspect(s) can be utilized as a confidential informant.
26. If necessary, use a search warrant, or in approved instances, the consent to search
form to legally recover items of evidentiary value or stolen property.
27. Indicate the disposition and status of any property or evidence in CCPD custody in
a supplemental report.
28. Keep the victim aware of any change in the case status.
29. If information is developed that indicates the suspect is a habitual/serious offender,
contact the Crime Analyst for identification as a habitual/serious offender and
ensure the District Attorney’s Office is made aware of this fact. [CALEA 42.1.5]
30. Criminal Investigators will make periodic appearances at precinct roll calls to
exchange and solicit information regarding cases. Investigators should attend roll
call once a month in order to maintain contact with field officers and coordinate
efforts. [CALEA 42.2.3]
31. Organize, in an orderly fashion, all notes, evidence, photographs, supplements, and
lab findings for court presentation, and make the prosecutor aware of all pertinent
facts of the case and of criminal history background of the defendant. [GA 5.20 h]

32. Complete a detailed investigative report documenting all activities including a time
line of activities associated with case.
III. ADMINISTRATION
A. 24-Hour Coverage [GA 5.22], [CALEA 42.1.1]
1. The Criminal Investigation Division (CID) will provide a list investigators for
emergencies occurring during non-duty hours.
2. Unit Supervisors will ensure the on-call list is published and furnished to the
Communication Center and the Uniform Patrol Division. .
3. The on-call investigator will have a phone with them to facilitate recall.
4. Requests for the on-call investigator will be made by the on scene supervisor to the
appropriate CID supervisors.
5. The on-call investigator will respond to the following:
a. Homicide Investigations.
b. Kidnappings
c. Armed Robberies.
d. Sexual Assaults (juvenile & adult victims).
e. Missing Persons with unusual circumstances as per OPS-012: Missing
Persons.
f. Death investigations having suspicious circumstances or apparent suicides.
g. At the request of the on-duty Lieutenant.
B. Case Screening and Assignment [CALEA 42.1.2]
1. Case screening shall be employed to apply available manpower to those
investigations which have the best chance of being successful and shall be based
on solvability factors, specific criteria for continuing the investigative process,
available manpower, and current departmental policy.
2. Solvability factors are workable leads and shall include, but are not limited to:
a. Perpetrator’s name(s).
b. Aliases or “street” names.
c. Vehicle description/tag information.
d. Physical evidence.
e. Seriousness of the crime.
f. Injury to the victim.
3. All felony crimes against persons will be assigned to an investigator for a follow-
up investigation if the appropriate solvability factors exist.
4. Felony domestic violence cases will be assigned to an investigator for a follow up
investigation.
5. Property crime cases (Burglary, Theft, etc.) will be assigned to a CID investigator
for a follow-up investigation based upon the following guidelines:

a. The degree of seriousness of the incident.
b. The frequency of occurrence of similar crimes in the same proximity.
c. Estimated range of time of occurrence.
d. Traceable stolen articles.
e. Witness's report of offense (if observed).
f. Physical evidence.
g. Suspect information developed (description or name).
h. Vehicle description.
i. Property loss greater than $1000.00.
6. Misdemeanor and juvenile property crimes will be assigned for a follow-up
investigation at the discretion of the CID Supervisor.
C. Case File Management [CALEA 42.1.3 b]
1. To ensure a timely and complete investigation, supervisors shall assign cases for
follow-up through the SSI Records Management System to maintain a record of
the following:
a. Case number.
b. Investigator assigned.
c. Date assigned.
d. Date that a follow-up report is due.
e. Case status:
(1) Open-Active - an open case. The following shall apply:
(a) The victim/complainant will be contacted as soon as reasonable,
preferably in person, but phone contact is permissible.
(b) The investigative status shall be updated to “Open-Active”.
(c) At a minimum, each subsequent report status update will be filed
every thirty (30) days, as long as the case is active.
(2) Open-Inactive. Indicates all available leads have been exhausted, but
the case has not been brought to a conclusion, or the case is suspended
and investigative efforts may be resumed. Used when arrest warrants
have been secured against a suspect, but have not yet been served upon
the suspect.
(a) OI- Open-Inactive.
(b) AW - Obtained Arrest Warrant (pending arrest).
(c) The investigative status shall be updated to “Open-Inactive”.
(3) Closed The case has been resolved.
(a) AR- Arrest
(b) EC – Exceptionally Cleared.

(c) CS – Service.
(d) UF – Unfounded.
(e) The investigative status shall be updated to “Closed” and one of
the above codes shall be appropriately applied.
f. Case Clearance
(1) The method of case clearance outlined in this directive is an internal
procedure to assist in case management and will not interfere with the
Uniform Crime Report methods of clearance.
(2) A case will be cleared by Arrest when at least one person is arrested
and charged with the commission of the offense. Multiple arrests in one
case only count as one case cleared arrest, but one arrest in multiple
cases count as multiple cases cleared (example: Two people arrested for
the same burglary equals one case cleared, but one person arrested for
three separate burglaries equals three cases cleared).
(3) A case may be Exceptionally Cleared if the responsibility for
prosecution is transferred to another agency or there is some reason
beyond law enforcement control that stops an officer from arresting and
charging the offender, such as:
(a) Suicide of the offender.
(b) Double murder (Two persons kill each other).
(c) Deathbed confession (The person who committed the offense dies
after making the confession).
(d) Offender killed by police or citizen.
(e) Confession by an offender who is already in law enforcement
custody or serving a sentence (This is actually a variation of a true
clearance by arrest—the offender would not be “apprehended” but
in most situations would be prosecuted on the new charge).
(f) Offender is prosecuted by state or local authorities in another city
for a different offense or is prosecuted in another city or state by
the federal government for an offense which may be the same
(Law enforcement makes an attempt to return the offender for
prosecution, but the other jurisdiction will not allow the release).
(g) Extradition denied.
(h) Victim refuses to cooperate in the prosecution.
(i) Warrant is outstanding for felon, but before being arrested, the
offender dies (The method of death is irrelevant).
(4) A case may be closed by Service if there is nothing of a criminal nature
that needs to be investigated (i.e. natural death investigation, etc.).
(5) A case will be cleared Unfounded if the investigation reveals a crime
was not committed or the actual facts of the crime cause it to be
reclassified as non-criminal (civil tort).

2. Reclassification of Reports:
a. Upon assignment, all investigators will ensure that the narrative of the report
supports the incident title.
b. If the information on the report is correct, the investigator will follow through
with their investigation.
c. If the narrative of the report does not coincide with the titled incident, the
investigator will investigate the incident and determine the correct criminal
statute/title for the report.
d. Once the investigator concludes their investigation of the incident and
determines that the preliminary incident report needs to be reclassified, the
investigator will include in a supplemental report in reference to the
investigation and the reasons why he or she thinks the report should be
reclassified.
e. The supervisor will review the report for completeness, and notify the
Records Unit and/or a Crime Analyst for reclassification.
3. Criminal Investigators conducting active investigations will maintain current
documentation of activities for each case. A case file shall contain copies of the
following: [CALEA 42.1.3 c]
a. Initial (preliminary) and supplemental reports, whether prepared by
uniformed officers or investigators.
b. Recorded audio and video statements and interviews. Electronic files shall be
uploaded to Evidence.com as part of the case file.
c. Photographs, crime scene sketches and electronic files collected by the Crime
Scene Unit shall be electronically uploaded to the case file on Evidence.com.
d. Results of tests pertaining to physical evidence.
e. Any other reports or records needed for investigative purposes.
4. Case files for active cases shall be maintained by the lead investigator and reviewed
every ten thirty days by the investigator’s supervisor, and will be accessible to other
investigators and supervisors. [CALEA 42.1.3 d]
a. Files involving active investigations are not accessible to the public.
b. When a case file is worked to completion, the entire case file shall be
presented to the supervisor sergeant for initial approval.
c. Upon initial supervisor approval, the case file will be returned to the
investigator for scanning and uploading to the Evidence.com system. The
investigator will be responsible for creating an electronic case file on
Evidence.com and ensuring the proper loading of all material.
d. When a case file is completed and uploaded by the assigned investigator, it
will be returned the unit supervisor sergeant for their approval, regardless of
status. The sergeant will confirm the creation of an electronic case file on
Evidence.com as a condition of approval. The sergeant will forward the case
file to the captain for final approval.

e. The file will be reviewed for accuracy, completeness, and legality and will be
approved by the captain. The captain will then forward the file to the CID
Administrative Assistant for secure storage.
f. The CID Administrative Assistant is responsible for the handling, processing,
and storing of completed case files. All completed case files will be
maintained in the office of the CID Administrative Assistant The CID
Administrative Assistant is responsible for ensuring that all case files
submitted are properly scanned and uploaded to the electronic database.
g. When it is necessary for a case file to be removed from the CID
Administrative Assistant’s Office during normal duty hours, 0800 to 1630
hours, Monday through Friday, the requesting investigator will contact the
CID Administrative Assistant.
h. After normal duty hours, the ranking investigative supervisor is authorized to
have access to the CID Administrative Assistant’s Office.
i. The case file will be retrieved and furnished to the requesting investigator
who will sign a log indicating that they received the case file.
j. It will be the responsibility of the receiving investigator to return the case file
to the CID Administrative Assistant.
k. A file will be established for the purpose of maintaining a signature log of
signed out cases. A monthly audit of case files signed out will be conducted
by the unit commander to ensure the integrity of the file.
l. When a file is removed for court purposes, the disposition will be entered on
the case file folder, as well as brought to the attention of the CID
Administrative Assistant.
m. While a case file is signed out by an investigator; nothing will be removed
from the case file unless directed to do so by the CID Commander, District
Attorney, or other approved designee.
n. The CID Administrative Assistant will be responsible for complying with the
state issued retention schedules for local governments as it pertains to
criminal case files (in either format, paper or electronic). [CALEA 42.1.3 e]
IV. OPERATIONS
A. Interviews and Interrogations: [CALEA 1.2.3 a, b & 44.2.3 ]
1. All investigative personnel will conduct themselves in a manner as to not
intentionally cause anyone being interviewed or interrogated into giving an
involuntary statement of confession. [GA 4.2 a]
2. Investigative personnel will not deprive persons to the right of counsel nor
contribute to any pretrial publicity that would tend to prejudice a jury.
3. Prior to a custodial interview/interrogation, the individual will be advised of their
Constitutional rights warnings. [GA 4.2 a]
4. After the warning, the individual may waive his/her rights or refuse same. The
rights form will be initialed and signed by the suspect indicating his or her choice.
5. If a suspect requests legal council, the investigator will stop all attempts at an
interview until their legal counsel (Lawyer) is present.

6. Although not always possible, admissions or confessions should be reduced to
writing. Written confession will be read and signed by the person making the
confession. [CALEA 1.2.3 c] [GA 4.2 a]
7. Whenever possible, interviews/interrogations will be conducted in the Interview
Room or audio recorded when in the field.
8. The interviewing of persons speaking languages other than English will be
videotaped in its entirety, when feasible.
B. Interview Safety [CALEA 42.2.8]
1. Officers and investigators will secure their weapons in an appropriate manner prior
to commencing an interview or interrogation and will not take weapons into the
interview rooms. Suspects will be Terry Frisked for weapons prior to entering the
interview room.
2. No more than two investigators will be present in an interview during an interview
or interrogation.
3. Another investigator will monitor the interview through the video surveillance
system as a coach to the interviewer. He or she will also monitor for the safety of
officers in the room and summon help if needed. Officers may take their portable
radio into the interview in order to call for help if needed.
4. Activation of video and audio recording equipment will be the responsibility of the
lead investigator conducting the interview.
5. Suspects or potential suspects will be kept under direct supervision and will not be
left alone while in the interview room.
6. During interviews the officers will provide individuals with water, and access to
restrooms if requested. At no time will a suspect of potential suspect be allowed to
enter the restroom unescorted.
7. The only items allowed in the interview room are the necessary documents needed
and a writing instrument as well as a recording device.
8. Any investigator or officer who feels uncomfortable with the arrangements
concerning the interview should express them to the CID supervisor prior to
commencement of the interview.
C. Background Investigations
1. Criminal investigations frequently involve background investigations of persons,
particularly as they relate to white collar crime, organized crime and vice activities.
2. The CCPD will conduct background investigations of persons only in correlation
with an ongoing criminal investigation.
3. This Directive does not apply to background investigations in the selection process.
4. Various sources of information are available in conducting a background
investigation. Some potential sources include, but are not limited to:
a. Financial institutions.
b. Business associates.
c. Former employers.

d. Informants.
e. Utility companies.
f. Public records.
g. Social Media
h. Intelligence reports.
i. Criminal history.
j. Other law enforcement agencies.
k. Pawn shops.
l. Neighbors.
m. Family / Relatives.
n. Credit Bureau.
o. Schools and/or colleges
5. At the conclusion of the background investigation, the investigating officer shall
complete a synopsis of the findings to be placed in the investigative file along with
the supporting documentation.
D. Surveillance
1. The CID will be responsible for coordinating and planning surveillance operations
that are long term, labor intensive, and require investigative funds.
2. Guidelines for planning operations include:
a. Crimes and victims will be analyzed to determine the nature and scope of
personnel and equipment and activities required to safely and effectively
conduct the operation.
b. Probable offenders and their habits, associates, vehicles, methods of
operation, or any other pertinent information which will affect the manner of
surveillance and potential prosecution will be identified and analyzed.
c. Officers involved in the surveillance operation will be familiarized with the
d. Operational procedures will be determined for observation, arrests, and "tails"
to insure the continuity between the planning and the conduct of the
surveillance operation.
e. Required expense funds will be afforded to officers in accordance with
Section V, Subsection C (Investigative Funds), within this policy.
f. Means for routine and emergency communication will be established.
g. Equipment and/or vehicles appropriate for the operation will be provided.

h. Officers involved in the operation are to be relieved periodically so
surveillance may continue over an extended period of time, if necessary.
3. Officers will complete a supplemental report at the end of their shift detailing the
observations that were made and submit the report to the case investigator to be
filed in the case file.
E. Investigative Task Force [CALEA 42.2.4]
1. An investigative task force may be established when normal resources are unable
to cope with the problem.
2. The decision to establish an investigative task force must be approved by the Chief
of Police or designee.
3. Once the decision to form a task force has been made, a Task Force Commander
will be appointed. The Task Force Commander will be of the rank of Lieutenant
or higher, depending on the scope of the investigation, and will be responsible for
establishing accountability for all facets of the operation, including identifying
resources and periodically briefing the Chief of Police or his designee on the
progress of the task force.
4. An after-action report detailing expenditures, man-hours used, and arrests made as
a result of the operation will be completed and forwarded to the Chief of Police or
his designee.
F. Truth Verification Devices [CALEA 42.2.5]
1. The use of truth verification devices such as the Polygraph can be useful as
investigative aids. Due to the complexity of the examination process, these types
of interviews/examinations shall only be conducted by qualified examiners whose
training in the use of such devices is documented.
2. A CID Unit Supervisor shall approve the use of truth verification devices for
criminal investigations.
3. The following criteria must be met before seeking approval to use truth verification
device examinations:
a. The investigation is as complete as circumstances reasonably permit.
b. The examination subject is believed to have knowledge of or is involved in
the matter under investigation.
c. The examination subject has been interviewed by detectives.
4. The following is required of polygraph examiners who administer polygraph
examinations:
a. Successful graduation from a polygraph school approved by the Georgia
Secretary of State.

b. Satisfy the requirements of the Georgia Secretary of State.
c. Attend retraining seminars/courses on a reoccurring basis to maintain
professional proficiency.
5. The following information shall be provided to the truth verification device
examiner prior to administering an examination:
a. All reports, statements, physical evidence, etc. relating to the matter under
investigation.
b. The existence of any prior truth verification device examinations pertaining
to the investigation, including the reported results.
c. A waiver for minors signed by a parent or guardian giving Parental Consent
for a Polygraph Examination.
d. Any mental or physical health conditions which the subject to be examined
may have.
e. Security provisions to prevent escape by examination subjects who are in
custody.
6. The truth verification device examiner shall make the ultimate determination on the
suitability of a subject for an examination.
7. Truth verification device examinations shall not be administered to subjects with
the following conditions:
a. A physical condition which could be endangered by the administering of the
detection-of-deception device examination unless a release is obtained from
the subject's medical doctor.
b. Obvious fatigue.
c. Obvious intoxication.
d. Professed mental condition unless examined by a medical doctor. This doctor
shall determine subject's suitability in a written report prior to administering
a truth verification device examination.
8. Polygraph examinations shall be administered using accepted question techniques,
as recognized by the polygraph profession.
9. Accepted polygraph examination question techniques are relevant/irrelevant, peak
of tension, modified general question test, and zone of comparison.
a. The subject for examination shall sign a polygraph examination consent form
prior to submitting to a polygraph examination.
b. Subjects for examination who are possible under arrest/in-custody shall be
advised of their right to counsel and their right to remain silent prior to being
administered a polygraph examination.

10. Truth verification device examinations may be administered to substantiate
information furnished by citizens and informants. The use of truth verification
device examinations shall not replace or be used as an expedient substitute for
investigation by conventional methods.
11. Truth verification device examination results shall only be released to those persons
having a lawful interest in the same which include, but is not limited to Criminal
Investigators, District Attorney, Assistant District Attorneys, and Investigators for
the District Attorney, Defense Attorneys upon subpoena, and Judges.
V. INFORMANTS [CALEA 42.2.6]
A. Informants
1. A Confidential Informant (CI) is an individual who is providing information and
investigative leads to a CCPD officer for the first time or who has provided
information in the past which did not turn out to be totally accurate.
a. A confidential informant may or may not receive financial compensation for
the information provided.
2. A Confidential Reliable Informant (CRI) is an informant who has provided
accurate information in the past which led to the successful completion of an
investigation.
a. In order to qualify an informant as a CRI and to use information provided by
the CRI as supporting probable cause for a search warrant, the CRI and past
information provided must be documented .
b. CRIs are informants who are used for information on a regular basis and are
financially compensated for their information.
3. Informants providing information to police personnel (excluding citizens providing
information as witnesses and who would be subject to testify in criminal
proceedings) will be documented in an informant file assembled by the controlling
officer and consisting of:
a. Completed Informant Checklist (CCPD Form 1028).
b. Completed Personal History Sheet (CCPD Form 1029).
c. Three current photographs of the informant.
d. Completed Fingerprint cards.
e. Criminal History, including NCIC.
f. Completed Informant Agreement and Advisory Form (CCPD Form 1030).
g. Documentation of all payments made to the informant (CCPD Form 1031).
h. The case number of any case(s) cleared through information furnished to the
controlling officer by the informant.
4. After completion of informant documentation, the controlling officer will forward
the informant file to their immediate supervisor for approval. Upon approval, the
file will be forwarded to the CID Assistant Division Commander or the Informant

Files/Funds Custodian who will assign an Informant Code Number to the file and
record the number in the Master File Ledger.
5. The Informant Master File Ledger will be maintained by the Informant Files/Funds
Custodian. The Informant Files/Funds Custodian will be a Sergeant or a
Commissioned Officer who will be responsible for the security of the Master File
Ledger, as well as the Informant Files. Only the Division Commander, Assistant
Division Commander, and the Informant File/Funds Custodian will have access to
the Informant Files which are maintained in a locked file cabinet in a secured area.
6. For their protection, informants will only be identified in CCPD investigative
reports by code number.
7. The Master File Ledger will contain the following information on all informants:
a. Informant Control Number (e.g., CCPD 04-001).
b. The controlling officer's name.
c. A record of payments made to the informant with the date, the case number,
and the amount.
d. The dates, times, and signature of the controlling officer whenever the
informant's file was viewed or removed from the file for any reason.
B. Utilizing Informants
1. The following guidelines concerning the use of informants will be observed by all
CCPD personnel.
2. The same criteria apply to both juvenile and adult informants. However, in
accordance with Georgia Law 16-11-66 no person under the age of 18 will be
recruited as a Confidential Informant without the knowledge and written consent
of the juvenile’s parent or legal guardian and the knowledge and approval of the
CID Commander or his designee. The use of a juvenile as a Confidential Informant
is discouraged except under the most extreme circumstances where other
investigative means are unavailable.
3. Except in emergency situations, a confidential informant shall not be used in any
capacity until such time as they have been properly documented.
4. Whenever practical, controlling officers will not meet with informants alone unless
they have approval from their supervisor. In those cases where a supervisor allows
the controlling officer to meet alone with an informant, a backup officer will be
located in close proximity to the controlling officer during the meeting and the
controlling officer will carry a concealed, operable recording device to record the
conversation. Juvenile Informants will be met by no less than two officers.
5. When investigators meet with an informant of the opposite sex, at least two
investigators shall attend the meeting. In addition, investigators dealing with
informants that exhibit abnormal sexual preferences shall follow the same
procedure.
6. Contacts with confidential informants will be for official purposes. No relationship
will be developed which may be construed as “social” in nature.

7. Confidential informants will not be a party to any information concerning
investigations conducted by this or any other Department and will only be party to
that information/investigation which directly concerns them.
8. When using informants who are on probation or parole, it will be the responsibility
of the controlling officer to contact the agency and request permission of the
informant's parole or probation officer prior to utilizing a parolee or probationer as
an informant. If a prior request may jeopardize the sensitivity of the intended
operation the CID Commander may approve that the probation or parole officer not
be contacted. [GA 5.27 g]
9. When utilizing and informant who has pending charges or is awaiting sentencing
the District Attorney will be contacted prior to utilization. CCPD officers will not
offer leniency, or a reduction of charges in return for information. Any offers may
be made by the District Attorney’s Office.
C. Investigative Funds [GA 5.27 d]
1. The Informant Funds Custodian, or a designated Sergeant, will be responsible for
dispensing funds for the payment of informants. In the absence of the Informant
Files/Funds Custodian, the Assistant Informant Files/Funds Custodian designated
by the Criminal Investigation Division Commander will assume the responsibility.
2. For the purpose of fiscal accountability, the Informant Files/Funds Custodian will
maintain records of all payments made from informant funds to informants.
3. Classification of Informant payments:
a. P/S - Payment of Services: Payment of P/S expenses will be approved by
the Lieutenant of Supervisor provided they are reasonable and under $200.
The guidelines for expenditures for informants would suffice for
authorization. This category includes:
(1) Travel or transportation of an officer or an informant; the lease of an
apartment, business front, luxury-type automobiles, aircraft, boat, or
similar effects to create or establish the appearance of affluence.
(2) Meals, beverages, entertainment, and similar expenses for undercover
purposes, within reasonable limits.
b. P/E - Payment for Evidence: This category is for the purchase of evidence
and/or contraband such as narcotics and dangerous drugs, firearms, stolen
property, counterfeit tax stamps, etc., required to determine the existence of a
crime or to establish the identity of a participant in a crime.
c. P/I - Purchase of Specific Information: This category includes the payment
of monies to an informant for specific information.
d. All other informant expenses will be classified under P/S and charged
accordingly.
4. Accounting procedures for P/S, P/E, or P/I payments:
a. An Informant Payment Sheet (IPS) will be signed by the informant and the
witnessing officer upon receipt of payment. This IPS will be placed in the
informant's file by the controlling officer.

b. The amount of payment will be determined by the controlling officer subject
to the approval of their supervisor and the Division Commander.
(1) The Supervisor (Sergeant or Lieutenant) is authorized to spend up to
$200.
(2) The Division Commander and assistant Division Commander is
authorized to spend up to $500.
(3) The Chief of Police or designee must approve all informant payments
in excess of $500.00.
5. Generally, only informants who have been documented by CCPD and assigned a
code number will receive payments from CCPD funds. Informants who have not
been documented may be reimbursed for information with the approval of the
Informant Files/Funds Custodian provided the informant is not to be used on a
regular basis.
6. The Informant Files/Funds Custodian will log each transaction on a Custodian's
Activity Ledger.
7. Investigative funds will be audited annually by the County’s Management and
Auditing Department or upon request of the Chief of Police.
VI. COLD CASE INVESTIGATIONS [CALEA 42.2.7]
A. From time to time, inactive cases may be reexamined to determine if there is any new
information that may further the investigation. The primary investigator shall locate and
review the case file completely and ensure that all known investigative leads were
properly investigated.
B. Locate and review all evidence. Ensure that the evidence is still maintained by the
department and that all evidence that may be compared to database evidence has been
submitted to the appropriate lab(s).
C. Confer with the victim’s family for any new information and review previously obtained
information.
D. Locate any previously identified persons of interest or suspects and review their history
since the original investigation.
E. Evaluate the physical evidence in order to determine if scientific evaluation methods
would be available to preserve or enhance its usefulness.
F. Utilize all investigative techniques including social media, Internet resources, other local,
state, federal law enforcement agencies, and publishing requests for information with the
media.
G. Conduct a peer review of the case facts and investigative actions with other subject matter
experts to include supervisors within Violent Crimes, Robbery, Special Victims, and
Forensics Units.
H. The primary investigator shall look for any gaps of information within the case, including
people mentioned and statements that do not have a corresponding interview report in
the case file, undocumented investigative actions such as search warrants without
documentation of service, etc.
I. After re-interviewing significant witnesses and working all viable leads, if no suspect can
be identified, the assigned investigator will write a summary, documenting the follow-up

investigation and recommending either further investigation or inactivation identify the
case status as “Abeyance” case inactive, as outlined in CCPD Policy OPS-001 Criminal
Investigations.
J. If the assigned investigator is able to obtain enough evidence to establish probable cause
for an arrest, the case will first be presented to The Chatham County District Attorney’s
Office for review.
K. A case may be closed by Exceptional Clearance as defined in CCPD policy OPS-001
Criminal Investigations.
VII. IDENTITY THEFT
A. CCPD will complete a Preliminary Report on all reports of identity theft cases regardless
of the jurisdiction in which the crime is alleged to have occurred.
B. Officers investigating identity theft crimes will provide a CRN pamphlet to the victim.
C. Additionally, officers and investigators will encourage and assist victims to contact
financial intuitions immediately to restrict activity on their accounts.
D. Investigators will provide the best possible assistance to victims of identity theft while
investigating the crime.
1. Information will be shared with the victim about possible ways to restore their
credit and re-establish their identity.
2. Investigators will cooperate with financial institutions and other law enforcement
agencies in the investigation of identity theft crimes.
E. If the crime is determined to have occurred outside of the CCPD jurisdiction investigators
will:
1. Notify the victim that the investigation will be referred to the appropriate agency.
2. With the victim’s approval, forward all case information the agency with
jurisdiction over the case.
VIII. DETECTIVE SELECTION AND TRAINING GUIDELINES
A. The following procedures shall establish guidelines for the selection of criminal
investigators seeking assignment in the Criminal Investigations Division (CID).
1. Upon the decision by Command Staff to fill an open create a position(s) in CID, a
Special Assignment Announcement will be published listing the position, division,
application period, job summary duties and minimum qualifications.
2. Potential applicants must receive a positive recommendation from their current
Unit Commander.
3. Applicants who receive Supervisor recommendation and submit an updated
professional resume, POST training transcript and cover letter shall appear before
a structured interview board consisting of three (3) Supervisors at the rank of
Sergeant or above.
4. The structured interview board will consist of a fixed questionnaire administered
equally to all applicants. The questionnaire will be prepared by the CID
Commander or designee.

5. Candidates will be recommended or not recommended by the board.
Recommended candidates will be ranked in order decided upon by the Interview
Board members.
6. The resulting list of candidates shall remain in effect for one (1) year or until such
time as the list is exhausted.
B. Upon assignment to CID, new detectives will be enrolled in the Detective Training
Program. The purpose of this training is to continue the growth and education of newly
appointed detectives with a focus on ensuring competency in their investigative roles
within the unit. The Detective Training Program shall be administered by experienced
detectives who are GA POST certified Field Training Officers. Supervisory oversight of
the Detective Training Program shall rest with the Sergeants assigned to CID.
1. Successful completion of the Detective Training Program shall be required for
permanent assignment to CID as a criminal investigator.
2. Detective Training Recruits (DTR) who fail to adequately complete the Detective
Training Program will be evaluated for remedial training status for a period to be
decided by both Detective Training Officers (DTO) and Sergeants.
3. DTR’s entering remedial training status shall be re-evaluated by CID Supervisors.
4. Failure to adequately complete the assigned remedial training period will result in
termination from the Detective Training Program and reassignment to Uniform
Patrol Division.
BY ORDER OF:

________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

SOP # OPS-014: CRISIS INTERVENTION EFFECTIVE: 01/02/18
PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for the Chatham County Police
Department (CCPD) to use when dealing with persons who are impaired cognitively,
emotionally, or behaviorally as a result of psychological, biochemical, genetic, or other
factors such as infection or head trauma.
POLICY
The CCPD recognizes that mental illness is prevalent within our community and we are
generally the first public service agency that many persons experiencing a crisis encounter.
In order to provide the best possible level of assistance CCPD will respond to all calls for
assistance as quickly as possible and whenever possible utilize officers who are members of
the Crises Intervention Team. Officers will handle calls involving mentally ill persons with
a great deal of sensitivity while also remembering that violence can occur with virtually no
notice.
DEFINITIONS
Crises - Any event that taxes a person’s ability to cope emotionally.
Mental Illness - any of various disorders in which a person's thoughts, emotions, or
behavior are so abnormal as to cause suffering to himself, herself, or other people.
Crises Intervention Team – A volunteer group of officers and communications specialists

who have successfully completed the forty hour Peace Officers Standards and Training
(POST) Council certification and are duly recognized by the State of Georgia and the
CCPD
Involuntary Patient – A person who has been committed to the custody of a mental health
facility pursuant to a valid physician’s certificate order of a Licensed Clinical Social
Worker with the Mobile Response Team or court judge.
Imminent Danger- The possibility of an immediate act which could endanger a person’s
health or well-being.
PROCEDURE
I. MENTAL ILLNESS RECOGNITION
A. There is a multitude of mental illnesses that affect a large number of persons in our
society. While each may have their own symptoms, it is imperative that officers be
CCPD SOP # OPS-014 Crises Intervention / Page 1 of 6

aware of the following universal behaviors that are strong indicators of an altered
mental state:
Others will say that an impaired person is not "himself".
They may behave in a way dangerous to themselves or to others.
They may withdraw into themselves, talking only to themselves.
Persons with a mental illness may have sensations that are not based on
reality such as, visions, strange odors, peculiar tastes, or voices -- all or any
one of these sensations may be experienced by the impaired person. They may
have sensations about themselves that are not realistic.
Persons with a mental illness may also have unrealistic ideas about
themselves such as:
They may believe that they have a grand position.
They may believe that they are worthless (e.g., extreme depression).
They may have delusions (e.g., unrealistic ideas) about the world.
They may exaggerate events that occur.
They may believe the world is more unfriendly than it is.
They may have strange losses of memory or not know the time, or where they
are, or who they are.
B. When Officers or civilian employees encounter someone, either during a field interview
or formal interview, who is exhibiting symptoms of a mentally ill or impaired person they
should:
1. Take time to evaluate the situation.
2. Not intimidate the person.
3. Avoid unnecessary excitement or exaggerated movements.
4. Not express themselves in emotional terms.
5. Not try to deceive them.
C. Officers should always be prepared to respond to sudden violent outbursts by persons
with mental illnesses.
D. The types of impaired (abnormal) behavior that are most dangerous are the violent,
depressed/suicidal, or where physical illness or loss of memory is involved. Impaired
(abnormal) behaviors seen most often by law enforcement Officers include:
1. The psychopathic personality.
2. The alcoholic.
3. The drug addict.
4. The sex offender.
5. The mentally retarded.
6. The mental disorders of old age.
E. During field interviews, as well as in-custody interviews, Officers should constantly
watch for persons displaying symptoms of mental illnesses.

F. During formal interviews, investigators should inquire as to a person’s capacity by asking
the following questions:
1. How far did you go in school?
2. Can you read and write?
3. Are you now using any drugs or alcohol?
4. Do you have any mental impairment that would interfere with your ability to answer
questions?
G. CCPD Officers are expected to be familiar with mental health facilities in the community
and methods for referring patients. The local United Way referral service is
available by dialing 651-7730, on the telephone.
II. INTERACTION
A. The CCPD Communications Unit has three specific call classifications to accommodate
dispatching of CIT Officers:
1. Mental Patient.
2. Person with a Gun (or) Person with a Knife / Mental Patient.
3. Suicide / Attempt.
B. CIT Officers may also be dispatched at the request of on-scene or responding Officers
and Supervisors needing CIT services.
C. It is the intent of the CCPD to respond and provide crisis intervention service in a safe
and timely manner, therefore, it is important that calls for CIT service are dispatched
and that CIT Officers respond in a timely manner.
D. On all police service calls involving mentally ill persons in a disturbance/crisis event
(regardless of the call classification), the Communications Officer will dispatch the
nearest available Precinct CIT Officer(s) and other necessary support units.
E. If a CIT Officer is not available within the Precinct of the designated call event – the
Communications Officer shall attempt to dispatch a CIT Officer from another Precinct.
F. If no CIT Officer is available, the Communications Officer shall inform the responding
patrol Officers that NO CIT Officer is available.
G. A Precinct Supervisor will be dispatched on the crisis call if no CIT Officers are
available.
H. A minimum of three Officers will be dispatched, one of which should be a CIT Officer.
I. If CIT Officers are not available within the Precinct of the designated call event – the
Communications Officer shall attempt to dispatch the nearest available CIT Officer
(jurisdiction-wide).
J. If a CIT Officer is not available jurisdiction-wide, two (2) Officers and a Sergeant will
be dispatched.
K. Upon completion of the scene assessment, the Supervisor may request the first available
in-service, jurisdiction-wide, CIT Officer to be dispatched to the scene event or to the
facility to which the subject of the call is transported.

III. OFFICER RENDEZVOUS REQUEST
A. Officer safety procedures work well when Officers coordinate on a rendezvous point
near a dispatched call event location.
B. Officers and Supervisors shall take notice as to the nature and circumstances of
dispatched calls that suggest that an immediate response by Officers is necessary.
C. The intent is not for a lengthy, timely CIT rendezvous time that might compromise
circumstances suggesting a more immediate, timely scene response (appropriate number
of scene Officers are also part of crisis services).
IV. OFFICER’S REQUEST FOR CIT
A. Officers may request a CIT Officer via the Communications Center, on a scene event
where a CIT Officer is not present and circumstances suggest the need for a CIT Officer.
B. The request may be for one of more CIT Officers, additional patrol units, and/or a
Supervisor.
V. OFFICERS AND CIT OFFICERS ARRIVING TOGETHER ON A CRISIS EVENT
A. CIT Officers have the duty and responsibility of the scene event and, if necessary,
should advise other Officers of requests that support a team effort for a safe and
appropriate disposition.
B. CIT Officer(s) shall maintain scene responsibility unless otherwise directed by a
commanding Officer.
C. CIT Officer(s) arriving after other Officers have arrived on the scene will make an
assessment and either assist the scene Officer(s) as needed or assume the role as the
primary scene Officer.
D. The CIT Officer’s role is intended to be the leader; however, a delayed arrival may
dictate that the CIT Officer’s role would best be in service as a support Officer and to
assist where deemed necessary.
E. The CIT Officer’s role may change from support to leader at the discretion of the CIT
Officer.
F. To accommodate the service availability of CIT Officers, the on scene CIT Officer shall
designate the transporting car of a person who is to be transported to a receiving
evaluation/treatment facility. CIT Officers will consider the following issues:
1. If the person is considered to be very emotionally fragile and/or is in an acute level
of crisis, then the more appropriate transport would be from that of the CIT Officer
(a CIT Officer decision).
2. If the person has been placed in a patrol car and removing of the individual would
be considered hazardous and/or dangerous, then that patrol unit should be the
transporting vehicle.
3. Cooperation should be extended to CIT Officers. If possible, CIT Officers who
are familiar with the scene event should write the primary report.
4. Supervisors may be called to ensure compliance with the intent of this directive.
Supervisors maintain authority as to these situational circumstances.

VI. TRANSPORTING MENTAL PATIENTS
A. A CCPD Officer may, under exigent circumstances, place an adult who appears to be
in imminent danger and has not committed any punishable offense in protective
custody and transport the person directly to an emergency receiving facility.
1. In this instance, the Officer’s purpose must be to seek medical care for the
individual.
2. CCPD Officers will complete a police report detailing how they encountered
the person, symptoms the person displayed, and the facility to which the person
was delivered for involuntary treatment.
3. Before Officers initiate such a transport they will request their supervisor to
respond to the scene to assist in the decision and provide their opinion regarding
the gravity of the individual's condition.
B. Police Officers will only transport persons the Officer has probable cause to believe is
a mentally ill person and may require involuntary treatment.
1. All mentally ill persons transported in CCPD vehicles will be handcuffed.
2. Female mentally ill patients may only be transported by a female Officer or a
two-Officer unit with one being a female Officer.
3. All Officers will advise Communications that they are transporting a person and
will provide their starting mileage and the destination.
4. Upon arrival at the destination, the officers will notify Communications of their
arrival and ending mileage.
C. Non-ambulatory or violent patients will not be transported in CCPD vehicles. An
Ambulance will be summoned to transport these patients.
1. CCPD Officers will not ride in an ambulance or other vehicle with a person
who is considered mentally ill unless there are two Officers available and the
person is extremely violent.
VII. CRIMINAL CHARGES

A. Mental illness is not a crime; therefore, Officers are encouraged to use discretion when
investigating cases that determine that a person might be better treated at a mental
health facility than incarcerated.
B. If an Officer does have criminal charges against a person who is involuntarily
committed, the Officer shall place a “HOLD” at the mental health facility against the
person and leave all paperwork with the Customer Service Desk at CCPD headquarters,
pending the person’s release.
VIII. INVOLUNTARY PATIENTS LEAVING A FACILITY WITHOUT

PERMISSION
A. The Communications Officer will, upon notification by a hospital facility that an
involuntary patient pursuant to any valid physician's certificate and court order has
escaped, dispatch an Officer to the hospital to take the report.

1. The Communications Officer will verify telephonically that a valid hold is in
place on the person.
B. If the person is located, they will be returned to the facility by the Officer.
IX. TRAINING
A. The CCPD Training Unit will be responsible for developing training for department
personnel as to dealing with the mentally ill.
B. All entry level recruits will receive training either through the Department or the State
supported academy.
C. The CCPD Training Unit will ensure that all department personnel receive documented
training every three years in dealing with mentally ill persons.
D. This training will be conducted in collaboration with community mental health
professionals.
E. The curriculum will include topics such as, the recognition of mental illness,
community resources available as referrals, legal intervention, use of combating
physical violence, and any new legislation pertaining to mental illness.
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

______________________________________________________________________________
SOP # OPS-015: ARREST PROTOCOL EFFECTIVE DATE: 02/01/18
______________________________________________________________________________
PURPOSE:
To establish Chatham Metropolitan Police Department (CCPD) guidelines for arrest protocol
in regard to taking a suspect into custody, processing juvenile offenders, identifying
individuals exempt from normal arrest procedures, and taking confessions and conducting
interrogations.
POLICY:
The CCPD is dedicated to the safety of all citizens as well as the health and well-being of
every employee. Section 17-4-20 of the Official Code of Georgia Annotated (OCGA)
authorizes sworn CCPD Officers the authority to make a full custody arrest. Properly
executed arrests reduce the potential for injury to Officers, citizens, and arrestees.
Opportunities for escape are minimized and the possibility that force will be needed to
control the situation is reduced. CCPD Officers shall carry out arrests in accordance with
established protocol and state and federal law in an expedient, efficient, professional manner,
without deference to any citizen based on race, sex, religion, or political affiliation.
PROCEDURES:
I. ARREST WITH A WARRANT
A. Only sworn CCPD Officers will execute arrest warrants and include the following types of
warrants which are directed to "all law enforcement Officers"
1. Criminal (penal) warrants.
2. Bench warrants.
3. Parole warrants.
4. Probation warrants.
5. Juvenile warrants.
B. CCPD Officers will only serve original warrants. Copies will not be served.
C. CCPD Officers may effect an arrest on a warrant anywhere in Chatham County.
Municipalities in Chatham County, will be notified when a search warrant is going to be
executed within their jurisdiction.
D. Immunity from arrest and prosecution are provided by law for United States and State
Senators and Representatives while in attendance of a session of their respective
Houses, going to or returning from the same, and in all cases except treason, felony,
CCPD SOP # OPS 015 Arrest Protocol / Page 1 of 6

and breach of peace; members of the organized militia or military forces in all cases except
treason, felony, or breach of peace, during drills, parades, meetings, encampments, and going
to or from their performance of duty; and recognized foreign diplomatic personnel in all cases.
E. The Officer’s Watch Commander will be notified in all immunity cases involving United
States or State Congressional personnel or foreign diplomatic personnel.
F. Officers coming in contact with suspects having a pending warrant on them, as revealed by
the NCIC or GCIC, will ensure that the issuing jurisdiction confirms the warrant and
extradition before an arrest is made.
G. Law enforcement Officers from other jurisdictions requesting the assistance of the CCPD in
the execution of warrants will be assisted in every way possible and reasonable. The
appropriate division or precinct commander must approve the action prior to service of a
warrant being attempted. The Officer will ensure the warrant is current and valid on its face
prior to serving it.
H. CCPD Officers with warrants to be served in other jurisdictions will present themselves and
the warrant to the appropriate jurisdiction and request their assistance.
I. All arrest warrants will be available to be served on a 24 hour basis.
J. When checking out a warrant from the communications center to serve, officers will sign the
warrant card and the original warrant. The attached warrant control sheet will be filled in and
all three documents will be left with the communications center.
1. The arresting officer will leave a copy of the warrant for the jail and give a copy
for the defendant.
2. If serving more than one warrant on the same person, only one warrant control
sheet needs to be completed, however all warrant numbers will be included.
3. The communications officer receiving the warrant control sheet, the original
warrant and the warrant card will attach all paperwork pertinent to the warrant and
submit the paperwork to teletype (if on duty). If teletype is off duty the
communications officer will clear the warrant and place all paperwork in the
teletype paperwork folder.
II. ARREST WITHOUT A WARRANT
A. When making a probable cause arrest without a warrant, the Officer must first identify
them self as a Police Officer and inform the suspect of the charges against them.
Probable cause is defined as those facts and circumstances that would lead a reasonable
and prudent person to believe that a crime has been or is being committed, or that the
suspected person has committed or is committing the offense.
B. The arresting Officer will conduct a search incidental to arrest. CCPD Officers are
prohibited from conducting a body cavity search. All body cavity searches will only
be conducted under the authority of a search warrant and then only by authorized
medical personnel.
C. The suspect will be restrained with handcuffs or flexi cuffs with his/her hands behind
the back.
III. DEALING WITH FOREIGN NATIONAL, DIPLOMATS AND CONSULAR
OFFICIALS
A. Offenses Involving Foreign Diplomats and Consular Officials-Diplomatic and consular
officers should be accorded their respective privileges, rights, and immunities as
directed by International Law and Federal Statute.
CCPD SOP # OPS-015 Arrest Protocol / Page 2 of 6

1. These officials should be treated with the courtesy and respect that befit their
distinguished positions. At the same time, it is a well-established principle of
International Law that, without prejudice to their privileges and immunities, it is
the duty of all persons enjoying such privileges and immunities to respect local
laws and regulations.
2. Notification requirements take effect upon booking into a detention facility.
Therefore, notification is the official responsibility of the Chatham County
Sheriff’s Office.
B. CCPD Officers who arrest an individual who is a Foreign National, Diplomat, or
Consular Official will ensure that the notifications are made and assist in any way
possible.
IV. ARRESTS OF JUVENILES CHARGED WITH COMMITTING “DEADLY SINS”
A. O.C.GA 15-11-28(b)(2)(A) identifies seven criminal offenses the State of Georgia
considers “Deadly Sins” when committed by a person who is labeled a juvenile
under State law and allows for prosecution as an adult. These include;
1. Murder;
2. Voluntary manslaughter;
3. Rape;
4. Aggravated sodomy;
5. Aggravated child molestation
6. Aggravated sexual battery; or
7. Armed robbery if committed by an adult.
B. Whether arrested with or without an arrest warrant (which must be issued by an adult
court, including the Recorder’s Court or Superior Court) a juvenile offender charged
with one of the offenses listed must be:
1. Booked at RYDC, not the CCDC;

2. Brought before a judge of the appropriate adult court within 48-72 hrs. by a
representative of the arresting agency for the first appearance, and then;
3. Returned to the RYDC to await the adult hearing.
V. INCARCERATION
A. All adults physically arrested by CCPD personnel, exclusive of City or County
Ordinance Citations will be transported and booked in the Chatham County Detention
Center. Individuals will not be released with the intent of being booked at a later date.
1. A CCPD Field Arrest Form and incident report will be completed on all adults
arrested and incarcerated. A traffic summons, subpoena or city ordinance citation
will not be used in place of the Field Arrest Form.
2. Individuals charged under a City or County ordinance may be released on the scene
after being issued the appropriate citation provided they meet the criteria.
3. All CCDC paperwork will be completed by the transporting officer.
4. If a prisoner requires medical treatment the supervisor will be notified and protocol
followed.
B. All adults physically arrested by CCPD will have their fingerprints taken and a
photograph prior to release.
C. Anytime an arrest is made a police report will be completed.

VI. ALTERNATIVES TO PHYSICAL ARREST
A. What is reasonable in terms of appropriate police action or what constitutes probable
cause varies with each situation. The particular facts and circumstances may justify an
investigation, a detention, a search, a citation, a warning an arrest, or no action at all.
B. In some cases, when the offense is of a minor nature, a verbal warning or other action
may be taken.
C. The requirement that legal justification be present imposes a limitation on an Officer's
action. However, in every case, an Officer must act reasonably within the limits of their
authority as defined by statute and judicial interpretation.
VII. ARRESTS BY PRIVATE CITIZENS

A. A private citizen may arrest an offender if the offense is committed in this presence or
within his immediate knowledge.
B. Private Citizens have no authority to arrest a suspect on a warrant, or for violation of a
city ordinance.
C. Private detectives, security guards, store security, etc., have no arrest powers beyond
those of a private citizen.
D. Officers responding to a business or other location where a citizen has effected an arrest
will assume custody of the arrestee and any evidence of the crime. The suspect will be
transported to the Chatham County Detention Center and associated property or
evidence to the Property Room.
E. Officers responding to businesses where the store security has a shoplifter in custody
will assume custody of the arrestee.
F. At the discretion of the Officer, evidence of the crime will be photographed and
returned to stock if the evidence is perishable. The photograph will be appropriately
marked for identification; and returned to store security for safekeeping and production
in court; or appropriately marked for identification and logged into the Police Property
Room as evidence.
G. Officers will complete a detailed Case Incident report on the event.
VIII. SERVICE OF CIVIL WARRANTS, SUBPOENAS, WRITS, ETC.

A. The service of civil warrants, subpoenas, writs, etc. is a function of the U.S. Marshall's
Office or the Chatham County Sheriff's Department and not an activity performed by
the CCPD.
B. In the event the assistance of the CCPD is requested to serve any civil process, all
assistance possible will be rendered upon the approval of the appropriate bureau, or
Precinct commander.
IX. WARRANT REQUEST PROCESS

A. Customer Service Desk personnel will refer all walk-in warrant requests to the Criminal
Investigations Bureau or respective precinct investigators.
B. The Docket Control Specialist will prepare warrants for suspects in custody
(warrantless arrests) at the Chatham County Detention Center.

X. ENTRY OF CRIMINAL ARREST WARRANTS INTO NCIC/GCIC
A. Upon the issuance of a criminal arrest warrant, the lead Criminal Investigator will
ensure that all Part 1 felonies are entered into GCIC/NCIC and that part 2 felonies and
misdemeanors are entered into GCIC only, unless approved by a supervisor. An
extradition letter, from the District Attorney’s Office will be submitted with the
appropriate documents for entry.
B. After the arrest warrant has been entered into GCIC and/or NCIC, the lead investigator
will place a copy of the Law Enforcement Data System (LEDS) worksheet in the
pending case file.
C. It will be the responsibility of the lead investigator to notify Teletype to remove the
warrant from GCIC/NCIC if the warrant is served or canceled.
D. When an arrest warrant is received for entry the following information will be recorded
into the RMS System:
1. Date and time received
2. Nature of the document;
3. Source of the document;
4. Name of the defendant; 5. Court docket number; and
5. The expiration date.
XI USE OF DISCRETION
A. Except for felonies and driving under the influence offenses where an individual must
be physically arrested and incarcerated, Officers are encouraged to use their
discretionary authority, consistent with their oath of office, principles of
professionalism, and departmental objectives, in making an arrest.
B. Officers must use discretion and good judgment when an arrest would not be in the best
interest of justice, fairness or the welfare of the public.
C. Departmental personnel shall exercise discretion in enforcement of newly enacted laws.
D. Warning citations, or in non-traffic related situations, verbal warnings will be issued
for a thirty day period upon the enactment of any new legislation.
E. Should any question arise concerning a particular situation, the Officer involved should
confer with a supervisor.
XII. ILLEGAL ALIENS

A. The involvement with persons suspected of being in this country illegally by an Officer
of this department is limited to situations independent of the immigration laws. A
violation or suspected violation of a State Statute or municipal ordinance by the
suspected illegal alien must be the basis of the Officer’s involvement.
B. United States citizens are not required to carry evidence of citizenship such as birth or
naturalization certificates.
C. All resident aliens, and most nonresident aliens lawfully admitted to the United States,
are required by federal law to have in their possession documents issued by the
Immigration and Naturalization Service giving their name, date of birth, entry date and
alien registration number. Nonresidents cards also give the last date the alien may
legally remain in this country. Most Canadian visitors, who are nonresident aliens, are
admitted without documents.
D. All other nonresident aliens must have documents.

XIII. ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES
A. Officers of the CCPD will not stop, question, arrest, or detain anyone suspected of being
an illegal alien solely on the grounds that he or she may be deportable.
B. When an Officer comes in contact with a suspected illegal alien during the course of a
criminal investigation of a violation of a state statue or municipal ordinance, he/she will
be treated as any other criminal suspect or interviewee. This includes advising the
suspected illegal alien of his rights pursuant to the Miranda Decision (and any rights to
appear before a magistrate). If the Officer is unable to communicate with the suspect,
an interpreter will be requested through dispatch.
C. All reported violations of the Federal Immigration laws would be referred to the nearest
office of the Immigration and Naturalization Service.
D. When Officers are lawfully detaining an individual for a violation of a State Law or
Municipal Ordinance, and he is suspected of being an illegal alien, the Immigration and
Naturalization Service will be immediately notified. They will determine if they would
like the person held for them.
E. The Precinct Commander will be notified by the Officer of the detention of a suspected
illegal alien and the circumstances surrounding the detention. The Immigration and
Naturalization Service will also be advised of the situation.
F. Only the Immigration and Naturalization Service may arrest or place an immigration
hold on a subject for a violation of the immigration laws.
G. If the Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) wants the subject held as an illegal
alien, the detaining Officer will make the case, by booking the person at the Chatham
County Detention Center. The case report will include the name of the Immigrations
and Customs Enforcement agent authorizing the hold along with the time and date the
authorization was given. The detaining Officer will advise the jail personnel of the,
"Immigration Hold" as soon as practical.
H. The Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) may arrange to have an Officer
interview the suspect in custody. Should a suspected illegal alien(s) not accused of
violations of state law or municipal ordinance refuse to accompany the Officer to the
police department, this refusal will be honored and the suspected illegal alien(s) will be
allowed to leave. In this case any information that has been obtained or that is obtained
about the suspect will be forwarded to Immigration and Customs Enforcement. (ICE)
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

___________________________________________________________________________
SOP #OPS-060: EYEWITNESS IDENTIFICATION EFFECTIVE DATE: 02/01/18
___________________________________________________________________________
PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for eyewitness identification of criminal
suspects to assist officers and criminal investigators in solving criminal cases.
POLICY
Identifications and lineups are an integral part of the police effort to correctly identify an
offender. As such, great care and caution must be used to ensure that legal guidelines are
carried out correctly to avoid allegations of suggestiveness. CCPD Officers and Criminal
Investigators are authorized to utilize show-ups and photo spreads as a means of identifying
criminal suspects. Only when there are exigent circumstances and it is vital that a
witness view a suspect immediately at or near the crime scene, will a show-up be used.
As a general practice, physical lineups will not be done except in unique circumstances
where photo lineups would be insufficient.
I. SHOW-UPS
A. A show-up is an immediate identification method used when a suspect or potential
suspect(s) is detained in relative proximity to and shortly after a criminal offense.
B. If an officer has reasonable suspicion that a person has committed a criminal offense,
he or she can be stopped and a field interview conducted. During this interview,
information may be developed which may lead to the immediate need to either
eliminate or identify the person as a suspect.
1. This detention will only last a reasonable amount of time to satisfy the officer’s
suspicions.
C. When an officer detains a suspect and desires to have the victim or witness view the
person, he or she will immediately contact the primary officer or investigator and
discuss whether a show-up or a photo spread would be the best method of
identification. Factors in making the determination include:
1. The witness’ ability to view the criminal during the crime;
2. The length of time between the crime and subsequent identification;
a. The identification must be conducted promptly to accurately identify a violent
offender(s) for the safety of the community.
CCPD SOP # OPS-060 Page 1 of 5

b. The identification must be conducted promptly to enhance the accuracy and
reliability of identification in order to permit the expeditious relief of innocent
subjects.
3. The level of certainty demonstrated by the witness at the identification;
4. The accuracy of the witness’ prior description of the suspect; and
5. The witness’s degree of attention during the crime.
D. When the decision is made to conduct the show-up the following procedure will be
adhered to:
1. Any witnesses or victims will be transported to the location in separate
CCPD vehicles.
a. Only one witness will view the show-up at one time.
2. The potential suspect will not be transported to another location.
3. Officers will instruct the witness/victim as to the procedures that will be
followed.
4. The viewer will be instructed not to discuss the show-up or make any comments
to anyone but the investigator or officer.
5. The car will be parked a safe distance from the suspect in a manner that allows
the victim/witness to view the person.
6. Once in place the potential suspect will be stood in a manner facing the viewer.
7. If at night, all white lights on the front of the police vehicle will be illuminated.
8. The same suspect will not be presented to the same witness more than once.
9. Suspects should not be required to put on clothing worn by the perpetrator, to
speak words uttered by the perpetrator, or to perform other actions of the
perpetrator.
10. The administrator will not give the viewer any feedback regarding their decision.
11. The show-up should be done without the possible suspect in handcuffs unless no
other option is available, or officer safety issues dictate the need.
12. Obtain a written statement in the witnesses’ own words expressing the
confidence level of the identification made by the witness. A clear statement as
to the witnesses’ confidence level that the individual identified is the individual
who committed the alleged crime.
E. Unless there is probable cause to make an arrest, the suspect will be released. If the
suspect is still under suspicion, officers should obtain as much information about, and
if possible, take a photograph of, the suspect.
F. The primary officer or investigator will specifically state in their police
incident/supplemental report why a show-up was appropriate.
G. The results of the show-up will also be documented in a police incident/supplemental
report.

II. PHOTO LINEUPS
A. Photo line-ups may be used by an investigator for the purpose of having the
witness/victim identify a possible or actual suspect.
B. The investigator must be convinced that the person viewing the photographs is
capable of making an accurate decision based on the following.
1. The witness’ opportunity to view the criminal during the crime;
2. The length of time between the crime and subsequent identification;
3. The level of certainty demonstrated by the witness at the identification;
4. The accuracy of the witness’ prior description of the suspect,
5. The witness’s degree of attention during the crime, and
6. Any other compelling factor.
C. When preparing for a photo line-up, the investigator will assemble at least six (6)
photographs, one of which may be the suspect.
1. All photographs will depict individuals who are similar in appearance (age,
height, weight, sex, race, and general appearance). The physical attributes of
the persons in the photographs will not be altered.
2. The background in each photo should be similar if possible.
3. There should be nothing included in any photo that may suggest any particular
person as a possible suspect.
4. Do not mix color and black and white photos, never mix mug shots with other
snapshots, or include more than one photo of the same suspect.
5. Cover any portions of mug shots or other photographs that provide identifying
information on the subject, and similarly cover those used in the array
6. Each photo will be marked on the bottom with sequential numbering 1-6.
D. Designating an individual to conduct the photo lineup. This individual conducting
the photo lineup will not know the identity of the suspect.
1. If the identity of the suspect is known to the person conducting the photo lineup, a
procedure in which photographs are placed in folders, randomly shuffled, and
then presented to the witness so that the individual conducting such procedure
cannot physically see which photograph is being viewed by the witness until the
procedure is complete.
E. Prior to showing the photographs, the investigator will advise the viewer of the
following Photographic Line-up Admonition and initial and date the form. (CCPD
1188)
“In a moment I am going to show you a group of photographs. This group
of photographs may or may not contain a picture of the person who
committed the crime now being investigated. Keep in mind that hair styles,
beards and moustaches may be easily changed. Also, photographs may not
always depict the true complexion of a person – it might be lighter or darker
than shown in the photo. Pay no attention to any marking or numbers that
may appear on the photos or any other differences in the type or style of

photographs. When you have looked at all photos, tell me whether or not
you see the person who committed the crime. Do not tell other witnesses
that you have or have not identified anyone.”
F. Showing the display folder
1. Each witness should view the folder separately and individually.
2. Never make suggestive statements that may influence the judgment or
perception of the witness.
3. Do not allow witnesses to talk to one another during the photo line-up.
4. Witnesses must not be allowed to consult with one another about their
identification either before, during or after the line-up procedure.
5. Each witness viewing photographs should initial and date the photograph he/she
identifies.
6. Comments made by a witness who is shown photographs in a photo line-up
should be recorded as a part of a formal statement, if possible.
7. Witnesses should not be told that they have picked the “Right or “Wrong” photo.
8. If a witness cannot make identification, he/she may then be asked: “Do any of
the persons shown in the photographs resemble the person you saw?”
9. If a witness then selects a photo, he should be questioned about the reasons that
particular photo resembles the suspect. The comments made by the witness
should be recorded and made a portion of the supplemental report.
10. The investigator conducting the photo line–up will not comment to the viewer
any information as to their performance or any details about any person in the
photographs.
G. Documentation
1. The fact a photo line-up was done and the results, along with each witness’s
comments will be documented in a supplemental report.
2. All photo line-ups conducted and admonition forms will become a part of the
case file.
3. Obtain a written statement in the witnesses’ own words expressing the
confidence level of the identification made by the witness. A numeric reference
is not necessary, but rather, a clear statement as to the witnesses’ confidence
level that the individual or photograph identified is the individual or photograph
of the individual who committed the alleged crime.
III. PHYSICAL LINEUPS

A. The primary investigator is responsible for:
1. Scheduling the lineup on a date and at a time that is convenient for all concerned
parties, to include the prosecuting attorney, defense counsel and all witnesses;
2. Make the necessary notifications to the Chatham County Sheriff’s Dept. to
reserve the room to conduct the lineup; and

3. Make arrangements to have a minimum of four other persons act as "fill-ins" at
the lineup who are the same race, sex and approximate height, weight, age,
general physical appearance and who are similarly clothed.
4. Designating an individual to conduct the lineup. This individual conducting the
physical lineup will not know the identity of the suspect.
B. The primary investigator in charge of coordinating the lineup should:
1. Ensure that the prisoner has been informed of his/her right to counsel if formal
charges have been made against the prisoner, and also ensure that the prisoner has
the opportunity to retain counsel or request that one be provided. It shall also be
documented if he waives his right to counsel;
a. This will be recorded on CCPD Form# 1020 Constitutional Rights Form.
2. Allow counsel representing the accused sufficient time to confer with his/her
client prior to the lineup and observe the manner in which the lineup is conducted;
3. Advise the accused that he/she may take any position in the lineup that he/she
prefers and may change positions prior to summoning a new witness;
4. Ensure that all persons in the lineup are numbered consecutively and are referred
to only by number;
5. Ensure that a complete written record and videotape recording of the lineup
proceedings is made and retained.
C. The individual in charge of conducting the lineup will:
1. Ensure that witnesses are not permitted to see nor are they shown any photographs
of the accused immediately prior to the lineup;
2. Ensure that not more than one witness views the lineup at a time and that they are
not permitted to speak with one another during lineup proceedings;
3. Advised the witness(es) that this group of individuals may or may not contain the
person who committed the crime now being investigated; and
4. Avoid using statements, clues, casual comments or providing unnecessary or
irrelevant information that in any manner may influence the witnesses' decision
making process or perception.
5. Obtain a written statement in the witnesses’ own words expressing the confidence
level of the identification made by the witness. A numeric reference is not
necessary, but rather, a clear statement as to the witnesses’ confidence level that
the individual identified is the individual who committed the alleged crime.
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

Session 6-Phase Two: Personal Contact
Interview/Questioning Techniques
• Asking for two things simultaneously
• Asking interrupting or distracting

questions
• Asking unusual questions
DWI Detection and Standardized Field Sobriety Testing 6-13
D. Interview/Questioning Techniques
There are a number of techniques you can use to assess impairment while the driver is still behind the
wheel. Most of these techniques apply the concept of divided attention. They require the driver to
concentrate on two or more things at the same time. They include both questioning techniques and
psychophysical (mind/body) tasks.
These techniques are not as reliable as the Standardized Field Sobriety Tests but they can still be useful
for obtaining evidence of impairment. THESE TECHNIQUES DO NOT REPLACE THE SFSTs.
Questioning Techniques
The questions you ask and the way in which you ask them can constitute simple divided attention tasks.
Three techniques are particularly pertinent:
• Asking for two things simultaneously
• Asking interrupting or distracting questions
• Asking unusual questions.
An example of the first technique, asking for two things simultaneously, is requesting the driver to
produce both the driver's license and the vehicle registration. Possible evidence of impairment may be
observed as the driver responds to this dual request. Be alert for the driver who:
Revised: DWI Detection and Standardized Field Sobriety Testing Session 6

10/2015 Phase Two: Personal Contact Page 12 of 21
Session 6-Phase Two: Personal Contact Session 6-Phase Two: Personal Contact
License and Registration Questions that Divide Attention

• Forgets to produce both documents • What day is it?
• Produces wrong documents • Where are you coming from?
• Fails to see the license, registration or • Be alert for the driver who:
both while searching for them • Ignores the question and concentrates only on the
• Fumbles or drops wallet, purse, license license or registration search
or registration • Forgets to resume the search after answering the
question
• Unable to retrieve documents using
fingertips • Supplies a grossly incorrect answer to the question
DWI Detection and Standardized Field Sobriety Testing 6-14 DWI Detection and Standardized Field Sobriety Testing 6-15
• Forgets to produce both documents

• Produces documents other than the ones requested
• Fails to see the license, registration or both while searching for them
• Fumbles or drops wallet, purse, license or registration
• Is unable to retrieve documents using fingertips
The second technique would be to ask questions that require the driver to divide attention between
searching for the license or registration and answering a new question. While the driver is responding to
the request for license, registration or both, you ask unrelated questions; "What day is it?” or “Where
are you coming from?”
Possible evidence of impairment may be disclosed by the actions of the driver after this question has
been posed. Be alert for the driver who:
• Ignores the question and concentrates only on the license or registration search
• Forgets to resume the search after answering the question
• Supplies a grossly incorrect answer to the question

Ask Unusual Questions
• What is your middle name?
• What are other unusual questions you

can ask?
The third technique, asking unusual questions, is employed after you have obtained the driver's license
and registration. Using this technique, you seek verifying information through unusual questions. For
example, while holding the driver's license, you might ask the driver, "What is your middle name?"
There are many such questions which the driver normally would be able to answer easily, but which
might prove difficult if the driver is impaired, simply because they are unusual questions. Unusual
questions require the driver to process information; this can be especially difficult when the driver does
not expect to have to process information. For example, a driver may respond to the question about the
middle name by giving a first name. In this case the driver ignored the unusual question and responded
instead to a usual -- but unasked -- question.

Session 6-Phase Two: Personal Contact Session 6-Phase Two: Personal Contact
Additional Techniques Additional Techniques

Alphabet Count Down
68 67 66 65 64 63
62 61 60 59 58 57
56 55 54 53
DWI Detection and Standardized Field Sobriety Testing 6-17 DWI Detection and Standardized Field Sobriety Testing 6-18
Additional Techniques
Alphabet
This technique requires the driver to recite a part of the alphabet. You instruct the driver to recite the
alphabet beginning with a letter other than A and stopping at a letter other than Z. For example, you
might say to a driver, "Recite the alphabet, beginning with the letter E as in Edward and stopping with
the letter P as in Paul." This divides the driver's attention because the driver must concentrate to begin
at an unusual starting point and recall where to stop.
Count Down
This technique requires the driver to count out loud 15 or more numbers in reverse sequence. For
example, you might request a driver to, "Count out loud backwards, starting with the number 68 and
ending with the number 53." This, too, divides attention because the driver must continuously
concentrate to count backwards while trying to recall where to stop.
This technique should never be given using starting and stopping points that end in 0 or 5 because
these numbers are too easy to recall. For example, do not request that the driver count backwards
from 65 to 50. Instead, ask the driver to count backwards from 68 to 53.

Additional Techniques
Finger Count
Finger Count
In this technique, the driver is asked to touch the tip of the thumb to the tip of each finger on the same
hand while simultaneously counting up one, two, three, four; then to reverse direction on the fingers
while simultaneously counting down four, three, two, one.
In each instance, Note whether and how well the driver is able to perform the divided attention task.

K5
Chatham County
Police Department
Policies and Procedures
GO # ADM-007: EFFECTIVE DATE: 02/01/18

POLICE RESPONSE TO AGGRESSION / USE OF FORCE
PURPOSE:
To establish guidelines and procedures for regulating deadly and non-deadly use of force incidents
lawfully including investigating deadly and non-deadly use of force incidents in compliance with
O.C.G.A. 17-4-20.b.
POLICY:
All sworn Officers must successfully complete CCPD approved training in police response to
aggression / resistance / force techniques and update this training annually. Only CCPD Officers
who demonstrate proficiency in the use of CCPD authorized weapons will be approved to carry
such weapons. Officers authorized to carry lethal and less lethal weapons will be issued copies of
and be instructed in the policy described in this Order before being authorized to carry such
weapons. The issuance and instruction shall be documented.
Officers may use force only to maintain and/or restore order and will never apply force maliciously
or sadistically. In effecting the capture, arrest, control or transport of a subject, Officers will
employ only the amount of force reasonably necessary to accomplish the task when force is
necessary.] In the event that a situation escalates beyond the effective use of verbal techniques to
defuse the situation, Officers are authorized to employ CCPD approved compliance techniques
and their issued weapons in relation to CCPD training.
DEFINITIONS
Authorized Weapon and/or Tool: A weapon with which the officer has received CCPD
authorized training and has qualified through a proficiency examination on proper and safe
usage. In addition, the weapon and/or tool must be registered with the department, and
comply with agency specifications.
Non-Deadly Force: Any physical exertion or device that is used to restrain, control or repel
another which is not reasonably likely to cause death or serious injury.
Deadly Force: Any force that is reasonably likely to cause death or serious injury. Force that
is not reasonably likely to cause death or serious physical injury, but unexpectedly results in
death or serious injury is not considered deadly force.
CCPD SOP # ADM-007 Police Response to Aggression / Resistance / Force / Page 1 of 17

Police Response to Aggression / Resistance / Force
Imminent: An event that is about to occur at any moment.
Forcible Felony: Any felony which involves the use or threat of physical force or violence
against any person.
Less Lethal: Any force employed using specialized equipment that is designed to
temporarily incapacitate a person and is not reasonably likely to produce death or serious
injury, including but not limited to Oleoresin Capsicum (OC spray), impact weapons,
conducted energy weapons, Pepper balls, Kinetic Energy Impact Projectiles and canines.
Objectively Reasonable Force: The nature and degree of force utilized by an officer given
the totality of the facts and circumstances known at the time, to gain control of a subject once
the officer has evaluated:
1. The severity of the crime.
2. The immediate threat the suspect poses to the officer and/or to the public.
3. Whether the suspect is actively resisting arrest or attempting to evade arrest.
Physical Force: The unwanted touching directed toward another. This may involve the direct
laying on of hands or the putting of an object into motion that touches the individual. Force
may be of a less than lethal nature or deadly nature per the totality of the circumstances.
Reasonably Believed: The standard as set forth by Graham v Connor (109 S.Ct. 1872)
wherein the test for reasonableness when using force against an individual is based on the
evaluation of what an objectively reasonable officer might have done in the same
circumstances in light of the facts confronting the officer at the time of the incident.
Serious Physical Injury: Bodily injury that creates a substantial risk of death, causes serious
or permanent disfigurement, or results in long term loss or impairment of the functioning of
anybody member or organ.
PROCEDURES:
I TRAINING
A At least annually, all CCPD personnel authorized to carry weapons are required to
receive in-service training on the CCPD police response to aggression / resistance /
force policies and demonstrate proficiency with all approved lethal weapons that
employees are authorized to use. In-service training for weaponless control techniques
and less lethal weapons shall occur at least
B Proficiency training must be monitored by a certified instructor and training and
proficiency must be documented.

C CCPD Officers who are unable to qualify with an authorized weapon prior to resuming
official duties will undergo remedial training prescribed by the Training Unit with the
weapon.
D Neck restraints or similar weaponless control techniques with a potential for serious
injury shall be included in the annual in-service police response to aggression /
resistance / force training curriculum.
II NON-DEADLY FORCE
A Parameters For The Use Of Non-Deadly Force
1 All Officers who encounter a situation where the possibility of non-compliance
to a lawful arrest exists should, if possible, attempt to defuse the situation through
verbal warning and persuasion.
2 In the event that a situation escalates beyond the effective use of verbal techniques
Officers are authorized to employ CCPD approved compliance techniques and
issued weapons to defuse the situation.
3 Officers shall use only that amount of force which is necessary and reasonable to
overcome non-compliance and/or a threat.
4 As the subject offers less resistance, Officers will lower the amount or type of
force used. As compliance is achieved the amount of force used to gain
compliance will be lowered.
5 If the amount of non-compliance escalates, Officers are authorized to respond
with reasonable police response to aggression / resistance / force options, using
techniques and weapons at their disposal.
6 When appropriate, verbal direction should be given in conjunction with all police
response to aggression / resistance / force incidents.
7 Issued weapons may be employed by the Officer as deemed reasonably necessary.
All authorized defensive weapons and tactics shall be used in the manner
prescribed during training.
8 All weapons that are inoperative, unsafe, or that require anything other than
routine maintenance will be turned in to the Armorer or issuing authority.
B Types Of Less Lethal Force

1 Chemical Irritants
a Only CCPD issued Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) with a 10% concentration is
authorized for use. The use of OC spray for crowd control must be
approved by a Sergeant or other ranking Officer unless exigent
circumstances exist.
b Uniformed Police Officers will carry only CCPD issued OC spray canisters.
c Non-uniformed Officers may carry OC spray in alternative devices as
authorized by the CCPD and issued by the CCPD Armorer.

d Chemical irritants may be used as necessary based upon the level of
noncompliance being used by the subject and prior to the exercise of a
greater degree of force. OC should only be used when an Officer believes it
is the best choice for the circumstances.
e OC spray may be used when verbal direction is ineffective or inappropriate.
f OC may be used to effect the removal of a person(s), from a stopped vehicle
that cannot immediately be moved, who refuses to exit when lawfully
commanded to do so by a Police Officer and physical resistance is used by
the person(s). For this purpose, a stopped vehicle is defined as the ignition
being off and the car is not capable of being immediately started and used
as an attempt to flee once the person is sprayed.
g OC spray will only be used as a control and compliance measure in
accordance with training.
h Police Officers should avoid the use of OC spray in areas where its use could
reasonably and foreseeably cause panic or cause them and/or other Officers
to become contaminated.
i The use of OC spray should cease when it becomes apparent the person
being sprayed cannot be subdued by further use of the OC spray.
j Medical Assistance for persons suffering from the effects of an Officer's use
of chemical irritants shall be provided by EMS personnel or a hospital.
k The use of OC spray is classified as a police response to aggression /
resistance and Officers will complete a Police Response to Aggression /
Resistance Report any time OC is used detailing the reason(s) for the
decision to use OC spray on any affected persons, as well as identifying all
persons affected by the spray, including offenders, Police Officers, and
other witnesses. OC spray devices will be maintained in operational
condition. Replacements for damaged, inoperable, or empty OC spray devices
will be done by the armorer or their assistant.
2 Pepper Balls
a. Pepper balls are authorized when a subject or a disorderly crowd refuses to
disperse or exhibits violent or potentially violent behavior that threatens the
safety of others.
b Officers may deploy the use of pepper balls designed to release OC after
attempts to subdue the subject or disperse the crowd by conventional means
and other dispersion measures have not or appear unlikely to be effective.
c Only sworn CCPD Officers, trained by a certified instructor and authorized
to use the pepper ball delivery system, will be allowed to use such
equipment.
d Pepper balls may be used in the following circumstances:

(1) When it is unsafe to approach a suspect within contact range of the
hand-held canister.
(2) When a higher use of force option may be justified, but the
opportunity exists for the use of a Pepper ball before these options are
employed. Under this use the officer will be covered by the safety of
an officer ready to resort to deadly force.
(3) To disperse an unruly or rioting crowd threatening unlawful property
damage or physical force.
(4) To control a suspect actively resisting arrest by taking a fighting
stance or attempting to assault an Officer.
e Officers will not intentionally aim shots to a person’s head, face, neck, and
groin as unintentional injuries may occur.
f All uses of pepper balls will be within the methods taught during training
and within the manufacturer’s specifications.
g EMS will be summoned for persons affected by the application of pepper
balls and if needed transported to the Emergency Room.
h Persons who are affected will be monitored closely for any adverse reaction.
As with all prisoners, they will be seated upright and monitored for
breathing problems. If the person appears to be experiencing breathing
problems, EMS will be called immediately.
3 Batons
a Only CCPD issued ASP collapsible batons are authorized for regular patrol
duties.
b Batons will be used in conjunction with verbal direction.
c If it becomes necessary to use the baton on a subject, all strikes will be
delivered to the major muscle masses, which include forearms, thighs, and
calves.
d Keep in mind that targets such as the elbows, wrists, and knees have a high
probability of creating soft or connective tissue damage or bone fractures
when struck with an impact weapon.
e Officers will not intentionally strike the head, neck, throat, or clavicle
unless the situation justifies the use of deadly force.
g The use of a baton must cease when it becomes apparent the person has been
subdued or is not effective.
h EMS will be summoned for persons struck by Officers.
4 Bilateral Neck Restraint / Shoulder Pin

a. No Officer will utilize the BNR/Shoulder Pin without having successfully
completed CCPD training prior to its use.
b The BNR may be employed on three levels, as each level becomes
necessary:

c Level I - No pressure is applied.
d Level II - Both sides of the neck are compressed until the suspect
consciously complies with the officer’s orders.
e Level III - Pressure is increased, because of continued suspect resistance,
until the suspect stops resisting or becomes unconscious. If the person
becomes unconscious or appears injured in any way will have EMS
summoned. They will be transported to the Emergency Room prior to
booking
f At no time will Officers employ the Bar-Arm Neck restraint or
Respiratory Restraint unless justified to use deadly force.
5 Kinetic Energy Impact Projectiles

a The use of impact munitions is authorized when an officer is confronting a
combative, armed or violent person where deadly force is not immediately
necessary. When used the officer will be protected by deadly force cover.
b The use of Kinetic Energy Impact Projectiles must be authorized by a
sergeant or other ranking officer before deployment.
c Only officers trained and certified by the CCPD Training Unit are
authorized to carry or deploy Kinetic Energy Impact Projectiles.
d Officers will not intentionally target the head neck or throat of a suspect
unless there is an imminent threat and lethal force is justified.
e When practical, before deploying Kinetic Energy Impact Projectiles
officers should give a verbal warning to minimize the chance of
“Contagious fire.”
f The Kinetic Energy Impact Projectiles authorized by CCPD are:
(1) Super Socks
(2) FN303 rounds
(3) KO1 rounds
6 Conducted Electrical Weapon – See CCPD General Order OPS-058
III DEADLY FORCE

A Parameters For The Use Of Deadly or Lethal Force
1 The apprehension of criminal offenders and protection of property must at all
times be secondary to the protection of life, including the Officer's life.
2 Officer may use deadly force to protect themselves or others from what is
reasonably believed to be an imminent threat of death or serious injury to the
Officer or others.

3 An Officer may use deadly force to capture or prevent the escape of a suspect
whose freedom is reasonably believed to represent an imminent threat of serious
injury or death to the Officer or others.
4 When an Officer discharges a firearm, it will be done in accordance with Georgia
law, CCPD policy, CCPD training methods, the United States and Georgia
Constitution.
5 Justification for the use of deadly force will be limited to what reasonably appears
to be the facts known or perceived by an Officer at the time the decision is made
to act. Facts unknown to an Officer, no matter how compelling, cannot be
considered later in determining whether the shooting was justified.
6 No distinction will be made relative to the age of the intended target of deadly
force as self-defense and imminent threat are the only policy guidelines for
employing deadly force per controlling case law.
B Drawing or Exhibiting Firearms
1 An Officer's decision to draw or exhibit a firearm should be based on the Officer’s
reasonable belief there is a substantial risk that deadly force may be needed.
When an Officer has determined that the use of deadly force will not be necessary,
the Officer shall, as soon as practicable, secure and/or holster the firearm.
2 Whenever an Officer exhibits a firearm and points it to control an individual
(offensively or defensively), they shall complete and submit a Police Response to
Aggression / Resistance / Force Report.
C Warning Shots
1. Warning shots are prohibited except when the officer would otherwise be justified
in the use of deadly force.
2. Warning shots are authorized when the use of a warning shot might prevent the use
of deadly force by the suspect against the officer or a third person, or when the
warning shot might prevent the officer’s use of deadly force against the suspect.
3. Warning shots will only be fired in a safe direction and with due regard for the
safety of innocent bystanders.
D Use of the Firearm

1 A verbal warning will be issued prior to the discharge of a firearm, if practical.
2 Whenever an Officer discharges a firearm, either accidentally or officially, they
will, as soon as safety allows, determine the physical condition of any injured
person and render assistance when appropriate, notify the Communications
Center of the incident and location, and request emergency medical services and
a supervisor.
3 Any Officer involved in a shooting will protect their weapon for examination and
submit the weapon to a GBI Agent, Criminal Investigation Division Forensic
Officer or other outside agency investigating the shooting, away from the scene.

The submitting of the weapon should be done completely out of the view of the
public.
a If the weapon has become part of the crime scene it will remain there and
will be collected by the Crime Scene Specialist or Forensic Investigator.
b When an Officer who has discharged a firearm is injured, and must be taken
immediately for treatment the firearm will be secured by the ranking Officer
on the scene who will surrender the weapon to a Crime Scene Specialist or
Forensic Investigator.
4 Every witness Officer present during the discharging of the firearm will complete
a detailed report of the incident. The on-scene supervisor will assign an Officer
to complete the original police report.
5 Shooting cases involving human injury and/or death, or a sensitive and/or high
profile incident will be investigated by the GBI, Criminal Investigation Division
or other outside agency (when applicable). The IA Unit will also conduct an
administrative investigation.
a Negligent or accidental discharges not resulting in an injury or death will be
investigated by the employee’s supervisor and assigned an OPS number.
6 Any employee whose actions or police response to aggression / resistance / force
results in serious injury or death will be removed from their assignment and
placed on administrative leave by the OPS Commander pending the completion
of investigations and administrative review of the incident until reinstated by the
Chief of Police. The employee will be available at all times for official interviews
and statements regarding the case.
7 The Officer may be subject to recall to duty at any time and will not discuss the
case with anyone except appropriate investigative personnel, the assigned District
Attorney, or the Officer’s attorney.
a Officers considering talking with outside agency investigators, Criminal
Investigators, or the District Attorney will be afforded all rights under
Miranda.
8 When a firearm is discharged by a CCPD Officer, an on-duty supervisor or
Precinct Commander will advise the Communications Center to make necessary
notifications.
E Guidelines for Shooting Incapacitated Animals

1 When it is necessary to destroy a fatally wounded or sick animal attempt to locate
and receive permission from the animal’s owner.
2 An animal may be destroyed only after reasonable attempts to notify an agency
capable of disposing of the animal is unsuccessful. If time permits, officers shall
adhere to the following:
a Take necessary steps to ensure the safety of all persons, property, or other
animals, by moving the animal that is to be destroyed to an area of safety

and out of public view when reasonable. The animal should be placed on
soft ground (in lieu of pavement) to decrease the possibility of ricochet.
b Shoot the animal at close range.
c Shoot down into the animal so that if the projectile exits the body, it will
enter the ground.
d Unless there is a possibility of rabies, shoot the animal in the head to
minimize suffering. If there is a possibility of rabies, or the animal has
bitten someone, the animal should not be shot in the head. In these cases,
the animal should be shot in the chest cavity.
e Upon destroying the animal, the proper agency shall be notified, without
delay, for removal of the body. If the possibility of rabies exists, or if the
animal has bitten someone, the animal’s body will be removed to the proper
location.
f Complete an incident report.
F Guidelines for Shooting Dangerous Animals

1 A dangerous animal is any animal that is acting in a violent manner, or has
demonstrated exigent circumstance(s) that it might cause bodily harm to an officer
or a third person.
2 When necessary to destroy an obviously mad or vicious animal that cannot
otherwise be controlled, the Animal Services Unit should be contacted first. Only
when an Animal Services Unit officer is unable to respond in a reasonable amount
of time or exigent circumstance(s) exist should an officer destroy an obviously
mad or vicious animal. Special care should be taken to ensure that no person or
property is injured or damaged when an officer fires their weapon.
3 Dangerous animals may be shot only as a last resort to prevent bodily harm to the
Officer or a third person. When it is necessary to discharge a firearm at a
dangerous animal, whether or not the animal is struck, the following procedures
shall apply:
a. Request a Supervisor to the scene.

b. Complete an incident report.
G Prohibited Uses of Firearms

1 An Officer WILL NOT discharge a firearm to threaten or subdue an unruly
crowd or person if there is not a threat to the Officer's life or to the lives of others.
2 An Officer WILL NOT discharge a firearm to subdue a misdemeanor or felony
suspect attempting to escape, but not presenting an imminent threat of serious
bodily harm or death to the officer or to others.

3 An Officer WILL NOT discharge a firearm to stop a fleeing person who is guilty
only of suspicious conduct, or who is fleeing from a stolen car, or whose conduct
is not dangerous.
4 An Officer WILL NOT discharge a firearm to threaten or subdue a physically
violent subject who has not resorted to violence which represents a threat of
severe bodily harm to the Officer or other persons present; however, in this case
lesser force may be required and justified.
5 An Officer WILL NOT discharge a firearm when it appears likely that an
innocent person may be injured.
6 An Officer WILL NOT discharge a firearm at the occupants of a vehicle (moving
or stationary) or from a moving vehicle, except in self-defense or the defense of
another.
7 Officers WILL NOT discharge a firearm at a moving vehicle in an attempt to
disable the vehicle.
H Unconventional Weapons or Techniques

It is recognized that in some extreme circumstances, where the survival or
physical wellbeing of the Officer or the general public is in severe jeopardy and
there is reason to believe that an imminent threat of death or serious physical
injury exists, The situation may dictate the use of techniques and/or items, not
usually authorized or specific training given. These might include, but are not
limited to knives, flashlights, natural impact weapons, household utensils, tools,
or other devices that are readily available. SUCH ITEMS SHOULD BE USED
ONLY AS A LAST RESORT and only when the exigency of the situation
requires their use.
IV RESPONDING TO DISCHARGING FIREARMS INCIDENTS

A Notifications
1 In cases when an Officer, either on-duty or off-duty, discharges a CCPD firearm
or approved firearm (while acting under the color of law) at a person without
making contact, the Police Communications Center will notify the following.
a. The on-duty or acting Precinct Commander of the Officer.
b. The Chief of Police.
c. The Watch Commander.
d. The Office of Professional Standards (OPS Unit).
e. The supervisor of the agency with primary jurisdiction.
1 In cases when an Officer, either on-duty or off-duty, discharges a CCPD firearm
at a person and makes contact, the Communications Center will dispatch
requested medical assistance and notify the following persons listed in section

A.1, GBI or other outside agency (when applicable) and the Criminal
Investigation Division.
B Discharging Firearms Incidents Outside of Chatham County

1 Should an Officer have to discharge a firearm while outside Chatham County,
they will ensure the Communications Center is notified as soon as practical.
2 The Communications Center will dispatch a Supervisor from the closest precinct,
if the incident is in Bryan or Effingham County. The IA Unit will respond to
incidents occurring beyond Effingham or Bryan Counties.
3 The CCPD Supervisor will immediately proceed to the location and obtain all
pertinent information, keeping their commander and the IA Unit apprised of the
situation.
4 The IA Unit will conduct an internal investigation, as the agency having
jurisdiction will be responsible for all other criminal investigations.
5 All applicable provisions of this and all CCPD policies will apply with respect to
the investigation.
V REPORTING A POLICE RESPONSE TO AGGRESSION / RESISTANCE /

FORCE INCIDENT
A CCPD Police Response to Aggression / Resistance / Force Report will be completed
whenever an Officer uses force which is greater than that required for un-resisted
Department approved searching, handcuffing or escorting.
1 This includes all police response to aggression / resistance / force applications against
persons who ultimately flee and are not apprehended.
B All details regarding the police response to aggression / resistance / force shall be included
in a supplemental report. When feasible, force reports shall be reviewed and approved
by the supervisor to whom the force incident was initially reported. A reference to the
verbal notification and the name of the supervisor to whom it was made shall be
included in the first report.
C Each assisting member who used force, including FTO/FTR partners, shall submit a
separate supplementary report detailing his/her actions. When practical, reports relating
to the police response to aggression / resistance / force incidents shall be submitted to the
supervisor to whom the initial incident was reported.
D Each member reporting force shall describe in detail the actions of the suspect
necessitating the police response to aggression / resistance / force and the specific force
used in response to the suspect's actions or resistance.
E All injuries or complaint of injuries, and any medical treatment or refusal of medical
treatment, shall be documented in the supplemental reports and photographed.
F Police Response to Aggression / Resistance / Force Reports are required for incidents
where Officers:

1 Discharge a firearm for other than training or recreational purposes or the
destruction of an animal. A preliminary incident report will be completed for the
destruction of an animal.
2 Take an action that results in, or is alleged to have resulted in, injury or death of
another person.
3 Apply force through the use of deadly or less lethal weapons.
4 When pointing a less lethal weapon at another person.
5 Apply weaponless physical force at a level of force commensurate with the
amount of non-compliance offered by a subject.
G Officers involved in incidents which require the completion of a Police Response to
Aggression / Resistance / Force Report whether on duty, off duty, or while working
extra/off duty employment will immediately contact a Supervisor or, if extra/off duty,
the on duty Supervisor assigned to the precinct where the incident occurred.
H Officers will complete a Preliminary and/or Supplemental Investigation Report and a
Police Response to Aggression / Resistance / Force Report as soon as possible, but prior to
the end of their shift. The police response to aggression / resistance / force will be
completed in the ARS reporting system unless the system is not working.
I Supervisors and Watch Commanders who respond to the scene will inquire of the
Officer the circumstances leading to the need for force and what force was used. They
will also interview the suspect if possible and inquire of injuries and circumstances if
possible.
J Supervisors and Watch Commanders will look for and obtain statements from
witnesses to the incident. Statements will be attached to the Police Response to
Aggression / Resistance / Force package and comments placed in the cover letter.
K Supervisors will photograph all evidence of police response to aggression / resistance /
force if possible, to include torn clothing, bruising and lacerations to both the Officer
and suspect.
L All reports will be administratively reviewed by the supervisor to determine whether

Officer actions are within policy and reasonable or training, weapons and equipment
issues are apparent. The reports will be forwarded through the chain of command to the
appropriate Precinct/Unit Commander for further review within 5 business days.
1 The report at a minimum, will detail the facts of the incident based upon
statements (witness, suspect, and Officer), physical evidence, and
recommendations.
2 A copy of the report, the supervisor’s cover letter and a Police Response to
Aggression / Resistance / Force File Form will then be forwarded through the chain
of command. Each commissioned officer will review the submitted file and make
their determination if the force used is reasonable. Once completed, the forms
will be forwarded to the Office of Professional Standards within 5 business days.

VI POLICE RESPONSE TO AGGRESSION / RESISTANCE / FORCE DEBRIEFING
A. In all cases where any person has been killed or injured as a result of a firearm
discharged by an CCPD Officer, the involved Officer will be offered, at the
County’s expense, the services of a CCPD appointed psychologist within 24 hours
of the incident. The purpose of this debriefing will be to allow the Officer to deal
with the moral, ethical, and/or psychological after effects of the incident.
1. The debriefing will not be related to any CCPD or outside agency’s
investigation of the incident and nothing discussed in the debriefing session
will be reported to the CCPD or outside agency.
2. The debriefing session will remain protected by the privileged physician-
patient relationship.
B In all cases where any person has been injured or killed as a result of a firearm
discharged by a CCPD Officer, the involved Officer and their family will also have
available to them the services of a the Chatham County Employee Assistance
Program and/or CCPD Chaplain to provide the Officer and/or the family with a
source of professional consultation to aid them in dealing with the potential moral
and ethical after effects of a shooting incident.
1. The Chaplain's services will not be related to any or outside agency’s
investigation of the incident, and nothing discussed will be divulged to
the CCPD or outside agency.
2. The consultation sessions will remain protected by a privileged
relationship.
C. Prior to being returned to duty the involved Officer will be required to undergo a
fitness for duty evaluation with an CCPD appointed psychologist, at the County’s
expense to determine the officer’s ability to be returned to duty. This evaluation is
not privileged under the physician-patient relationship.
D Duties of Watch Sergeants
a The Precinct Sergeant will proceed immediately to the scene and secure the
scene as well as any witnesses.
b Ensure a perimeter is set up around the scene; establish separate areas for
the media, Investigators and Command as staging points.
c Ensure that care is rendered to any employee or civilian that is in need.
d Ensure that proper notifications are made to include the Watch Commander.
e Determine if there are any on-going issues that may affect public safety.
f Assign a second supervisor to remain with the officer who used deadly
force.
g If the situation allows, keep the Officer at the scene for a public safety
debriefing. If not, remove him or her to safe location.
h After talking to the GBI or other outside agency (when applicable) or the
Criminal Investigators take or arrange for the involved officer to be taken

to an approved lab for the purpose of submitting blood and urine samples
for testing. Prior to the submission of samples the supervisor will advise the
officer of his/her Garrity warnings.
1 Duties of Watch Lieutenants
a Ensure the duties of the sergeant at the scene are addressed. If not, he/she
will make this their first priority after assuming command.
b Conduct the preliminary field investigation.
c Enact a tactical alert if needed. Assign responsibilities as needed.
d Summon appropriate resources.
e Make contact with the GBI or other outside agency investigator (when
applicable) and the Watch Commander or Division Commander and ensure
that a critical incident notification is completed.
f Ensure that all reports are completed and submitted to the Precinct
Commander for review.
3 Watch Commander upon notification respond to the scene to render command
assistance to the investigation efforts.
a. Ensure the needs of the Officer(s) involved are protected.
b. Summon appropriate resources.
4 Duties of the Criminal Investigations Division (CID)

a CID will assist the GBI or other outside agency (if requested) during the
investigation of any shooting incident involving an CCPD sworn employee that
results in injury or death in the CCPD jurisdiction.
b Criminal Investigators will conduct the primary investigation concentrating
on the criminal aspects of the original incident.
c Such investigations will be conducted using the same general guidelines as
any other incident.
d Criminal Investigators will share all information they obtain during their
investigation with the GBI or other outside agency investigator (when
applicable) as well as with the Internal Affairs Unit.
5 Duties of the Internal Affairs (IA) Unit - The IA Unit will investigate any contact
and non-contact shooting by CCPD personnel involving human life.
b In the event serious injury or death is inflicted by an Officer, ensure the
Officer is placed on administrative leave, without loss of pay or benefits,
pending the results of the investigation and an administrative review by the
Chief of Police.

c The IA Commander or their designee will make the decision to issue the
officer a replacement weapon.
d IA Unit Investigators will not disclose information from their investigation
with the GBI or other outside agency (if applicable) or Criminal
Investigators.
e IA Unit Investigators will submit a report of their findings to the Chief of
Police or designee which includes the following:
(1) The circumstances surrounding the shooting,
(2) The history of the officer’s employment with CCPD,
(3) Implications of Department Policy relating to the shooting.
f The Internal Affairs (IA) Unit of the Office of Professional Standards shall
conduct a documented annual analysis of all Police Response to Aggression
/ Resistance / Force cases by January 31 for the preceding year, and will
forward a copy of the analysis to the Accreditation Unit.
VII POLICE RESPONSE TO AGGRESSION / RESISTANCE / FORCE REVIEW

BOARD
A The Police Response to Aggression / Resistance / Force Review board will review all
substantial or questionable uses of force by sworn personnel of the CCPD.
B It is the policy of this department to carefully monitor and analyze the use of any type
of force by its officers. Therefore, the intent of this board is to examine substantial or
questionable uses of force for the purposes of determining policy violations, failures of
policy, equipment, or training issues and enhance future performance.
C The Police Response to Aggression / Resistance / Force Review board will be chaired
by a Commander designated by the Chief of Police on a rotating basis.
1 Members of the board will be chosen by the chairperson and be representative of all
areas of the department. At a minimum the board will include two civilian
members of the community and the department’s Training Unit Commander or
their representative.
D Substantial Police Response to Aggression / Resistance / Force - All incidents
involving the use of deadly force such as an Officer involved shooting; unintended
discharges of a firearm; all uses of carotid restraint control holds including any
modified, full or locked carotid; all uses of force resulting in an injury requiring
hospitalization; all head strikes with an impact weapon; all TASER deployments
intentional or unintentional and all other uses of force resulting in death.
E Questionable Police Response to Aggression / Resistance / Force - Any Police
Response to Aggression / Resistance / Force in which the involved officer’s intent,
tactics, or techniques are of a questionable nature. All such incidents will be referred
to the review board by that Officer’s Commander or by review of the Police Response
to Aggression / Resistance / Force Review Board chairperson.

F Tactical Debrief
1 The Police Response to Aggression / Resistance / Force Review Board
Chairperson will assign a subject matter specialist to debrief involved personnel
in all substantial and questionable uses of force and complete a presentation of
their findings to the Police Response to Aggression / Resistance / Force Review
Board.
2 This debrief will be a collective review of an incident to identify those areas where
actions and decisions were effective and those area where actions and decisions
could have been improved. The intent of this debrief is to develop a
comprehensive presentation to be the Police Response to Aggression / Resistance
/ Force Review Board.
G. Executive Review Board
1 The Police Response to Aggression / Resistance / Force Review Board will
convene at the order of the Chief of Police and review circumstances surrounding
the discharge of a firearm by a CCPD Officer when recommended by the IA Unit.
2 The Board will be comprised of: a The Chief of Police or designee.
b Two Assistant Chiefs and three Captains assigned by the IA Unit
Commander on a rotating basis. Note: The Chief of Police may designate a
Captain to represent a Division Commander who is absent.
c The Review Board will develop findings and make recommendations to the
Chief of Police in the following areas:
(1) Whether the shooting was within policy, out of policy, or accidental.
(2) Tactical considerations.
(3) Training considerations.
(4) Quality of supervision.
(5) Discipline considerations.
(6) The post-shooting investigative process and quality.
VIII CIVIL DISTURBANCE POLICE RESPONSE TO AGGRESSION / RESISTANCE /

FORCE
A A Civil Disturbance is a disruption of a peaceful, ordered environment that creates a
condition which interferes with another person’s rights or their ability to perform their
normal, legal activities.
B During a civil disturbance, the CCPD will preserve the peace and enforce the law while
protecting the rights of the demonstrators to assemble peacefully and exercise free
speech. CCPD Officers will perform their duties in a manner that is balanced,
measured, and appropriate in response to the circumstances.

C Constructive Control (Officer Presence and Verbal Direction) is a uniformed police
presence and may be in a field force platoon formation. There is no physical contact
between the police and demonstrators and Police Response to Aggression / Resistance
/ Force reports are not required.
D Physical Control (Empty Hand Control) involves hands-on touching, guiding, or
directing with no deployment of tools or weapons. This may include line and wedge
formations (with or without protective riot shield) in order to move a crowd that resists
verbal commands. Arrests also fall into this category. Documentation of force per
current Department policy is required.
E Mechanical and/or Chemical Control (Non-lethal Weapons) has two levels, the use of
tools or weapon(s) to include ASP batons, 36 inch wooden baton and the black
monadnok which should only be used individually as defensive tools, and crowd
control shields. Also include at this level are chemical weapons such as OC spray and
mechanical weapons, such as Kinetic Energy projectiles (aka supersocks), TASERS.
Documentation of force per current Department policy is required.
F Deadly Force (Lethal Weapons) will not be utilized in crowd situations except as a last
resort in the face of life threatening circumstances.
G In fulfilling its responsibilities during a civil disturbance in which demonstrators
engage in unlawful conduct, the CCPD will make reasonable efforts to employ
nonarrest methods of crowd management as the primary means of restoring order.
H If such methods prove unsuccessful, arrests shall be made for violations of the law.
I All arrests shall be based on probable cause and arresting Officers’ Police Response to
Aggression / Resistance / Force shall be objectively reasonable to the circumstances
encountered. As much as possible under the circumstances, arrests shall be made in an
organized manner at the directions of a Supervisor which shall be fully documented.
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

SOP # ADM-015 EFFECTIVE DATE: 11/16/18

OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT Addendum 1 Revised: 07/18/19
PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) is to establish guidelines under
which sworn and non-sworn employees of the Chatham County Police Department (CCPD)
may be engaged in outside employment.
POLICY:
It is the policy of the CCPD to allow employees to engage in outside employment that does
not pose a conflict with their primary job assignments and would not cause an embarrassment
to or detract from the reputation of the Department.
The Department recognizes that a number of officers engage in secondary/outside
employment as a legitimate means of supplementing their income. This program benefits
the Department, along with our jurisdiction, while placing the burden of the cost on those
who employ these officers. The Department also recognizes that it has a responsibility to
properly, and fairly, manage the program.
The administration of all outside employment shall be completed by a trained CYA Agency
Administrator (sergeant or above), with oversight by the Internal Affairs Unit.
Employees of CCPD are, within the provisions of this SOP, permitted to work extra-duty
employment and/or off-duty employment.
The primary obligation and responsibility for all CCPD personnel is their on-duty
assignment. CCPD allows its officers to participate in secondary/outside employment
through the department’s extra-duty, and off-duty, programs. However, in order to ensure
that all police officers are in optimal physical and mental conditions to carry out their duties
and to ensure that law enforcement is the officer’s primary concern, it is the policy of the
Chatham County Police Department that secondary/outside duty employment performed by
CCPD officers shall be regulated according to the procedures outlined herein.
Note: Violations of any part this Standard Operating Procedure may result in revocation of
secondary/outside employment privileges for a period of time and /or disciplinary action.
DEFINITIONS:
Courtesy Officer - Any sworn member working security at an apartment or condominium
complex where the employee resides and receives any compensation (discounted rent or free
services)
CCPD SOP-ADM-015 Outside Employment / Page 1 of 11

Outside Employment - Off-duty and extra duty work performed for an employer, other than
the Chatham County Police Department, (whether for a business, corporation, governmental
unit, National Guard or military reserve component, or self-employment) for which payment
is received.
Extra-Duty Employment - Outside employment wherein the use of law enforcement
powers are anticipated
Off-Duty Employment - Outside employment wherein the use of law enforcement powers
are not anticipated.
Bouncer - A person employed at a club, night club, etc. to prevent unwanted people from
entering and to handle disorderly person(s) up to the point where police intervention may be
needed.
Private Pool – A group of officers who have exclusive access to jobs for a specific employer.
Private pools are managed by coordinators.
CYA – Cover Your Assets (CYA) is an outside employment tracking program.
Agency Administrators – A person[s] assigned to this role WILL have total control over all
aspects of the configurations of the agencies deployment of the system and may view any
and all activities carried within the system. This should be a role assigned to one or two
persons only; recommended to maintain a stable operating environment.
Coordinator – An officer who coordinates outside employment for a specific employer.
Coordination duties includes management of a private pool, scheduling officers, ensuring
that officers have proper paperwork on file, to include the Indemnity form, prior to working
the job, and is the primary point of contact for both the Department and the employer.
User – Officers who have access to CYA program to view/apply for extra duty employment.
PROCEDURE:
I. EXTRA-DUTY EMPLOYMENT
A. Eligibility
1. Officer(s) must have successfully completed the following: GA POST Academy,
Patrol School, and FTO training, to be eligible to work Extra-Duty employment.
a. Officer(s) having less than one year of service, from their swearing-in date,
are not eligible to work bars/lounges.
2. Officer(s) or employee(s) on suspension, administrative leave, sick leave, injury
leave, light duty, or who are otherwise unable to perform the normal duties of a
Police Officer, shall not participate in outside employment without prior written
approval of the Chief of Police or his/her designee.
a. Officer(s) or employee(s) that are off due to FMLA must obtain written
approval from their unit commander prior to participating in outside
employment.
3. Officer(s) who have prior law enforcement experience, and are classified as
“probationary employee” must obtain written permission from the Chief of Police
or his/her designee, prior to engaging in outside employment.

4. Officer(s) who are on administrative or military leave for 30 days or longer, and
have returned to full-duty, shall obtain written permission from his/her unit
commander prior to reengaging in outside employment.
5. Officer(s) who are on “terminal leave time” are prohibited from working outside
employment.
6. Officer(s) working in an undercover/ covert capacity should be mindful of their
on-duty assignment when applying for or accepting extra-duty assignments. In
case of doubt, officers should obtain specific approval from his/her unit
commander.
B. Approval
1. Officer(s) are only authorized to work APPROVED outside employment
opportunities. In order for the outside employment to be approved, it must meet
the following requirements:
a. Job opportunities must not pose a conflict with their primary job
assignments and would not cause an embarrassment to or detract from the
reputation of the Department, or contradict with the prohibited job types
listed in section III of this S.O.P.
b. Approval MUST be granted through the CYA Agency Administrator or
Office of Professional Standards.
(1) All outside employment jobs MUST be managed through the CYA
Program.
c. Officer(s) MUST complete an Outside Employment Approval Form and
receive the necessary approval signatures prior to working the
assignment(s).
(1) The Outside Employment Approval Form will be forwarded to and
maintained by the Internal Affairs Office.
d. Indemnity Form shall be completely and legibly filled out and signed by the
prospective employer, prior to submission, for all outside employment.
(1) Indemnity Form must contain the complete legal name of the
employing company and/or contact person, as well as the Employer’s
Worker’s Compensation Insurance carrier name, accurate numerical
address, policy number, agent, and accurate contact telephone
number.
2. An updated Indemnity Form shall be completed annually by January 31st for any
recurring employer using CCPD officers.
a. It shall be the responsibility of the job coordinator to ensure that the CCPD
Indemnity Form is completed and submitted to the Internal Affairs Office.
b. The Internal Affairs Office will facilitate the remittance of the CCPD
Indemnity form for any employer who does not utilize a coordinator.
3. Exemptions to this section include:
a. Permitted events through Chatham County,

(1) Employers who hire officers in conjunction with a County permit shall
not be required to complete an Indemnity form.
b. Events on Chatham County, other Municipal, State or Federal properties.
c. Employers who are other governmental entities.
d. Other events as approved by the Chief of Police or their designee.
C. Accountability
1. Officer(s) who works a job without having an Indemnity form on file in the Internal
Affairs Office, OR who violate any part of the Outside Employment policy shall
at a minimum receive the following:
a. First Sustained Offense – written reprimand and 15 day suspension of extra duty
privileges
b. Second Sustained Offense – 1 day suspension and 90 day suspension of extra duty
privileges
c. Third Sustained Offense – 3 day suspension and 6 months suspension of extra duty
privileges
d. Fourth Sustained Offense – Chief’s Office
D. Notification
1. Officer(s) shall notify the Communications Center, via police radio, that he/she
is working an outside employment job at the beginning of the shift, and will
provide their call sign and/or employee #, location, and scheduled end time.
a. Officer(s) shall keep his/her radio on and monitor the radio channel that
coincides with the area in which he/she is working during the duration of
the assignment.
E. Maximum Number of Allowable Hours
1. Officer(s) shall not work more than 16 hours during a 24 hour period, which
includes on-duty combined with outside employment assignments. This twenty-
four (24) hour period commences when the officer begins to work (on-duty or
extra/off duty) after a period of at least 8 hours rest. (Note: Must be a continuous
8 hours of time that is neither on-duty or outside employment hours.)
2. The maximum number of outside employment hours worked when combined
with on-duty hours shall not exceed 72 hours within a 7 day work week (Sunday
– Saturday).
3. The maximum number of allowable hours may be increased by a Captain, an
Assistant Chief or the Chief of Police in order to meet the department's needs.
The request and approval must be in writing and shall be forwarded to the Internal
Affairs Office to be archived. (Note: This request can be in e-mail form.)
F. Rate of Pay
1. The minimum rate of pay for Outside employment is established by the Chief of
Police via a Special Order. (See Addendum 1)
2. Outside employment shall not be negotiated at a rate of pay lower than the
established minimum. (Note: Some existing jobs may be grandfathered in.)

G. Uniform
1. The Class A or B uniform shall be worn during outside employment assignments,
unless otherwise specified and approved by the Chief of Police.
a. The uniform will be worn in accordance with CCPD Uniform and
Appearance policy.
2. Alternate duty uniforms (SWAT, etc.) shall not be worn while working outside
employment assignments.
3. Outside employment assignment(s) that require an officer(s) to work in plain
clothes, must be approved by the Chief of Police or his/her designee.
4. Officer(s) performing traffic control outside of his/her vehicle shall wear their
department issued safety vest.
H. Injuries
1. Chatham County’s Leave Policy covers Police Officers working an outside
employment assignment who are injured while actively performing a police
function.
2. An on duty supervisor shall be notified, and respond, if an officer sustains an
injury while working an outside employment assignment.
3. All reports of injuries, to a Police Officer, while working an outside employment
assignment will have the words, “Outside Employment Injury” typed or printed,
and highlighted in color, at the top of each form in the packet.
4. Injuries as a result of a non-law enforcement action are covered by the outside
employer’s Worker’s Compensation policy and will be the responsibility of the
outside employer.
5. Chatham County will not file a First Report of injury with the Worker’s
Compensation Board until directed to do so by the Board.
I. Incident Reports / Arrests / Intelligence Information
1. Officer(s) working an outside employment assignment shall complete a
preliminary report(s) for incidents occurring at their location. Reports will be
completed and submitted prior to or immediately after leaving the extra-duty job.
(Note: Officers are not required to investigate traffic accidents while working an
outside employment assignment.)
2. Officer(s) working an outside employment assignment shall monitor the radio
channel of the precinct he/she is working. Calls for assistance by citizens, on
view incidents or request for backup by officers outside of your outside
employment location or contiguous to your immediate area shall not be ignored.
Officers will be expected to respond as necessary. Failure to act may result in
suspension of outside employment privileges and/or disciplinary action.
3. Officer(s) working an outside employment assignment shall immediately forward
any information/intelligence (to the on-duty precinct supervisor) that may be
beneficial in the identification of individuals, vehicles, or any other information
that may have a bearing on solving crimes or reducing future occurrences of
crime.

4. Officer(s) working an outside employment assignment will only eject, remove,
or prevent someone from entering a business establishment, if requested to do so
by a member of management or authorized representative of the business (other
than outside employment officers). The authorized representative of the business
will be required to give this explicit request prior to the officer taking action.
5. Officer(s) required to effect an arrest while working an outside employment
assignment shall complete the preliminary report and submit the report prior to
assignment completion and/or leaving the assignment location.
a. The Arrest and Booking Form, as well as any other paperwork necessary
for incarceration will be completed by the arresting officer prior to calling
an on-duty officer to transport.
6. Officer(s) involved in a Use of Force incidents shall follow the same procedures
as set forth in CCPD Police Response to Aggression/Use of Force policy. An
on-duty supervisor will respond to scene. The officer will complete and submit a
CCPD Use of Force Form and Preliminary Investigation Report to an on-duty
supervisor prior to or immediately after leaving the outside employment
assignment.
7. Supervisor requested to the scene of a Use of Force incident arising from an
outside employment assignment shall follow the same procedures as set forth in
CCPD Police Response to Aggression/Use of Force policy.
J. Complaints
1. In situations where a citizen indicates that they wish to file a formal complaint,
the officer working the outside employment assignment shall immediately notify
the closest/available on-duty patrol supervisor.
2. If required, the officer shall complete an Employee Statement Form as directed
by the on-duty patrol supervisor which details the circumstances surrounding the
incident.
3. The supervisor shall submit a report to the Patrol Bureau Commander prior to
ending his/her tour of duty and will also submit copies of the report to Internal
Affairs and his/her immediate Supervisor. The report will include at a minimum:
a. The names, addresses and phone numbers of all persons present during the
incident.
b. Statements, in the words of the witnesses, as to what each of the witnesses
observed during the incident.
c. All details concerning the events leading up to the incident, including, but
not limited to, the officer’s approach, subject’s action, officer’s action,
transport procedures, etc.
K. Courtesy Officer Program
1. All Courtesy officer positions shall be coordinated through the Internal Affairs
Office.
2. Officer(s) shall not accept or be approved for any Courtesy officer employment
outside the jurisdictional limits of the CCPD.

3. Officer(s) receiving gratuities or any form of reduction in living expenses by any
means, due to being a law enforcement officer, must have an approved CCPD
“Outside Employment Approval Form” on file with the Internal Affairs Office.
4. Courtesy officers are prohibited from delivering/serving any form of paperwork,
on management’s behalf, to any resident.
5. Courtesy officers shall have their duty weapon, their badge, and their police radio
with them at all times while conducting functions related to their Courtesy Officer
position.
L. Coordinators
1. Minimum requirements:
a. Officer(s) shall have at least 2 years of law enforcement experience with
CCPD, or with an approved law enforcement agency.
b. Officer(s) shall not have been relieved of their coordinating privileges
within the past 2 years.
2. Officer(s) will obtain written permission from their Precinct or Unit Commander.
a. Officer(s) will forward the document to the Internal Affairs Office where it
will be maintained in the officer’s outside employment file.
b. Officer(s) will also forward a copy to the Agencies CYA Administrator(s)
so that a job can be created and/or approval given.
c. Officers will not coordinate private pools unless they are an approved
coordinator through the Internal Affairs Office.
3. Officer(s) will not coordinate more than three (3) private pool jobs (unless written
permission is granted by the Chief of Police or his/her designee.)
4. Officer(s) will be required to forward the names of officers removed from their
respective private pools for behavior, or performance, related conduct to the
Internal Affairs Office. (This information shall be placed in the officers outside
employment file.)
5. Coordinators who fail to uphold their obligations may, (at the discretion of the
Internal Affairs, Chief of Police or designee) have their coordinator privileges
revoked.
M. Outside Employment Assignments
1. The Internal Affairs Office is responsible for ensuring the fair and equitable
distribution of Outside Employment Assignments. With this goal in mind, the
unit may implement minor procedural changes not in this policy, with the
approval of the Chief of Police. These changes should be documented as a
“Special Order”.
2. Outside employment shall not be advertised via departmental email unless sent
from the CYA coordinator or the Internal Affairs Office. Officers wishing to
notify the department of a short notice job opportunity shall contact the CCPD
CYA Administrator(s) or the Internal Affairs Office for dissemination.
3. Officer(s) are responsible for reading all information pertaining to a job that
he/she are interested in working. The officer shall ensure that he/she meet all

listed requirements of a job prior to accepting it as an assignment. Officers shall
perform all special instructions as directed in the job. Failure to meet
requirements may result in removal from the job and/or job pool. Officers shall
not sign up for jobs in which they do not meet the qualifications (i.e. specialized
training, or equipment such as a marked police vehicle).
4. Officer(s) shall only sign up for jobs they intend to actually work, and shall not
apply for jobs that interfere with jobs in which they are already scheduled to work.
An Officer shall not cancel one job in order to work a more favorable job.
5. Officers shall close out a CYA job worked within three (3) days of working the
assignment.
6. Officer(s), who split shifts, or substitute for officer(s) scheduled to work a job,
shall ensure that the CYA coordinator, for that job, is informed of the change.
7. Officer(s) unable to work a scheduled job, shall notify the point of contact for the
job, and the job site coordinator, of their inability to work the job.
8. Officer(s) shall not (either individually or collectively) circumvent any portion of
this policy or established procedures, for personal gain.
9. Officer(s) may be granted leave at the beginning or end of shift to work an outside
employment assignment. Leave will not be granted in the middle of a shift so
that an employee can work an extra duty job and return to work during the same
shift.
N. Departmental Vehicles
1. Some outside employment assignments require the use of a departmental vehicle.
Outside employment assignments requiring vehicles for traffic control shall only
utilize marked police vehicles, unless prior authorization is granted by a captain
or above. Personally owned vehicles (P.O.V’s) are prohibited from being used
for traffic control.
2. Jobs that require the use of departmental vehicle shall indicate this requirement
on the outside employment posting. Vehicle usage means that the vehicle is
driven, or running, during the course of the job. Examples of vehicle usage
include patrolling a neighborhood or stationary traffic control where the vehicle
is running and emergency lights are operational. Driving a departmental vehicle
to and from an extra duty job does not constitute vehicle usage.
II. OFF-DUTY EMPLOYMENT
A. Employees who desire to work off-duty employment shall do so in accordance with the
CCPD policy concerning Secondary/Outside Employment.
B. A CCPD Secondary/Outside Employment Request Form shall be completed by the
employee, signatures obtained, and forwarded to the CCPD CYA Administrator for
review. The CYA Administrator will then forward the completed request form to the
Internal Affairs Office where it will be maintained on file.
III. PROHIBITED OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT
A. CCPD sworn personnel are prohibited from engaging in outside employment:
1. In a place of illegal operation.

2. For a proprietor or company previously convicted of illegal sale of alcohol after
hours, or for a non-licensed establishment.
3. For a proprietor or company previously convicted of the illegal sale of contraband
or narcotics.
4. For a firm where a labor dispute or strike is occurring.
5. For a bail bond agency.
6. For an establishment declared off limits to outside employment by the Chief of
Police.
7. For insurance agencies, private guard services or security agencies, collection
agencies, attorneys, or any other such employment that requires investigative
work or which requires access to police records, files, or information, unless such
work is only security in nature through the extra duty program adheres to other
provisions of this Standard Operating Procedure and is approved by the Agencies
CYA Administrators, Internal Affairs Office or the Chief of Police.
8. As a bartender or bouncer in an establishment selling alcoholic beverages.
9. As a taxi or wrecker driver.
10. As an owner, operator or sales representative for any alarm system or alarm
company.
11. That detracts from the employee’s efficiency in their normal on duty functions.
12. That creates a conflict of hours or availability for assigned duties.
13. As a contract representative or agent for officers who are hired off duty, which
involves receiving any payment or monies for which a service has not been
performed according to the hourly rate established by the Chief of Police.
However, payment may be received for actual services performed such as actual
hours worked, scheduling Officers to work, completing payroll etc.
14. That requires an officer to direct or interrupt traffic flow on a public highway or
thoroughfare for a private business or enterprise, unless approved by the Chief,
Traffic Unit or Internal Affairs Office.
15. In any capacity which may be construed as a conflict of interest or which damages
the reputation of Chatham County, or the Chatham County Police Department.
16. In any capacity in which the officer handles currency or valuables.
17. In any capacity in which the officer would enforce house rules (i.e. hand
stamping, wrist banding, ticket taking, checking I.D.) that are not related to law
enforcement.
18. In any capacity performing menial tasks or labor that would demean a Police
Officer or reduce the amount of respect shown to a Police Officer.
19. In any establishment that provides or promotes adult entertainment as defined by
county ordinance.
20. Prior to obtaining the signed Indemnity/Worker’s Compensation Coverage
Agreement form for the secondary employment from any prospective employer,
excluding County permitted events.

B. The Chief of Police may revoke outside employment at establishments that fail to
comply with eligibility requirements and any other provisions outlined in this directive.
IV. REVOCATION OR SUSPENSION OF OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT
A. Any sworn CCPD personnel may have their outside employment privileges either
suspended or revoked for any of the following reasons.
1. Poor on-duty job performance.
2. Excessive complaints while performing outside employment assignments.
3. Part of disciplinary action
4. Failing to comply with provisions set forth in this policy.
B. Outside Employment privileges shall only be suspended, or revoked, by Chief of Police
or his designee.
1. Four (4) cancellations of outside employment assignments on CYA in a month
time period will result in an automatic suspension of outside employment
privileges for seven (7) days.
a. This is a defaulted suspension in the CYA program.
C. A supervisor wishing to revoke, or suspend, outside employment privileges shall notify
the Internal Affairs Office in writing, stating the circumstance surrounding the request,
and officer information.
BY ORDER OF:

______________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

Addendum 1

CHATHAM COUNTY POLICE
DEPARTMENT
SOP – ADM-020: EFFECTIVE DATE: 07/15/19

BIAS BASED PROFILING REVISION:
PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) is to govern bias based
profiling and reaffirm the Chatham County Police Department (CCPD)
commitment to unbiased profiling, clarify the circumstances in which bias can be
used as a factor to establish reasonable suspicion or probable cause, and to reinforce
procedures that serve to assure the public that we are providing service and
enforcing laws in a fair and equitable manner.
POLICY:
Bias based profiling is strictly prohibited because it violates constitutional and civil
rights, undermines legitimate law enforcement efforts, alienates citizens, fosters
community distrust of law enforcement, and invites judicial and legislative
intervention. Therefore, in accordance with Title VII of the Federal Civil Rights
Act of 1964, CCPD Officers are forbidden to practice bias based profiling.
[CALEA 1.2.9 a]
All investigative detentions, traffic stops, arrests, and searches and seizures of
property must be based on a standard of reasonable suspicion or probable cause as
required by the Fourth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution and statutory authority
and CCPD Officers must be able to articulate specific facts, circumstances, and
conclusions that support probable cause or reasonable suspicion.
DEFINITION:
This department defines bias based profiling as any law enforcement-initiated
action that relies upon the race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, religion,
economic status, age, cultural group, or any other identifiable groups in the
selection of individuals rather than the behavior of that individual. Bias based
profiling does not include circumstances where the officer has information that
includes a racial, ethnic, or other descriptor concerning a suspect for a specific
crime where that information is reliable and is likely to lead to the discovery of that
individual.
PROCEDURE:
I. Except as provided below, sworn personnel shall not consider race, ethnicity, or
national origin in establishing either reasonable suspicion or probable cause to
CCPD SOP # ADM-020 Bias Based Profiling / Page 1 of 3

include but not be limited to; traffic contacts, field contacts, and asset forfeiture
efforts. [CALEA 1.2.9 a]
A. Sworn personnel may take into account the reported race, ethnicity, or
national origin of a specific suspect or suspects based on credible, reliable,
locally-relevant information that links a person of a specific race to a
particular criminal incident or links a specific series of crimes in an area to a
group of individuals of a particular race/ethnicity.
B. Except as provided above, no person shall be singled out or otherwise treated
differently on account of their race, ethnicity, or national origin.
II. In an effort to prevent inappropriate perceptions of bias law enforcement, sworn
personnel shall:
A. Be courteous, polite, and professional.
B. Provide name and agency credentials.
C. Explain to the citizen the reason for the stop as soon as practical, unless
providing this information will compromise personal safety or the safety of
another person.
D. In vehicle stops, this information shall be provided before asking the driver
for their license and registration.
E. Ensure that the length of the detention is no longer than necessary to take
appropriate action for the known or suspected offense.
F. Answer any questions the citizen may have, including explaining options for
the disposition of the traffic citation, if relevant.
G. Provide name when requested, in writing, or on a business card.
H. Apologize and/or explain the determination when reasonable suspicions are
unfounded (e.g., after a BOLO stop).
III. Training related to bias base profiling will be provided by the Training Unit to all
affected personnel, upon initial employment and annually. This training may relate
to field contacts, traffic stops, search issues, asset seizure and forfeiture, interview
techniques, cultural diversity, discrimination, and community support. [CALEA
1.2.9 b]
A. Supervisors shall ensure all sworn personnel within their command are
familiar with the content of this policy and are operating in compliance.
IV. All bias based complaints will be referred to the Office of Professional Standards
for investigation.
A. The Office of Professional Standards will maintain a file with all bias based
complaints, along with respective dispositions.
B. Officers having sustained complaints will receive discipline or other
corrective action as determined by the Chief of Police.

C. The Office of Professional Standards will conduct an annual administrative
review of the Department’s practices, citizen concerns and corrective
measures concerning bias based profiling. [CALEA 1.2.9 c]
BY ORDER OF:

________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

______________________________________________________________________________
SOP # OPS-011: Vehicle Pursuits EFFECTIVE: 02/01/18
______________________________________________________________________________
PURPOSE
Vehicle pursuits present a danger to the lives of the public, officers, and suspects involved in the
pursuit. In order to protect lives and guide officers in the safe performance of their duties, the
Chatham County Police Department (CCPD) shall regulate the manner in which vehicle pursuits
are undertaken and conducted. This policy is to be used in conjunction with the CCPD Use of
Force policy and O.C.G.A. §40-6-6.
POLICY
The CCPD recognizes and respects the value of human life. The vehicle pursuit of an offender is
often necessary to fulfill the law enforcement mission. Another important part of the law
enforcement mission is the protection of the general public. Therefore, a vehicle pursuit is justified
only when a CCPD police officer has reasonable grounds to believe the offender has committed
or is attempting to commit a forcible felony of a violent nature and when the necessity of
immediate apprehension outweighs the level of danger created by the pursuit. CCPD police
officers shall not pursue vehicles for misdemeanors, traffic violations, violations of local
ordinances, or non-forcible felonies.
All vehicle pursuits must comply with O.C.G.A. §40-6-6 pertaining to emergency vehicles and the
contents of this Order. At no time will a CCPD police officer act with reckless disregard for proper
law enforcement procedures in a vehicle pursuit.
CCPD police officers are responsible for their actions and must remember that using emergency
equipment (i.e., lights and siren) does not relieve that responsibility.
DEFINITIONS
AUTHORIZED LAW ENFORCEMENT VEHICLE – For the purposes of this SOP, an authorized
law enforcement vehicle is any marked CCPD police vehicle with a functioning audible signal
(siren) and a functioning flashing or revolving blue light.
CARAVANING - The operation of police vehicles in a line or alongside each other during a
pursuit.
DEADLY FORCE - That degree of force that is likely to cause death or great bodily injury.
______________________________________________________________________________
CCPD SOP # OPS-011 Vehicle Pursuits / Page 1 of 10
DISCONTINUE THE PURSUIT - Law enforcement officers end their involvement in the pursuit
by slowing down to the posted speed limit, turning off emergency lights and siren, and changing
their direction of travel.
FORCIBLE FELONY - Any felony which involves the use or threat of physical force or violence
against any person.
INTER-JURISDICTIONAL PURSUIT - Any vehicle pursuit that crosses into a neighboring
jurisdiction, such as across the municipal, county, or state line.
PRIMARY UNIT - The authorized law enforcement vehicle that initiates the pursuit or any other
unit that assumes control of the pursuit.
PURSUIT INTERVENTION TECHNIQUE (PIT) MANEUVER - The PIT maneuver is a method
by which one car pursuing another can force the pursued vehicle to abruptly turn sideways to the
direction of travel, causing the driver to lose control and stop.
ROADBLOCK - Any method, restriction, or obstruction of a roadway utilized or intended to
prevent free passage of vehicles in order to apprehend the occupants of a particular vehicle.
SECONDARY UNIT - Any authorized law enforcement vehicle that becomes involved as a
backup to the primary unit and follows the primary unit at a safe distance.
STOP STICK® - A tire deflation device used to bring a fleeing vehicle to a stop.
TERMINATE THE PURSUIT - Stopping a fleeing vehicle by the use of intervention methods,
such as tire deflation devices (Stop Sticks®), to stop the continued movement of the fleeing
vehicle.
VEHICLE PURSUIT - An active attempt by a Law Enforcement Officer, operating an authorized
law enforcement vehicle, to attempt to apprehend a fleeing suspect who is actively attempting to
elude the police.
PROCEDURE
I. ENGAGING IN A PURSUIT
A. Officers must bear in mind the danger involved in a pursuit and, after quickly weighing
established pursuit procedures, make intelligent decisions as to engaging in and/or discontinuing
or terminating a pursuit.
B. In deciding whether to engage in a pursuit, officers shall take into consideration the
following issues:
1. The seriousness of the offense (nature of the violent felony), the time of day, and
the presence of other persons in the police vehicle or the pursued vehicle need to
be balanced.
2. The road conditions, weather, and environmental conditions should be in favor of
aggressive driving.
______________________________________________________________________________
3. Areas densely populated with vehicular and pedestrian traffic only heighten the
dangers of a pursuit.
4. The relative performance capabilities of the pursuit vehicle should be compared
with the vehicle being pursued.
C. Generally, motorcycles and large vehicles such as tractor trailers, busses, etc. should not
be pursued due to the lack of termination options, unless the necessity of immediate
apprehension outweighs the level of danger created by the pursuit as determined by the
pursuit supervisor.
D. The primary officer and the pursuit supervisor shall continuously evaluate the
circumstances, factors, and conditions during the pursuit. Whenever one of these factors
changes, the decision to continue the pursuit shall be reevaluated. Officers should consider
discontinuing a pursuit when any of the following occur.
1. Circumstances become known which negates the justification for the pursuit.
2. The pursuit enters an area where the danger increases due to pedestrian or vehicular
traffic especially school zones or shopping areas.
3. Speed of the vehicles, especially in relation to the posted limit and roadway.
4. Weather or road conditions change for the worse.
5. Length of the pursuit.
E. When given the order to discontinue the pursuit, or when the pursuing officer decides to
discontinue a pursuit, the pursuing officer will deactivate audible and visual emergency
warning equipment (emergency lights and siren), or stop.
II. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PRIMARY UNIT
A. Officers must activate all emergency equipment during pursuits, including the audible
signal and a flashing or revolving blue light.
B. When there is no Secondary Unit involved, the Primary Unit shall handle all
communications relating to direction of travel, suspects, descriptions, and all matters
relating to the actual pursuit. This shall not restrict the supervisor from giving instructions
or other information directly to the primary vehicle, the secondary vehicle, or the
Communications Center.
C. The Primary Unit should maintain a safe distance from the fleeing vehicle.
D. The Primary Unit will relay the following information immediately:
1. Unit number and the fact that they are in a pursuit.
2. The starting location and direction of travel.
______________________________________________________________________________
3. Description of the vehicle (make, color, tag #, etc.) and occupants (race, sex,
number, etc.), if known.
4. Reason for the pursuit.
5. Changes in location and direction of travel during the pursuit.
6. Traffic violations committed by the suspect as they occur and the speed of the
pursuit.
7. Location at the time the pursuit is discontinued.
III. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE SECONDARY UNIT
A. The Secondary Unit will notify the Communications Center and the primary officer of their
involvement in pursuit. The Secondary Unit should maintain a safe distance from the primary unit
while maintaining visual contact and close proximity of the fleeing vehicle.
The Secondary Unit will assume primary communications for the pursuit unless or until properly
relieved by the Aviation Unit or the pursuit supervisor. The Secondary Unit will, at a minimum,
relay the following information.
1. Unit call sign.
2. Current location (street and cross street or landmark – the current location should
be continuously given as the pursuit progresses).
3. Direction of travel each time there is a change of direction.
4. Traffic violations committed by the suspect as they occur and the speed of the
pursuit.
D. Should the Primary Unit become inoperable, the Secondary Unit will assume primary
position.
E. If a crash involving the public occurs, the Secondary Unit will stop to check for injuries
and stay with the collision allowing another unit to become the Secondary Unit.
IV. AVIATION UNIT
A. When access to aviation assistance is available, it should be requested.
B. Once the Aviation Unit has established visual contact with the pursued vehicle, it shall
become the Primary Pursuit Unit; however, the Primary Patrol Unit and supervisor are still
responsible for the pursuit packet and all reporting documents. The Primary Patrol Unit
and the Secondary Unit shall discontinue communications, decrease speeds, and follow at
a safe distance, preferably out of site of the offender so that the Aviation Unit can
coordinate the vehicle apprehension.
C. The Aviation Unit will advise the Communications Officer of the following:
______________________________________________________________________________
1. Unit call sign.
2. Current location (street and cross street or landmark – the current location should
be continuously given as the pursuit progresses).
3. Direction of travel each time there is a change of direction.
4. Traffic violations committed by the suspect as they occur.
5. Potential hazards and possible apprehension sites.
D. If ground units are not within visual contact and the air unit determines that it is unsafe to
continue the pursuit, the air unit has the authority to terminate the pursuit.
V. SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The pursuit supervisor shall acknowledge the occurrence of the pursuit via the police radio,
take and maintain command of the pursuit unless formally relieved, and continually monitor radio
traffic of the pursuit (The pursuit supervisor will monitor the pursuit activities and not be an active
participant in the pursuit).
The supervisor will consider the information available and make a decision to allow the pursuit to
continue or terminate it.
The supervisor will monitor the pursuit and direct additional assistance as required.
B. Factors in the decision to assign additional assistance include, but are not limited to:
1. The nature and circumstances of the offense.
2. The number of suspects.
3. The number of officers in the primary and backup/secondary vehicles.
C. The pursuit supervisor should continuously plan the tactics to be used to end the pursuit
(i.e., tire deflation device deployment, or discontinue the pursuit).
D. A pursuit entering into another precinct will continue to be commanded by the supervisor
authorizing the pursuit.
E. It is the responsibility of the supervisor to coordinate pursuits entering concurrent
jurisdictions.
F. If the vehicle being pursued leaves Chatham County, the supervisor in charge shall request
that the county being entered assume command of the pursuit. Units of the CCPD will act
as support units. If the county being entered does not assume command, the supervisor
will request that agency provide support units.
G. When the decision is made to discontinue the pursuit the supervisor will announce his
decision over the radio. The Communications Officer will repeat his announcement to
______________________________________________________________________________
ensure that all officers hear the message. All officers involved will acknowledge they heard
the command
VI. COMMUNICATION CENTER RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The Communications Center is responsible for controlling and directing all radio
communication as well as receiving and recording all information concerning the vehicle
and/or occupants being pursued.
B. A shift supervisor and/or Watch Commander should be notified immediately of the
pursuit.
C. The Communications Officers will secure the talk group from any transmission not related
to the pursuit when applicable and keep all talk groups updated on the pursuit status.
D. The Communications Officer will yield the responsibility for the assignment of units in the
pursuit to the pursuit supervisor.
E. The primary Communications Officer will dispatch additional units, if needed, to conduct
traffic control and investigate accidents as they occur.
F. In the event the pursuit is terminated, that information will be broadcast across all talk
groups and acknowledged by all units involved. The supervisor(s) and Watch Commander
will also be made aware of this occurrence.
VII. PROHIBITED ACTIONS
A. Officers shall not pursue vehicles for misdemeanors, traffic violations, violations of local
ordinances, or non-forcible felonies.
B. Officers will not engage in or continue in a pursuit when the vehicle and/or driver’s pertinent
information is known and there is no immediate need to apprehend.
C. Caravanning (police units following each other) a pursued vehicle is forbidden as there shall be
no more than the primary unit and the secondary unit behind the suspect vehicle.
D. Unmarked police vehicles, prisoner transport vans, pick-up trucks, sport utility vehicles,
and/or motorcycles shall not engage in vehicle pursuits.
E. Officers shall not ram a pursued vehicle in an attempt to force the vehicle to spin out or
leave the roadway, except when the use of deadly force is authorized in accordance with CCPD
Policy # ADM-007 Use of Force.
F. Officers will not attempt to pass other police units involved in the pursuit, unless otherwise
directed to do so by the pursuit supervisor.
G. Pursuits will not cross state or county lines without the authorization of the supervisor.
H. Officers will not become involved in a pursuit while transporting civilians or prisoners.
I. The use of a roadblock is prohibited.
______________________________________________________________________________
VIII. TIRE DEFLATION DEVICE (STOP STICK®)
A. Authorized Use
1. The pursuit supervisor must authorize the use of the tire deflation device prior to
its deployment. The safety of the deploying officer(s) is paramount.
2. Only those officers trained in the use of the tire deflation device shall deploy the
device.
B. Setup
1. The pursuit supervisor will radio authorization to deploy the device.
2. The device may be used only with vehicles having four or more tires.
3. Officer(s) deploying the device will proceed to a location far enough ahead
of the pursuit to safely allow complete deployment prior to the arrival of the
suspect.
4. Officers will never pass a pursuit to attempt to deploy the device.
5. The use of stop sticks will be decided based on the following criteria:
a. A relatively level, straight road surface and surrounding topography.
b. Visibility and other vehicular and pedestrian traffic.
(1) Whenever possible, limit or isolate traffic from the pursuit
or location where Stop Stick is being deployed.
(2) NEVER deploy Stop Stick with pedestrians in the immediate
vicinity.
c. Type of vehicle being pursued.
d. Weather and road conditions.
e. Whether the pursuit should be discontinued.
f. Available safe cover for the deploying officer(s) such as a bridge,
large tree, or brick wall.
g. Avoid deploying Stop Stick:
(1) In areas with heavy traffic.
(2) In populated areas or locations with pedestrians nearby.
(3) Near road construction.
______________________________________________________________________________
(4) Near steep embankments, curves, or obstacles that limit the
deploying officer’s view of traffic and the approaching pursuit.
6. The officer(s) deploying the device will park their police vehicle completely
off the roadway with the emergency lights on and the trunk lid closed.
7. The deploying officer(s) will radio pursuing units with the following
information:
a. The location of device.
b. The lane(s) of traffic the device is covering.
c. When device is deployed.
C. Deployment and Recovery
1. Using the method approved by the manufacturer, deploy the device on the roadway
well ahead of the suspect’s vehicle after confirming that the approaching vehicle is
the suspect’s vehicle.
2. The deploying officer(s) will maintain control over the cord attached to the device
and proceed to a position of cover (i.e., bridge support, large tree, or brick wall). a.
The police vehicle may be used to provide limited cover as a last resort.
b. Officer(s) must take a position that will not put them in harm's way if the
law enforcement vehicle is struck.
c. Officer(s) will keep in mind that the device may move, bend, or flip
depending on how a vehicle strikes it.
3. After the pursued vehicle has cleared the device, the device should be recovered
using the method approved by the manufacturer.
4. The deploying officer(s) will radio pursuing units with the following information:
a. When the device has been cleared from the roadway.
b. If suspect vehicle struck the device.
c. Other pertinent information (i.e., number/description of occupants, if seen)
5. Supervisors may give approval for other situations deemed appropriate for use of
the device such as to prevent a vehicle from leaving the scene (i.e., suspect vehicle
in a high-risk situation or felony incident).
6. After a device has been deployed, impacted, and recovered, the deploying officer
will properly package the device and place the device in the property room as
evidence. Quartermaster will replace the used Stop Stick section with a new
section, which is to be placed in the protective sleeve and stored as directed.
______________________________________________________________________________
7. The deploying officer shall complete a Pursuit Termination Tactics Deployment
Report, even if the pursued vehicle does not make contact with the device, and fax
a copy of the report to the Training Unit. The original shall be submitted to the
Traffic Unit Commander, via the chain-of-command, along with all other required
reports. The report will be reviewed at each level as to adherence to policy,
effectiveness of the device and potential training issues.
IX. SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILIES AFTER TERMINATING A PURSUIT
A. After the pursuit has been terminated, the pursuit supervisor will conduct a thorough
investigation as to the facts leading to the pursuit, the actions of all officers involved, and
the outcome of the pursuit.
B. The On Duty Commander, if available, may also respond and notify superiors of the
outcome of the pursuit.
C. Prior to the end of the tour of duty, the supervisor of the pursuing officer will ensure that a
Vehicle Pursuit Report (CCPD Form 1033) is completed in its entirety and submitted
through the Chain-of-Command for review.
X. VEHICLE PURSUIT REPORTS AND REVIEW
A. A Vehicle Pursuit Report shall be completed by the pursuit supervisor when an Officer(s)
are engaged in any pursuit as defined in this General Order.
B. A Vehicle Pursuit Reports, along with a copy of all the reports completed as a result of the
incident, shall be submitted to the Watch Commander by the pursuit supervisor prior to
ending their tour of duty.
C. Vehicle Pursuit Reports that involve injury or property damage will be immediately
brought to the attention of the Division Commander via the chain-of-command.
D. Division Commanders shall submit all Vehicle Pursuit Reports to the CCPD Accident
Review Board for review within 10 days of the incident..
1. The Accident Review Board will review the circumstances surrounding each
submitted report and determine if the pursuit was within policy.
2. The Accident Review Board will also make recommendations on amending the
policy or revising training where applicable and submit, “out-of-policy” reports to
the respective officer’s commander for further action.
E. When an officer attempts to initiate a traffic stop and the driver of the vehicle refuses to
stop and the officer does not initiate a pursuit, the officer shall complete an Attempted
Vehicle Apprehension Form (SCMPD Form 1033A).
1. The officer shall forward the Attempted Vehicle Apprehension Form to their
supervisor who shall forward it to the Unit Commander for review.
______________________________________________________________________________
2. The Traffic Unit Commander will track all attempted vehicle apprehensions and
report the findings in the annual Pursuit Analysis Report.
F. The Unit shall complete an analysis of all pursuits for the previous year prior to February
1st each year to include the analysis of all attempted vehicle apprehensions. The completed
analysis report shall be filed with the Office of the Chief of Police and copies shall be
supplied to all members of Command Staff and the Accreditation Unit.
XI. OTHER AGENCY PURSUITS
A. Requests by other agencies for assistance in a vehicle pursuit occurring outside the
jurisdictional boundaries of the CCPD will be relayed to a Lieutenant or Sergeant for immediate
evaluation, approval and possible assignment.
B. Upon the communication center becoming aware of a pursuit by another agency within the
jurisdiction of the CCPD, the Communications Center will immediately notify the affected
precinct by radio and broadcast the pertinent details including the radio channel on which the
pursuit is occurring.
C. Officers shall not become involved in another agency pursuit unless all of the following
requirements are met:
1. The pursuit is in compliance with this SOP.
2. CCPD involvement is specifically authorized by a Lieutenant or designee.
3. It is clear that a lone unit from the other agency cannot obtain immediate assistance from
its agency.
4. A clear emergency exists which dictates that immediate intervention and assistance from
the CCPD is needed.
XII. Vehicle Pursuit Training
a Vehicle Pursuit Training will be conducted Bi-annually by the department driving
instructor in accordance with City of Canton V. Harris, which
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police
______________________________________________________________________________
SOP # OPS-012: MISSING PERSONS EFFECTIVE: 02/01/18
PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines and responsibilities regarding the
Chatham County Police Department’s (CCPD) response to reports of missing persons.
POLICY
It shall be the policy of the CCPD to investigate reports of missing persons that occur within
the unincorporated Chatham County. Additionally, the CCPD holds that every person
reported as missing under unusual circumstances as defined below will be considered at risk
until significant information to the contrary is confirmed.
Jurisdictional conflicts are to be avoided when a person is reported missing. If a missing
person either resides in, or was last seen in CCPD jurisdiction, the CCPD will immediately
initiate the required reporting process. If a missing person legally resides in CCPD jurisdiction
and was last seen in another jurisdiction, but the law-enforcement agency covering that
jurisdiction chooses not to take a missing-person report, the CCPD will assume reporting and
investigative responsibility.
Questions concerning parental custody occasionally arise in relation to missing-child reports.
It shall be the policy of the CCPD to accept the report of a missing child even if custody has
not been formally established. Reporting parties shall be encouraged to obtain legal custody
as soon as possible; however, since the safety of the missing child (children) is paramount,
CCPD Officers will open a case when it can be shown that the child is missing, without
explanation, from their usual place of residence.
DEFINITIONS
Missing Adult - A person who is eighteen (18) years of age or older and whose absence is
contrary to their normal patterns of behavior and may be due to one or more of the unusual
circumstances.
Missing Child - A person who is younger than eighteen (18) years of age and whose
whereabouts are unknown to their parent, guardian, or responsible party.
Unusual Circumstances - refers to a missing child thirteen (13) years of age or younger, a
child or adult whose disappearance involves circumstances that would cause a reasonable
person to conclude that the missing person should be considered at risk, or a child or an adult
believed to be one or more of the following:
• Out of the zone of safety for their age and physical and mental condition - The zone of
safety will vary depending on age. In the case of an infant, for example, the zone of safety
shall include the immediate presence of an adult custodian, or the crib, stroller, or carriage
CCPD SOP # OPS-012 Missing Persons / Page 1 of 12

in which the infant was placed. For a school age child, the zone of safety might be the
immediate neighborhood or the route taken between home and school. In the case of an
elderly person of diminished physical and/or mental health, the zone of safety might
include the close proximity and availability of a caregiver familiar with that individual's
condition and needs.
• Mentally diminished - If a person is developmentally disabled, emotionally disturbed, or
the victim of disease, they may have difficulty communicating with others about needs,
identity, or address. The disability places the person in danger of exploitation or other
harm.
• A potential victim of foul play or sexual exploitation -Significant risk to the person can be
assumed if investigation reveals indications of a possible abduction, violence at the scene
of abduction, or signs of sexual abuse.
• In a life threatening situation - The environment in which the person is missing may be
particularly hazardous. Examples of a dangerous environment could be a busy highway
for a toddler, an all-night truck stop for a young teenager, or simply an outdoor
environment in inclement weather for a child or elderly missing person.
• Absent from home for more than twenty-four (24) hours before being reported to the
police as missing - While some persons may incorrectly assume that twenty-four (24)
hours must pass before police will accept a missing person case, a delay in reporting might
also indicate the existence of neglect or abuse within the family.
• Believed to be with persons who could endanger their welfare - A missing person in such
circumstances is in danger not only of sexual exploitation, but of involvement in criminal
activity such as burglary, shoplifting and robbery.
• Is absent under circumstances inconsistent with established patterns of behavior - Most
children and adults to some degree have established routines that are reasonably
predictable. Significant, unexplained deviations from those routines increase the
probability that the person may be at risk.
PROCEDURE
I. JURISDICTION
A. Whenever a person is reported missing and the missing person resides in the
unincorporated Chatham County, the CCPD shall respond to the incident location and
complete the appropriate reports.
B. If a person is not a permanent resident of the unincorporated Chatham County, but is
staying with a permanent resident, the officer will complete the necessary report forms
and conduct an investigation in the same manner as if the person were a permanent
resident.
C. Whenever it is suspected that a person may have been abducted or kidnapped from the
unincorporated Chatham County, the officer will conduct an investigation accordingly.
D. If a resident of another jurisdiction was last seen in the unincorporated Chatham County
and there is no indication of criminal activity, the responding Officer shall:
1. Speak to the caller and complete the appropriate Investigative Report.
2. Advise the caller to contact the police department in their jurisdiction.

3. Call the police department where the Missing Person resides and advise of the
situation.
4. Check the surrounding area where the person was last seen.
II. LEVI’S CALL [CALEA 41.2.5 c 41.2.6 c, 41.2.6 d]
A. Levi’s Call is the Georgia Bureau of Investigation’s version of the Amber Alert. Levi’s
Call immediately accesses the emergency broadcast network for television and radio, as
well as the DOT message boards across the State’s highways. B. Activation Criteria:
1. There must be a reasonable belief that an abduction has occurred of a child 17 years
of age or under.
2. The circumstances surrounding the abduction must indicate the likely possibility of
harm to include death to the child. A non-custodial parent abduction where there is
NO danger to the child will not be considered sufficient criteria.
3. The case must be entered into NCIC immediately.
C. Supervisors have the authority to approve the activation of a Levis Call. The
Communications Center should be notified as soon as it is determined the abduction meets
the criteria.
III. MATTIE’S CALL
A. Georgia’s Silver Alert Program is called “Mattie’s Call.” The program is for Older
Persons with Alzheimer’s disease and/or dementia and provides an emergency missing
alert for disabled or elderly persons.
B. Georgia law defines “disabled adults “as individuals who are developmentally impaired
or who suffer from dementia or some other cognitive impairment. The Georgia Bureau
of Investigations runs the program and several criteria are in place for activation of the
call including:
1. A local law enforcement agency believes a disabled person is missing and is in
immediate danger of serious bodily injury or death.
2. Through its own investigation, the law enforcement agency verifies the
disappearance and eliminates alternative explanations for the disabled person's
disappearance.
3. Sufficient information is available to disseminate to the public that could assist in
locating the disabled person.
4. The missing disabled person is entered into the National Crime Information Center
(NCIC) database.
5. The law enforcement agency must issue a statewide broadcast to law
enforcement/911 centers and contact local media regarding the missing person. The
twenty-four hour contact number for the GBI Communications Center is 404-
244-2600
IV. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Communications Personnel receiving the report of a missing person shall be responsible
for the following:

1. Determine if circumstances of the report meet the definition of a missing child or adult
as set forth in the "Definitions" Section. By questioning the caller about the
circumstances of the report, the call taker is able to make a preliminary assessment
about the level of risk to the missing person. This assessment shall also prepare the
dispatcher to promptly activate additional response protocols, if needed.
2. Immediately dispatch an Officer to the scene of the report. There is no required waiting
period for reporting a missing person. A person may be declared "missing" when their
whereabouts are unknown and unexplainable for a period of time that is regarded by
knowledgeable persons as highly unusual or suspicious in consideration of the
subject's behavior patterns, plans, or routines.
a. The handling of certain missing person reports, such as suspected runaways, over
the telephone is discouraged since accurate assessments of risk to the person
cannot be made.
b. The National Child Search Assistance Act of 1990 mandates law enforcement's
immediate response to reports of missing children and the prompt entry of
descriptive information into the NCIC Missing Person File.
3. Notify a supervisor and an investigator when appropriate.
a. Because of the complexity of some missing person cases, especially those that
may require the immediate mobilization of investigative resources, dispatchers
should verify that a supervisor has been notified whenever Officers respond to
such an assignment.
b. A supervisor and an investigator should be notified in every reported incident in
which "unusual circumstances" are determined to exist.
4. Transmit the appropriate radio alerts and other notifications.
a. A critical responsibility of the dispatcher receiving the report is to obtain sufficient
information from the reporting party to broadcast a radio message that alerts other
Officers, and other agencies, if necessary, about the circumstances of the person's
disappearance.
b. Basic information should include the person's race, sex, height, weight, hair and
eye color, clothing, date of birth, and medical condition including dementia, as
well as the location where the person was last seen. Most importantly, the radio
alert should contain any information known about a possible abductor with special
emphasis on the description of the suspect and vehicle used as well as direction of
travel.
5. Search agency records for related information.
a. It is essential for responding officers to know if the person or family has been the
subject of previous reports that might have a bearing to this incident. If possible,
records should also be reviewed to learn if any incidents have been reported in
proximate time or location to this incident that might have investigative value in
this case. Complaints such as attempted abductions, prowlers, public lewdness,
and suspicious persons shall be of particular interest.
b. Access should also be made to the sex offender registration file to determine if
individuals designated as sexual predators reside, work, or might otherwise be
associated with the area.

B. The initial officer assigned to the report of a missing person shall:
1. Respond promptly to the scene of the report.
2. Interview the person(s) making the initial report to gain an insight into the
circumstances surrounding the disappearance and other information needed to conduct
an initial assessment of the case.
3. Obtain a description of the missing person.
a. The collection of information about the missing person; race, sex, height, weight,
hair and eye color, clothing, date of birth, and any medical condition including
dementia and other noteworthy features should be done promptly and relayed to
other Officers who may be assisting in the investigation and the Communications
Center.
b. Recent photographs and/or videotape should be secured, if available.
4. Verify that the person is in fact missing.
a. In the case of children, first responders should never assume that searches
conducted by distraught parents or others have been performed in a thorough
manner. Another check of the house and grounds should be made that includes
places where children could be trapped, asleep, or hiding. Special attention should
be paid to enclosures like refrigerators, freezers, and the interior of parked vehicles
where limited breathing air may place the child at even greater risk.
b. In the case of older children, first responders should ask if parents have checked
with the child's friends or perhaps overlooked or forgotten something the child
may have said that would explain the absence. A search of the home should be
conducted even if the child was last seen elsewhere.
5. In the case of a child, confirm the child's custody status.
a. First responders should ascertain whether a dispute over the child's custody may
have played a role in the disappearance.
b. Questions regarding whether the reporting party has full legal custody, or if the
not-custodial parent has been contesting custody, or if the missing child expressed
a wish to live with the other parent, may help an Officer gain important insight
into the case.
c. If the child is under custody of DEFACS and/or has a probation officer.
6. Identify the circumstances of the disappearance.
a. First responders need to ascertain whether the circumstances surrounding a
person's disappearance are such that a heightened level of response is warranted.
b. If "unusual circumstances" exist, then the decision to employ additional
responders and resources is clear. In other situations where the circumstances are
not clear, Officers should keep the missing person's safety in mind and act
accordingly.
7. Determine when, where, and by whom the missing person was last seen. This
information is needed to determine factors such as abduction time frame, window of
opportunity, and verification of previously received information.
8. Interview the individual(s) who last had contact with the missing person.

a. Effective questioning of those individuals who last saw or spoke with a missing
person is crucial in the case assessment process.
b. While seeking information about the person's appearance, demeanor, and actions,
Officers also should be alert to contradictions or evasiveness by the witness,
especially if these statements cannot be readily substantiated.
9. Identify the missing person's zone of safety for their age and physical and mental state.
a. Responding Officers should attempt to determine how far the missing person
could travel from the location where last seen before he or she would most likely
be as risk of injury or exploitation.
b. This perimeter should, under many circumstances, define the first search zone.
10. Make an initial determination of the type of incident (i.e., runaway, abduction, etc.).
11. Obtain a description of the suspected abductor(s) and other pertinent information.
a. Officers need to record witness information immediately; not only for general
investigative use, but also before witnesses forget or speak to others who may
confuse or make suggestions about what was actually observed.
b. If the abduction scene involves a business or other public place, Officers may be
able to supplement witness information with video from security cameras that
might provide crucial information about suspect, vehicles, and circumstances.
c. In the case of a suspected family abduction, the reporting party may have
photographs of the abductor or other valuable information.
12. Evaluate whether circumstances of the child’s disappearance meet LEVI’S CALL
protocol.
13. Ensure that the missing person is entered into the NCIC Missing Person File under the
correct category (i.e., disability, endangered, involuntary, juvenile, catastrophe, or
other).
14. Provide detailed descriptive information to communications unit for broadcast
updates. As information becomes available regarding the missing person's physical
appearance, circumstances of the case, or description of the potential abductor, the
initial Officer should ensure that other Officers and agencies are provided with up-to-
date facts.
15. Identify and interview everyone at the scene.
a. The name, address, home and work telephone number of everyone present at the
scene, along with their relationship to the missing person, should be recorded. If
possible, include them in photographs and/or videotapes of the incident scene.
b. By interviewing each person privately, Officers may be able to uncover
information that shall be instrumental in resolution of the case.
16. Conduct a thorough scene search.
a. With the assistance of additional personnel, a systematic, thorough search of the
incident scene should be conducted.
b. If appropriate, Officers should obtain written permission to search houses,
apartments, out-buildings, vehicles, and other property that might hold
information about the person's disappearance.

c. Officers shall conduct a thorough, immediate search of the child's home and
property, even if the disappearance supposedly took place elsewhere.
d. When possible, Officers also should search a missing child's school locker as well
as any computer or electronic messaging system to which a capable child has
access.
e. Make a thorough search of:
(1) Premises.
• Rooms (clothes, letters, etc.)
• Closets.
• Boxes
• Under beds.
• Crawl spaces.
• Any place a person could secrete themselves.
(2) Additional Searches.
• Check for a note.
• Look in the person's wastebasket or school books for personal notes, time
tables or brochures.
• Make a list of close associates.
• Be sure to get a recent photo.
• Make a list of places that the person likes to go, i.e., eating, recreation,
etc.
• List the addresses of vacation spots frequented by the family.
• Obtain the locations of local "tree houses", barns, forts and other areas
where the youngster might go.
• Check to see if the person has been corresponding with anyone lately.
• Look at the most recent telephone bill for any new or frequently called
telephone numbers or out-of-town telephone numbers.
• Find out if any new friends have recently been called or been to the
house.
• Check to see if the person has a bank account and obtain the name of the
bank.
• Attempt to determine if the Missing Person has been talking about any
particular area or activity recently.
(3) Search surrounding area and areas of travel.
• To and from school.
• School and grounds.
• Area around house or playgrounds.
• Direction to and from work, or place last seen.
17. Secure and safeguard the area as a potential crime scene.

a. If unusual circumstances exist, Officers must take control of the immediate area
where the incident occurred and establish an appropriate perimeter to avoid
destruction of vital evidence.
b. In addition to external crime scenes, the person's home, particularly their
bedroom, should be secured and protected until evidence and identification
materials such as hair, fingerprints, bite marks, etc. are collected.
18. Prepare necessary reports and complete appropriate forms. Information gathered by
the first responding Officer(s) may be instrumental in the eventual case solution. To
record this important information, Officers should prepare a chronological account of
their involvement and actions in the case from time of assignment to the point of
dismissal.
19. Advise the reporting party to make contact with the CCPD should they hear anything
from, or about, the Missing Person, or if the Missing Person returns home.
C. The supervisor assigned to the report of a missing person shall be responsible for the
following:
1. Obtain a briefing from the first responder(s) and other agency personnel at the scene.
a. This briefing allows the supervisor to determine the scope and complexity of the
case and thus develop an appropriate response.
b. The briefing should be conducted away from family, friends or any other
individuals who may be present to allow Officers to speak freely about the events
that have transpired and to pass along initial impressions and opinions that might
be misconstrued by others.
2. Determine if additional personnel and resources are needed to assist in the
investigation.
a. Depending upon the situation, a supervisor may determine that additional
personnel, including specialized units, should be called to the scene or otherwise
assist in the investigation. Certain cases may also require that the supervisor
activate existing interagency response protocols.
b. CEMA- By virtue of signed agreements between CCPD and the Chatham
Emergency Management Agency, under Emergency Operations Plan ESF-9-1
Search and Rescue Coordination, CEMA will be notified in the event of a potential
search and rescue mission due to: (1) A natural or man-made event,
(2) A child under the age of 12 is missing,
(3) A person with mental illness is missing (i.e. Alzheimer’s, Dementia, and
Autism etc.)
c. The immediate supervisor handling a case of a missing person meeting the criteria
above is responsible to ensure CEMA is contacted as soon as it appears an active
search will be needed.
(1) CEMA has the ability to activate resources and provide manpower
assistance to plan and coordinate a protracted search.
(2) CCPD personnel will conduct all interviews with family members
and/witnesses.

b. Supervisory and command personnel will be familiar with the CEMA Emergency
Operations Plan ESF-9-1.
c. It is the supervisor's responsibility to ensure that the appropriate investigative unit
has been notified and is responding to the correct location.
2. Establish a command post if needed.
a. A command post is a field headquarters for scene management. It is used as a
center for organizing personnel and directing investigative efforts as well as a
focal point for inquiries, intelligence gathering and media contacts.
b. As a general rule, the command post should be close enough to the center of
activity to facilitate control and coordination, but sufficiently apart to allow a free
exchange of ideas among responders. Using the victim's home as a command post
is not recommended.
3. Organize and coordinate search efforts. A supervisor should appoint a search
operation coordinator who can oversee the search effort while the supervisor remains
available to manage the entire investigation.
4. Ensure that all required notifications have been made.
5. Establish a liaison with the victim family. Families of a missing person will experience
extreme stress. Supervisors should establish a liaison with the victim’s family who can
explain what investigative actions are being employed and what they can do to assist
in the search.
6. Confirm that all agency policies and procedures are observed. In addition to providing
the innovative direction required during a missing person investigation, a supervisor
must also ensure that the rules and regulations are adhered to.
7. Manage media relations. Many missing person investigations, especially those
involving large-scale search efforts, are likely to draw media attention. Supervisors
should manage media presence in a way that complements, rather than conflicts with
the investigation.
8. Patrol Sergeant/Senior Officer is to remain in charge unless directed otherwise by
Chief of Police.
D. The investigator assigned to the report of a missing person shall be responsible for the
following:
1. Obtaining a briefing from agency personnel at the scene. This briefing should be
conducted prior to interviews with family members of the missing person or witnesses
who may have been identified during the initial stage of the case to assist the
investigator in formulating an effective interview strategy.
2. Verifying the accuracy of all descriptive information. The verification process should
include all details developed during the preliminary investigation. During the
interview process, the investigator should be alert to facts or statements that conflict
with those gathered by the first responder.
3. Conducting a neighborhood investigation if appropriate.
a. A thorough canvass of the neighborhood should be conducted without delay. The
objective is to identify and interview all persons within the abduction zone who
may provide information related to the incident.

b. Investigators should use a standardized set of questions to insure completeness
and uniformity of information and facilitate establishment of a data base to track
leads.
c. Record should also be made of all vehicles parked within the neighborhood and
any other conditions that may have future investigative value.
d. Access should also be made to the Georgia Sex Offender Registration file to
determine if individuals designated as sexual predators reside, work, or might
otherwise be associated with the area.
4. Obtaining a brief history of recent family dynamics.
a. Information about family dynamics, obtained from family members, neighbors,
teachers, classmates, employers, co-workers, friends, and witnesses can offer
valuable insights into what may have happened to the missing person and where
he or she may be found.
b. Records of family contact maintained by law enforcement agencies, social service
departments, schools and other organizations should also be evaluated.
5. Exploring the basis for conflicting information. When preliminary investigative steps
have been taken, investigators should "compare notes" with the first responder, fellow
investigators, and other agency personnel to identify and work through conflicting
information. This collaborative evaluation will provide the investigative staff with a
solid foundation upon which to structure future case directions.
6. Implementing effective case management.
7. Evaluating the need for additional resources and specialized services. The complexity
of many missing person incidents may necessitate the use of resources and services
both from within the agency and from other organizations as well. Investigators should
be aware of the input that can be obtained from resources such as the FBI, NCIC, and
the National Center for Missing and Exploited Children.
8. Updating descriptive information. If it appears that the case will not be resolved
promptly, investigators should ensure that the descriptive record, especially that
entered into the NCIC Missing Person File, is updated to include dental characteristics,
scars, marks and tattoos, fingerprints, along with additional articles of clothing,
jewelry, or unique possessions.
9. Monitoring media relations. While information gained through effective media
relations is often of significant value in a missing person case, investigator supervisors
should review all notices prior to release to ensure that investigative objectives are not
unintentionally compromised.
10. Assuming investigative responsibility from the initial officer. A thorough review of
all work completed by the initial officer must be done immediately by the Investigator
assigned to the case to assess what investigative tasks, notifications, and
responsibilities must be completed. This will prevent anything from being overlooked.
IV. RECOVERY FOLLOW-UP
A. A case shall not be closed based upon information received from a third party.
B. Interview the person that was reported missing.
C. Complete a Supplemental Investigation Report.

D. Cancel all Crime Alert and NCIC Records. The officer receiving the call shall be
responsible to ensure that the cancellations are entered via Communications/Dispatchers.
E. In the case of a missing adult who has been located, inform the located person that he or
she is the subject of a missing person investigation. If the located person is a competent
adult, the officer shall determine the person's willingness for the police to reveal his or
her whereabouts.
F. Notify the initial reporting person(s) of the well-being and, if permissible, the physical
whereabouts and contact information of the person who has been located.
G. In the case of a missing or abducted person who has been located, arrange for intervention
services, if indicated. During the verification process, Officers should be alert for
indications that additional services may be needed before a located person can safely
remain with his or her family. These services may include mental and/or physical health
examinations and arrangements for family counseling.
H. In the case of a runaway or missing child from within department jurisdiction, who has
been located and who is not wanted on a warrant or other law violation, arrange the return
of the child to his or her legal guardian or to an appropriate shelter.
I. In the case of a runaway from another county or from out-of-state, who has been located
and for whom an arrest warrant exists, or for whom an NCIC Missing Person hit is
verified, place the child in custody and transport the child to the appropriate facility.
J. Complete the appropriate supplemental reports and cancel all outstanding notifications.
Along with cancellation of the NCIC Missing Person File entry and other notifications
regarding the case, a supplemental report should be completed that describes the person's
activities while missing and the circumstances of the recovery/return.
V. UNIDENTIFIED PERSON
A. An Officer assigned to the report of an unidentified person, living or deceased, shall be
responsible for the same investigative and reporting procedure as outlined in this policy
and procedure for Missing Persons.
B. The Criminal Investigations Division will be responsible for the following:
1. Obtain a complete description.
2. Enter the unidentified person's description into the NCIC Unidentified Person File as
soon as the individual identifying characteristics become available which are
necessary for the basic file entry.
3. Ensure that a teletype message with all available, pertinent information regarding the
unidentified person shall be broadcast concurrently with the entry into the National
Crime Information Center Unidentified Persons File. The teletype will be broadcast
on a statewide basis and expanded as the need exists.
4. When an unidentified person is identified, the record entry shall be immediately
cleared from the National Crime Information Center Unidentified Persons File
(NCIC).
5. Ensuring that a teletype message is immediately broadcast regarding the identification
of the previously reported unidentified person. It is the responsibility of the Criminal

Investigations Division to clear NCIC entries upon identifying the previously
unidentified person.
6. Utilize all available resources to aid in identification of the person.
7. Cancel all notifications after identification is confirmed.
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

__________________________________________________________________________
GO # OPS-013: ESCAPES EFFECTIVE DATE: 02/01/18
__________________________________________________________________________
PURPOSE:
This Order establishes protocol for incidents of escapes from custody
POLICY:
A prisoner escape is a high profile incident that poses immediate and urgent danger to the
community. In the event of the escape of a prisoner from the custody of any law enforcement
agency and/or correctional facility in Chatham County, CCPD employees will follow the
protocol outlined in this General Order.
PROCEDURE:
I. COMMUNICATIONS CENTER RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Upon notification of an escape, the Communications Center shall:
1. Issue a BOLO (be on the lookout) via radio transmission on all police channels.
2. Issue a BOLO (be on the lookout) via computer.
3. If the escape from custody was from the CCPD, National Crime Information
Center (NCIC) and Georgia Crime Information Center (GCIC) messages must
be sent to surrounding law enforcement jurisdictions regarding the escape
incident and description of the escapee(s).
4. If the escape from custody was from a law enforcement agency other than the
CCPD or a detention or correctional facility in Chatham County, NCIC and
GCIC messages will be sent only by request of the agency from which the
escape was made.
5. Send “FAX” lookout information to all CCPD precincts, municipalities, and
the Counter Narcotics Team (CNT).
6. Dispatch a uniformed Officer to the scene if the escape occurred in the City of
Savannah or unincorporated Chatham County, including detention and
correctional facilities.
7. Notify the CCPD Public Affairs Office (PIO).
8. In compliance with Chain of Command protocol, the Communications Center
shall:
a. Notify appropriate command personnel to include the Chief of Police and
Patrol Division Commanders.
b. Notify local law enforcement agencies throughout Chatham County.
CCPD SOP # OPS-013 Escapes / Page 1 of 3

c. Notify law enforcement agencies in surrounding counties.
II. FIRST RESPONDING CCPD OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Upon arrival at the scene of an escape from custody, the first responding Officer
will:
1. Notify the CCPD Communications Center of the incident and provide, at a
minimum, the following information for BOLOs.
• Location of escape.
• Date and time of escape.
• Weapon possession, if any.
• Detained for what criminal charges.
• Last known direction of travel.
• Name.
• Known aliases.
• Race/nationality.
• Eye color.
• Skin color.
• Approximate height.
• Approximate weight.
• Approximate age.
• Scars, marks, tattoos, etc.
• Identifying jewelry / adornment.
• Clothing description.
2. Notify their immediate Supervisor of the incident and details.
3. Request appropriate assistance such as the Aviation Unit, Canine Unit,
Forensics Unit, or additional uniformed personnel.
4. Request a Criminal Investigator to initiate a follow-up investigation.
5. If applicable, establish a search perimeter.
6. The first responding Officer shall complete an Incident Report and fax a copy
to the PIO.
7. Incident Reports will be completed for all escapes from custody, including
escapes from other agencies in Chatham County. Incidents Reports will simply
be titled, “Escape.”
8. If the escape was from the custody of a CCPD Officer, an Incident Report will
be completed by the Officer from whose custody the escape occurred outlining
the details of the escape.
9. If the escape was from the custody of a non-CCPD Officer, within our
jurisdiction an CCPD Officer will be dispatched to gather information for a
CCPD Incident Report.
III. PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICE (PIO) RESPONSIBILITIES

A. The PIO will provide the news media with the necessary information for an alert
broadcast to the citizens of Savannah-Chatham County, including an advisory as
to the police response.
B. The PIO will request the news media to cancel the broadcast alert when an escapee
is captured and returned to custody.
IV. FURTHER ACTIONS
A. If the escape from custody was from the CCPD, the Criminal Investigator assigned
to the incident will be responsible for the filing of escape charges and obtaining
warrants for escapees from CCPD custody in accordance with OCGA (Official
Code of Georgia Annotated) 16-10-52.
B. If the escape from custody was from a law enforcement agency other than the
CCPD, the affected law enforcement agency will be responsible for the filing of
escape charges and obtaining warrants for escapees from their custody.
C. If the escape from custody was from a detention or correctional facility in Chatham
County, the affected detention or correctional facility will be responsible for the
filing of escape charges and obtaining warrants for escapees from their respective
facilities.
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

______________________________________________________________________________
SOP # OPS-015: ARREST PROTOCOL EFFECTIVE DATE: 02/01/18
______________________________________________________________________________
PURPOSE:
To establish Chatham Metropolitan Police Department (CCPD) guidelines for arrest protocol
in regard to taking a suspect into custody, processing juvenile offenders, identifying
individuals exempt from normal arrest procedures, and taking confessions and conducting
interrogations.
POLICY:
The CCPD is dedicated to the safety of all citizens as well as the health and well-being of
every employee. Section 17-4-20 of the Official Code of Georgia Annotated (OCGA)
authorizes sworn CCPD Officers the authority to make a full custody arrest. Properly
executed arrests reduce the potential for injury to Officers, citizens, and arrestees.
Opportunities for escape are minimized and the possibility that force will be needed to
control the situation is reduced. CCPD Officers shall carry out arrests in accordance with
established protocol and state and federal law in an expedient, efficient, professional manner,
without deference to any citizen based on race, sex, religion, or political affiliation.
PROCEDURES:
I. ARREST WITH A WARRANT
A. Only sworn CCPD Officers will execute arrest warrants and include the following types of
warrants which are directed to "all law enforcement Officers"
1. Criminal (penal) warrants.
2. Bench warrants.
3. Parole warrants.
4. Probation warrants.
5. Juvenile warrants.
B. CCPD Officers will only serve original warrants. Copies will not be served.
C. CCPD Officers may effect an arrest on a warrant anywhere in Chatham County.
Municipalities in Chatham County, will be notified when a search warrant is going to be
executed within their jurisdiction.
D. Immunity from arrest and prosecution are provided by law for United States and State
Senators and Representatives while in attendance of a session of their respective
Houses, going to or returning from the same, and in all cases except treason, felony,
CCPD SOP # OPS 015 Arrest Protocol / Page 1 of 6

and breach of peace; members of the organized militia or military forces in all cases except
treason, felony, or breach of peace, during drills, parades, meetings, encampments, and going
to or from their performance of duty; and recognized foreign diplomatic personnel in all cases.
E. The Officer’s Watch Commander will be notified in all immunity cases involving United
States or State Congressional personnel or foreign diplomatic personnel.
F. Officers coming in contact with suspects having a pending warrant on them, as revealed by
the NCIC or GCIC, will ensure that the issuing jurisdiction confirms the warrant and
extradition before an arrest is made.
G. Law enforcement Officers from other jurisdictions requesting the assistance of the CCPD in
the execution of warrants will be assisted in every way possible and reasonable. The
appropriate division or precinct commander must approve the action prior to service of a
warrant being attempted. The Officer will ensure the warrant is current and valid on its face
prior to serving it.
H. CCPD Officers with warrants to be served in other jurisdictions will present themselves and
the warrant to the appropriate jurisdiction and request their assistance.
I. All arrest warrants will be available to be served on a 24 hour basis.
J. When checking out a warrant from the communications center to serve, officers will sign the
warrant card and the original warrant. The attached warrant control sheet will be filled in and
all three documents will be left with the communications center.
1. The arresting officer will leave a copy of the warrant for the jail and give a copy
for the defendant.
2. If serving more than one warrant on the same person, only one warrant control
sheet needs to be completed, however all warrant numbers will be included.
3. The communications officer receiving the warrant control sheet, the original
warrant and the warrant card will attach all paperwork pertinent to the warrant and
submit the paperwork to teletype (if on duty). If teletype is off duty the
communications officer will clear the warrant and place all paperwork in the
teletype paperwork folder.
II. ARREST WITHOUT A WARRANT
A. When making a probable cause arrest without a warrant, the Officer must first identify
them self as a Police Officer and inform the suspect of the charges against them.
Probable cause is defined as those facts and circumstances that would lead a reasonable
and prudent person to believe that a crime has been or is being committed, or that the
suspected person has committed or is committing the offense.
B. The arresting Officer will conduct a search incidental to arrest. CCPD Officers are
prohibited from conducting a body cavity search. All body cavity searches will only
be conducted under the authority of a search warrant and then only by authorized
medical personnel.
C. The suspect will be restrained with handcuffs or flexi cuffs with his/her hands behind
the back.
III. DEALING WITH FOREIGN NATIONAL, DIPLOMATS AND CONSULAR
OFFICIALS
A. Offenses Involving Foreign Diplomats and Consular Officials-Diplomatic and consular
officers should be accorded their respective privileges, rights, and immunities as
directed by International Law and Federal Statute.

1. These officials should be treated with the courtesy and respect that befit their
distinguished positions. At the same time, it is a well-established principle of
International Law that, without prejudice to their privileges and immunities, it is
the duty of all persons enjoying such privileges and immunities to respect local
laws and regulations.
2. Notification requirements take effect upon booking into a detention facility.
Therefore, notification is the official responsibility of the Chatham County
Sheriff’s Office.
B. CCPD Officers who arrest an individual who is a Foreign National, Diplomat, or
Consular Official will ensure that the notifications are made and assist in any way
possible.
IV. ARRESTS OF JUVENILES CHARGED WITH COMMITTING “DEADLY SINS”
A. O.C.GA 15-11-28(b)(2)(A) identifies seven criminal offenses the State of Georgia
considers “Deadly Sins” when committed by a person who is labeled a juvenile
under State law and allows for prosecution as an adult. These include;
1. Murder;
2. Voluntary manslaughter;
3. Rape;
4. Aggravated sodomy;
5. Aggravated child molestation
6. Aggravated sexual battery; or
7. Armed robbery if committed by an adult.
B. Whether arrested with or without an arrest warrant (which must be issued by an adult
court, including the Recorder’s Court or Superior Court) a juvenile offender charged
with one of the offenses listed must be:
1. Booked at RYDC, not the CCDC;

2. Brought before a judge of the appropriate adult court within 48-72 hrs. by a
representative of the arresting agency for the first appearance, and then;
3. Returned to the RYDC to await the adult hearing.
V. INCARCERATION
A. All adults physically arrested by CCPD personnel, exclusive of City or County
Ordinance Citations will be transported and booked in the Chatham County Detention
Center. Individuals will not be released with the intent of being booked at a later date.
1. A CCPD Field Arrest Form and incident report will be completed on all adults
arrested and incarcerated. A traffic summons, subpoena or city ordinance citation
will not be used in place of the Field Arrest Form.
2. Individuals charged under a City or County ordinance may be released on the scene
after being issued the appropriate citation provided they meet the criteria.
3. All CCDC paperwork will be completed by the transporting officer.
4. If a prisoner requires medical treatment the supervisor will be notified and protocol
followed.
B. All adults physically arrested by CCPD will have their fingerprints taken and a
photograph prior to release.
C. Anytime an arrest is made a police report will be completed.

VI. ALTERNATIVES TO PHYSICAL ARREST
A. What is reasonable in terms of appropriate police action or what constitutes probable
cause varies with each situation. The particular facts and circumstances may justify an
investigation, a detention, a search, a citation, a warning an arrest, or no action at all.
B. In some cases, when the offense is of a minor nature, a verbal warning or other action
may be taken.
C. The requirement that legal justification be present imposes a limitation on an Officer's
action. However, in every case, an Officer must act reasonably within the limits of their
authority as defined by statute and judicial interpretation.
VII. ARRESTS BY PRIVATE CITIZENS

A. A private citizen may arrest an offender if the offense is committed in this presence or
within his immediate knowledge.
B. Private Citizens have no authority to arrest a suspect on a warrant, or for violation of a
city ordinance.
C. Private detectives, security guards, store security, etc., have no arrest powers beyond
those of a private citizen.
D. Officers responding to a business or other location where a citizen has effected an arrest
will assume custody of the arrestee and any evidence of the crime. The suspect will be
transported to the Chatham County Detention Center and associated property or
evidence to the Property Room.
E. Officers responding to businesses where the store security has a shoplifter in custody
will assume custody of the arrestee.
F. At the discretion of the Officer, evidence of the crime will be photographed and
returned to stock if the evidence is perishable. The photograph will be appropriately
marked for identification; and returned to store security for safekeeping and production
in court; or appropriately marked for identification and logged into the Police Property
Room as evidence.
G. Officers will complete a detailed Case Incident report on the event.
VIII. SERVICE OF CIVIL WARRANTS, SUBPOENAS, WRITS, ETC.

A. The service of civil warrants, subpoenas, writs, etc. is a function of the U.S. Marshall's
Office or the Chatham County Sheriff's Department and not an activity performed by
the CCPD.
B. In the event the assistance of the CCPD is requested to serve any civil process, all
assistance possible will be rendered upon the approval of the appropriate bureau, or
Precinct commander.
IX. WARRANT REQUEST PROCESS

A. Customer Service Desk personnel will refer all walk-in warrant requests to the Criminal
Investigations Bureau or respective precinct investigators.
B. The Docket Control Specialist will prepare warrants for suspects in custody
(warrantless arrests) at the Chatham County Detention Center.

X. ENTRY OF CRIMINAL ARREST WARRANTS INTO NCIC/GCIC
A. Upon the issuance of a criminal arrest warrant, the lead Criminal Investigator will
ensure that all Part 1 felonies are entered into GCIC/NCIC and that part 2 felonies and
misdemeanors are entered into GCIC only, unless approved by a supervisor. An
extradition letter, from the District Attorney’s Office will be submitted with the
appropriate documents for entry.
B. After the arrest warrant has been entered into GCIC and/or NCIC, the lead investigator
will place a copy of the Law Enforcement Data System (LEDS) worksheet in the
pending case file.
C. It will be the responsibility of the lead investigator to notify Teletype to remove the
warrant from GCIC/NCIC if the warrant is served or canceled.
D. When an arrest warrant is received for entry the following information will be recorded
into the RMS System:
1. Date and time received
2. Nature of the document;
3. Source of the document;
4. Name of the defendant; 5. Court docket number; and
5. The expiration date.
XI USE OF DISCRETION
A. Except for felonies and driving under the influence offenses where an individual must
be physically arrested and incarcerated, Officers are encouraged to use their
discretionary authority, consistent with their oath of office, principles of
professionalism, and departmental objectives, in making an arrest.
B. Officers must use discretion and good judgment when an arrest would not be in the best
interest of justice, fairness or the welfare of the public.
C. Departmental personnel shall exercise discretion in enforcement of newly enacted laws.
D. Warning citations, or in non-traffic related situations, verbal warnings will be issued
for a thirty day period upon the enactment of any new legislation.
E. Should any question arise concerning a particular situation, the Officer involved should
confer with a supervisor.
XII. ILLEGAL ALIENS

A. The involvement with persons suspected of being in this country illegally by an Officer
of this department is limited to situations independent of the immigration laws. A
violation or suspected violation of a State Statute or municipal ordinance by the
suspected illegal alien must be the basis of the Officer’s involvement.
B. United States citizens are not required to carry evidence of citizenship such as birth or
naturalization certificates.
C. All resident aliens, and most nonresident aliens lawfully admitted to the United States,
are required by federal law to have in their possession documents issued by the
Immigration and Naturalization Service giving their name, date of birth, entry date and
alien registration number. Nonresidents cards also give the last date the alien may
legally remain in this country. Most Canadian visitors, who are nonresident aliens, are
admitted without documents.
D. All other nonresident aliens must have documents.

XIII. ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES
A. Officers of the CCPD will not stop, question, arrest, or detain anyone suspected of being
an illegal alien solely on the grounds that he or she may be deportable.
B. When an Officer comes in contact with a suspected illegal alien during the course of a
criminal investigation of a violation of a state statue or municipal ordinance, he/she will
be treated as any other criminal suspect or interviewee. This includes advising the
suspected illegal alien of his rights pursuant to the Miranda Decision (and any rights to
appear before a magistrate). If the Officer is unable to communicate with the suspect,
an interpreter will be requested through dispatch.
C. All reported violations of the Federal Immigration laws would be referred to the nearest
office of the Immigration and Naturalization Service.
D. When Officers are lawfully detaining an individual for a violation of a State Law or
Municipal Ordinance, and he is suspected of being an illegal alien, the Immigration and
Naturalization Service will be immediately notified. They will determine if they would
like the person held for them.
E. The Precinct Commander will be notified by the Officer of the detention of a suspected
illegal alien and the circumstances surrounding the detention. The Immigration and
Naturalization Service will also be advised of the situation.
F. Only the Immigration and Naturalization Service may arrest or place an immigration
hold on a subject for a violation of the immigration laws.
G. If the Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) wants the subject held as an illegal
alien, the detaining Officer will make the case, by booking the person at the Chatham
County Detention Center. The case report will include the name of the Immigrations
and Customs Enforcement agent authorizing the hold along with the time and date the
authorization was given. The detaining Officer will advise the jail personnel of the,
"Immigration Hold" as soon as practical.
H. The Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) may arrange to have an Officer
interview the suspect in custody. Should a suspected illegal alien(s) not accused of
violations of state law or municipal ordinance refuse to accompany the Officer to the
police department, this refusal will be honored and the suspected illegal alien(s) will be
allowed to leave. In this case any information that has been obtained or that is obtained
about the suspect will be forwarded to Immigration and Customs Enforcement. (ICE)
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

______________________________________________________________________________
SOP # OPS-019: JUVENILE OPERATIONS EFFECTIVE: 02/01/2018
______________________________________________________________________________
PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to provide uniform guidelines concerning the intake, detention,
and referral of juveniles by Officers of the Chatham County Police Department CCPD.
POLICY
The CCPD is committed to the development and continuation of programs designed to
prevent and control juvenile delinquency. As such, all Department employees share the
responsibility for participating in and supporting CCPD juvenile operations efforts.
PROCEDURES
I. GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Department personnel shall cooperate with the Chatham County Juvenile Court, under
the direction of a Juvenile Court Judge, to any extent necessary to properly process
juveniles who are taken into custody, whether for offenses or because of abuse or neglect.
B. The Patrol Division Commander shall ensure that all enforcement and prevention
programs relating to juveniles (e.g., enforcement of the Juvenile Curfew Ordinance,
truancy, etc.) are reviewed at least annually.
C. All terms and definitions relating to juvenile operations are contained in the Juvenile
Proceedings Code (OCGA 15-11-2). Officers should refer to this code whenever
questions arise concerning juveniles, which are not addressed by this policy.
D. The responsibility for participating in and supporting juvenile operations and
enforcement is shared by all Officers.
E. The CCPD may consult with various elements of the justice system when developing
policies and procedures relating to investigations and apprehension of juveniles.
II. ALTERNATIVES TO INCARCERATION

A. When Officers are confronted with incidents involving juvenile offenders, the least
coercive alternative which is reasonable and consistent with the preservation of public
order and safety shall be utilized. These alternatives include:
1. Releasing the juvenile to a parent or guardian with no further action.
2. Taking the juvenile into custody, and releasing them to a parent or guardian, and
referring the case to juvenile court.
CCPD SOP # OPS-019 Juvenile Operations / Page 1 of 6

3. Taking the juvenile into custody, placing them in a juvenile facility, and referring the
case to juvenile court.
4. Issuing a citation to appear in juvenile court for traffic cases.
B. The determination of the alternative to be pursued shall be based upon the Officer's
evaluation of:
1. The nature of the offense.
2. The age of the offender.
3. The offender's record.
4. The availability of community based rehabilitation programs.
C. Officers have the authority to take into custody any juvenile who:
1. Is alleged to have committed a status offense.
2. Is alleged to have committed a violation of the law.
3. Is involved a situation which threatens the welfare or safety of the juvenile or of
others.
4. Is not being provided proper food, care, or shelter.
D. Complaints involving delinquent, deprived, or unruly juveniles may be made directly to
the court.
E. School truancy should be handled through the Board of Education.
III. JURISDICTION OF JUVENILE COURT

A. The Chatham County Juvenile Court has exclusive, original jurisdiction of proceedings
in which a child is alleged to have committed a delinquent act or violation of law. A
child is defined as under the age of 17 years, but will be considered 17 years of age one
day prior to their actual birthday.
B. Juveniles who commit serious acts of delinquency shall be referred to Juvenile Court.
These acts include all delinquent acts that are felony offenses, involve a weapon,
aggravated assaults and batteries, and those committed by juveniles on probation and all
repeated delinquent acts.
IV. DETENTION GUIDELINES

A. A child taken into custody shall not be detained or placed in shelter care prior to the
hearing on the petition unless:
1. Their detention or care is required to protect the person or property of others, or of
the child.
2. The child may abscond or be removed from the jurisdiction of the court.
3. The child has no parent, guardian, custodian, or other person able to provide
supervision and care for them and return them to the court when required.
4. An order for the child’s detention or shelter care has been issued by the court pursuant
to this Georgia Criminal Code.
B. The arresting Officer shall personally notify the Intake Officer of the needed detention
and give one of the above four reasons as to why the child is to be detained at the Regional
Youth Detention Center (RYDC).

C. Only the RYDC intake Officer can authorize the detention of a juvenile at their facility.
D. An Officer shall transport the juvenile to the RYDC and leave a copy of the juvenile
complaint and Juvenile Court intake form with the on-duty staff.
E. The arresting Officer shall make a reasonable, documented effort to notify the juvenile's
parent(s), guardian, or legal custodian of the detention and the circumstances surrounding
the detention.
F. A CCPD Juvenile Apprehension Form shall be filled out and forwarded to the Detective
Unit.
V. TAKING JUVENILES INTO CUSTODY DURING THE COMMISSION OF A

CRIME
A. When an Officer takes a juvenile into custody, the Officer shall determine if the juvenile
is alleged to have engaged in non-criminal misbehavior such as a status offense.
B. The Officer shall also determine whether the juvenile is alleged to have been harmed or
is in danger of being harmed. (i.e., runaway to escape a violent home, etc.)
C. When taking a juvenile into custody, the Officer shall determine the name, age, and
address of the juvenile and advise them of the charges against them.
D. Dependent upon the age of the juvenile and/or the offense, the Officer shall follow normal
rules of search and handcuffing.
E. When transporting a juvenile, the Communications Specialist shall be notified as soon as
possible of the arrest and the proper log notations shall be made including mileage and
destination on the radio.
F. The juvenile shall be transported to the precinct, headquarters, the juvenile’s school, the
juvenile's home, or other juvenile facility without unnecessary delay.
G. Either prior to or as soon as possible after any custodial interrogation, the arresting
Officer shall make a reasonable, documented effort to notify the juvenile's parent(s),
guardian, or custodian of the arrest, the circumstances surrounding the arrest, and
charges.
1. Officers shall also explain the procedures of the CCPD and Chatham County Juvenile
Court.
H. If the juvenile is to be questioned about the crime committed, the juvenile shall be advised
of their constitutional rights and the proper forms filled out and signed prior to
questioning.
1. At no time shall there be more than two Officers in the room while a juvenile is being
interviewed.
2. The amount of time it takes to interview a juvenile shall be reasonable and the basic
needs of the offender shall be seen to.
I. If taken to a police facility, the juvenile shall be held in a room separate from adult
offenders or where Officers congregate until the parent(s), custodian, or guardian arrives.
J. Juveniles shall not be placed in a jail cell unless they are being held as an adult.
K. A juvenile apprehension form must be completed for all arrested juvenile offenders and
the disposition noted before the juvenile is released or detained.

L. Juveniles shall be detained at the Regional Youth Detention Center (RYDC), if not
released to parent, guardian, custodian, the Chatham County Juvenile Court, or the
juvenile's probation Officer.
M. If a juvenile is to be detained at the RYDC, the arresting Officer must notify the intake
Officer and request detention.
N. Juveniles shall be released to their parents if there is no need for detention. If a parent,
guardian, or custodian is unavailable, the juvenile may be released to an adult 18 years
or older who agrees to assume responsibility.
O. If a juvenile is released to a party other than their parent(s), guardian, or custodian, the
Officer must fill out a juvenile release form and have the responsible party sign the form.
P. A CCPD Preliminary Incident Report shall be completed every time a juvenile is released
or placed in the custody of the juvenile detention center.
VI. CITATIONS AND ARRESTS FOR TRAFFIC OFFENSES

A. A juvenile traffic offense consists of a violation by a person under the age of 17 of:
1. A law or local ordinance governing the operation of a moving motor vehicle upon the
streets or highways of Georgia or upon the waterways within or adjoining Georgia.
2. Any other motor vehicle traffic law or local ordinance if the child is taken into
custody and detained for its violation or is transferred to the juvenile court hearing
the charge.
B. All traffic citations and reports are to be forwarded to the Customer Service Desk for
proper processing.
1. A court date will be set by the Juvenile Court. Officers are not required to attend the
first hearing. If the case is contested, the Officer will be subpoenaed later.
2. The juvenile’s home phone number and the name of the juvenile’s parent(s) or
guardian shall be written in the remarks portion of the citation, so the Court may
contact them if necessary.
VII. DUI VIOLATIONS

A. Juveniles charged with DUI are to be processed through Chatham County Juvenile Court.
All traffic citations and reports are to be forwarded to the Detective Unit through the
Customer Service Desk for proper processing.
B. Juveniles shall be advised they are under arrest and read the Implied Consent Law prior
to any testing in the same manner as adults.
C. The juvenile’s parent(s) should be advised of the arrest as soon as possible. If possible,
the parent(s) should be present prior to any alcohol test being administered to help the
juvenile understand the Implied Consent Warning.
D. Juveniles shall be charged with DUI if they have a blood alcohol content of 0.02 grams
or higher. A Department of Motor Vehicle Safety (DMVS) Form 1205 shall be
completed advising the juvenile that their driver’s license will be suspended for one year.
The driver’s license should be attached to the Form 1205 and sent to Atlanta. A DMVS
Form 1205 shall be completed and sent to the DMVS even if the juvenile is unlicensed.

E. No court date shall be placed on the DUI citation or any companion citations. The
Juvenile Court will notify the juvenile when to appear in court. The juvenile’s phone
number and parent or guardian contact name shall be written in the remarks section of
the DUI citation so the Court may make contact, if necessary.
F. The juvenile should be released to their parent(s), guardian or legal custodian if at all
possible. If a juvenile is released to the parent(s), a juvenile apprehension form is to be
filled out and signed by the parent.
G. If unable to locate the parent(s), guardian, or custodian, the juvenile should be detained
at the RYDC following detention procedures. Detention still has to be requested.
VIII. OBTAINING PHOTOGRAPHS & FINGERPRINTS OF JUVENILE OFFENDERS

A. In accordance with OCGA 15-11-83, every child charged with an act which would be a
felony if committed by an adult, other than those status offender violations as defined in
OCGA 15-11-2, shall be fingerprinted and photographed upon being taken into custody.
B. If the juvenile is arrested for a felony, a Forensic Officer, when available, will respond
to the Precinct responsible for the arrest or to the Forensic Unit Office to obtain major
case fingerprints, a photograph, and complete an OBTS prior to the juvenile being
booked into the YDC or released.
1. If a Forensic Officer is not available, the arresting officer shall contact an officer
from the precinct authorized to collect and complete this information.
2. If no officer is available the Forensics’ Officer on call may be summoned.
C. Fingerprints and photographs of juveniles arrested for misdemeanor charges may only
be obtained after requesting and receiving consent from the juvenile’s parent or
guardian. Once consent has been granted, the fingerprints, OBTS, and photographs shall
be obtained using the same procedure described above.
D. Fingerprints, OBTS, and photographs taken from juveniles by a authorized patrol officer
shall remain at the Precinct in a locked file until they can be retrieved by a Forensic
Officer.
E. Fingerprints, OBTS, and photographs of children shall be files in the Forensic Unit and
kept separate for adult records.
IX. PROCESSING INTOXICATED JUVENILES

A. The arresting Officer shall notify the Juvenile Court Intake Officer of the needed
detention and obtain approval. Juveniles should not be placed in RYDC merely for being
intoxicated; some other detainable charge must be applicable.
B. Once detention is approved by the Intake Officer, and prior to detention, the juvenile must
be taken to a medical facility for medical evaluation.
C. Once the juvenile has been cleared for detention by medical personnel, they may be
transported to RYDC.
X. CURFEW VIOLATIONS
A. Officers of the CCPD shall enforce the provisions of the Chatham County curfew
ordinances.

B. Depending on the circumstances under which the juvenile is encountered, Officers have
the option of:
1. Warning the juvenile. In all cases where a warning is given, a Field Interview Report
shall be completed.
2. Citing the juvenile. A juvenile may be cited by completing an Incident Report and a
Juvenile Apprehension Form. The Criminal Investigations Division shall refer such
reports to the Juvenile Court for action.
C. In either case, the juvenile shall be transported home or to a facility designated and
approved by the Chief of Police.
D. The Officer also has the option of citing the parent(s). If the parents are cited, Officers
shall issue a Local Ordinance Violation Citation ordering the parent to appear in
Recorder's Court.
E. Arrests shall only be made if there are other, more serious violations of the law.
F. Court dates shall be scheduled the same as for other misdemeanor arrests.
G. In all cases when a parent is cited, an Incident Report shall be written and a city ordinance
citation completed.
H. Juveniles arrested for curfew violations shall not be detained at the RYDC center unless
the juvenile is also being charges with additional, more serious charges.
I. I. The Special Victims Unit of the Criminal Investigations Division shall:
1. Refer all incident reports concerning juvenile curfew violations to the Juvenile Court.
2. Maintain a file on all juvenile curfew violators.
J. Chatham County Juvenile Court will make disposition of all juvenile curfew violators
referred by the Juvenile Unit.
K. Recorder's Court will make disposition of all parents or guardians who are subpoenaed
to court.
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police


COMMUNITY ORIENTED POLICING REVISION: 08/12/2019
PURPOSE
The Chatham County Police Department strives to maintain an atmosphere of trust and cooperation
within the community it serves. As a law enforcement agency, our primary concern is public
safety. Since we depend on the community to help us prevent crime, as well as solve crimes, we
must work in partnership through structured programs to maintain the atmosphere of trust.
POLICY
The CCPD will maintain various programs designed to involve the public in keeping our
community safe. These programs will strive to teach the public about the functions of the police
and what role they can play to help the police, all the while keeping the spirit of community trust
at the forefront.
PROCEDURES
I. NEIGHBORHOOD LIAISON OFFICERS
A. The Neighborhood Liaison Officers (NLO) primary duties include promoting the
Departments’ philosophical approach to Community Policing as well as:
1. Organize crime prevention groups in residential and business areas and
maintaining a liaison with these and other interested community groups.
2. Enhancing community relations by addressing community perceptions or
misperceptions of crime.
3. Remaining acquainted with the needs of the community and defining areas where
both traditional and non-traditional law enforcement services would be most
effective to satisfy the community needs.
4. Organizes and attends meetings of community organizations; also represents the
CCPD at these organizations.
5. Speaking at various civic and religious groups.
6. Develops programs based on crime data i.e. crime type and geographical
information.
7. Provides feedback via Chain of Command regarding community meetings for the
purpose of improving policies and practices of the department.
8. Provides the department’s on-going crime prevention efforts and activities to
community groups to enhance transparency and trust.
CCPD SOP # OPS-024 Community Oriented Policing / Page 1 of 6

9. Engaging in foot patrol as directed.
10. And, other tasks necessary to accomplish the Community Oriented Policing
philosophy.
B. All sworn employees should be aware of, and when possible, appropriately offer their
assistance to community policing activities taking place within their assigned patrol
area.
C. All employees shall make referrals to the appropriate resource either within or outside
the Department in response to requests which exceed their knowledge or capability to
accommodate.
D. All sworn employees, upon request and when appropriate, shall provide knowledgeable
and instructive advice to the public concerning steps which can be taken to reduce the
opportunity for or lessen the loss from crime.
E. All sworn employees, upon request and when appropriate, shall conduct brief surveys
of homes or small business and orally advise the owner or occupant of security
strengths and weaknesses.
II. RIDE-ALONG PROGRAM
A. Purpose - The purpose of the ride-along program is to afford eligible citizens the
opportunity to experience the reality of police work by accompanying and observing
officers during the actual performance of their duties.
B. Eligibility - Participation in the ride-along program can potentially affect both citizen
and officer safety. Participation in the program is at the sole and absolute discretion
of the Chatham County Police Department meeting the following minimum standards
is not a guarantee of approval for the program.
1. Applicants to the ride-along program must:
a. Be at least 18 years of age at the time of the ride-along;
b. Consent in writing to a criminal history record check which must reveal:
(1) No outstanding warrants;
(2) No unresolved felony or misdemeanor charges;
(3) No prior felony convictions, “guilty,” or “no contest” or similar pleas;
(4) No prior felony arrests within 10 years of the date of the application;
(5) No prior misdemeanor convictions, “guilty,” or “no contest” or similar
pleas for acts occurring within 3 years of the date of the application.
c. Have received or will receive an honorable discharge if they served in the
US Armed Forces.
d. Agree in writing to hold harmless and release Chatham County from any
and all liability resulting from participation in the ride-along program.
e. Have a valid reason for participating (such as; interest in a law enforcement
career, Citizen Police Academy graduates, understanding family members
job experiences, etc…).

2. The Chief of Police may waive any or all of the foregoing conditions at his
discretion. Any such waiver must be in writing and must be provided to the
commander of the subject unit prior to the ride-along.
3. Immediate family members (defined as spouses, domestic partners, parents,
children and siblings) who meet the conditions in items “a” through “d”, above,
will be given special consideration for the ride-along program with the intent of
enabling them to gain insight into what their loved ones experience on a daily
basis. They will not, however, be allowed to ride-along with their family
member.
4. Former CCPD officers who left the department in good standing and current
police officers from other recognized law enforcement agencies will be given
special consideration for the ride-along program with the intent of enabling
them to share the experience of current CCPD officers and allow them to
maintain proficiency in current law enforcement methods and techniques. Such
individuals are encouraged to apply for the program as often as they desire.
5. For additional information as a CCPD police applicant ride-a-long, refer to
CCPD Policy PNL-011 Recruitment and Selection (section: IV).
C. Procedure
1. Ride-along program applications will be available to the public on the official
CCPD internet site and such other locations as the Chief of Police may direct.
The ride-along program application will incorporate the consent to a criminal
history check and the waiver of liability referenced above. It will also allow, but
not require, the applicant to specify the unit with which he or she wishes to ride.
2. Ride-along applicants will complete and submit the application form which will
be routed to the appropriate CCPD personnel to perform the criminal history
check.
3. Once the criminal history check is completed, the results of that check and the
application will be forwarded either to the Unit Commander of the unit with
which the applicant wishes to ride, or if no particular unit is designated, to a
randomly assigned Unit Commander. The Unit Commander considering the
application will make the final decision to approve or disapprove the request.
4. All application request (approved or disapproved) will be maintained within the
Unit that the request was made.
5. The Unit Commander will contact the applicant and inform him or her of the
decision.
6. The Unit Commander will pair approved applicants for the ride-along with an
officer with at least one year of continuous service with CCPD.
7. The Unit Commander will notify the subject officer’s supervisors of the ride-
along.
8. Immediately prior to the ride-along the Unit Commander or his designee will
conduct an informational and safety briefing with the program participant. The
safety briefing will include, but will not necessarily be limited to:

a. The participant’s obligation to wear any safety vest or similar equipment
provided by the department at all times during the ride-along;
b. Instruction on proper procedure in the event that the participant is separated
from the officer during the ride-along.
9. Only one program participant will be allowed to accompany an officer at any
given time.
D. Media Applications - Ride-along program requests by accredited members of the
media for purposes of reporting will be subject to the same terms and conditions set
forth above. In addition, accepted media applicants will agree in writing to not follow
an officer onto private property, even at the invitation of a property owner. They will
further agree in writing to indemnify and hold harmless Chatham County from any
and all liability resulting from any breach of that agreement.
IV. INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A. The CCPD will maintain an internship program for students pursuing a career in law
enforcement designed to allow them to gain an insight into the law enforcement
profession and the Department
B. Interns will generally be from the following schools:
1. Georgia Southern University.
2. Saint Leo University.
3. Savannah State University.
4. High Schools in Chatham County.
5. Other schools as approved by the Office of Professional Standards & Training
Division Commander.
C. Those students who are interested in participating in a student internship program
should apply through their school. The Office of Professional Standards will serve as
the Internship Program’s coordinator for student interns.
D. Program
1. Patrol Division (Weeks 1-4).
a. Description and orientation of the precinct system.
b. Physical tour of CCPD Headquarters.
c. West Chatham Precincts– Ride-Along (Weeks 1-2).
d. East Chatham Precinct– Ride-Along (Weeks 3-4).
e. Assign to Neighborhood Liaison Officer (2 days).
f. Marine Patrol (3 days).
2. Criminal Investigations Division (Week 5).
a. Assign to Sergeant
b. CID Orientation.

c. Assign to investigator to observe investigative techniques (1 day).
d. Assign to investigator to observe courtroom demeanor (1 day).
e. Assign to Forensics Unit (2 days).
f. Ride-Along (1 day).
3. Support Services Division (Week 7).
a. Assign Records Unit. (1 day)
b. Assign to Court Liaison/Policy Manager (1 day)
c. Orientation with Quartermaster (1 day)
d. Orientation with the Property Room (2 days)
4. Chief’s Office (Week 8)
a. Assign to Public Information Office (1 day)
b. Assign to Professional Standards & Training Division (4 days)
(1) Orientation with internal affairs (1 day).
(2) Orientation with recruiting (1 day).
(3) Orientation with the training unit (2 days).
5. Summary (Week 9)
a. Assign to area(s) of interest (4 days).
b. Debriefing by Internship Program Coordinator (1 day).
E. Interns must agree to complete a Criminal History Background Investigation, the
Criminal Justice Privacy Agreement, and a Ride-Along Release Form CCPD Form
1042 before they can be considered for an internship.
V. EVALUATION OF COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT PROGRAMS
A. Community involvement is vital to the success of the CCPD’s mission and, therefore, will
be constantly evaluated and refined as needed to maintain community support.
B. To maintain community support CCPD is committed to:
1. Developing policies that keep the concerns of the community at interest.
2. Publicizing CCPD objectives, problems, and successes.
3. Improving agency practices that impact community involvement.
4. Identifying training needs through interviews with citizens groups, consultations
with those involved in Internal Affairs investigations, and conferences with
CCPD Supervisors.
5. Establishing community groups where needed.

C. In addition to regular monthly reports, precinct commanders shall submit, through their
chain of command to the chief of police, a quarterly report on community involvement
efforts that includes at minimum:
1. A description of current concerns voiced by the community.
2. A description of potential problems that have a bearing on law enforcement
activities within the community.
3. A statement of recommended actions that address previously identified concerns
and problems.
4. A statement of progress made toward addressing previously identified concerns
and problems.
5. The report will be based on information gathered from all officers under the
Commander’s authority, as well as comment cards returned by the public.
BY ORDER OF:

________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

______________________________________________________________________________
GO # OPS-027: VICTIM-WITNESS ASSISTANCE PROGRAM EFFECTIVE: 02/01/2018
______________________________________________________________________________
PURPOSE
This Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) establishes procedures for providing victim-
witness support, information, and guidance, as well as meeting the needs of victim-witnesses
of criminal and non-criminal incidents.
POLICY
Employees of the Chatham County Police Department will treat victims and witnesses of
crimes with dignity, respect, courtesy, and compassion, as well as treating their situation with
fairness and confidentiality. The CCPD is committed to the development, implementation,
and continuation of appropriate Victim-Witness Assistance programs and activities.
The CCPD will comply with Official Code of Georgia Annotated (OCGA) Title 17, Chapter
17 Crime Victim’s Bill of Rights as it applies to arresting and/or investigating law
enforcement agencies and will strive to meet the needs of victims and witnesses of criminal
and non-criminal incidents by providing support, information, guidance, and assistance in
seeking protection from further victimization. The CCPD will cooperate fully and assist in
any way possible with the existing Victim-Witness Assistance Program of the Chatham
County District Attorney's Office.
PROCEDURE
I. GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Majors, Captains, Directors, and Commanders shall be responsible for the
implementation and overall coordination of CCPD victim-witness assistance activities for
their assigned Divisions and Units.
B. All employees are responsible for maintaining the confidentiality of records and files of
victims-witnesses consistent with applicable case law, state statutes, the Freedom of
Information and Privacy Acts, and as provided for in Department General Orders.
C. CCPD personnel shall cooperate with the Victim-Witness Assistance Program in their
effort to inform the public and media of available services, specifically during Victim
Witness Week.
CCPD SOP # OPS-027 Victim-Witness Assistance Program / Page 1 of 3

D. All employees are expected to cultivate and maintain a cooperative relationship with other
criminal justice agencies, governmental and non-governmental agencies, and other
organizations concerned with victim-witness needs and rights.
E. Customer Service Desk personnel and Communications Officers will have access to a list
of resources for crime victims.
1. This list will include the 24 hour telephone number for the Victim-Witness Assistance
Program and telephone numbers for organizations which can help those in need of
medical attention, counseling, and emergency financial assistance.
2. In the event an emergency response is required, Customer Service Desk personnel
will enter the caller's information into the computer dispatch system.
II. PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION ASSISTANCE

A. Officers conducting the preliminary investigation will provide to victims-witnesses of a
crime a Case Report Number and a Victim-Witness Information Pamphlet (CCPD Form
1019w) that lists names and telephone numbers of services available to assist them in our
area. This pamphlet will include:
1. Procedure to follow for intimidation and/or threats made by the suspect, the suspect's
companions, or the suspect's family.
2. The case report number and subsequent steps in the processing of the case.
3. The 24-hour information desk telephone number, which the victim-witness may call
to report additional information about the case, to receive direction as to which
Detective office to call for information about the status of the case, and/or to receive
information regarding services offered in Chatham County.
B. When CCPD Officers come into contact with citizens who are in need of assistance,
which is not within the scope of the services provided by the Department, they should
refer the citizen to the appropriate service provider.
C. Employees can be assisted in finding the appropriate agency by:
1. Consulting the Community Service Directory.
2. Calling First Call for Help (Phone # 211 - the information and referral service that
links persons who have problems to appropriate community services).
3. Consulting a Department Supervisor.
D. When CCPD Officers come into contact with violators, they may refer them to be more
effectively dealt with in a diversion or social service program due to age, addiction, or
limited involvement in criminal activity. These programs will include, but are not limited
to, Pretrial Intervention, Youthful Offender, and mental health counseling.
E. The CCPD will cooperate with the prosecutor in cases that the District Attorney's Office
deems more appropriately handled by a diversion program.
F. The following are some of the victim-witness assistance services available in Chatham
County:
1. Chatham County District Attorney’s Victim-Witness Assistance Program.
2. Victim-Witness Savannah Area Family Emergency Shelter (Safe).

3. Rape Crisis Center.
4. Parent and Child Family Center.
5. Helpline/First Call for Help.
6. Chatham County Department of Family and Children Services.
7. Georgia Legal Services.
8. Crime Stoppers.
9. Alcoholics Anonymous.
10. State Probation.
11. Chatham County Juvenile Court.
12. Coastal Children Advocacy Center.
13. CCPD Telephone Numbers.
III. FOLLOW-UP INVESTIGATION ASSISTANCE
A. CCPD will provide appropriate assistance to victims/witnesses who have been threatened
or who express specific, credible reasons for fearing intimidation or further victimization.
B. CCPD Officers will refer victims-witnesses to the Victim-Witness Assistance Program
for a continued update regarding prosecution of their case and their role in those
procedures.
C. Detectives conducting follow-up investigations will, if feasible, schedule interviews and
other required appearances at the convenience of the victim/witness and, if necessary,
provide transportation.
D. If possible, the CCPD Property Custodian will promptly release property taken as
evidence (except for contraband, disputed property, and weapons used in the course of a
crime), as permissible by Georgia Law and departmental policies.
E. As timely as possible, the Investigator assigned to a case will notify the Victim-Witness
upon apprehension of a suspect and will keep them updated as to the progression of the
prosecution procedure.
F. If the case reaches Superior Court, the Victim-Witness Assistance Program will assign a
Victim Advocate to the Victim-Witness during follow-up investigation.
G. Regardless of prosecution, in the event of unusually severe crimes, Victim-Witness
Assistance Program personnel may re-contact the Victim-Witness periodically to
determine whether their needs are being met.
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

SOP # OPS-029: ALARM RESPONSE EFFECTIVE: 02/01/18
PURPOSE
The purpose of this General Order is to outline procedures for responding to silent and
audible alarms that are designed to alert the police to the commission of a burglary or
robbery.
POLICY
Alarms are a means of notifying the local law enforcement agency that a serious crime may
be in progress when the use of a telephone is impractical or impossible. Despite the frequency
of false alarms, verified alarms represent a threat to citizens and law enforcement officers
and therefore require an organized, cautious response. Officers shall proceed with extreme
caution when answering any type of alarm call and assume that all alarms are actual crimes
in progress. When responding to alarms, Officers shall adhere to the procedures as outlined
in this General Order.
PROCEDURE
I. BANKS AND CREDIT UNIONS
A. When an alarm is received, with no prior notification that testing is being done, the
Communications Specialists shall:
1. Dispatch units immediately on an alarm call with the name and location of the bank
or credit union.
2. Attempt to verify, by telephone, if the alarm is valid or false by speaking to someone
at the bank/credit union branch location using coded language, such as the following
response from bank/credit union:
a. Robbery in progress: “May I call you back?”
b. Situation unknown: "Stand By" or "Wait While I check."
c. False alarm: "This Is (Name) at (Bank/Credit Union & Branch). "We have
had a false alarm."
3. Remain on the line while giving the bank/credit union employee enough time to check
(usually about a minute.)
4. Proceed as if a robbery is in progress, if the bank/credit union employee does not
return with the appropriate response, or if communications personnel are
uncomfortable with the response.
CCPD SOP # OPS-029 Alarm Response / Page 1 of 4

B. If the Bank/Credit Union personnel do not follow proper procedure, this will be treated
as an improper response. Units responding to the scene will be advised “improper
response” and should proceed as if a robbery is in progress. C. If a Robbery has occurred
or the situation is unknown:
1. Officers will not enter the bank/credit union until they see an orange card displayed
in a window or door.
2. The orange card indicates that the bank/credit union is clear and Officers may enter
without fear of causing a hostage situation. D. If the call is reported as a False Alarm:
1. Officers will not enter the bank/credit union until they see an employee standing
outside holding an orange card.
2. Upon viewing the employee with the orange card, Officers shall speak with that
employee to confirm the false alarm.
3. Officers shall cautiously enter the building to verify that a robbery has not occurred
by speaking with the Branch Manager or Branch Security Officer.
4. If the Officers do not see an employee with an orange card, they shall contact the
Communications Specialist, who in turn will call the Bank/Credit Union and advise
them to follow procedure by having an employee go outside with the card (confirmed
false alarms only).
5. CCPD Personnel shall not refer to the orange card on the phone or over the air.
II. HOLD-UP ALARMS

A. When a report of a Hold-up Alarm is received by telephone, the call taker shall obtain the
necessary information concerning the business name, and address. The alarm company may
be able to advise who is authorized to be on the premises.
B. Two Officers shall be dispatched to investigate the alarm.
C. Officers will respond to the location using the most tactical route possible that allows
them to respond quickly and give them the best advantage point to quietly survey the
scene.
D. Once in the area of the alarm, Officers will make a note of all individuals and vehicles
around the business, including entrances and exits.
E. Officers should observe activity at the business prior to entering the business for signs
that a robbery might be in progress.
F. If there are no signs or a robbery in-progress, Officers may carefully enter the business
while remaining vigilant for any sudden changes.
G. In the event a robbery is in-progress, the responding Officers shall secure the perimeter
and call for additional units and a Supervisor.
H. If it appears that the Officers have in fact arrived at a robbery-in-progress, they must react
to the situation. If at all possible, Officers shall wait for the suspect to come outside before
attempting an apprehension.
I. The responding Supervisor shall determine if the scene will be in accordance with the
policy concerning Barricaded Gunmen and Hostage Situations.
J. Personally activated panic alarms shall be handled as a hold-up (Robbery) alarm except
for alarms for a medical emergency which shall be transferred for medical dispatch.

III. BURGLAR ALARMS
A. When a report of an activated burglar alarm is received, the Communication Specialist
shall obtain as much information as possible with respect to the business or residence, to
include the name of a responding person, if available.
B. A minimum of two Officers shall be dispatched to investigate the alarm. Depending on
the circumstances surrounding the activation, more units may be dispatched.
C. Officers shall approach in a manner that allows them to observe the structure for any
signs of forced entry, a burglary in progress, or any vehicles that might heighten the
suspicion of a burglary.
D. If an Officer determines that a burglary is in progress, the Officer shall immediately notify
the Communications Center and set up a perimeter to close any escape routes.
E. The Precinct Supervisor shall respond to the scene and develop a plan for searching the
premise.
F. Officers shall not enter the building until the scene is safely secured and adequate
assistance is in place.
G. The Supervisor shall designate an entry team, to search the building, and perimeter teams,
to provide assistance.
H. If there are no apparent signs of a burglary in progress, Officers shall check the premise
carefully and enter with the key holder.
I. During times of inclement weather or other emergencies, the on-duty Watch Commander
(Lieutenant) may order that the response to burglar alarm calls be modified or suspended,
pending improved conditions.
IV. FALSE ALARMS

A. If, upon entering the service request in the Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) System, an
alert is displayed signifying that the incident location is on the “Do Not Respond” list
for exceeding the number of false alarms allowed, the Communications Specialist will
not dispatch a unit to respond unless additional information is available to indicate that
there is a crime in progress.
B. If the primary Officer to a dispatched alarm call determines that the cause of the alarm
was not a crime, the incident will be classified as a false alarm and the primary Officer
shall complete a False Alarm Report in the ARS System.
C. A Police report should be written for all False Alarms with the following exceptions:
1. Alarm caused by a storm or high winds

2. A Power outage
3. CCPD was notified in advance that the alarm was being tested.
D. The Department Records Supervisor is responsible for compliance with the City of
Savannah and Chatham County False alarm fee system.

BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

______________________________________________________________________________
GO # OPS-031: CIVIL DISPUTES EFFECTIVE DATE: 02/01/18
______________________________________________________________________________
PURPOSE:
The purpose of this General Order is to establish guidelines for responding to civil disputes.
POLICY:
The Chatham County Police Department does not serve civil process documents and, under
most circumstances, responding to civil disputes is outside the realm of the CCPD’s
responsibility.
CCPD Officers may be called to the scene of civil disputes where no crime has been
committed. Their presence at such scenes is primarily to preserve the peace and to prevent a
crime from occurring; it is not to give legal advice or arbitrate property disputes. CCPD
Officers shall not become unnecessarily involved in civil disputes and shall attempt to provide
a cooling off period by explaining to the parties involved that the settlement of such cases falls
within the purview of attorneys and civil courts.
PROCEDURE:
I. CIVIL ACTIONS
A. CCPD Officers shall not be assigned to calls for service involving civil matters unless
there is an indication that violence or the threat of violence, a disturbance, or other
violation of the law exists.
B. When CCPD Officers are required to intervene under the aforementioned circumstances,
the goals of public safety intervention shall be to:
1. Stop any violence which may be occurring and take appropriate action.
2. Restore and maintain order.
3. Make appropriate referrals.
C. Whenever CCPD Officers are unable to clearly determine whether the matter at hand is
civil or criminal in nature, they shall contact their Supervisor for guidance.
D. It is recommended that CCPD Officers attempt to provide the participants with a cooling
off period by convincing the parties involved that the settlement of their dispute is best
achieved with the aid of legal assistance (i.e., attorneys and courts).
II. REPOSSESSIONS
A. CCPD Officers shall refrain from giving physical or moral assistance to individuals
attempting to make repossession without judicial process.
_______________________________________________________________________________
CCPD SOP # OPS 031 Civil Disputes / Page 1 of 3
B. When a Court Order is presented directing the sheriff or other Officer to take possession
of specifically identified property to be delivered to a given individual, the Officer shall
assist any legal authority in carrying out this order.
C. The Officer will not standby, aid, or in any way assist while private parties attempt to
repossess autos or other property.
III. PROTECTIVE ORDERS

A. When CCPD Officers are called upon to enforce a violation of a Protective Order (i.e.,
Restraining Orders, Temporary Protective Orders (TPO), or Peace Bonds), CCPD
Officers shall comply with Georgia Code § 19-13 (Family Violence Act).
B. In compliance with Georgia Code § 19-13-4 of the Family Violence Act (Appendix 1),
CCPD Officers are mandated by statute to “enforce and carry out the terms of any valid
protective order issued by any court under the provisions of this Code section.”
C. The following procedures should be carried out when called upon to enforce a Protective
Order.
1. If the violator of the order has left the area prior to the Officer's arrival, the
complainant shall be referred to an attorney to obtain a Contempt of Court Order
from the court originating the order.
2. If there is a violation of any of the criminal acts listed in OCGA (Official Code of
Georgia Annotated) 19-13-1 and there is sufficient probable cause to identify the
perpetrator as a primary aggressor in a domestic violence incident, the primary
aggressor shall be arrested and charged accordingly.
a. The victim shall be subpoenaed to court as a material witness regardless of
whether or not they desire a case to be made.
b. When an arrest is deemed necessary, the Officers will affect the arrest as quickly
and quietly as possible.
c. The perpetrator(s) will be removed from the scene, as soon as possible, to reduce
the potential of more complications. Note! Officers shall attend court on the first
court appearance in all domestic violence cases.
3. To aid CCPD Officers in validating protective orders, Georgia Code § 19-1350, 51,
52, and 56 provides for a Family Violence and Stalking Registry.
a. The Officer shall request the Communications Center to access the registry to
validate Protective Orders.
b. The violator shall be charged with Georgia Code § 16-5-91, the offense of
Aggravated Stalking.
IV. LANDLORD/TENANT DISPUTES
A. CCPD Officers shall intercede in landlord/tenant disputes only in order to preserve the
peace
B. Unless a criminal violation is clearly evident, no enforcement action will be taken.
C. Disputants should be encouraged to seek legal advice. CCPD GO # OPS 031 Civil
Disputes / Page
_______________________________________________________________________________
V. PROPERTY DISPUTES
A. When called upon to intercede in disputes over property, CCPD Officers should solicit
information from both sides of the dispute.
B. If the matter is clearly civil in nature, all parties shall be informed that CCPD Officers
cannot and will not take sides in the dispute.
C. When CCPD Officers are sent to a civil dispute over property, they should not standby
while property is removed unless there is a propensity toward violence.
D. CCPD Officers should take appropriate action to handle any violations of the law that
are presented or determined through investigation.
E. Once criminal violations are handled, parties should be advised that CCPD Officers will
not standby nor become involved in the civil dispute concerning property.
VI. POLICE REPORTS
A. In many cases an incident does not involve the occurrence of a crime but may involve
civil liability and in such cases no CCPD incident report shall be required.
B. An incident report will be prepared after a thorough investigation whenever an officer
called to a scene believes there is a reasonable probability that a crime has occurred.
1. When an officer is unsure whether the dispute is criminal or civil in nature s/he
shall consult a supervisor.
2. Upon request the officer may provide a form to anyone involved in the incident for
them to complete and submit to CCPD.
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police
_______________________________________________________________________________
SOP # OPS-037: DOMESTIC SITUATIONS EFFECTIVE DATE: 02/01/18

REVISION DATE: 10/16/19
PURPOSE:
The purpose of this General Order is to establish procedures for handling domestic
disturbance complaints in accordance Official Code of Georgia Annotated (OCGA)
17-4-20, 17-4-20.1, and 19-13-1.
POLICY:
The Chatham County Police Department (CCPD) shall respond promptly to all
complaints of domestic disturbances, take immediate action where crimes of family
violence have occurred, and assist victims in seeking protection from further acts of
family violence.
PROCEDURE:
I. RESPONSIBILITY
A. Any Officer may be required to respond to a domestic disturbance.
B. Officers may be dispatched to the disturbance or they may observe an incident
while on patrol and deem immediate action a necessity.
C. Officers shall not attempt to intervene in a domestic disturbance without first
advising the Communications Center of the location and nature of the situation,
or before requesting a backup unit.
D. The primary Officer assigned to any domestic situation shall, at a minimum,
complete a preliminary investigation report of the incident.
II. RESPONSE
A. Two (2) Officers shall be dispatched to every domestic disturbance complaint and
shall be provided with all available information at the time of the initial dispatch.
B. Officers shall approach domestic disturbance complaints with caution and
discretion.
C. A supervisor shall be dispatched when a case involves violence or a threat to life
and/or bodily harm, such as when firearms or other weapons are involved.
D. Officers shall request a supervisor at the scene if, after arriving, they find such
conditions.
E. Officers responding to domestic disturbances shall coordinate their arrival at the
scene without delaying the police response.
CCPD SOP # OPS-037 Domestic Situations / Page 1 of 5

F. Upon arrival at the scene, if the location is different than that originally given, the
responding Officers shall notify the Communications Center.
G. Police vehicles shall be parked in a highly visible and readily accessible position,
secured, and locked but not directly in front of the residence.
H. If the disturbance is at a private residence, Officers shall attempt to contact the
complainant before proceeding further.
1. Officers shall not enter a private residence except on the direct invitation
of the owner or the resident, except when a confrontation is in progress or
when an Officer has probable cause to believe an act of family violence
has occurred. (OCGA 17-4-20[a]).
2. Officers shall leave a copy of the Domestic Violence Referral Form, which
is printed on the CRN Pamphlet, with the individuals involved in all
domestic disturbance cases, in both arrest and non-arrest cases. [CALEA
55.2.2]
III. HANDLING DISTURBANCE SITUATIONS
A. Officers shall remember their primary purpose is to restore order as quickly and
as peacefully as possible without complicating the situation.
B. Once the Officers have entered the residence, they shall separate the parties in
conflict and attempt to determine the cause of the conflict.
C. Officers shall assume the role of a "neutral referee."
D. Under no circumstances shall Officers "take sides" with either party to the dispute.
E. Officers may suggest compromise solutions to both parties or refer subjects to
appropriate agencies (e.g., Safe Shelter).
IV. INCIDENTS WHERE FAMILY VIOLENCE HAS OCCURRED
A. Anytime an Officer responds to a domestic disturbance where any of the criminal
acts listed in OCGA 19-13-1 have occurred, and there is sufficient probable cause
to identify the perpetrator and substantiate the charge, the primary aggressor shall
be arrested and charged.
1. OCCA 19-13-1. As used in this article, the term 'family violence' means the
occurrence of one or more of the following acts between past or present
spouses, persons who are parents of the same child, parents and children,
stepparents and stepchildren, foster parents and foster children, or other
persons living or formerly living in the same household: (1) Any felony; or
(2) Commission of offenses of battery, simple battery, simple assault,
assault, stalking, criminal damage to property, unlawful restraint, or
criminal trespass. The term 'family violence' shall not be deemed to include
reasonable discipline administered by a parent to a child in the form of
corporal punishment, restraint, or detention
B. The victim shall be subpoenaed to court as a material witness regardless of
whether or not they desire a case to be made.

C. When an arrest is deemed necessary, the Officers shall affect the arrest as quickly
and quietly as possible.
D. The perpetrator(s) shall be removed from the scene as soon as possible to reduce
the potential of more complications.
E. Officers shall attend court on the first court appearance in all domestic violence
cases.
F. In all domestic violence arrest cases, Officers shall telephone Safe Shelter
(whether Safe Shelter is utilized, or not), either from the incident location or
immediately after departing the location, and supply Safe Shelter with the:
1. Name of victim.
2. Address of victim.
3. Name of the arrested person.
4. Address of the arrested person.
5. Criminal charges.
6. Court date.
V. DOMESTIC DISTURBANCE / DOMESTIC VIOLENCE REPORTS
A. In all domestic disturbance and domestic violence cases, an CCPD report of the
incident shall be made by the primary Officer on a CCPD Preliminary
Investigation Report identifying as Domestic Disturbance or the Criminal
Charge / Domestic such as Simple Assault / Domestic, Simple Battery /
Domestic, Battery / Domestic, Aggravated Assault / Domestic, Interference
With Custody / Domestic, False Imprisonment / Domestic, Stalking / Domestic,
Theft / Domestic, etc.
B. Any incident dispatched as a Domestic Disturbance / Domestic Violence which
does not meet the elements for domestic disturbance or domestic violence will be
reclassified/changed to the actual crime that has occurred.
1. A sergeant or above must approve any reclassifications/changes, prior to the
officer informing dispatch to change the call type in C.A.D.
C. CCPD Form 224 Domestic Violence Lethality Screen form.
1. Officers will complete this form when:
a. There is reasonable suspicion that an act of domestic violence has
occurred, whether or not an arrest is made.
b. The officer believes there is a potential for violence.
c. The officer is familiar with past domestic incidents involving either of
the participants or based on upon their training, knowledge and
experience that the form should be completed.
2. The completed form will be attached or linked to the incident report.

VI. PROTOCOL FOR CCPD PERSONNEL INVOLVED IN DOMESTIC
DISTURBANCE / DOMESTIC VIOLENCE INCIDENTS
A. The primary Officer at the scene shall immediately request the on-duty
Lieutenant at the scene.
B. If the participant is a Lieutenant or above, the next higher rank shall be requested
at the scene.
C. The responding Shift Commander (Lieutenant or above) shall immediately
respond to the scene and determine if the Officer has committed any violent
actions or violations of the law.
D. If so, the Officer shall be immediately suspended and their badge, police
identification card, and Department issued weapon shall be confiscated.
E. If the participant is civilian staff, a Lieutenant or above shall immediately
respond to the scene and determine if the staff member has committed any
violent actions or violations of the law.
F. If so, the staff member shall be immediately suspended and their identification
card shall be confiscated.
G. The Shift Commander shall ensure that the Internal Affairs Unit is notified and
the Internal Affairs Unit shall decide if they need to respond to the scene or
conduct a follow-up investigation the following day.
H. The Shift Commander shall ensure that all procedures are followed and
complete a written synopsis of the incident, outlining the situation, the
participant’s actions, the actions taken by the on-scene Officers and Lieutenant.
1. The report shall be completed and made available to the Chief of Police prior
to 0800 hours on the next business day following the incident.
2. This report shall also be made available to the participant’s Commanding
Officer and Division Commander.
I. The Commanding Officer, prior to allowing the participant to return to duty,
shall ensure that the participant is afforded the opportunity to contact the
Employee Assistance Program and/or Peer Counseling; and ensure that the
participant is physically, mentally, and emotionally prepared to return to full
duty.
J. The Internal Affairs Unit shall:
1. Conduct a thorough investigation of each incident involving CCPD
personnel that show evidence of violence or domestic violence.
2. Notify the Chief of Police of any incident in which the officer is suspected
of being the primary aggressor and with a written report of each
investigation of incidents involving violence or domestic violence.

VII. PROTOCOL FOR OTHER LAW ENFROCEMENT AGENCY PERSONNEL
INVOLVED IN DOMESTIC DISTURBANCE / DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
INCIDENTS
A. The primary Officer at the scene shall immediately request the on-duty
Lieutenant to the scene.
B. The responding Shift Commander (Lieutenant or above) shall immediately
respond to the scene and determine if the person has committed any violent actions
or violations of the law.
C. The Officer(s) will handle the call in the same manner as they would with any
person(s) involved in a domestic disturbance/domestic violence call.
D. The Shift Commander will make every effort to contact the on-duty Supervisor or
Shift Commander of the agency for which the person works.
a. The CCPD Shift Commander will brief the supervisor or above of the details
as it relates to the case.
b. The CCPD Shift Commander shall write a detailed report (supplemental) as
to their actions taken while handling the call.
c. If requested by the responding Supervisor (other agency), CCPD officer(s)
will remain on scene and await their arrival, if feasible, so that they can
collect sensitive items belonging to the department.
BY ORDER OF:
Original Signature on Record

________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

GO # OPS-049: INCIDENT REPORTING EFFECTIVE: 02/01/18
PURPOSE
The purpose of this order is to establish a system for receiving specified crime and incident
report information.
POLICY
Incident reports shall be prepared by Chatham County Police Department personnel for
criminal and non-criminal incidents that occur within the unincorporated areas of Chatham
County in accordance with the procedures as outlined in this order. The only exception is
reports of Identify Theft which will be taken in accordance with federal law requiring that
they be written despite the jurisdiction in which it occurred. Complaints received through the
mail shall be directed to the Records Management Supervisor for action.
PROCEDURE
I. FIELD REPORTING AND MANAGEMENT
A. Report Forms
1. The following report forms are mandatory:
a. ARS Incident reporting system
If available the ARS reporting system will be used for Incident and supplemental
reports. If not available Incident Report forms will be used.
b. Incident Report Form
c. Georgia Uniform Motor Vehicle Traffic Accident Report.
2. The following forms may also be necessary when investigating certain types of
incidents:
a. Incident Supplemental Report.
b. Arrest and Booking Form.
c. Private Property Accident Form.
d. Traffic Citation
e. City Ordinance Form
f. Ban Form
g. Animal Control Report Form
CCPD SOP # OPS-049 Incident Reporting / Page 1 of 6

B. Documenting Police Action
1. All reports and records maintained to document police activity will contain at a
minimum the following information:
a. Date and time of the initial reporting.
b. Full name of the citizen requesting the service, or victim's or complainant's full
name. Initials are forbidden, the first name is mandatory.
c. Nature of the incident.
d. Nature, date, and time of action taken, if any, by law enforcement personnel.
2. Reports submitted without the required information shall be returned to the Precinct
Commander for completion.
C. Report Forms Policy
1. If the Tiburon ARS system is not available then members of the CCPD shall use the
appropriate report form(s) as indicated by the nature of the incident being reported.
2. Only legible, printed reports will be acceptable.
a. Reports written in script or cursive handwriting will be returned to the reporting
Officer’s Supervisor, with a messaging indicating the reason.
b. The appropriate Precinct/Unit Commander will be notified of any failure to
provide an acceptable report in a timely manner.
D. Procedures to be Followed in Completing Incidents Reports
1. Incident Report
a. All complaints of a criminal nature received by the CCPD which occurred within
the unincorporated areas of Chatham County shall be reported.
(1) Identify Theft reports will be made by CCPD officers regardless of the
jurisdiction in which the crime occurred.
b. Incident reports shall be made for criminal acts which are brought to the attention
of an Officer and occur within the unincorporated area of Chatham County, even
though the complainant does not wish to file charges or have a report made.
c. An incident report shall be made when a person is arrested for any criminal act
occurring within the unincorporated area of Chatham County.
(1) Non-criminal incidents that require an incident report include, but are not
limited to, natural cause deaths, missing persons, and destruction of animals
for humane reasons or because the animal is an immediate threat to public
safety.
(2) Incident reports shall be taken on these non-criminal matters, even though
the complainant may not wish a report to be made.
2. Officers shall document all incidents meeting the following criteria, provided they
were alleged to occur within unincorporated Chatham County.
a. Citizen reports of crime.
b. Citizen complaints.
c. Incidents resulting in an CCPD employee being dispatched or assigned to
investigate.

d. Criminal and non-criminal cases initiated by Department personnel.
e. Incidents involving arrests, citations, or summonses.
3. Supplemental Report
a. A supplemental report shall be entered by the Officer when it is necessary to
explain, expand, or continue with information from the incident report, or to
record important or new information not contained in the original Incident Report.
b. A supplemental report may be entered by the initial reporting Officer or by any
other Officer with reportable information relevant to the original incident.
4. Arrest / Booking Report
a. All arrest information shall be entered for every arrest associated with the booking
of an individual.
b. At a minimum, the Arrest/Booking Report shall include;
(1) The case report number (CRN).
(2) The full name, address, and phone number of the arrestee.
(3) The disposition of the arrestee (i.e., in custody, posted bond, released on
subpoena).
(4) The traffic citation number and/or warrant number, if any.
5. Accident Reports
a. The Georgia Uniform Vehicle Accident Report Form shall be completed by
Officers conducting a traffic accident investigation in accordance with the
General Order regarding “Traffic Accident Investigation.”
b. A Private Property Accident Report Form may be used in lieu of the Georgia
Uniform Vehicle Accident Report Form to report traffic accidents that occur on
private property.
E. Case Numbering System
1. All calls for service shall be given a Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) call number.
2. All cases requiring a report shall be given a Case Report Number (CRN).
a. Each case shall receive a separate CRN.
b. The CRN is a nine digit number.
(1) The first two digits denote the year (100101001).
(2) The third and the fourth digits denote the month (100101001).
(3) The fifth and sixth digits denote the day of the month (10101001).
(4) The seventh, eighth, and ninth digits are assigned by CAD and indicate a
numerical sequence (1060101001).
3. Preliminary Incident Reports shall be entered into SSI ARS and Owner Approved
by the end of shift.
4. Officers must check SSI ARS for any unapproved reports, or In Progress reports.
5. Officers must then correct or complete his/her reports.
6. If Tiburon ARS is not available reports shall be completed and turned in by the end
of the shift. Reports written by Officers working off-duty shall be turned in to an on-
duty Officer prior to the end of the off-duty employment shift.

F. Supervisory Review
1. All reports (accident reports, incident reports, citations, etc.) shall be submitted for
supervisory review before the investigating Police Officer goes off duty. If the SSI
ARS system is not available, there are boxes at each precinct and at the Police
Barracks (Headquarters) for reports to be dropped off for supervisor review.
Supervisors can also pick up reports from Officers.
2. Supervisors will pull up all OWNER APPROVED reports assigned to his/hers unit
within 24 hours of being Owner Approved. The supervisor will review the report and
either SUPERVISOR APPROVE or UNAPPROVE the report. Unapproved
reports will be returned to the officer with a notation of the corrections needed.
3. Every report submitted by an employee shall be reviewed for accuracy, completeness,
and legibility by the employee's Supervisor.
a. Reports not approved will be returned to the writer for appropriate corrections.
b. Supervisor approval is indicated by the Supervisor's signature on the written
report which shall be forwarded to the Records Unit via the Customer Service
Desk.
G. Report Accountability And Distribution
1. If Tiburon ARS is not available, completed and approved reports are logged on a
reporting accountability log at each precinct and transported along with the log to the
Customer Service Desk.
2. If SSI ARS is not available Customer Service Desk personnel shall make a copy of
all reports and distribute them according to the following guideline:
a. Original to Report Review.
b. Copy to the Criminal Investigations Division.
c. Copy to the Public Affairs Office.
3. Personnel assigned to Report Review shall pull up all Supervisor Approved Reports
in the SSI ARS system and transfer the reports to the SSI RMS system.
4. If SSI ARS is not available personnel assigned to Report Review shall retrieve
original police reports from the Customer Service Desk daily.
5. All reports either ARS or written will be checked.
a. The reports shall be checked against the Report Accountability Log.
b. Each report shall be coded according to the FBI Uniform Crime Reporting
standards.
c. All required information from the report shall be recorded into the SSI RMS
system.
d. Once completed, reports are sorted numerically, placed in folders, and sent to the
scanning station.
e. The RMS system shall be checked weekly for missing reports.
f. Indicators shall be sent to the Officers assigned to the missing reports.
6. The Records Unit is responsible for sending reports or verified copies of reports to
outside agencies or departments.

a. Copies of all accident reports are sent to the Georgia Department of Public Safety
on a weekly basis and to Chatham County Traffic Engineering Departments.
b. Any other report or verified copies of reports will be sent as necessary to outside
agencies or departments including Juvenile Court, other Chatham County Courts,
and the District Attorney's Office.
7. Authorized and trained personnel may retrieve reports from the SSI RMS for internal
use, which are unofficial printouts to assist Divisions and Units in the performance of
their duties.
II. INCIDENT REPORTING OVER THE TELEPHONE

A. Officers shall report all complaints received from citizens via the telephone in accordance
with the procedures as outlined in this order.
B. Incident reports that cannot be taken over the telephone are:
1. Incidents where the suspect or multiple witnesses are at the scene.
2. Incidents resulting in injury.
3. Sex crimes.
4. Child abuse/neglect.
5. Incidents involving the custody of evidence or property.
6. Incidents that require the examination of a crime scene (Burglary, Robbery, etc.).
7. Incidents involving multiple complainants/victims.
8. Crimes in-progress.
9. Missing persons who are classified as “missing under unusual circumstances” as
defined by General Order # OPS-012 Missing Persons.
10. Domestic violence.
11. Accidents.
C. For all call-in complaints, it is the responsibility of the Officer to question the
complainant(s) about the elements of an incident to determine if a report can be taken
over the telephone.
D. When the Information Officer is on-duty, they shall write all reports that do not interfere
with the performance of their assigned duties.
1. The Information Officer shall notify the Senior Communications Specialist when they
are unavailable to take telephone calls for incident reports.
2. When the Information Officer becomes available, they shall immediately notify the
Communications Center of their availability to take telephone calls for incident
reports.
III. INCIDENT REPORTING FOR WALK-INS

A. Officers shall report all complaints received from citizens who report in person to any
CCPD facility in accordance with the procedures as outlined in this order.
B. Incident reports that can be taken for walk-in complaints are:

1. Robberies (of a person) that are more than eight (8) hours old.
2. Entering an auto. (Customer Service Desk personnel will only take this type of report
when at least two personnel are on-duty to allow the reporting Officer to inspect the
vehicle.)
3. Domestic reports without violence.
4. Missing persons.
5. Runaways.
6. All other information or miscellaneous reports.
7. Arrest (warrant service) reports. (Only a police officer will take this type of report
provided at least two Officers are on-duty).
C. Incident reports that cannot be taken for walk-ins (these reports require an on-scene
response) are:
1. Burglaries.
2. Robberies (of a person) that occurred within the last eight (8) hours, unless there is a
compelling reason to take the report.
3. Accident Reports (Officers may issue the complainant and SR-13, if applicable).
4. Child abuse/neglect.
5. Incidents resulting in injury, unless there is a compelling reason to take the report.
D. For all walk-in complaints, it is the responsibility of the Officer to question the
complainant(s) about the elements of an incident to determine if a report can be taken
without an on-scene response.
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

SOP # OPS-053: PROBLEM ORIENTED POLICING EFFECTIVE DATE: 02/01/18
PURPOSE
The purpose of this Order is to outline procedures for the implementation of a Problem Solving
Policing operation. This Order falls within the general scope and philosophy of Community
Oriented Policing and is a method to be used for the identification and solution of problems
within the community.
POLICY
The Chatham County Police Department is dedicated to the philosophy of tailoring its services
to the needs of the community and to use Problem Oriented Policing (POP) in its service
strategies. It shall be the policy of the CCPD to address problems that can be positively affected
by a coordinated effort linking the many resources of the community.
DEFINITIONS
Problem - A group of incidents occurring in the community that are similar in one or more
ways and that are of concern to the Department and the public.
Strategy - Plans to focus on the underlying conditions causing the problem(s) that generate, or
have the potential to generate, calls for police service.
PROCEDURE
I. As part of recognizing and defining problems, Officers should look upon the resources that
are available, both within and outside of the Department. The following method is the
prescribed manner in which the Problem Solving strategy should be used: A. A four point
test shall be applied to any problem.
1. The problem involves a group of incidents.
2. The events that make up the problem are similar in some way.
3. The problem is of concern to the public.
4. The problem falls within the broad scope of the police function. B. A
four step process shall be employed.
1. Scanning - Identify the problem.
CCPD SOP # OPS-053 Problem Oriented Policing / Page 1 of 5

2. Analysis - Gather information/data about the problem to develop an
understanding of the problem, identify those affected by the problem, and
identify available resources to deal with the problem.
3. Response - develop and implement solutions based on analysis.
4. Assessment - Measure the results.
C. The POP model requires documentation of each project to enable the Officer and the
Department to accurately evaluate their efforts.
II. POP PACKET ( FORM 1011)
A. Request to Open POP File - This is the first form completed by the Officer. All
required information must be included.
1. The ORIGINATING OFFICER(S) and PAYROLL NUMBER(S) blocks are
self-explanatory.
2. Supervisor’s review is where the Officer’s Chain-of-Command will initial
the form, acknowledging that they have reviewed and are cognizant of the
project and that they have determined that the proposed project meets the
problem solving criteria.
3. In the POP COORDINATOR section, the unit POP Coordinator will sign
after a copy of the POP project file cover sheet is submitted for record
storage in the unit POP files.
4. UNIT ASSIGNMENT, PROBLEM LOCATION, SERVICE AREA, BEAT
and SPECIFIC LOCATION are self-explanatory.
5. In the PROBLEM DESCRIPTION section, the officer should provide details
of the problem using clear, concise statements.
6. The WHEN THE PROBLEM OCCURS section should include day of the
week and time of day or the frequency of the problem.
7. The RELEVANT COMMENTS/SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES section
could include the seriousness of the problem, other problems this problem
contributes to, and citizen’s cognizance of the problem.
8. When completed, the request is forwarded through the Unit POP
Coordinator and the Chain-of-Command for review. Disapproval of a POP
project will only be issued by the Chief of Police or designee.
9. The Unit POP Coordinator will then forward the REQUEST TO OPEN POP
FILE COVER SHEET to the Department POP Manager for number
assignment.
10. The Department POP Manager will assign a PROBLEM
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER.

a. The first two digits are the year of the project.
b. The second two digits identify the month.
c. The fifth digit identifies the unit/precinct where the problem is
assigned.
d. The final two digits are the sequence number of the project (e.g., 01,
02, etc.). The sequence number begins at 1 each month. (Example:
9203101 = 1992, March, Precinct 1, Project 1)
11. The original of the request form is placed in the Department POP file. The POP
Manager will return a copy of the cover sheet with a POP Number assigned
to the Unit POP Coordinator.
B. POP Data Sheet - This form is attached to the front of the POP file. It provides a
quick reference of the contacts made with various agencies. Phone numbers are
provided for your convenience.
1. Officers should utilize the COMMENTS section to record agencies that have
assisted, and/or problems associated, with the POP process.
2. The ACTION section (Y/N) will allow the officer (circle Yes or No) to
annotate whether each specific agency has taken action after being requested
to do so by the CCPD.
3. Officers will be able to refer back to this section when completing the
AWARDS section and the NARRATIVE SUMMARY section.
C. Preliminary Analysis Worksheet - This form is attached to remind Officers of basic
POP principles and to provide sections to identify stakeholders, victims, suspects,
and locations.
1. The PROBLEMS section provides the officer with a worksheet to breakdown
information needs.
2. The SARA MODEL section provides Officers with a log to record when they
began and completed each stage of the SARA process.
3. The AWARDS section affords Officers the opportunity to submit the names
of citizens, business owners, and individuals from other Chatham County
Departments or other agencies for awards or recognition.
D. Officer's Log - This form is maintained in the POP file. It provides space for the
Officers to record their actions and progress toward completion of the project. This
form is periodically reviewed and initialed by the supervisor.
E. Narrative Summary - Once the POP project has been completed, the Officers use this
form to write a summary of the project based on information contained in the other
POP forms.

1. The summary is the final step in the ASSESSMENT stage of the POP process.
2. The summary should include a thorough examination of the project and
describe the effects and the effectiveness of the actions taken by Officers. It
should also identify what outcome was achieved (i.e., eliminating the
problem, reducing the problem, etc.).
III. COMPLETION
A. When the POP project has been completed, a copy of the completed file shall be
forwarded to the Department POP Manager.
B. The POP Manager shall maintain these files as resource material for future projects
and for data collection. The Precinct/Unit may also maintain a copy of the project for
informational purposes.
IV. AWARDS
A. The POP Award is presented to those Officers who successfully complete a POP
project.
1. Successful completion is defined by the awards criteria listed below.
2. This award is intended to encourage all CCPD Officers to actively participate
in Department POP efforts.
3. Second and subsequent POP projects will be recognized with the POP Award
medal with “wing” identifiers.
B. Award Criteria (M-Mandatory, A-When applicable)
1. (M) - The POP folder and contents must be filled out in a legible manner.
2. (M) - The Officer's supervisor must have been involved at all key points.
3. (M) - The summary must be understandable to all who read it.
4. (A) - The project Officer did something tangible to inform other Officers
about the subject area.
5. (A) - The project leads to other projects or assists Officers engaged in similar
projects.
6. (A) - The project develops into or can be utilized as a training tool.
7. (A) - The project officer must display use of available resources.
C. Nominations
1. The nominations, which can be submitted by any sworn Officer, must be
submitted along with a copy of the POP File Folder (including summary) to
the Awards Committee.

2. The nominations will be reviewed and approved by the Awards Committee
prior to being sent to the Chief of Police for final approval.
3. The Committee shall consider the nominations at their regularly scheduled
meetings and make award recommendations to the Chief of Police who will
make the final determination.
4. If the project was the result of a team effort by two or more Officers with no
single Officer performing the majority of the work on the project, all Officers
of the team may be eligible for a Redwing Award. Nothing in this Order will
preclude any Officer from receiving any other type of award for a POP
project.
5. Officers are encouraged to nominate individuals, citizens, businesses, other
City Departments and other agencies who have contributed to the success of
any POP Project.
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

______________________________________________________________________________
SOP # OPS-070: SOCIAL MEDIA EFFECTIVE DATE: 02/01/18
______________________________________________________________________________
PURPOSE
The department endorses the secure use of social media to enhance communication, collaboration,
and information exchange. This policy establishes this department's position on the utility and
management of social media and provides guidance on its administration and oversight. This
policy is not meant to address one particular form of social media; rather social media in general,
as advances in technology will occur and new tools will emerge.
POLICY
Social media provides a new and potentially valuable means of assisting the department and its
personnel in meeting information dissemination and related objectives. This policy identifies
potential uses that may be explored or expanded upon as deemed reasonable by administrative and
supervisory personnel.
This policy is designed to control the internal agency-related use of social media and networking
outlets. All other usage is delineated within the 'Digital Technology & Social Networking' SOP
and must be adhered to by all personnel.
DEFINITIONS
Blog: A self-published diary or commentary on a particular topic that may allow visitors to post
responses, reactions, or comments. The term is short for "Web log."
Page: The specific portion of a social media website where content is displayed, and managed by
an individual or individuals with administrator rights.
Post: Content an individual shares on a social media site or the act of publishing content on a site.
Profile: Information that a user provides about himself or herself on a social networking site.
Social Media: A category of Internet-based resources that integrate user-generated content and
user participation. This includes, but is not limited to, social networking sites (Facebook,
MySpace), microblogging sites (Twitter, CodeRED), photo- and video-sharing sites (Twitter,
Flickr, Tumblr, YouTube, Instagram, and Snapchat), wikis (Wikipedia), blogs, and news sites
(Digg, Reddit).
Social Networks: Online platforms where users can create profiles, share information, and
socialize with others using a range of technologies.
Speech: Expression or communication of thoughts or opinions in spoken words, in writing, by
expressive conduct, symbolism, photographs, videotape, or related forms of communication.
CCPD SOP # OPS-070 Social Media / Page 1 of 4

Web 2.0: The second generation of the World Wide Web focused on shareable, user-generated
content, rather than static web pages. Some use this term interchangeably with social media.
Wiki: Web page(s) that can be edited collaboratively.
I. POTENTIAL USES
A. Social media is a valuable investigative tool when seeking evidence or information
about:
1. Missing persons;
2. Wanted persons;
3. Gang participation;
4. Crimes perpetrated online (i.e., cyberbullying, cyberstalking); and
5. Photos or videos of a crime posted by a participant or observer.
B. Social media can be used for community outreach and engagement by:
1. Providing crime prevention tips;
2. Sharing crime maps and data;
3. Soliciting tips about unsolved crimes;
4. Highlighting positive efforts of officers and civilian staff; and
5. Showcase and promote community and youth outreach events and activities
C. Social media can be used to make time-sensitive notifications related to;
1. Road closures,
2. Special events,
3. Weather emergencies, and 4. Missing or endangered persons.
D. Social media can be a valuable recruitment mechanism used to attract persons seeking
employment positions and volunteer opportunities.
II. MANAGEMENT OF NETWORKING ACCOUNTS
A. Agency social networking accounts are established and maintained by the agency's
Community Relations Administrator who will have primary responsibility for the
maintenance of the content contained on or distributed through the sites.
B. The Community Relations Administrator will rely heavily on personnel from public
affairs, crime prevention officers, patrol, CID and other areas to contribute information
in a timely manner. In certain circumstances, postings will need to be made within
minutes of an incident occurring, such as for ongoing dangers within the community,
critical missing persons, or major traffic disruptions.
III. AUTHORIZATION OF POSTINGS
A. The Community Relations Administrator will have overall authority of what is posted
and distributed through the social networking sites and the duration that the postings
will remain on the sites. For sensitive or incident related material, the Community
Relations Administrator will consult with the CID or patrol commander before posting
any material.

B. Personnel authorized to access, post and modify social media accounts are:
1. Community Relations Administrator -- Page administrator;
2. Public Affairs Coordinators-- Back up administrators;
3. Public Affairs Assistant;
4. Special Events Sergeant;
5. Emergency Management Liaison;
6. Officers assigned to “Tweet from the Beat”
C. In certain circumstances, postings will need to be made within minutes of an incident
occurring (such as for ongoing dangers within the community, critical missing persons,
or major traffic disruptions) or public posting may need to be temporarily restricted. In
this event the Community Relations Administrator will be the first point of contact, the
Public Affairs Coordinators will be the second point of contact.
IV. AGENCY USE OF SOCIAL MEDIA SITES

A. Where possible, each social media page shall include an introductory statement that
clearly specifies the purpose and scope of the agency's presence on the website.
B. Where possible, the page(s) should link to the department's official website.
C. Social media page(s) shall be designed for the target audience(s) such as youth or
potential police recruits.
D. Where possible, social media pages shall clearly indicate they are maintained by the
department and shall have department contact information prominently displayed.
E. Social media content shall adhere to applicable laws, regulations, and policies,
including all information technology and records management policies.
1. Content is subject to public records laws. Relevant records retention schedules
apply to social media content.
2. Content must be managed, stored, and retrieved to comply with open records laws
and e-discovery laws and policies.
F. Where possible, social media pages should state that the opinions expressed by visitors
to the page(s) do not reflect the opinions of the department.
1. Pages shall clearly indicate that posted comments will be monitored and that the
department reserves the right to hide or remove from view obscenities, off-topic
comments, and personal attacks.
2. Pages shall clearly indicate that there is no expectation of privacy for any content
posted or submitted for posting on these pages. All comments, posts, or other
content is subject to public disclosure according to the Open Records Act (OCGA
50-18-72 (b)(2).
3. Pages shall clearly indicate that public posting options may be suspended during
sensitive times (i.e. specific incident or investigation that may be jeopardized by
public comments or actions).

V. USER RESPONSIBILITY
A. Department personnel, if authorized by the Chief of Police, representing the department
via social media outlets shall do the following:
1. Conduct themselves at all times as representatives of the department and,
accordingly, shall adhere to all department standards of conduct and observe
conventionally accepted protocols and proper decorum.
2. Identify themselves as a member of the department.
3. Not make statements about the guilt or innocence of any suspect or arrestee, or
comments concerning pending prosecutions, nor post, transmit, or otherwise
disseminate confidential information, including photographs or videos, related to
department training, activities, or work related assignments without express
written permission.
4. Not conduct political activities or private business.
B. The use of department computers by department personnel to access personal social
media accounts is prohibited without authorization. Department employees may use
department computers to access the agency's social media sites.
C. Department personnel use of personally owned devices to manage the department's
social media activities or in the course of official duties is prohibited without
permission of the Chief of Police.
D. Employees shall observe and abide by all copyright, trademark, and service mark
restrictions in posting materials to electronic media.
BY ORDER OF:
________________________________
Jeffrey M. Hadley
Chief of Police

K6
Leadership and Motivation
Concepts, Practices, and
Principles
K7
Interpersonal and
Organizational Communication
Practices
CHAPTER 3-INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS 87
"Tell me about it," her husband replied. "Sheriff says with you being Iraqi and
too much trouble getting things straightened out."
speakin g Farsi, it shouldn't be
"Little does he know, 11 Kaena said as she rinsed out her coffee cup.
Roger swallowed the last of his morning coffee. 11Yep, too bad he didn't take the
'human relations and communications' course I had under Dr. Whitehead at the college.
Be's looking for quick and easy solutions. I've got news for him. There aren't any. First,
you have to learn to listen before you act. And listen with both your eyes and ears-to
not only what folks are saying, but also what they are doing, what they eat, how they
live, what's i mportant in their community. You have to figure out both their differences
and what they have in common with the local community we live in. 11
Kaena smiled. 11The potluck supper next week that Imam Al-Saadi and your pastor,
Rev nd Morrison, organized could be a start. Food is definitely something everyone
ere
has in common. Has Sheriff Dickens agreed to attend? 11
Roger looked at his wife. "I think-I hope so. Between the fire-breathing, self-ordained
preacher, Roy Barks, and State Representative Johnny Sims who is running for re
election, they are putting some pressure on him not to attend. 11
"I understand, 1' Kaena replied with a look of concern. "Two of the women I work
with have distanced themselves a bit. One asked if any members of my family in Iraq
were terrorists? I think the cousin of one of them attends Reverend Barks' church. What
is i t called?"
Roger shook his head. "The End-of-Times Apostolic Church of the Chosen."
"What denomination is that?" Kaena asked.
11
My guess would be that it is unaffiliated with any of the mainstream denom
inations," her husband replied.
11 Still/ she continued, "the Sheriff did ask you to develop a plan to address the
problems and to put together a committee to work on building bridges."

11 True enough/' Roger replied. "Thank goodness Barks with all his 'Satan's brood'
and 1 end times' talk has put him enough on the fringe that not too many folks are taking
him too seriously, including our windbag Representative who primarily represents
himself."
Kissing his wife on the cheek1 Lieutenant Cooper adjusted his cap. 11 Pastor Morrison
and Imam Al-Saadi have agreed to work with me. And I have a tentative yes from
Dr. Evans, the Superintendent of Schools, and Christine Ketelaar, the President of the
College. 11
11 What about Chief Rose and Ed Rawlings, president of the Chamber of Commerce?"
Roger picked up the thermos of coffee. "I've still got some selling to do to get them
on board."
continued
K8
Counseling and Discipline
Practices

2020 Chatham County PD - SGT - Study Material PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2020 Chatham County PD - SGT - Study Material PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2020 Chatham County PD - SGT - Study Material PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CHATHAM COUNTY

Keys to a Good Test Score

Below are some suggestions on how to plan your study sessions.

1. Visualizing the material you are reading.

Full bladder Go to the restroom right before the test.

Windows Sit away from windows, if possible.

Concern about time Wear a watch. Use it to pace yourself.

Panic because you don't know Do the easy questions first.

d. Go back over difficult or skipped items.

The following hints apply to multiple choice questions in particular.

Source: Counseling and Testing Center, University of Georgia, with modifications.

13. The passing score for this exam is __________.

K1: Basic Legal Standards (13 Questions)

K2: Correct and Safe Use of Equipment (14 Questions)

K4: Interview Interrogation Concepts, Principles, and Practices (11 Questions)

2. Chatham County Police Department Policy Manual. Selected portions as

3. United States Department of Transportation (2015). DWI Detection and

4. Georgia State Statutes. Selected portions as identified in the Resource

(including state statutes; arrest, search and

Ammament VIII - Excessive bail shall not be required, nor

§ 16-5-21. Aggravated assault

(1) With intent to murder, to rape, or to rob;

§ 16-5-23. Simple battery

(2) Intentionally causes physical harm to another.

(1) Allow the sentence to be served on weekends by weekend confinement or during

(2) If the offense of battery is committed between household members, it shall

(3) In no event shall this subsection be applicable to reasonable corporal punishment

§ 16-5-24. Aggravated battery

(A) Conceals or isolates the victim;

(B) Makes the commission of the other offense substantially easier;

(C) Lessens the risk of detection; or

(D) Is for the purpose of avoiding apprehension.

(d) A person convicted of the offense of kidnapping shall be punished by:

(3) Life imprisonment or death if the kidnapping was for ransom; or

(b) A person convicted of the offense of false imprisonment shall be punished by

§ 16-5-42. False imprisonment under color of legal process

When the arrest, confinement, or detention of a person by warrant, mandate, or process is

Code 1981, § 16-5-72, enacted by Ga. L. 1989, p. 1605, § 1.

(a) A person commits the offense of bribery when:

(A) Food or beverage consumed at a single meal or event;

(F) A commercially reasonable loan made in the ordinary course of business;

(G) Any gift with a value less than $100.00;

(I) A gift from a member of the public officer's immediate family; or

provided, however, that receiving, accepting, or agreeing to receive anything not

§ 16-10-93. Influencing witnesses

(B) Cause or induce any person to:

§ 16-10-94. Tampering with evidence

§ 16-11-31. Inciting to riot

(a) An arrest for a crime may be made by a law enforcement officer:

(1) Under a warrant; or

(2) Without a warrant if:

(B) The offender is endeavoring to escape;

SOP # ADM-013: FIREARMS EFFECTIVE DATE: 02/01/18

CCPD SOP # ADM-013 Firearms / Page 1 of 10

CCPD SOP # ADM-013 Firearms / Page 2 of 10

CCPD SOP # ADM-013 Firearms / Page 3 of 10

CCPD SOP # ADM-013 Firearms / Page 4 of 10

CCPD SOP # ADM-013 Firearms / Page 5 of 10

CCPD SOP # ADM-013 Firearms / Page 6 of 10